diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'xorg-server/hw/xfree86')
19 files changed, 19976 insertions, 19976 deletions
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h index 9e00d7571..9c9bac6ba 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ # endif # endif /* __inline__ */ # ifndef __inline -# if defined(__GNUC__) +# if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) /* gcc has __inline */ # elif defined(__HIGHC__) # define __inline _Inline @@ -1525,10 +1525,10 @@ inl(unsigned short port) # define asm __asm # endif # endif -# if !defined(__SUNPRO_C) +# if !defined(__SUNPRO_C) && !defined(_MSC_VER) # include <sys/inline.h> # endif -# if !defined(__HIGHC__) && !defined(__SUNPRO_C) || \ +# if (!defined(__HIGHC__) && !defined(__SUNPRO_C) && !defined(_MSC_VER)) || \ defined(__USLC__) # pragma asm partial_optimization outl # pragma asm partial_optimization outw diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c index 5312ca60d..bd90e6ca3 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c @@ -1,2517 +1,2517 @@ -/* - * Loosely based on code bearing the following copyright: - * - * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany. - */ - -/* - * Copyright 1992-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * Copyright 1997 by Metro Link, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -/* - * - * Authors: - * Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org> - * David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org> - * Marc La France <tsi@XFree86.Org> - * Egbert Eich <eich@XFree86.Org> - * ... and others - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#ifdef XF86DRI -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <grp.h> -#endif - -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Parser.h" -#include "xf86tokens.h" -#include "xf86Config.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86_OSlib.h" -#include "configProcs.h" -#include "globals.h" -#include "extension.h" -#include "xf86pciBus.h" - -#include "xf86Xinput.h" - -#include "xkbsrv.h" - -#include "picture.h" - -/* - * These paths define the way the config file search is done. The escape - * sequences are documented in parser/scan.c. - */ -#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGPATH -#define ROOT_CONFIGPATH "%A," "%R," \ - "/etc/X11/%R," "%P/etc/X11/%R," \ - "%E," "%F," \ - "/etc/X11/%F," "%P/etc/X11/%F," \ - "/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \ - "%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \ - "%P/etc/X11/%X," \ - "%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \ - "%P/lib/X11/%X" -#endif -#ifndef USER_CONFIGPATH -#define USER_CONFIGPATH "/etc/X11/%S," "%P/etc/X11/%S," \ - "/etc/X11/%G," "%P/etc/X11/%G," \ - "/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \ - "%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \ - "%P/etc/X11/%X," \ - "%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \ - "%P/lib/X11/%X" -#endif -#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH -#define ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH "%A," "%R," \ - "/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \ - "/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X" -#endif -#ifndef USER_CONFIGDIRPATH -#define USER_CONFIGDIRPATH "/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \ - "/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X" -#endif -#ifndef SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH -#define SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH "/usr/share/X11/%X," "%D/X11/%X" -#endif -#ifndef PROJECTROOT -#define PROJECTROOT "/usr/X11R6" -#endif - -static ModuleDefault ModuleDefaults[] = { - {.name = "extmod", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL}, -#ifdef DBE - {.name = "dbe", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL}, -#endif -#ifdef GLXEXT - {.name = "glx", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL}, -#endif -#ifdef XRECORD - {.name = "record", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL}, -#endif -#ifdef XF86DRI - {.name = "dri", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL}, -#endif -#ifdef DRI2 - {.name = "dri2", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL}, -#endif - {.name = NULL, .toLoad = FALSE, .load_opt=NULL} -}; - - -/* Forward declarations */ -static Bool configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen, - int scrnum, MessageType from); -static Bool configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor); -static Bool configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device, - Bool active); -static Bool configInput(InputInfoPtr pInfo, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input, - MessageType from); -static Bool configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display); -static Bool addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp); -#ifdef XF86DRI -static void configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip); -#endif -static void configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext); - -/* - * xf86GetPathElem -- - * Extract a single element from the font path string starting at - * pnt. The font path element will be returned, and pnt will be - * updated to point to the start of the next element, or set to - * NULL if there are no more. - */ -static char * -xf86GetPathElem(char **pnt) -{ - char *p1; - - p1 = *pnt; - *pnt = index(*pnt, ','); - if (*pnt != NULL) { - **pnt = '\0'; - *pnt += 1; - } - return p1; -} - -/* - * xf86ValidateFontPath -- - * Validates the user-specified font path. Each element that - * begins with a '/' is checked to make sure the directory exists. - * If the directory exists, the existence of a file named 'fonts.dir' - * is checked. If either check fails, an error is printed and the - * element is removed from the font path. - */ - -#define DIR_FILE "/fonts.dir" -static char * -xf86ValidateFontPath(char *path) -{ - char *tmp_path, *out_pnt, *path_elem, *next, *p1, *dir_elem; - struct stat stat_buf; - int flag; - int dirlen; - - tmp_path = calloc(1,strlen(path)+1); - out_pnt = tmp_path; - path_elem = NULL; - next = path; - while (next != NULL) { - path_elem = xf86GetPathElem(&next); - if (*path_elem == '/') { - dir_elem = xnfcalloc(1, strlen(path_elem) + 1); - if ((p1 = strchr(path_elem, ':')) != 0) - dirlen = p1 - path_elem; - else - dirlen = strlen(path_elem); - strncpy(dir_elem, path_elem, dirlen); - dir_elem[dirlen] = '\0'; - flag = stat(dir_elem, &stat_buf); - if (flag == 0) - if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode)) - flag = -1; - if (flag != 0) { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "The directory \"%s\" does not exist.\n", dir_elem); - xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n"); - free(dir_elem); - continue; - } - else { - XNFasprintf(&p1, "%s%s", dir_elem, DIR_FILE); - flag = stat(p1, &stat_buf); - if (flag == 0) - if (!S_ISREG(stat_buf.st_mode)) - flag = -1; - free(p1); - if (flag != 0) { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, - "`fonts.dir' not found (or not valid) in \"%s\".\n", - dir_elem); - xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n"); - xf86ErrorF("\t(Run 'mkfontdir' on \"%s\").\n", dir_elem); - free(dir_elem); - continue; - } - } - free(dir_elem); - } - - /* - * Either an OK directory, or a font server name. So add it to - * the path. - */ - if (out_pnt != tmp_path) - *out_pnt++ = ','; - strcat(out_pnt, path_elem); - out_pnt += strlen(path_elem); - } - return tmp_path; -} - - -/* - * use the datastructure that the parser provides and pick out the parts - * that we need at this point - */ -char ** -xf86ModulelistFromConfig(pointer **optlist) -{ - int count = 0, i = 0; - char **modulearray; - char *ignore[] = { "GLcore", "speedo", "bitmap", "drm", - "freetype", "type1", - NULL }; - pointer *optarray; - XF86LoadPtr modp; - Bool found; - - /* - * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a - * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default - * ModulePath - */ - if (xf86configptr == NULL) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n"); - return NULL; - } - - if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) { - /* Walk the disable list and let people know what we've parsed to - * not be loaded - */ - modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst; - while (modp) { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" will not be loaded unless you've specified it to be loaded elsewhere.\n", modp->load_name); - modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next; - } - /* - * Walk the default settings table. For each module listed to be - * loaded, make sure it's in the mod_load_lst. If it's not, make - * sure it's not in the mod_no_load_lst. If it's not disabled, - * append it to mod_load_lst - */ - for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) { - if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == FALSE) { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" is not to be loaded by default. Skipping.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name); - continue; - } - found = FALSE; - modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst; - while (modp) { - if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) { - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded. This was enabled by default and also specified in the config file.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name); - found = TRUE; - break; - } - modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next; - } - if (found == FALSE) { - modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst; - while (modp) { - if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) { - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded even though the default is to disable it.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name); - found = TRUE; - break; - } - modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next; - } - } - if (found == FALSE) { - XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules; - ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt); - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded by default.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name); - } - } - } else { - xf86configptr->conf_modules = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfModuleRec)); - for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) { - if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == TRUE) { - XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules; - ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt); - } - } - } - - /* - * Walk the list of modules in the "Module" section to determine how - * many we have. - */ - modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst; - while (modp) { - for (i = 0; ignore[i]; i++) { - if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ignore[i]) == 0) - modp->ignore = 1; - } - if (!modp->ignore) - count++; - modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next; - } - - /* - * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers - */ - modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*)); - optarray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(pointer)); - count = 0; - if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) { - modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst; - while (modp) { - if (!modp->ignore) { - modulearray[count] = modp->load_name; - optarray[count] = modp->load_opt; - count++; - } - modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next; - } - } - modulearray[count] = NULL; - optarray[count] = NULL; - if (optlist) - *optlist = optarray; - else - free(optarray); - return modulearray; -} - - -char ** -xf86DriverlistFromConfig(void) -{ - int count = 0; - int j; - char **modulearray; - screenLayoutPtr slp; - - /* - * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a - * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default - * ModulePath - */ - if (xf86configptr == NULL) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n"); - return NULL; - } - - /* - * Walk the list of driver lines in active "Device" sections to - * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are. - * - */ - if (xf86ConfigLayout.screens) { - slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens; - while ((slp++)->screen) { - count++; - } - } - - /* - * Handle the set of inactive "Device" sections. - */ - j = 0; - while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].identifier) - count++; - - if (count == 0) - return NULL; - - /* - * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers - */ - modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*)); - count = 0; - slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens; - while (slp->screen) { - modulearray[count] = slp->screen->device->driver; - count++; - slp++; - } - - j = 0; - - while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier) - modulearray[count++] = xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].driver; - - modulearray[count] = NULL; - - /* Remove duplicates */ - for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) { - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) { - modulearray[count] = ""; - break; - } - } - return modulearray; -} - -char ** -xf86InputDriverlistFromConfig(void) -{ - int count = 0; - char **modulearray; - InputInfoPtr *idp; - - /* - * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a - * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default - * ModulePath - */ - if (xf86configptr == NULL) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n"); - return NULL; - } - - /* - * Walk the list of driver lines in active "InputDevice" sections to - * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are. - */ - if (xf86ConfigLayout.inputs) { - idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs; - while (*idp) { - count++; - idp++; - } - } - - if (count == 0) - return NULL; - - /* - * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers - */ - modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*)); - count = 0; - idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs; - while (idp && *idp) { - modulearray[count] = (*idp)->driver; - count++; - idp++; - } - modulearray[count] = NULL; - - /* Remove duplicates */ - for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) { - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) { - modulearray[count] = ""; - break; - } - } - return modulearray; -} - -static void -fixup_video_driver_list(char **drivers) -{ - static const char *fallback[4] = { "vesa", "fbdev", "wsfb", NULL }; - char **end, **drv; - char *x; - int i; - - /* walk to the end of the list */ - for (end = drivers; *end && **end; end++) ; - end--; - - /* - * for each of the fallback drivers, if we find it in the list, - * swap it with the last available non-fallback driver. - */ - for (i = 0; fallback[i]; i++) { - for (drv = drivers; drv != end; drv++) { - if (strstr(*drv, fallback[i])) { - x = *drv; *drv = *end; *end = x; - end--; - break; - } - } - } -} - -static char ** -GenerateDriverlist(char * dirname) -{ - char **ret; - const char *subdirs[] = { dirname, NULL }; - static const char *patlist[] = {"(.*)_drv\\.so", NULL}; - ret = LoaderListDirs(subdirs, patlist); - - /* fix up the probe order for video drivers */ - if (strstr(dirname, "drivers") && ret != NULL) - fixup_video_driver_list(ret); - - return ret; -} - -char ** -xf86DriverlistFromCompile(void) -{ - static char **driverlist = NULL; - - if (!driverlist) - driverlist = GenerateDriverlist("drivers"); - - return driverlist; -} - -/* - * xf86ConfigError -- - * Print a READABLE ErrorMessage!!! All information that is - * available is printed. - */ -static void -xf86ConfigError(char *msg, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - ErrorF("\nConfig Error:\n"); - va_start(ap, msg); - VErrorF(msg, ap); - va_end(ap); - ErrorF("\n"); - return; -} - -static void -configFiles(XF86ConfFilesPtr fileconf) -{ - MessageType pathFrom; - Bool must_copy; - int size, countDirs; - char *temp_path, *log_buf, *start, *end; - - /* FontPath */ - must_copy = TRUE; - - temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : ""; - if (xf86fpFlag) - pathFrom = X_CMDLINE; - else if (fileconf && fileconf->file_fontpath) { - pathFrom = X_CONFIG; - if (xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath) { - if (asprintf(&defaultFontPath, "%s%s%s", fileconf->file_fontpath, - *temp_path ? "," : "", temp_path) == -1) - defaultFontPath = NULL; - else - must_copy = FALSE; - } - else - defaultFontPath = fileconf->file_fontpath; - } - else - pathFrom = X_DEFAULT; - temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : ""; - - /* xf86ValidateFontPath modifies its argument, but returns a copy of it. */ - temp_path = must_copy ? xnfstrdup(defaultFontPath) : defaultFontPath; - defaultFontPath = xf86ValidateFontPath(temp_path); - free(temp_path); - - /* make fontpath more readable in the logfiles */ - countDirs = 1; - temp_path = defaultFontPath; - while ((temp_path = index(temp_path, ',')) != NULL) { - countDirs++; - temp_path++; - } - - log_buf = xnfalloc(strlen(defaultFontPath) + (2 * countDirs) + 1); - temp_path = log_buf; - start = defaultFontPath; - while((end = index(start, ',')) != NULL) { - size = (end - start) + 1; - *(temp_path++) = '\t'; - strncpy(temp_path, start, size); - temp_path += size; - *(temp_path++) = '\n'; - start += size; - } - /* copy last entry */ - *(temp_path++) = '\t'; - strcpy(temp_path, start); - xf86Msg(pathFrom, "FontPath set to:\n%s\n", log_buf); - free(log_buf); - - /* ModulePath */ - - if (fileconf) { - if (xf86ModPathFrom != X_CMDLINE && fileconf->file_modulepath) { - xf86ModulePath = fileconf->file_modulepath; - xf86ModPathFrom = X_CONFIG; - } - } - - xf86Msg(xf86ModPathFrom, "ModulePath set to \"%s\"\n", xf86ModulePath); - - if (!xf86xkbdirFlag && fileconf && fileconf->file_xkbdir) { - XkbBaseDirectory = fileconf->file_xkbdir; - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "XKB base directory set to \"%s\"\n", - XkbBaseDirectory); - } -#if 0 - /* LogFile */ - /* - * XXX The problem with this is that the log file is already open. - * One option might be to copy the exiting contents to the new location. - * and re-open it. The down side is that the default location would - * already have been overwritten. Another option would be to start with - * unique temporary location, then copy it once the correct name is known. - * A problem with this is what happens if the server exits before that - * happens. - */ - if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT && fileconf->file_logfile) { - xf86LogFile = fileconf->file_logfile; - xf86LogFileFrom = X_CONFIG; - } -#endif - - return; -} - -typedef enum { - FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS, - FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH, - FLAG_DONTZAP, - FLAG_DONTZOOM, - FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE, - FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL, - FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL, - FLAG_VTSYSREQ, - FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME, - FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME, - FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME, - FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME, - FLAG_PIXMAP, - FLAG_PC98, - FLAG_NOPM, - FLAG_XINERAMA, - FLAG_LOG, - FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE, - FLAG_RANDR, - FLAG_AIGLX, - FLAG_IGNORE_ABI, - FLAG_ALLOW_EMPTY_INPUT, - FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH, - FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES, - FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES, - FLAG_GLX_VISUALS, - FLAG_DRI2, - FLAG_USE_SIGIO -} FlagValues; - -/** - * NOTE: the last value for each entry is NOT the default. It is set to TRUE - * if the parser found the option in the config file. - */ -static OptionInfoRec FlagOptions[] = { - { FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS, "NoTrapSignals", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH, "DontVTSwitch", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DONTZAP, "DontZap", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DONTZOOM, "DontZoom", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE, "DisableVidModeExtension", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL, "AllowNonLocalXvidtune", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL, "AllowMouseOpenFail", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_VTSYSREQ, "VTSysReq", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME, "BlankTime" , OPTV_INTEGER, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME, "StandbyTime", OPTV_INTEGER, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME, "SuspendTime", OPTV_INTEGER, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME, "OffTime", OPTV_INTEGER, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_PIXMAP, "Pixmap", OPTV_INTEGER, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_PC98, "PC98", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_NOPM, "NoPM", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_XINERAMA, "Xinerama", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_LOG, "Log", OPTV_STRING, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE, "RenderColormapMode", OPTV_STRING, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_RANDR, "RandR", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_AIGLX, "AIGLX", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_IGNORE_ABI, "IgnoreABI", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH, "UseDefaultFontPath", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES, "AutoAddDevices", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES, "AutoEnableDevices", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_GLX_VISUALS, "GlxVisuals", OPTV_STRING, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_DRI2, "DRI2", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { FLAG_USE_SIGIO, "UseSIGIO", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, - {0}, FALSE }, -}; - -#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98 -static Bool -detectPC98(void) -{ - unsigned char buf[2]; - - if (xf86ReadBIOS(0xf8000, 0xe80, buf, 2) != 2) - return FALSE; - if ((buf[0] == 0x98) && (buf[1] == 0x21)) - return TRUE; - else - return FALSE; -} -#endif - -static Bool -configServerFlags(XF86ConfFlagsPtr flagsconf, XF86OptionPtr layoutopts) -{ - XF86OptionPtr optp, tmp; - int i; - Pix24Flags pix24 = Pix24DontCare; - Bool value; - MessageType from; - const char *s; - XkbRMLVOSet set; - /* Default options. */ - set.rules = "base"; - set.model = "pc105"; - set.layout = "us"; - set.variant = NULL; - set.options = NULL; - - /* - * Merge the ServerLayout and ServerFlags options. The former have - * precedence over the latter. - */ - optp = NULL; - if (flagsconf && flagsconf->flg_option_lst) - optp = xf86optionListDup(flagsconf->flg_option_lst); - if (layoutopts) { - tmp = xf86optionListDup(layoutopts); - if (optp) - optp = xf86optionListMerge(optp, tmp); - else - optp = tmp; - } - - xf86ProcessOptions(-1, optp, FlagOptions); - - xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS, &xf86Info.notrapSignals); - xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH, &xf86Info.dontVTSwitch); - xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZAP, &xf86Info.dontZap); - xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZOOM, &xf86Info.dontZoom); - - xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_IGNORE_ABI, &xf86Info.ignoreABI); - if (xf86Info.ignoreABI) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Ignoring ABI Version\n"); - } - - if (xf86SIGIOSupported()) { - xf86Info.useSIGIO = xf86ReturnOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO, USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT); - if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO)) { - from = X_CONFIG; - } else { - from = X_DEFAULT; - } - if (!xf86Info.useSIGIO) { - xf86Msg(from, "Disabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n"); - } else if (from == X_CONFIG) { - xf86Msg(from, "Enabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n"); - } - } else { - xf86Info.useSIGIO = FALSE; - } - - if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES)) { - xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES, - &xf86Info.autoAddDevices); - from = X_CONFIG; - } - else { - from = X_DEFAULT; - } - xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically adding devices\n", - xf86Info.autoAddDevices ? "A" : "Not a"); - - if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES)) { - xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES, - &xf86Info.autoEnableDevices); - from = X_CONFIG; - } - else { - from = X_DEFAULT; - } - xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically enabling devices\n", - xf86Info.autoEnableDevices ? "A" : "Not a"); - - /* - * Set things up based on the config file information. Some of these - * settings may be overridden later when the command line options are - * checked. - */ -#ifdef XF86VIDMODE - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE, &value)) - xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = !value; - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL, &value)) - xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = value; -#endif - - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL, &value)) - xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = value; - - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_VTSYSREQ, &value)) { -#ifdef USE_VT_SYSREQ - xf86Info.vtSysreq = value; - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "VTSysReq %s\n", value ? "enabled" : "disabled"); -#else - if (value) - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "VTSysReq is not supported on this OS\n"); -#endif - } - - xf86Info.pmFlag = TRUE; - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOPM, &value)) - xf86Info.pmFlag = !value; - { - if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_LOG))) { - if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"flush")) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Flushing logfile enabled\n"); - xf86Info.log = LogFlush; - LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE); - } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"sync")) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Syncing logfile enabled\n"); - xf86Info.log = LogSync; - LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE); - LogSetParameter(XLOG_SYNC, TRUE); - } else { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown Log option\n"); - } - } - } - - { - if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE))){ - int policy = PictureParseCmapPolicy (s); - if (policy == PictureCmapPolicyInvalid) - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Unknown colormap policy \"%s\"\n", s); - else - { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Render colormap policy set to %s\n", s); - PictureCmapPolicy = policy; - } - } - } - -#ifdef RANDR - xf86Info.disableRandR = FALSE; - xf86Info.randRFrom = X_DEFAULT; - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_RANDR, &value)) { - xf86Info.disableRandR = !value; - xf86Info.randRFrom = X_CONFIG; - } -#endif - - xf86Info.aiglx = TRUE; - xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_DEFAULT; - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) { - xf86Info.aiglx = value; - xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG; - } - -#ifdef GLXEXT - xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical; - xf86Info.glxVisualsFrom = X_DEFAULT; - if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_GLX_VISUALS))) { - if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "minimal")) { - xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsMinimal; - } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "typical")) { - xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical; - } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "all")) { - xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsAll; - } else { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown GlxVisuals option\n"); - } - } - - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) { - xf86Info.aiglx = value; - xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG; - } -#endif - - /* if we're not hotplugging, force some input devices to exist */ - xf86Info.forceInputDevices = !(xf86Info.autoAddDevices && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices); - - /* when forcing input devices, we use kbd. otherwise evdev, so use the - * evdev rules set. */ -#if defined(linux) - if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices) - set.rules = "evdev"; -#endif - XkbSetRulesDflts(&set); - - xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = TRUE; - xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_DEFAULT; - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH, &value)) { - xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = value; - xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_CONFIG; - } - -/* Make sure that timers don't overflow CARD32's after multiplying */ -#define MAX_TIME_IN_MIN (0x7fffffff / MILLI_PER_MIN) - - i = -1; - xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME, &i); - if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN)) - ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN; - else if (i != -1) - xf86ConfigError("BlankTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes", - i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN); - -#ifdef DPMSExtension - i = -1; - xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME, &i); - if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN)) - DPMSStandbyTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN; - else if (i != -1) - xf86ConfigError("StandbyTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes", - i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN); - i = -1; - xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME, &i); - if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN)) - DPMSSuspendTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN; - else if (i != -1) - xf86ConfigError("SuspendTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes", - i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN); - i = -1; - xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME, &i); - if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN)) - DPMSOffTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN; - else if (i != -1) - xf86ConfigError("OffTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes", - i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN); -#endif - - i = -1; - xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_PIXMAP, &i); - switch (i) { - case 24: - pix24 = Pix24Use24; - break; - case 32: - pix24 = Pix24Use32; - break; - case -1: - break; - default: - xf86ConfigError("Pixmap option's value (%d) must be 24 or 32\n", i); - return FALSE; - } - if (xf86Pix24 != Pix24DontCare) { - xf86Info.pixmap24 = xf86Pix24; - xf86Info.pix24From = X_CMDLINE; - } else if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) { - xf86Info.pixmap24 = pix24; - xf86Info.pix24From = X_CONFIG; - } else { - xf86Info.pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare; - xf86Info.pix24From = X_DEFAULT; - } -#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98 - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_PC98, &value)) { - xf86Info.pc98 = value; - if (value) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n"); - } - } else - if (detectPC98()) { - xf86Info.pc98 = TRUE; - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n"); - } -#endif - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - from = X_DEFAULT; - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - from = X_CMDLINE; - else if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_XINERAMA, &value)) { - noPanoramiXExtension = !value; - from = X_CONFIG; - } - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - xf86Msg(from, "Xinerama: enabled\n"); -#endif - -#ifdef DRI2 - xf86Info.dri2 = FALSE; - xf86Info.dri2From = X_DEFAULT; - if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DRI2, &value)) { - xf86Info.dri2 = value; - xf86Info.dri2From = X_CONFIG; - } -#endif - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool xf86DRI2Enabled(void) -{ - return xf86Info.dri2; -} - -/* - * Locate the core input devices. These can be specified/located in - * the following ways, in order of priority: - * - * 1. The InputDevices named by the -pointer and -keyboard command line - * options. - * 2. The "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard" InputDevices referred to by - * the active ServerLayout. - * 3. The first InputDevices marked as "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard". - * 4. The first InputDevices that use 'keyboard' or 'kbd' and a valid mouse - * driver (mouse, synaptics, evdev, vmmouse, void) - * 5. Default devices with an empty (default) configuration. These defaults - * will reference the 'mouse' and 'keyboard' drivers. - */ - -static Bool -checkCoreInputDevices(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, Bool implicitLayout) -{ - InputInfoPtr corePointer = NULL, coreKeyboard = NULL; - Bool foundPointer = FALSE, foundKeyboard = FALSE; - const char *pointerMsg = NULL, *keyboardMsg = NULL; - InputInfoPtr *devs, /* iterator */ - indp; - InputInfoRec Pointer = {}, Keyboard = {}; - XF86ConfInputPtr confInput; - XF86ConfInputRec defPtr, defKbd; - int count = 0; - MessageType from = X_DEFAULT; - int found = 0; - const char *mousedrivers[] = { "mouse", "synaptics", "evdev", "vmmouse", - "void", NULL }; - - /* - * First check if a core pointer or core keyboard have been specified - * in the active ServerLayout. If more than one is specified for either, - * remove the core attribute from the later ones. - */ - for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) { - indp = *devs; - if (indp->options && - xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE)) { - if (!corePointer) { - corePointer = indp; - } else { - xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE); - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core pointer devices. " - "Removing core pointer attribute from \"%s\"\n", - indp->name); - } - } - if (indp->options && - xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) { - if (!coreKeyboard) { - coreKeyboard = indp; - } else { - xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE); - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core keyboard devices. " - "Removing core keyboard attribute from \"%s\"\n", - indp->name); - } - } - count++; - } - - confInput = NULL; - - /* 1. Check for the -pointer command line option. */ - if (xf86PointerName) { - confInput = xf86findInput(xf86PointerName, - xf86configptr->conf_input_lst); - if (!confInput) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n", - xf86PointerName); - return FALSE; - } - from = X_CMDLINE; - /* - * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be - * removed. - */ - if (corePointer) { - for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) - if (*devs == corePointer) - { - free(*devs); - *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop*/ - break; - } - for (; devs && *devs; devs++) - devs[0] = devs[1]; - count--; - } - corePointer = NULL; - foundPointer = TRUE; - } - - /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core pointer. */ - if (corePointer) { - foundPointer = TRUE; - from = X_CONFIG; - } - - /* 3. First core pointer device. */ - if (!foundPointer && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) { - XF86ConfInputPtr p; - - for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) { - if (p->inp_option_lst && - xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CorePointer", FALSE)) { - confInput = p; - foundPointer = TRUE; - from = X_DEFAULT; - pointerMsg = "first core pointer device"; - break; - } - } - } - - /* 4. First pointer with an allowed mouse driver. */ - if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) { - const char **driver = mousedrivers; - confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_POINTER, - xf86configptr->conf_input_lst); - while (*driver && !confInput) { - confInput = xf86findInputByDriver(*driver, - xf86configptr->conf_input_lst); - driver++; - } - if (confInput) { - foundPointer = TRUE; - from = X_DEFAULT; - pointerMsg = "first mouse device"; - } - } - - /* 5. Built-in default. */ - if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) { - memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr)); - defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>"); - defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse"); - confInput = &defPtr; - foundPointer = TRUE; - from = X_DEFAULT; - pointerMsg = "default mouse configuration"; - } - - /* Add the core pointer device to the layout, and set it to Core. */ - if (foundPointer && confInput) { - foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from); - if (foundPointer) { - count++; - devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs, - (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr)); - devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec)); - *devs[count - 1] = Pointer; - devs[count - 1]->options = - xf86addNewOption(devs[count -1]->options, - xnfstrdup("CorePointer"), NULL); - devs[count] = NULL; - servlayoutp->inputs = devs; - } - } - - if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) { - /* This shouldn't happen. */ - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core pointer device.\n"); - return FALSE; - } - - /* - * always synthesize a 'mouse' section configured to send core - * events, unless a 'void' section is found, in which case the user - * probably wants to run footless. - * - * If you're using an evdev keyboard and expect a default mouse - * section ... deal. - */ - for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) { - const char **driver = mousedrivers; - while(*driver) { - if (!strcmp((*devs)->driver, *driver)) { - found = 1; - break; - } - driver++; - } - } - if (!found && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) { - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No default mouse found, adding one\n"); - memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr)); - defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>"); - defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse"); - confInput = &defPtr; - foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from); - if (foundPointer) { - count++; - devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs, - (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr)); - devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec)); - *devs[count - 1] = Pointer; - devs[count - 1]->options = - xf86addNewOption(NULL, xnfstrdup("AlwaysCore"), NULL); - devs[count] = NULL; - servlayoutp->inputs = devs; - } - } - - confInput = NULL; - - /* 1. Check for the -keyboard command line option. */ - if (xf86KeyboardName) { - confInput = xf86findInput(xf86KeyboardName, - xf86configptr->conf_input_lst); - if (!confInput) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n", - xf86KeyboardName); - return FALSE; - } - from = X_CMDLINE; - /* - * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be - * removed. - */ - if (coreKeyboard) { - for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) - if (*devs == coreKeyboard) - { - free(*devs); - *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop */ - break; - } - for (; devs && *devs; devs++) - devs[0] = devs[1]; - count--; - } - coreKeyboard = NULL; - foundKeyboard = TRUE; - } - - /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core keyboard. */ - if (coreKeyboard) { - foundKeyboard = TRUE; - from = X_CONFIG; - } - - /* 3. First core keyboard device. */ - if (!foundKeyboard && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) { - XF86ConfInputPtr p; - - for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) { - if (p->inp_option_lst && - xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) { - confInput = p; - foundKeyboard = TRUE; - from = X_DEFAULT; - keyboardMsg = "first core keyboard device"; - break; - } - } - } - - /* 4. First keyboard with 'keyboard' or 'kbd' as the driver. */ - if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) { - confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_KEYBOARD, - xf86configptr->conf_input_lst); - if (!confInput) { - confInput = xf86findInputByDriver("kbd", - xf86configptr->conf_input_lst); - } - if (confInput) { - foundKeyboard = TRUE; - from = X_DEFAULT; - keyboardMsg = "first keyboard device"; - } - } - - /* 5. Built-in default. */ - if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) { - memset(&defKbd, 0, sizeof(defKbd)); - defKbd.inp_identifier = strdup("<default keyboard>"); - defKbd.inp_driver = strdup("kbd"); - confInput = &defKbd; - foundKeyboard = TRUE; - keyboardMsg = "default keyboard configuration"; - from = X_DEFAULT; - } - - /* Add the core keyboard device to the layout, and set it to Core. */ - if (foundKeyboard && confInput) { - foundKeyboard = configInput(&Keyboard, confInput, from); - if (foundKeyboard) { - count++; - devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs, - (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr)); - devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec)); - *devs[count - 1] = Keyboard; - devs[count - 1]->options = - xf86addNewOption(devs[count - 1]->options, - xnfstrdup("CoreKeyboard"), NULL); - devs[count] = NULL; - servlayoutp->inputs = devs; - } - } - - if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) { - /* This shouldn't happen. */ - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core keyboard device.\n"); - return FALSE; - } - - if (pointerMsg) { - if (implicitLayout) - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n", - pointerMsg); - else - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core pointer device wasn't specified " - "explicitly in the layout.\n" - "\tUsing the %s.\n", pointerMsg); - } - - if (keyboardMsg) { - if (implicitLayout) - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n", - keyboardMsg); - else - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core keyboard device wasn't specified " - "explicitly in the layout.\n" - "\tUsing the %s.\n", keyboardMsg); - } - - if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && !(foundPointer && foundKeyboard)) { -#if defined(CONFIG_HAL) || defined(CONFIG_UDEV) - const char *config_backend; -#if defined(CONFIG_HAL) - config_backend = "HAL"; -#else - config_backend = "udev"; -#endif - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "The server relies on %s to provide the list of " - "input devices.\n\tIf no devices become available, " - "reconfigure %s or disable AutoAddDevices.\n", - config_backend, config_backend); -#else - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging requested but the server was " - "compiled without a config backend. " - "No input devices were configured, the server " - "will start without any input devices.\n"); -#endif - } - - return TRUE; -} - -typedef enum { - LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE, - LAYOUT_SINGLECARD -} LayoutValues; - -static OptionInfoRec LayoutOptions[] = { - { LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE, "IsolateDevice", OPTV_STRING, - {0}, FALSE }, - { LAYOUT_SINGLECARD, "SingleCard", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, - {0}, FALSE }, -}; - -static Bool -configInputDevices(XF86ConfLayoutPtr layout, serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp) -{ - XF86ConfInputrefPtr irp; - InputInfoPtr *indp; - int count = 0; - - /* - * Count the number of input devices. - */ - irp = layout->lay_input_lst; - while (irp) { - count++; - irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next; - } - DebugF("Found %d input devices in the layout section %s\n", - count, layout->lay_identifier); - indp = xnfcalloc((count + 1), sizeof(InputInfoPtr)); - indp[count] = NULL; - irp = layout->lay_input_lst; - count = 0; - while (irp) { - indp[count] = xf86AllocateInput(); - if (!configInput(indp[count], irp->iref_inputdev, X_CONFIG)) { - while(count--) - free(indp[count]); - free(indp); - return FALSE; - } - indp[count]->options = xf86OptionListMerge(indp[count]->options, - irp->iref_option_lst); - count++; - irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next; - } - servlayoutp->inputs = indp; - - return TRUE; -} - - -/* - * figure out which layout is active, which screens are used in that layout, - * which drivers and monitors are used in these screens - */ -static Bool -configLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfLayoutPtr conf_layout, - char *default_layout) -{ - XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr adjp; - XF86ConfInactivePtr idp; - int count = 0; - int scrnum; - XF86ConfLayoutPtr l; - MessageType from; - screenLayoutPtr slp; - GDevPtr gdp; - int i = 0, j; - - if (!servlayoutp) - return FALSE; - - /* - * which layout section is the active one? - * - * If there is a -layout command line option, use that one, otherwise - * pick the first one. - */ - from = X_DEFAULT; - if (xf86LayoutName != NULL) - from = X_CMDLINE; - else if (default_layout) { - xf86LayoutName = default_layout; - from = X_CONFIG; - } - if (xf86LayoutName != NULL) { - if ((l = xf86findLayout(xf86LayoutName, conf_layout)) == NULL) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No ServerLayout section called \"%s\"\n", - xf86LayoutName); - return FALSE; - } - conf_layout = l; - } - xf86Msg(from, "ServerLayout \"%s\"\n", conf_layout->lay_identifier); - adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst; - - /* - * we know that each screen is referenced exactly once on the left side - * of a layout statement in the Layout section. So to allocate the right - * size for the array we do a quick walk of the list to figure out how - * many sections we have - */ - while (adjp) { - count++; - adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next; - } - - DebugF("Found %d screens in the layout section %s", - count, conf_layout->lay_identifier); - if (!count) /* alloc enough storage even if no screen is specified */ - count = 1; - - slp = xnfcalloc(1, (count + 1) * sizeof(screenLayoutRec)); - slp[count].screen = NULL; - /* - * now that we have storage, loop over the list again and fill in our - * data structure; at this point we do not fill in the adjacency - * information as it is not clear if we need it at all - */ - adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst; - count = 0; - while (adjp) { - slp[count].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec)); - if (adjp->adj_scrnum < 0) - scrnum = count; - else - scrnum = adjp->adj_scrnum; - if (!configScreen(slp[count].screen, adjp->adj_screen, scrnum, - X_CONFIG)) { - free(slp); - return FALSE; - } - slp[count].x = adjp->adj_x; - slp[count].y = adjp->adj_y; - slp[count].refname = adjp->adj_refscreen; - switch (adjp->adj_where) { - case CONF_ADJ_OBSOLETE: - slp[count].where = PosObsolete; - slp[count].topname = adjp->adj_top_str; - slp[count].bottomname = adjp->adj_bottom_str; - slp[count].leftname = adjp->adj_left_str; - slp[count].rightname = adjp->adj_right_str; - break; - case CONF_ADJ_ABSOLUTE: - slp[count].where = PosAbsolute; - break; - case CONF_ADJ_RIGHTOF: - slp[count].where = PosRightOf; - break; - case CONF_ADJ_LEFTOF: - slp[count].where = PosLeftOf; - break; - case CONF_ADJ_ABOVE: - slp[count].where = PosAbove; - break; - case CONF_ADJ_BELOW: - slp[count].where = PosBelow; - break; - case CONF_ADJ_RELATIVE: - slp[count].where = PosRelative; - break; - } - count++; - adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next; - } - - /* No screen was specified in the layout. take the first one from the - * config file, or - if it is NULL - configScreen autogenerates one for - * us */ - if (!count) - { - slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec)); - if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst, - 0, X_CONFIG)) { - free(slp[0].screen); - free(slp); - return FALSE; - } - } - - /* XXX Need to tie down the upper left screen. */ - - /* Fill in the refscreen and top/bottom/left/right values */ - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { - for (j = 0; j < count; j++) { - if (slp[i].refname && - strcmp(slp[i].refname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) { - slp[i].refscreen = slp[j].screen; - } - if (slp[i].topname && - strcmp(slp[i].topname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) { - slp[i].top = slp[j].screen; - } - if (slp[i].bottomname && - strcmp(slp[i].bottomname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) { - slp[i].bottom = slp[j].screen; - } - if (slp[i].leftname && - strcmp(slp[i].leftname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) { - slp[i].left = slp[j].screen; - } - if (slp[i].rightname && - strcmp(slp[i].rightname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) { - slp[i].right = slp[j].screen; - } - } - if (slp[i].where != PosObsolete - && slp[i].where != PosAbsolute - && !slp[i].refscreen) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR,"Screen %s doesn't exist: deleting placement\n", - slp[i].refname); - slp[i].where = PosAbsolute; - slp[i].x = 0; - slp[i].y = 0; - } - } - - /* - * Count the number of inactive devices. - */ - count = 0; - idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst; - while (idp) { - count++; - idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next; - } - DebugF("Found %d inactive devices in the layout section %s\n", - count, conf_layout->lay_identifier); - gdp = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(GDevRec)); - gdp[count].identifier = NULL; - idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst; - count = 0; - while (idp) { - if (!configDevice(&gdp[count], idp->inactive_device, FALSE)) { - free(gdp); - return FALSE; - } - count++; - idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next; - } - - if (!configInputDevices(conf_layout, servlayoutp)) - return FALSE; - - servlayoutp->id = conf_layout->lay_identifier; - servlayoutp->screens = slp; - servlayoutp->inactives = gdp; - servlayoutp->options = conf_layout->lay_option_lst; - from = X_DEFAULT; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * No layout section, so find the first Screen section and set that up as - * the only active screen. - */ -static Bool -configImpliedLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen, - XF86ConfigPtr xf86configptr) -{ - MessageType from; - XF86ConfScreenPtr s; - screenLayoutPtr slp; - InputInfoPtr *indp; - XF86ConfLayoutRec layout; - - if (!servlayoutp) - return FALSE; - - /* - * which screen section is the active one? - * - * If there is a -screen option, use that one, otherwise use the first - * one. - */ - - from = X_CONFIG; - if (xf86ScreenName != NULL) { - if ((s = xf86findScreen(xf86ScreenName, conf_screen)) == NULL) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No Screen section called \"%s\"\n", - xf86ScreenName); - return FALSE; - } - conf_screen = s; - from = X_CMDLINE; - } - - /* We have exactly one screen */ - - slp = xnfcalloc(1, 2 * sizeof(screenLayoutRec)); - slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec)); - slp[1].screen = NULL; - if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, conf_screen, 0, from)) { - free(slp); - return FALSE; - } - servlayoutp->id = "(implicit)"; - servlayoutp->screens = slp; - servlayoutp->inactives = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec)); - servlayoutp->options = NULL; - - memset(&layout, 0, sizeof(layout)); - layout.lay_identifier = servlayoutp->id; - if (xf86layoutAddInputDevices(xf86configptr, &layout) > 0) { - if (!configInputDevices(&layout, servlayoutp)) - return FALSE; - from = X_DEFAULT; - } else { - /* Set up an empty input device list, then look for some core devices. */ - indp = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoPtr)); - *indp = NULL; - servlayoutp->inputs = indp; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -configXvAdaptor(confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor, XF86ConfVideoAdaptorPtr conf_adaptor) -{ - int count = 0; - XF86ConfVideoPortPtr conf_port; - - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| |-->VideoAdaptor \"%s\"\n", - conf_adaptor->va_identifier); - adaptor->identifier = conf_adaptor->va_identifier; - adaptor->options = conf_adaptor->va_option_lst; - if (conf_adaptor->va_busid || conf_adaptor->va_driver) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| | Unsupported device type, skipping entry\n"); - return FALSE; - } - - /* - * figure out how many videoport subsections there are and fill them in - */ - conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst; - while(conf_port) { - count++; - conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next; - } - adaptor->ports = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvPortRec)); - adaptor->numports = count; - count = 0; - conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst; - while(conf_port) { - adaptor->ports[count].identifier = conf_port->vp_identifier; - adaptor->ports[count].options = conf_port->vp_option_lst; - count++; - conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen, int scrnum, - MessageType from) -{ - int count = 0; - XF86ConfDisplayPtr dispptr; - XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr conf_adaptor; - Bool defaultMonitor = FALSE; - XF86ConfScreenRec local_conf_screen; - - if (!conf_screen) { - memset(&local_conf_screen, 0, sizeof(local_conf_screen)); - conf_screen = &local_conf_screen; - conf_screen->scrn_identifier = "Default Screen Section"; - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No screen section available. Using defaults.\n"); - } - - xf86Msg(from, "|-->Screen \"%s\" (%d)\n", conf_screen->scrn_identifier, - scrnum); - /* - * now we fill in the elements of the screen - */ - screenp->id = conf_screen->scrn_identifier; - screenp->screennum = scrnum; - screenp->defaultdepth = conf_screen->scrn_defaultdepth; - screenp->defaultbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultbpp; - screenp->defaultfbbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultfbbpp; - screenp->monitor = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(MonRec)); - /* If no monitor is specified, create a default one. */ - if (!conf_screen->scrn_monitor) { - XF86ConfMonitorRec defMon; - - memset(&defMon, 0, sizeof(defMon)); - defMon.mon_identifier = "<default monitor>"; - if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor, &defMon)) - return FALSE; - defaultMonitor = TRUE; - } else { - if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor,conf_screen->scrn_monitor)) - return FALSE; - } - /* Configure the device. If there isn't one configured, attach to the - * first inactive one that we can configure. If there's none that work, - * set it to NULL so that the section can be autoconfigured later */ - screenp->device = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec)); - if ((!conf_screen->scrn_device) && (xf86configptr->conf_device_lst)) { - conf_screen->scrn_device = xf86configptr->conf_device_lst; - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No device specified for screen \"%s\".\n" - "\tUsing the first device section listed.\n", screenp->id); - } - if (configDevice(screenp->device,conf_screen->scrn_device, TRUE)) { - screenp->device->myScreenSection = screenp; - } else { - screenp->device = NULL; - } - screenp->options = conf_screen->scrn_option_lst; - - /* - * figure out how many display subsections there are and fill them in - */ - dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst; - while(dispptr) { - count++; - dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next; - } - screenp->displays = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(DispRec)); - screenp->numdisplays = count; - - /* Fill in the default Virtual size, if any */ - if (conf_screen->scrn_virtualX && conf_screen->scrn_virtualY) { - for (count = 0, dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst; - dispptr; - dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next, count++) { - screenp->displays[count].virtualX = conf_screen->scrn_virtualX; - screenp->displays[count].virtualY = conf_screen->scrn_virtualY; - } - } - - /* Now do the per-Display Virtual sizes */ - count = 0; - dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst; - while(dispptr) { - configDisplay(&(screenp->displays[count]),dispptr); - count++; - dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next; - } - - /* - * figure out how many videoadaptor references there are and fill them in - */ - conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst; - while(conf_adaptor) { - count++; - conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next; - } - screenp->xvadaptors = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvAdaptorRec)); - screenp->numxvadaptors = 0; - conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst; - while(conf_adaptor) { - if (configXvAdaptor(&(screenp->xvadaptors[screenp->numxvadaptors]), - conf_adaptor->al_adaptor)) - screenp->numxvadaptors++; - conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next; - } - - if (defaultMonitor) { - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No monitor specified for screen \"%s\".\n" - "\tUsing a default monitor configuration.\n", screenp->id); - } - return TRUE; -} - -typedef enum { - MON_REDUCEDBLANKING, - MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK, -} MonitorValues; - -static OptionInfoRec MonitorOptions[] = { - { MON_REDUCEDBLANKING, "ReducedBlanking", OPTV_BOOLEAN, - {0}, FALSE }, - { MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK, "MaxPixClock", OPTV_FREQ, - {0}, FALSE }, - { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, - {0}, FALSE }, -}; - -static Bool -configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor) -{ - int count; - DisplayModePtr mode,last = NULL; - XF86ConfModeLinePtr cmodep; - XF86ConfModesPtr modes; - XF86ConfModesLinkPtr modeslnk = conf_monitor->mon_modes_sect_lst; - Gamma zeros = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0}; - float badgamma = 0.0; - double maxPixClock; - - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| |-->Monitor \"%s\"\n", - conf_monitor->mon_identifier); - monitorp->id = conf_monitor->mon_identifier; - monitorp->vendor = conf_monitor->mon_vendor; - monitorp->model = conf_monitor->mon_modelname; - monitorp->Modes = NULL; - monitorp->Last = NULL; - monitorp->gamma = zeros; - monitorp->widthmm = conf_monitor->mon_width; - monitorp->heightmm = conf_monitor->mon_height; - monitorp->reducedblanking = FALSE; - monitorp->maxPixClock = 0; - monitorp->options = conf_monitor->mon_option_lst; - - /* - * fill in the monitor structure - */ - for( count = 0 ; - count < conf_monitor->mon_n_hsync && count < MAX_HSYNC; - count++) { - monitorp->hsync[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].hi; - monitorp->hsync[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].lo; - } - monitorp->nHsync = count; - for( count = 0 ; - count < conf_monitor->mon_n_vrefresh && count < MAX_VREFRESH; - count++) { - monitorp->vrefresh[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].hi; - monitorp->vrefresh[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].lo; - } - monitorp->nVrefresh = count; - - /* - * first we collect the mode lines from the UseModes directive - */ - while(modeslnk) - { - modes = xf86findModes (modeslnk->ml_modes_str, - xf86configptr->conf_modes_lst); - modeslnk->ml_modes = modes; - - - /* now add the modes found in the modes - section to the list of modes for this - monitor unless it has been added before - because we are reusing the same section - for another screen */ - if (xf86itemNotSublist( - (GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst, - (GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst)) { - conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr) - xf86addListItem( - (GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst, - (GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst); - } - modeslnk = modeslnk->list.next; - } - - /* - * we need to hook in the mode lines now - * here both data structures use lists, only our internal one - * is double linked - */ - cmodep = conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst; - while( cmodep ) { - mode = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(DisplayModeRec)); - mode->type = 0; - mode->Clock = cmodep->ml_clock; - mode->HDisplay = cmodep->ml_hdisplay; - mode->HSyncStart = cmodep->ml_hsyncstart; - mode->HSyncEnd = cmodep->ml_hsyncend; - mode->HTotal = cmodep->ml_htotal; - mode->VDisplay = cmodep->ml_vdisplay; - mode->VSyncStart = cmodep->ml_vsyncstart; - mode->VSyncEnd = cmodep->ml_vsyncend; - mode->VTotal = cmodep->ml_vtotal; - mode->Flags = cmodep->ml_flags; - mode->HSkew = cmodep->ml_hskew; - mode->VScan = cmodep->ml_vscan; - mode->name = xnfstrdup(cmodep->ml_identifier); - if( last ) { - mode->prev = last; - last->next = mode; - } - else { - /* - * this is the first mode - */ - monitorp->Modes = mode; - mode->prev = NULL; - } - last = mode; - cmodep = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr)cmodep->list.next; - } - if(last){ - last->next = NULL; - } - monitorp->Last = last; - - /* add the (VESA) default modes */ - if (! addDefaultModes(monitorp) ) - return FALSE; - - if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red > GAMMA_ZERO) - monitorp->gamma.red = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red; - if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green > GAMMA_ZERO) - monitorp->gamma.green = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green; - if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue > GAMMA_ZERO) - monitorp->gamma.blue = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue; - - /* Check that the gamma values are within range */ - if (monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_ZERO && - (monitorp->gamma.red < GAMMA_MIN || - monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_MAX)) { - badgamma = monitorp->gamma.red; - } else if (monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_ZERO && - (monitorp->gamma.green < GAMMA_MIN || - monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_MAX)) { - badgamma = monitorp->gamma.green; - } else if (monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_ZERO && - (monitorp->gamma.blue < GAMMA_MIN || - monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_MAX)) { - badgamma = monitorp->gamma.blue; - } - if (badgamma > GAMMA_ZERO) { - xf86ConfigError("Gamma value %.f is out of range (%.2f - %.1f)\n", - badgamma, GAMMA_MIN, GAMMA_MAX); - return FALSE; - } - - xf86ProcessOptions(-1, monitorp->options, MonitorOptions); - xf86GetOptValBool(MonitorOptions, MON_REDUCEDBLANKING, - &monitorp->reducedblanking); - if (xf86GetOptValFreq(MonitorOptions, MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK, OPTUNITS_KHZ, - &maxPixClock) == TRUE) { - monitorp->maxPixClock = (int) maxPixClock; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -static int -lookupVisual(const char *visname) -{ - int i; - - if (!visname || !*visname) - return -1; - - for (i = 0; i <= DirectColor; i++) { - if (!xf86nameCompare(visname, xf86VisualNames[i])) - break; - } - - if (i <= DirectColor) - return i; - - return -1; -} - - -static Bool -configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display) -{ - int count = 0; - XF86ModePtr modep; - - displayp->frameX0 = conf_display->disp_frameX0; - displayp->frameY0 = conf_display->disp_frameY0; - displayp->virtualX = conf_display->disp_virtualX; - displayp->virtualY = conf_display->disp_virtualY; - displayp->depth = conf_display->disp_depth; - displayp->fbbpp = conf_display->disp_bpp; - displayp->weight.red = conf_display->disp_weight.red; - displayp->weight.green = conf_display->disp_weight.green; - displayp->weight.blue = conf_display->disp_weight.blue; - displayp->blackColour.red = conf_display->disp_black.red; - displayp->blackColour.green = conf_display->disp_black.green; - displayp->blackColour.blue = conf_display->disp_black.blue; - displayp->whiteColour.red = conf_display->disp_white.red; - displayp->whiteColour.green = conf_display->disp_white.green; - displayp->whiteColour.blue = conf_display->disp_white.blue; - displayp->options = conf_display->disp_option_lst; - if (conf_display->disp_visual) { - displayp->defaultVisual = lookupVisual(conf_display->disp_visual); - if (displayp->defaultVisual == -1) { - xf86ConfigError("Invalid visual name: \"%s\"", - conf_display->disp_visual); - return FALSE; - } - } else { - displayp->defaultVisual = -1; - } - - /* - * now hook in the modes - */ - modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst; - while(modep) { - count++; - modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next; - } - displayp->modes = xnfalloc((count+1) * sizeof(char*)); - modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst; - count = 0; - while(modep) { - displayp->modes[count] = modep->mode_name; - count++; - modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next; - } - displayp->modes[count] = NULL; - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device, Bool active) -{ - int i; - - if (!conf_device) { - return FALSE; - } - - if (active) - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| |-->Device \"%s\"\n", - conf_device->dev_identifier); - else - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|-->Inactive Device \"%s\"\n", - conf_device->dev_identifier); - - devicep->identifier = conf_device->dev_identifier; - devicep->vendor = conf_device->dev_vendor; - devicep->board = conf_device->dev_board; - devicep->chipset = conf_device->dev_chipset; - devicep->ramdac = conf_device->dev_ramdac; - devicep->driver = conf_device->dev_driver; - devicep->active = active; - devicep->videoRam = conf_device->dev_videoram; - devicep->BiosBase = conf_device->dev_bios_base; - devicep->MemBase = conf_device->dev_mem_base; - devicep->IOBase = conf_device->dev_io_base; - devicep->clockchip = conf_device->dev_clockchip; - devicep->busID = conf_device->dev_busid; - devicep->textClockFreq = conf_device->dev_textclockfreq; - devicep->chipID = conf_device->dev_chipid; - devicep->chipRev = conf_device->dev_chiprev; - devicep->options = conf_device->dev_option_lst; - devicep->irq = conf_device->dev_irq; - devicep->screen = conf_device->dev_screen; - - for (i = 0; i < MAXDACSPEEDS; i++) { - if (i < CONF_MAXDACSPEEDS) - devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = conf_device->dev_dacSpeeds[i]; - else - devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = 0; - } - devicep->numclocks = conf_device->dev_clocks; - if (devicep->numclocks > MAXCLOCKS) - devicep->numclocks = MAXCLOCKS; - for (i = 0; i < devicep->numclocks; i++) { - devicep->clock[i] = conf_device->dev_clock[i]; - } - devicep->claimed = FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -#ifdef XF86DRI -static void -configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip) -{ - struct group *grp; - - xf86ConfigDRI.group = -1; - xf86ConfigDRI.mode = 0; - - if (drip) { - if (drip->dri_group_name) { - if ((grp = getgrnam(drip->dri_group_name))) - xf86ConfigDRI.group = grp->gr_gid; - } else { - if (drip->dri_group >= 0) - xf86ConfigDRI.group = drip->dri_group; - } - xf86ConfigDRI.mode = drip->dri_mode; - } -} -#endif - -static void -configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext) -{ - XF86OptionPtr o; - - if (conf_ext && conf_ext->ext_option_lst) { - for (o = conf_ext->ext_option_lst; o; o = xf86NextOption(o)) { - char *name = xf86OptionName(o); - char *val = xf86OptionValue(o); - char *n; - Bool enable = TRUE; - - /* Handle "No<ExtensionName>" */ - n = xf86NormalizeName(name); - if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) { - name += 2; - enable = FALSE; - } - - if (!val || - xf86NameCmp(val, "enable") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "enabled") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "on") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "1") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "yes") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "true") == 0) { - /* NOTHING NEEDED -- enabling is handled below */ - } else if (xf86NameCmp(val, "disable") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "disabled") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "off") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "0") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "no") == 0 || - xf86NameCmp(val, "false") == 0) { - enable = !enable; - } else { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized value \"%s\"\n", val); - free(n); - continue; - } - - if (EnableDisableExtension(name, enable)) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Extension \"%s\" is %s\n", - name, enable ? "enabled" : "disabled"); - } else { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized extension \"%s\"\n", - name); - } - free(n); - } - } -} - -static Bool -configInput(InputInfoPtr inputp, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input, MessageType from) -{ - xf86Msg(from, "|-->Input Device \"%s\"\n", conf_input->inp_identifier); - inputp->name = conf_input->inp_identifier; - inputp->driver = conf_input->inp_driver; - inputp->options = conf_input->inp_option_lst; - inputp->attrs = NULL; - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -modeIsPresent(DisplayModePtr mode, MonPtr monitorp) -{ - DisplayModePtr knownmodes = monitorp->Modes; - - /* all I can think of is a linear search... */ - while(knownmodes != NULL) - { - if(!strcmp(mode->name, knownmodes->name) && - !(knownmodes->type & M_T_DEFAULT)) - return TRUE; - knownmodes = knownmodes->next; - } - return FALSE; -} - -static Bool -addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp) -{ - DisplayModePtr mode; - DisplayModePtr last = monitorp->Last; - int i = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDefaultModes; i++) - { - mode = xf86DuplicateMode(&xf86DefaultModes[i]); - if (!modeIsPresent(mode, monitorp)) - { - monitorp->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(monitorp->Modes, mode); - last = mode; - } else { - free(mode); - } - } - monitorp->Last = last; - - return TRUE; -} - -static void -checkInput(serverLayoutPtr layout, Bool implicit_layout) { - checkCoreInputDevices(layout, implicit_layout); - - /* Unless we're forcing input devices, disable mouse/kbd devices in the - * config. Otherwise the same physical device is added multiple times, - * leading to duplicate events. - */ - if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && layout->inputs) - { - InputInfoPtr *dev = layout->inputs; - BOOL warned = FALSE; - - while(*dev) - { - if (strcmp((*dev)->driver, "kbd") == 0 || - strcmp((*dev)->driver, "mouse") == 0 || - strcmp((*dev)->driver, "vmmouse") == 0) - { - InputInfoPtr *current; - if (!warned) - { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging is on, devices using " - "drivers 'kbd', 'mouse' or 'vmmouse' will be disabled.\n"); - warned = TRUE; - } - - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Disabling %s\n", (*dev)->name); - - current = dev; - free(*dev); - - do { - *current = *(current + 1); - current++; - } while(*current); - } else - dev++; - } - } -} - -/* - * load the config file and fill the global data structure - */ -ConfigStatus -xf86HandleConfigFile(Bool autoconfig) -{ - const char *filename, *dirname, *sysdirname; - char *filesearch, *dirsearch; - MessageType filefrom = X_DEFAULT; - MessageType dirfrom = X_DEFAULT; - char *scanptr; - Bool singlecard = 0; - Bool implicit_layout = FALSE; - - if (!autoconfig) { - if (getuid() == 0) { - filesearch = ROOT_CONFIGPATH; - dirsearch = ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH; - } else { - filesearch = USER_CONFIGPATH; - dirsearch = USER_CONFIGDIRPATH; - } - - if (xf86ConfigFile) - filefrom = X_CMDLINE; - if (xf86ConfigDir) - dirfrom = X_CMDLINE; - - xf86initConfigFiles(); - sysdirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH, NULL, - PROJECTROOT); - dirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(dirsearch, xf86ConfigDir, PROJECTROOT); - filename = xf86openConfigFile(filesearch, xf86ConfigFile, PROJECTROOT); - if (filename) { - xf86MsgVerb(filefrom, 0, "Using config file: \"%s\"\n", filename); - xf86ConfigFile = xnfstrdup(filename); - } else { - if (xf86ConfigFile) - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to locate/open config file: \"%s\"\n", - xf86ConfigFile); - } - if (dirname) { - xf86MsgVerb(dirfrom, 0, "Using config directory: \"%s\"\n", - dirname); - xf86ConfigDir = xnfstrdup(dirname); - } else { - if (xf86ConfigDir) - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, - "Unable to locate/open config directory: \"%s\"\n", - xf86ConfigDir); - } - if (sysdirname) - xf86MsgVerb(X_DEFAULT, 0, "Using system config directory \"%s\"\n", - sysdirname); - if (!filename && !dirname && !sysdirname) - return CONFIG_NOFILE; - } - - if ((xf86configptr = xf86readConfigFile ()) == NULL) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Problem parsing the config file\n"); - return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR; - } - xf86closeConfigFile (); - - /* Initialise a few things. */ - - /* - * now we convert part of the information contained in the parser - * structures into our own structures. - * The important part here is to figure out which Screen Sections - * in the XF86Config file are active so that we can piece together - * the modes that we need later down the road. - * And while we are at it, we'll decode the rest of the stuff as well - */ - - /* First check if a layout section is present, and if it is valid. */ - - if (xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst == NULL || xf86ScreenName != NULL) { - if (xf86ScreenName == NULL) { - xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, - "No Layout section. Using the first Screen section.\n"); - } - if (!configImpliedLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, - xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst, - xf86configptr)) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n"); - return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR; - } - implicit_layout = TRUE; - } else { - if (xf86configptr->conf_flags != NULL) { - char *dfltlayout = NULL; - pointer optlist = xf86configptr->conf_flags->flg_option_lst; - - if (optlist && xf86FindOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout")) - dfltlayout = xf86SetStrOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout", NULL); - if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst, - dfltlayout)) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n"); - return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR; - } - } else { - if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst, - NULL)) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n"); - return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR; - } - } - } - - xf86ProcessOptions(-1, xf86ConfigLayout.options, LayoutOptions); - - if ((scanptr = xf86GetOptValString(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE))) { - ; /* IsolateDevice specified; overrides SingleCard */ - } else { - xf86GetOptValBool(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_SINGLECARD, &singlecard); - if (singlecard) - scanptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens->screen->device->busID; - } - if (scanptr) { - if (strncmp(scanptr, "PCI:", 4) != 0) { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Bus types other than PCI not yet isolable.\n" - "\tIgnoring IsolateDevice option.\n"); - } else - xf86PciIsolateDevice(scanptr); - } - - /* Now process everything else */ - if (!configServerFlags(xf86configptr->conf_flags,xf86ConfigLayout.options)){ - ErrorF ("Problem when converting the config data structures\n"); - return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR; - } - - configFiles(xf86configptr->conf_files); - configExtensions(xf86configptr->conf_extensions); -#ifdef XF86DRI - configDRI(xf86configptr->conf_dri); -#endif - - checkInput(&xf86ConfigLayout, implicit_layout); - - /* - * Handle some command line options that can override some of the - * ServerFlags settings. - */ -#ifdef XF86VIDMODE - if (xf86VidModeDisabled) - xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = FALSE; - if (xf86VidModeAllowNonLocal) - xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = TRUE; -#endif - - if (xf86AllowMouseOpenFail) - xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = TRUE; - - return CONFIG_OK; -} - -Bool -xf86PathIsSafe(const char *path) -{ - return (xf86pathIsSafe(path) != 0); -} +/*
+ * Loosely based on code bearing the following copyright:
+ *
+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 1992-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ * Copyright 1997 by Metro Link, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org>
+ * David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org>
+ * Marc La France <tsi@XFree86.Org>
+ * Egbert Eich <eich@XFree86.Org>
+ * ... and others
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XF86DRI
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Parser.h"
+#include "xf86tokens.h"
+#include "xf86Config.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
+#include "configProcs.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "extension.h"
+#include "xf86pciBus.h"
+
+#include "xf86Xinput.h"
+
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+#include "picture.h"
+
+/*
+ * These paths define the way the config file search is done. The escape
+ * sequences are documented in parser/scan.c.
+ */
+#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGPATH
+#define ROOT_CONFIGPATH "%A," "%R," \
+ "/etc/X11/%R," "%P/etc/X11/%R," \
+ "%E," "%F," \
+ "/etc/X11/%F," "%P/etc/X11/%F," \
+ "/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \
+ "%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \
+ "%P/etc/X11/%X," \
+ "%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \
+ "%P/lib/X11/%X"
+#endif
+#ifndef USER_CONFIGPATH
+#define USER_CONFIGPATH "/etc/X11/%S," "%P/etc/X11/%S," \
+ "/etc/X11/%G," "%P/etc/X11/%G," \
+ "/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \
+ "%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \
+ "%P/etc/X11/%X," \
+ "%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \
+ "%P/lib/X11/%X"
+#endif
+#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH
+#define ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH "%A," "%R," \
+ "/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \
+ "/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X"
+#endif
+#ifndef USER_CONFIGDIRPATH
+#define USER_CONFIGDIRPATH "/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \
+ "/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X"
+#endif
+#ifndef SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH
+#define SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH "/usr/share/X11/%X," "%D/X11/%X"
+#endif
+#ifndef PROJECTROOT
+#define PROJECTROOT "/usr/X11R6"
+#endif
+
+static ModuleDefault ModuleDefaults[] = {
+ {.name = "extmod", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL},
+#ifdef DBE
+ {.name = "dbe", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL},
+#endif
+#ifdef GLXEXT
+ {.name = "glx", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL},
+#endif
+#ifdef XRECORD
+ {.name = "record", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL},
+#endif
+#ifdef XF86DRI
+ {.name = "dri", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL},
+#endif
+#ifdef DRI2
+ {.name = "dri2", .toLoad = TRUE, .load_opt=NULL},
+#endif
+ {.name = NULL, .toLoad = FALSE, .load_opt=NULL}
+};
+
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+static Bool configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen,
+ int scrnum, MessageType from);
+static Bool configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor);
+static Bool configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device,
+ Bool active);
+static Bool configInput(InputInfoPtr pInfo, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input,
+ MessageType from);
+static Bool configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display);
+static Bool addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp);
+#ifdef XF86DRI
+static void configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip);
+#endif
+static void configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext);
+
+/*
+ * xf86GetPathElem --
+ * Extract a single element from the font path string starting at
+ * pnt. The font path element will be returned, and pnt will be
+ * updated to point to the start of the next element, or set to
+ * NULL if there are no more.
+ */
+static char *
+xf86GetPathElem(char **pnt)
+{
+ char *p1;
+
+ p1 = *pnt;
+ *pnt = index(*pnt, ',');
+ if (*pnt != NULL) {
+ **pnt = '\0';
+ *pnt += 1;
+ }
+ return p1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * xf86ValidateFontPath --
+ * Validates the user-specified font path. Each element that
+ * begins with a '/' is checked to make sure the directory exists.
+ * If the directory exists, the existence of a file named 'fonts.dir'
+ * is checked. If either check fails, an error is printed and the
+ * element is removed from the font path.
+ */
+
+#define DIR_FILE "/fonts.dir"
+static char *
+xf86ValidateFontPath(char *path)
+{
+ char *tmp_path, *out_pnt, *path_elem, *next, *p1, *dir_elem;
+ struct stat stat_buf;
+ int flag;
+ int dirlen;
+
+ tmp_path = calloc(1,strlen(path)+1);
+ out_pnt = tmp_path;
+ path_elem = NULL;
+ next = path;
+ while (next != NULL) {
+ path_elem = xf86GetPathElem(&next);
+ if (*path_elem == '/') {
+ dir_elem = xnfcalloc(1, strlen(path_elem) + 1);
+ if ((p1 = strchr(path_elem, ':')) != 0)
+ dirlen = p1 - path_elem;
+ else
+ dirlen = strlen(path_elem);
+ strncpy(dir_elem, path_elem, dirlen);
+ dir_elem[dirlen] = '\0';
+ flag = stat(dir_elem, &stat_buf);
+ if (flag == 0)
+ if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
+ flag = -1;
+ if (flag != 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "The directory \"%s\" does not exist.\n", dir_elem);
+ xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n");
+ free(dir_elem);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else {
+ XNFasprintf(&p1, "%s%s", dir_elem, DIR_FILE);
+ flag = stat(p1, &stat_buf);
+ if (flag == 0)
+ if (!S_ISREG(stat_buf.st_mode))
+ flag = -1;
+ free(p1);
+ if (flag != 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING,
+ "`fonts.dir' not found (or not valid) in \"%s\".\n",
+ dir_elem);
+ xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n");
+ xf86ErrorF("\t(Run 'mkfontdir' on \"%s\").\n", dir_elem);
+ free(dir_elem);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ free(dir_elem);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Either an OK directory, or a font server name. So add it to
+ * the path.
+ */
+ if (out_pnt != tmp_path)
+ *out_pnt++ = ',';
+ strcat(out_pnt, path_elem);
+ out_pnt += strlen(path_elem);
+ }
+ return tmp_path;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * use the datastructure that the parser provides and pick out the parts
+ * that we need at this point
+ */
+char **
+xf86ModulelistFromConfig(pointer **optlist)
+{
+ int count = 0, i = 0;
+ char **modulearray;
+ char *ignore[] = { "GLcore", "speedo", "bitmap", "drm",
+ "freetype", "type1",
+ NULL };
+ pointer *optarray;
+ XF86LoadPtr modp;
+ Bool found;
+
+ /*
+ * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a
+ * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default
+ * ModulePath
+ */
+ if (xf86configptr == NULL) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) {
+ /* Walk the disable list and let people know what we've parsed to
+ * not be loaded
+ */
+ modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst;
+ while (modp) {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" will not be loaded unless you've specified it to be loaded elsewhere.\n", modp->load_name);
+ modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Walk the default settings table. For each module listed to be
+ * loaded, make sure it's in the mod_load_lst. If it's not, make
+ * sure it's not in the mod_no_load_lst. If it's not disabled,
+ * append it to mod_load_lst
+ */
+ for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) {
+ if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == FALSE) {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" is not to be loaded by default. Skipping.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
+ continue;
+ }
+ found = FALSE;
+ modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;
+ while (modp) {
+ if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded. This was enabled by default and also specified in the config file.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
+ }
+ if (found == FALSE) {
+ modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst;
+ while (modp) {
+ if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded even though the default is to disable it.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
+ }
+ }
+ if (found == FALSE) {
+ XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules;
+ ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt);
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded by default.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ xf86configptr->conf_modules = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfModuleRec));
+ for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) {
+ if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == TRUE) {
+ XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules;
+ ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Walk the list of modules in the "Module" section to determine how
+ * many we have.
+ */
+ modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;
+ while (modp) {
+ for (i = 0; ignore[i]; i++) {
+ if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ignore[i]) == 0)
+ modp->ignore = 1;
+ }
+ if (!modp->ignore)
+ count++;
+ modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers
+ */
+ modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));
+ optarray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(pointer));
+ count = 0;
+ if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) {
+ modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;
+ while (modp) {
+ if (!modp->ignore) {
+ modulearray[count] = modp->load_name;
+ optarray[count] = modp->load_opt;
+ count++;
+ }
+ modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
+ }
+ }
+ modulearray[count] = NULL;
+ optarray[count] = NULL;
+ if (optlist)
+ *optlist = optarray;
+ else
+ free(optarray);
+ return modulearray;
+}
+
+
+char **
+xf86DriverlistFromConfig(void)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+ int j;
+ char **modulearray;
+ screenLayoutPtr slp;
+
+ /*
+ * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a
+ * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default
+ * ModulePath
+ */
+ if (xf86configptr == NULL) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Walk the list of driver lines in active "Device" sections to
+ * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are.
+ *
+ */
+ if (xf86ConfigLayout.screens) {
+ slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens;
+ while ((slp++)->screen) {
+ count++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Handle the set of inactive "Device" sections.
+ */
+ j = 0;
+ while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].identifier)
+ count++;
+
+ if (count == 0)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers
+ */
+ modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));
+ count = 0;
+ slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens;
+ while (slp->screen) {
+ modulearray[count] = slp->screen->device->driver;
+ count++;
+ slp++;
+ }
+
+ j = 0;
+
+ while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier)
+ modulearray[count++] = xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].driver;
+
+ modulearray[count] = NULL;
+
+ /* Remove duplicates */
+ for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) {
+ modulearray[count] = "";
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return modulearray;
+}
+
+char **
+xf86InputDriverlistFromConfig(void)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+ char **modulearray;
+ InputInfoPtr *idp;
+
+ /*
+ * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a
+ * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default
+ * ModulePath
+ */
+ if (xf86configptr == NULL) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Walk the list of driver lines in active "InputDevice" sections to
+ * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are.
+ */
+ if (xf86ConfigLayout.inputs) {
+ idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs;
+ while (*idp) {
+ count++;
+ idp++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (count == 0)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers
+ */
+ modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));
+ count = 0;
+ idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs;
+ while (idp && *idp) {
+ modulearray[count] = (*idp)->driver;
+ count++;
+ idp++;
+ }
+ modulearray[count] = NULL;
+
+ /* Remove duplicates */
+ for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) {
+ modulearray[count] = "";
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return modulearray;
+}
+
+static void
+fixup_video_driver_list(char **drivers)
+{
+ static const char *fallback[4] = { "vesa", "fbdev", "wsfb", NULL };
+ char **end, **drv;
+ char *x;
+ int i;
+
+ /* walk to the end of the list */
+ for (end = drivers; *end && **end; end++) ;
+ end--;
+
+ /*
+ * for each of the fallback drivers, if we find it in the list,
+ * swap it with the last available non-fallback driver.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; fallback[i]; i++) {
+ for (drv = drivers; drv != end; drv++) {
+ if (strstr(*drv, fallback[i])) {
+ x = *drv; *drv = *end; *end = x;
+ end--;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static char **
+GenerateDriverlist(char * dirname)
+{
+ char **ret;
+ const char *subdirs[] = { dirname, NULL };
+ static const char *patlist[] = {"(.*)_drv\\.so", NULL};
+ ret = LoaderListDirs(subdirs, patlist);
+
+ /* fix up the probe order for video drivers */
+ if (strstr(dirname, "drivers") && ret != NULL)
+ fixup_video_driver_list(ret);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+char **
+xf86DriverlistFromCompile(void)
+{
+ static char **driverlist = NULL;
+
+ if (!driverlist)
+ driverlist = GenerateDriverlist("drivers");
+
+ return driverlist;
+}
+
+/*
+ * xf86ConfigError --
+ * Print a READABLE ErrorMessage!!! All information that is
+ * available is printed.
+ */
+static void
+xf86ConfigError(char *msg, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ ErrorF("\nConfig Error:\n");
+ va_start(ap, msg);
+ VErrorF(msg, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ ErrorF("\n");
+ return;
+}
+
+static void
+configFiles(XF86ConfFilesPtr fileconf)
+{
+ MessageType pathFrom;
+ Bool must_copy;
+ int size, countDirs;
+ char *temp_path, *log_buf, *start, *end;
+
+ /* FontPath */
+ must_copy = TRUE;
+
+ temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : "";
+ if (xf86fpFlag)
+ pathFrom = X_CMDLINE;
+ else if (fileconf && fileconf->file_fontpath) {
+ pathFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ if (xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath) {
+ if (asprintf(&defaultFontPath, "%s%s%s", fileconf->file_fontpath,
+ *temp_path ? "," : "", temp_path) == -1)
+ defaultFontPath = NULL;
+ else
+ must_copy = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ defaultFontPath = fileconf->file_fontpath;
+ }
+ else
+ pathFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : "";
+
+ /* xf86ValidateFontPath modifies its argument, but returns a copy of it. */
+ temp_path = must_copy ? xnfstrdup(defaultFontPath) : defaultFontPath;
+ defaultFontPath = xf86ValidateFontPath(temp_path);
+ free(temp_path);
+
+ /* make fontpath more readable in the logfiles */
+ countDirs = 1;
+ temp_path = defaultFontPath;
+ while ((temp_path = index(temp_path, ',')) != NULL) {
+ countDirs++;
+ temp_path++;
+ }
+
+ log_buf = xnfalloc(strlen(defaultFontPath) + (2 * countDirs) + 1);
+ temp_path = log_buf;
+ start = defaultFontPath;
+ while((end = index(start, ',')) != NULL) {
+ size = (end - start) + 1;
+ *(temp_path++) = '\t';
+ strncpy(temp_path, start, size);
+ temp_path += size;
+ *(temp_path++) = '\n';
+ start += size;
+ }
+ /* copy last entry */
+ *(temp_path++) = '\t';
+ strcpy(temp_path, start);
+ xf86Msg(pathFrom, "FontPath set to:\n%s\n", log_buf);
+ free(log_buf);
+
+ /* ModulePath */
+
+ if (fileconf) {
+ if (xf86ModPathFrom != X_CMDLINE && fileconf->file_modulepath) {
+ xf86ModulePath = fileconf->file_modulepath;
+ xf86ModPathFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ xf86Msg(xf86ModPathFrom, "ModulePath set to \"%s\"\n", xf86ModulePath);
+
+ if (!xf86xkbdirFlag && fileconf && fileconf->file_xkbdir) {
+ XkbBaseDirectory = fileconf->file_xkbdir;
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "XKB base directory set to \"%s\"\n",
+ XkbBaseDirectory);
+ }
+#if 0
+ /* LogFile */
+ /*
+ * XXX The problem with this is that the log file is already open.
+ * One option might be to copy the exiting contents to the new location.
+ * and re-open it. The down side is that the default location would
+ * already have been overwritten. Another option would be to start with
+ * unique temporary location, then copy it once the correct name is known.
+ * A problem with this is what happens if the server exits before that
+ * happens.
+ */
+ if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT && fileconf->file_logfile) {
+ xf86LogFile = fileconf->file_logfile;
+ xf86LogFileFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return;
+}
+
+typedef enum {
+ FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS,
+ FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH,
+ FLAG_DONTZAP,
+ FLAG_DONTZOOM,
+ FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE,
+ FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL,
+ FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL,
+ FLAG_VTSYSREQ,
+ FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME,
+ FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME,
+ FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME,
+ FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME,
+ FLAG_PIXMAP,
+ FLAG_PC98,
+ FLAG_NOPM,
+ FLAG_XINERAMA,
+ FLAG_LOG,
+ FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE,
+ FLAG_RANDR,
+ FLAG_AIGLX,
+ FLAG_IGNORE_ABI,
+ FLAG_ALLOW_EMPTY_INPUT,
+ FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH,
+ FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,
+ FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,
+ FLAG_GLX_VISUALS,
+ FLAG_DRI2,
+ FLAG_USE_SIGIO
+} FlagValues;
+
+/**
+ * NOTE: the last value for each entry is NOT the default. It is set to TRUE
+ * if the parser found the option in the config file.
+ */
+static OptionInfoRec FlagOptions[] = {
+ { FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS, "NoTrapSignals", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH, "DontVTSwitch", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DONTZAP, "DontZap", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DONTZOOM, "DontZoom", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE, "DisableVidModeExtension", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL, "AllowNonLocalXvidtune", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL, "AllowMouseOpenFail", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_VTSYSREQ, "VTSysReq", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME, "BlankTime" , OPTV_INTEGER,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME, "StandbyTime", OPTV_INTEGER,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME, "SuspendTime", OPTV_INTEGER,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME, "OffTime", OPTV_INTEGER,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_PIXMAP, "Pixmap", OPTV_INTEGER,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_PC98, "PC98", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_NOPM, "NoPM", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_XINERAMA, "Xinerama", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_LOG, "Log", OPTV_STRING,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE, "RenderColormapMode", OPTV_STRING,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_RANDR, "RandR", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_AIGLX, "AIGLX", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_IGNORE_ABI, "IgnoreABI", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH, "UseDefaultFontPath", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES, "AutoAddDevices", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES, "AutoEnableDevices", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_GLX_VISUALS, "GlxVisuals", OPTV_STRING,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_DRI2, "DRI2", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { FLAG_USE_SIGIO, "UseSIGIO", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+};
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98
+static Bool
+detectPC98(void)
+{
+ unsigned char buf[2];
+
+ if (xf86ReadBIOS(0xf8000, 0xe80, buf, 2) != 2)
+ return FALSE;
+ if ((buf[0] == 0x98) && (buf[1] == 0x21))
+ return TRUE;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+
+static Bool
+configServerFlags(XF86ConfFlagsPtr flagsconf, XF86OptionPtr layoutopts)
+{
+ XF86OptionPtr optp, tmp;
+ int i;
+ Pix24Flags pix24 = Pix24DontCare;
+ Bool value;
+ MessageType from;
+ const char *s;
+ XkbRMLVOSet set;
+ /* Default options. */
+ set.rules = "base";
+ set.model = "pc105";
+ set.layout = "us";
+ set.variant = NULL;
+ set.options = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Merge the ServerLayout and ServerFlags options. The former have
+ * precedence over the latter.
+ */
+ optp = NULL;
+ if (flagsconf && flagsconf->flg_option_lst)
+ optp = xf86optionListDup(flagsconf->flg_option_lst);
+ if (layoutopts) {
+ tmp = xf86optionListDup(layoutopts);
+ if (optp)
+ optp = xf86optionListMerge(optp, tmp);
+ else
+ optp = tmp;
+ }
+
+ xf86ProcessOptions(-1, optp, FlagOptions);
+
+ xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS, &xf86Info.notrapSignals);
+ xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH, &xf86Info.dontVTSwitch);
+ xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZAP, &xf86Info.dontZap);
+ xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZOOM, &xf86Info.dontZoom);
+
+ xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_IGNORE_ABI, &xf86Info.ignoreABI);
+ if (xf86Info.ignoreABI) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Ignoring ABI Version\n");
+ }
+
+ if (xf86SIGIOSupported()) {
+ xf86Info.useSIGIO = xf86ReturnOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO, USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT);
+ if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO)) {
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ } else {
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ }
+ if (!xf86Info.useSIGIO) {
+ xf86Msg(from, "Disabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n");
+ } else if (from == X_CONFIG) {
+ xf86Msg(from, "Enabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n");
+ }
+ } else {
+ xf86Info.useSIGIO = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES)) {
+ xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,
+ &xf86Info.autoAddDevices);
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ else {
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ }
+ xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically adding devices\n",
+ xf86Info.autoAddDevices ? "A" : "Not a");
+
+ if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES)) {
+ xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,
+ &xf86Info.autoEnableDevices);
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ else {
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ }
+ xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically enabling devices\n",
+ xf86Info.autoEnableDevices ? "A" : "Not a");
+
+ /*
+ * Set things up based on the config file information. Some of these
+ * settings may be overridden later when the command line options are
+ * checked.
+ */
+#ifdef XF86VIDMODE
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE, &value))
+ xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = !value;
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL, &value))
+ xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = value;
+#endif
+
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL, &value))
+ xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = value;
+
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_VTSYSREQ, &value)) {
+#ifdef USE_VT_SYSREQ
+ xf86Info.vtSysreq = value;
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "VTSysReq %s\n", value ? "enabled" : "disabled");
+#else
+ if (value)
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "VTSysReq is not supported on this OS\n");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ xf86Info.pmFlag = TRUE;
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOPM, &value))
+ xf86Info.pmFlag = !value;
+ {
+ if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_LOG))) {
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"flush")) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Flushing logfile enabled\n");
+ xf86Info.log = LogFlush;
+ LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE);
+ } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"sync")) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Syncing logfile enabled\n");
+ xf86Info.log = LogSync;
+ LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE);
+ LogSetParameter(XLOG_SYNC, TRUE);
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown Log option\n");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ {
+ if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE))){
+ int policy = PictureParseCmapPolicy (s);
+ if (policy == PictureCmapPolicyInvalid)
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Unknown colormap policy \"%s\"\n", s);
+ else
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Render colormap policy set to %s\n", s);
+ PictureCmapPolicy = policy;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef RANDR
+ xf86Info.disableRandR = FALSE;
+ xf86Info.randRFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_RANDR, &value)) {
+ xf86Info.disableRandR = !value;
+ xf86Info.randRFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ xf86Info.aiglx = TRUE;
+ xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) {
+ xf86Info.aiglx = value;
+ xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+#ifdef GLXEXT
+ xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical;
+ xf86Info.glxVisualsFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_GLX_VISUALS))) {
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "minimal")) {
+ xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsMinimal;
+ } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "typical")) {
+ xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical;
+ } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "all")) {
+ xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsAll;
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown GlxVisuals option\n");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) {
+ xf86Info.aiglx = value;
+ xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* if we're not hotplugging, force some input devices to exist */
+ xf86Info.forceInputDevices = !(xf86Info.autoAddDevices && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices);
+
+ /* when forcing input devices, we use kbd. otherwise evdev, so use the
+ * evdev rules set. */
+#if defined(linux)
+ if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices)
+ set.rules = "evdev";
+#endif
+ XkbSetRulesDflts(&set);
+
+ xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = TRUE;
+ xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH, &value)) {
+ xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = value;
+ xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+/* Make sure that timers don't overflow CARD32's after multiplying */
+#define MAX_TIME_IN_MIN (0x7fffffff / MILLI_PER_MIN)
+
+ i = -1;
+ xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME, &i);
+ if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
+ ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
+ else if (i != -1)
+ xf86ConfigError("BlankTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
+ i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
+
+#ifdef DPMSExtension
+ i = -1;
+ xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME, &i);
+ if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
+ DPMSStandbyTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
+ else if (i != -1)
+ xf86ConfigError("StandbyTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
+ i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
+ i = -1;
+ xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME, &i);
+ if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
+ DPMSSuspendTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
+ else if (i != -1)
+ xf86ConfigError("SuspendTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
+ i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
+ i = -1;
+ xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME, &i);
+ if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
+ DPMSOffTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
+ else if (i != -1)
+ xf86ConfigError("OffTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
+ i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
+#endif
+
+ i = -1;
+ xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_PIXMAP, &i);
+ switch (i) {
+ case 24:
+ pix24 = Pix24Use24;
+ break;
+ case 32:
+ pix24 = Pix24Use32;
+ break;
+ case -1:
+ break;
+ default:
+ xf86ConfigError("Pixmap option's value (%d) must be 24 or 32\n", i);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (xf86Pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {
+ xf86Info.pixmap24 = xf86Pix24;
+ xf86Info.pix24From = X_CMDLINE;
+ } else if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {
+ xf86Info.pixmap24 = pix24;
+ xf86Info.pix24From = X_CONFIG;
+ } else {
+ xf86Info.pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare;
+ xf86Info.pix24From = X_DEFAULT;
+ }
+#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_PC98, &value)) {
+ xf86Info.pc98 = value;
+ if (value) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n");
+ }
+ } else
+ if (detectPC98()) {
+ xf86Info.pc98 = TRUE;
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ else if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_XINERAMA, &value)) {
+ noPanoramiXExtension = !value;
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ xf86Msg(from, "Xinerama: enabled\n");
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DRI2
+ xf86Info.dri2 = FALSE;
+ xf86Info.dri2From = X_DEFAULT;
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DRI2, &value)) {
+ xf86Info.dri2 = value;
+ xf86Info.dri2From = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool xf86DRI2Enabled(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.dri2;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Locate the core input devices. These can be specified/located in
+ * the following ways, in order of priority:
+ *
+ * 1. The InputDevices named by the -pointer and -keyboard command line
+ * options.
+ * 2. The "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard" InputDevices referred to by
+ * the active ServerLayout.
+ * 3. The first InputDevices marked as "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard".
+ * 4. The first InputDevices that use 'keyboard' or 'kbd' and a valid mouse
+ * driver (mouse, synaptics, evdev, vmmouse, void)
+ * 5. Default devices with an empty (default) configuration. These defaults
+ * will reference the 'mouse' and 'keyboard' drivers.
+ */
+
+static Bool
+checkCoreInputDevices(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, Bool implicitLayout)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr corePointer = NULL, coreKeyboard = NULL;
+ Bool foundPointer = FALSE, foundKeyboard = FALSE;
+ const char *pointerMsg = NULL, *keyboardMsg = NULL;
+ InputInfoPtr *devs, /* iterator */
+ indp;
+ InputInfoRec Pointer = {}, Keyboard = {};
+ XF86ConfInputPtr confInput;
+ XF86ConfInputRec defPtr, defKbd;
+ int count = 0;
+ MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
+ int found = 0;
+ const char *mousedrivers[] = { "mouse", "synaptics", "evdev", "vmmouse",
+ "void", NULL };
+
+ /*
+ * First check if a core pointer or core keyboard have been specified
+ * in the active ServerLayout. If more than one is specified for either,
+ * remove the core attribute from the later ones.
+ */
+ for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) {
+ indp = *devs;
+ if (indp->options &&
+ xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE)) {
+ if (!corePointer) {
+ corePointer = indp;
+ } else {
+ xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE);
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core pointer devices. "
+ "Removing core pointer attribute from \"%s\"\n",
+ indp->name);
+ }
+ }
+ if (indp->options &&
+ xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) {
+ if (!coreKeyboard) {
+ coreKeyboard = indp;
+ } else {
+ xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE);
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core keyboard devices. "
+ "Removing core keyboard attribute from \"%s\"\n",
+ indp->name);
+ }
+ }
+ count++;
+ }
+
+ confInput = NULL;
+
+ /* 1. Check for the -pointer command line option. */
+ if (xf86PointerName) {
+ confInput = xf86findInput(xf86PointerName,
+ xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
+ if (!confInput) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n",
+ xf86PointerName);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ /*
+ * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be
+ * removed.
+ */
+ if (corePointer) {
+ for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++)
+ if (*devs == corePointer)
+ {
+ free(*devs);
+ *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop*/
+ break;
+ }
+ for (; devs && *devs; devs++)
+ devs[0] = devs[1];
+ count--;
+ }
+ corePointer = NULL;
+ foundPointer = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core pointer. */
+ if (corePointer) {
+ foundPointer = TRUE;
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+ /* 3. First core pointer device. */
+ if (!foundPointer && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) {
+ XF86ConfInputPtr p;
+
+ for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) {
+ if (p->inp_option_lst &&
+ xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CorePointer", FALSE)) {
+ confInput = p;
+ foundPointer = TRUE;
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ pointerMsg = "first core pointer device";
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* 4. First pointer with an allowed mouse driver. */
+ if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
+ const char **driver = mousedrivers;
+ confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_POINTER,
+ xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
+ while (*driver && !confInput) {
+ confInput = xf86findInputByDriver(*driver,
+ xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
+ driver++;
+ }
+ if (confInput) {
+ foundPointer = TRUE;
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ pointerMsg = "first mouse device";
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* 5. Built-in default. */
+ if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
+ memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr));
+ defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>");
+ defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse");
+ confInput = &defPtr;
+ foundPointer = TRUE;
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ pointerMsg = "default mouse configuration";
+ }
+
+ /* Add the core pointer device to the layout, and set it to Core. */
+ if (foundPointer && confInput) {
+ foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from);
+ if (foundPointer) {
+ count++;
+ devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,
+ (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
+ devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));
+ *devs[count - 1] = Pointer;
+ devs[count - 1]->options =
+ xf86addNewOption(devs[count -1]->options,
+ xnfstrdup("CorePointer"), NULL);
+ devs[count] = NULL;
+ servlayoutp->inputs = devs;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
+ /* This shouldn't happen. */
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core pointer device.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * always synthesize a 'mouse' section configured to send core
+ * events, unless a 'void' section is found, in which case the user
+ * probably wants to run footless.
+ *
+ * If you're using an evdev keyboard and expect a default mouse
+ * section ... deal.
+ */
+ for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) {
+ const char **driver = mousedrivers;
+ while(*driver) {
+ if (!strcmp((*devs)->driver, *driver)) {
+ found = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ driver++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!found && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No default mouse found, adding one\n");
+ memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr));
+ defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>");
+ defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse");
+ confInput = &defPtr;
+ foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from);
+ if (foundPointer) {
+ count++;
+ devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,
+ (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
+ devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));
+ *devs[count - 1] = Pointer;
+ devs[count - 1]->options =
+ xf86addNewOption(NULL, xnfstrdup("AlwaysCore"), NULL);
+ devs[count] = NULL;
+ servlayoutp->inputs = devs;
+ }
+ }
+
+ confInput = NULL;
+
+ /* 1. Check for the -keyboard command line option. */
+ if (xf86KeyboardName) {
+ confInput = xf86findInput(xf86KeyboardName,
+ xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
+ if (!confInput) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n",
+ xf86KeyboardName);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ /*
+ * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be
+ * removed.
+ */
+ if (coreKeyboard) {
+ for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++)
+ if (*devs == coreKeyboard)
+ {
+ free(*devs);
+ *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop */
+ break;
+ }
+ for (; devs && *devs; devs++)
+ devs[0] = devs[1];
+ count--;
+ }
+ coreKeyboard = NULL;
+ foundKeyboard = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core keyboard. */
+ if (coreKeyboard) {
+ foundKeyboard = TRUE;
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+ /* 3. First core keyboard device. */
+ if (!foundKeyboard && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) {
+ XF86ConfInputPtr p;
+
+ for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) {
+ if (p->inp_option_lst &&
+ xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) {
+ confInput = p;
+ foundKeyboard = TRUE;
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ keyboardMsg = "first core keyboard device";
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* 4. First keyboard with 'keyboard' or 'kbd' as the driver. */
+ if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
+ confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_KEYBOARD,
+ xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
+ if (!confInput) {
+ confInput = xf86findInputByDriver("kbd",
+ xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
+ }
+ if (confInput) {
+ foundKeyboard = TRUE;
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ keyboardMsg = "first keyboard device";
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* 5. Built-in default. */
+ if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
+ memset(&defKbd, 0, sizeof(defKbd));
+ defKbd.inp_identifier = strdup("<default keyboard>");
+ defKbd.inp_driver = strdup("kbd");
+ confInput = &defKbd;
+ foundKeyboard = TRUE;
+ keyboardMsg = "default keyboard configuration";
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the core keyboard device to the layout, and set it to Core. */
+ if (foundKeyboard && confInput) {
+ foundKeyboard = configInput(&Keyboard, confInput, from);
+ if (foundKeyboard) {
+ count++;
+ devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,
+ (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
+ devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));
+ *devs[count - 1] = Keyboard;
+ devs[count - 1]->options =
+ xf86addNewOption(devs[count - 1]->options,
+ xnfstrdup("CoreKeyboard"), NULL);
+ devs[count] = NULL;
+ servlayoutp->inputs = devs;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
+ /* This shouldn't happen. */
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core keyboard device.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (pointerMsg) {
+ if (implicitLayout)
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n",
+ pointerMsg);
+ else
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core pointer device wasn't specified "
+ "explicitly in the layout.\n"
+ "\tUsing the %s.\n", pointerMsg);
+ }
+
+ if (keyboardMsg) {
+ if (implicitLayout)
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n",
+ keyboardMsg);
+ else
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core keyboard device wasn't specified "
+ "explicitly in the layout.\n"
+ "\tUsing the %s.\n", keyboardMsg);
+ }
+
+ if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && !(foundPointer && foundKeyboard)) {
+#if defined(CONFIG_HAL) || defined(CONFIG_UDEV)
+ const char *config_backend;
+#if defined(CONFIG_HAL)
+ config_backend = "HAL";
+#else
+ config_backend = "udev";
+#endif
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "The server relies on %s to provide the list of "
+ "input devices.\n\tIf no devices become available, "
+ "reconfigure %s or disable AutoAddDevices.\n",
+ config_backend, config_backend);
+#else
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging requested but the server was "
+ "compiled without a config backend. "
+ "No input devices were configured, the server "
+ "will start without any input devices.\n");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+typedef enum {
+ LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE,
+ LAYOUT_SINGLECARD
+} LayoutValues;
+
+static OptionInfoRec LayoutOptions[] = {
+ { LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE, "IsolateDevice", OPTV_STRING,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { LAYOUT_SINGLECARD, "SingleCard", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+};
+
+static Bool
+configInputDevices(XF86ConfLayoutPtr layout, serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp)
+{
+ XF86ConfInputrefPtr irp;
+ InputInfoPtr *indp;
+ int count = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Count the number of input devices.
+ */
+ irp = layout->lay_input_lst;
+ while (irp) {
+ count++;
+ irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next;
+ }
+ DebugF("Found %d input devices in the layout section %s\n",
+ count, layout->lay_identifier);
+ indp = xnfcalloc((count + 1), sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
+ indp[count] = NULL;
+ irp = layout->lay_input_lst;
+ count = 0;
+ while (irp) {
+ indp[count] = xf86AllocateInput();
+ if (!configInput(indp[count], irp->iref_inputdev, X_CONFIG)) {
+ while(count--)
+ free(indp[count]);
+ free(indp);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ indp[count]->options = xf86OptionListMerge(indp[count]->options,
+ irp->iref_option_lst);
+ count++;
+ irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next;
+ }
+ servlayoutp->inputs = indp;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * figure out which layout is active, which screens are used in that layout,
+ * which drivers and monitors are used in these screens
+ */
+static Bool
+configLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfLayoutPtr conf_layout,
+ char *default_layout)
+{
+ XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr adjp;
+ XF86ConfInactivePtr idp;
+ int count = 0;
+ int scrnum;
+ XF86ConfLayoutPtr l;
+ MessageType from;
+ screenLayoutPtr slp;
+ GDevPtr gdp;
+ int i = 0, j;
+
+ if (!servlayoutp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * which layout section is the active one?
+ *
+ * If there is a -layout command line option, use that one, otherwise
+ * pick the first one.
+ */
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ if (xf86LayoutName != NULL)
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ else if (default_layout) {
+ xf86LayoutName = default_layout;
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ if (xf86LayoutName != NULL) {
+ if ((l = xf86findLayout(xf86LayoutName, conf_layout)) == NULL) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No ServerLayout section called \"%s\"\n",
+ xf86LayoutName);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ conf_layout = l;
+ }
+ xf86Msg(from, "ServerLayout \"%s\"\n", conf_layout->lay_identifier);
+ adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst;
+
+ /*
+ * we know that each screen is referenced exactly once on the left side
+ * of a layout statement in the Layout section. So to allocate the right
+ * size for the array we do a quick walk of the list to figure out how
+ * many sections we have
+ */
+ while (adjp) {
+ count++;
+ adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next;
+ }
+
+ DebugF("Found %d screens in the layout section %s",
+ count, conf_layout->lay_identifier);
+ if (!count) /* alloc enough storage even if no screen is specified */
+ count = 1;
+
+ slp = xnfcalloc(1, (count + 1) * sizeof(screenLayoutRec));
+ slp[count].screen = NULL;
+ /*
+ * now that we have storage, loop over the list again and fill in our
+ * data structure; at this point we do not fill in the adjacency
+ * information as it is not clear if we need it at all
+ */
+ adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst;
+ count = 0;
+ while (adjp) {
+ slp[count].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));
+ if (adjp->adj_scrnum < 0)
+ scrnum = count;
+ else
+ scrnum = adjp->adj_scrnum;
+ if (!configScreen(slp[count].screen, adjp->adj_screen, scrnum,
+ X_CONFIG)) {
+ free(slp);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ slp[count].x = adjp->adj_x;
+ slp[count].y = adjp->adj_y;
+ slp[count].refname = adjp->adj_refscreen;
+ switch (adjp->adj_where) {
+ case CONF_ADJ_OBSOLETE:
+ slp[count].where = PosObsolete;
+ slp[count].topname = adjp->adj_top_str;
+ slp[count].bottomname = adjp->adj_bottom_str;
+ slp[count].leftname = adjp->adj_left_str;
+ slp[count].rightname = adjp->adj_right_str;
+ break;
+ case CONF_ADJ_ABSOLUTE:
+ slp[count].where = PosAbsolute;
+ break;
+ case CONF_ADJ_RIGHTOF:
+ slp[count].where = PosRightOf;
+ break;
+ case CONF_ADJ_LEFTOF:
+ slp[count].where = PosLeftOf;
+ break;
+ case CONF_ADJ_ABOVE:
+ slp[count].where = PosAbove;
+ break;
+ case CONF_ADJ_BELOW:
+ slp[count].where = PosBelow;
+ break;
+ case CONF_ADJ_RELATIVE:
+ slp[count].where = PosRelative;
+ break;
+ }
+ count++;
+ adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next;
+ }
+
+ /* No screen was specified in the layout. take the first one from the
+ * config file, or - if it is NULL - configScreen autogenerates one for
+ * us */
+ if (!count)
+ {
+ slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));
+ if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst,
+ 0, X_CONFIG)) {
+ free(slp[0].screen);
+ free(slp);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* XXX Need to tie down the upper left screen. */
+
+ /* Fill in the refscreen and top/bottom/left/right values */
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
+ if (slp[i].refname &&
+ strcmp(slp[i].refname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
+ slp[i].refscreen = slp[j].screen;
+ }
+ if (slp[i].topname &&
+ strcmp(slp[i].topname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
+ slp[i].top = slp[j].screen;
+ }
+ if (slp[i].bottomname &&
+ strcmp(slp[i].bottomname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
+ slp[i].bottom = slp[j].screen;
+ }
+ if (slp[i].leftname &&
+ strcmp(slp[i].leftname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
+ slp[i].left = slp[j].screen;
+ }
+ if (slp[i].rightname &&
+ strcmp(slp[i].rightname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
+ slp[i].right = slp[j].screen;
+ }
+ }
+ if (slp[i].where != PosObsolete
+ && slp[i].where != PosAbsolute
+ && !slp[i].refscreen) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR,"Screen %s doesn't exist: deleting placement\n",
+ slp[i].refname);
+ slp[i].where = PosAbsolute;
+ slp[i].x = 0;
+ slp[i].y = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Count the number of inactive devices.
+ */
+ count = 0;
+ idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst;
+ while (idp) {
+ count++;
+ idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next;
+ }
+ DebugF("Found %d inactive devices in the layout section %s\n",
+ count, conf_layout->lay_identifier);
+ gdp = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(GDevRec));
+ gdp[count].identifier = NULL;
+ idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst;
+ count = 0;
+ while (idp) {
+ if (!configDevice(&gdp[count], idp->inactive_device, FALSE)) {
+ free(gdp);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ count++;
+ idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next;
+ }
+
+ if (!configInputDevices(conf_layout, servlayoutp))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ servlayoutp->id = conf_layout->lay_identifier;
+ servlayoutp->screens = slp;
+ servlayoutp->inactives = gdp;
+ servlayoutp->options = conf_layout->lay_option_lst;
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * No layout section, so find the first Screen section and set that up as
+ * the only active screen.
+ */
+static Bool
+configImpliedLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen,
+ XF86ConfigPtr xf86configptr)
+{
+ MessageType from;
+ XF86ConfScreenPtr s;
+ screenLayoutPtr slp;
+ InputInfoPtr *indp;
+ XF86ConfLayoutRec layout;
+
+ if (!servlayoutp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * which screen section is the active one?
+ *
+ * If there is a -screen option, use that one, otherwise use the first
+ * one.
+ */
+
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ if (xf86ScreenName != NULL) {
+ if ((s = xf86findScreen(xf86ScreenName, conf_screen)) == NULL) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No Screen section called \"%s\"\n",
+ xf86ScreenName);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ conf_screen = s;
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ }
+
+ /* We have exactly one screen */
+
+ slp = xnfcalloc(1, 2 * sizeof(screenLayoutRec));
+ slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));
+ slp[1].screen = NULL;
+ if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, conf_screen, 0, from)) {
+ free(slp);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ servlayoutp->id = "(implicit)";
+ servlayoutp->screens = slp;
+ servlayoutp->inactives = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec));
+ servlayoutp->options = NULL;
+
+ memset(&layout, 0, sizeof(layout));
+ layout.lay_identifier = servlayoutp->id;
+ if (xf86layoutAddInputDevices(xf86configptr, &layout) > 0) {
+ if (!configInputDevices(&layout, servlayoutp))
+ return FALSE;
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ } else {
+ /* Set up an empty input device list, then look for some core devices. */
+ indp = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
+ *indp = NULL;
+ servlayoutp->inputs = indp;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+configXvAdaptor(confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor, XF86ConfVideoAdaptorPtr conf_adaptor)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+ XF86ConfVideoPortPtr conf_port;
+
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| |-->VideoAdaptor \"%s\"\n",
+ conf_adaptor->va_identifier);
+ adaptor->identifier = conf_adaptor->va_identifier;
+ adaptor->options = conf_adaptor->va_option_lst;
+ if (conf_adaptor->va_busid || conf_adaptor->va_driver) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| | Unsupported device type, skipping entry\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * figure out how many videoport subsections there are and fill them in
+ */
+ conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst;
+ while(conf_port) {
+ count++;
+ conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next;
+ }
+ adaptor->ports = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvPortRec));
+ adaptor->numports = count;
+ count = 0;
+ conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst;
+ while(conf_port) {
+ adaptor->ports[count].identifier = conf_port->vp_identifier;
+ adaptor->ports[count].options = conf_port->vp_option_lst;
+ count++;
+ conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen, int scrnum,
+ MessageType from)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+ XF86ConfDisplayPtr dispptr;
+ XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr conf_adaptor;
+ Bool defaultMonitor = FALSE;
+ XF86ConfScreenRec local_conf_screen;
+
+ if (!conf_screen) {
+ memset(&local_conf_screen, 0, sizeof(local_conf_screen));
+ conf_screen = &local_conf_screen;
+ conf_screen->scrn_identifier = "Default Screen Section";
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No screen section available. Using defaults.\n");
+ }
+
+ xf86Msg(from, "|-->Screen \"%s\" (%d)\n", conf_screen->scrn_identifier,
+ scrnum);
+ /*
+ * now we fill in the elements of the screen
+ */
+ screenp->id = conf_screen->scrn_identifier;
+ screenp->screennum = scrnum;
+ screenp->defaultdepth = conf_screen->scrn_defaultdepth;
+ screenp->defaultbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultbpp;
+ screenp->defaultfbbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultfbbpp;
+ screenp->monitor = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(MonRec));
+ /* If no monitor is specified, create a default one. */
+ if (!conf_screen->scrn_monitor) {
+ XF86ConfMonitorRec defMon;
+
+ memset(&defMon, 0, sizeof(defMon));
+ defMon.mon_identifier = "<default monitor>";
+ if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor, &defMon))
+ return FALSE;
+ defaultMonitor = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor,conf_screen->scrn_monitor))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Configure the device. If there isn't one configured, attach to the
+ * first inactive one that we can configure. If there's none that work,
+ * set it to NULL so that the section can be autoconfigured later */
+ screenp->device = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec));
+ if ((!conf_screen->scrn_device) && (xf86configptr->conf_device_lst)) {
+ conf_screen->scrn_device = xf86configptr->conf_device_lst;
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No device specified for screen \"%s\".\n"
+ "\tUsing the first device section listed.\n", screenp->id);
+ }
+ if (configDevice(screenp->device,conf_screen->scrn_device, TRUE)) {
+ screenp->device->myScreenSection = screenp;
+ } else {
+ screenp->device = NULL;
+ }
+ screenp->options = conf_screen->scrn_option_lst;
+
+ /*
+ * figure out how many display subsections there are and fill them in
+ */
+ dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;
+ while(dispptr) {
+ count++;
+ dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next;
+ }
+ screenp->displays = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(DispRec));
+ screenp->numdisplays = count;
+
+ /* Fill in the default Virtual size, if any */
+ if (conf_screen->scrn_virtualX && conf_screen->scrn_virtualY) {
+ for (count = 0, dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;
+ dispptr;
+ dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next, count++) {
+ screenp->displays[count].virtualX = conf_screen->scrn_virtualX;
+ screenp->displays[count].virtualY = conf_screen->scrn_virtualY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now do the per-Display Virtual sizes */
+ count = 0;
+ dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;
+ while(dispptr) {
+ configDisplay(&(screenp->displays[count]),dispptr);
+ count++;
+ dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * figure out how many videoadaptor references there are and fill them in
+ */
+ conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst;
+ while(conf_adaptor) {
+ count++;
+ conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next;
+ }
+ screenp->xvadaptors = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvAdaptorRec));
+ screenp->numxvadaptors = 0;
+ conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst;
+ while(conf_adaptor) {
+ if (configXvAdaptor(&(screenp->xvadaptors[screenp->numxvadaptors]),
+ conf_adaptor->al_adaptor))
+ screenp->numxvadaptors++;
+ conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next;
+ }
+
+ if (defaultMonitor) {
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No monitor specified for screen \"%s\".\n"
+ "\tUsing a default monitor configuration.\n", screenp->id);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+typedef enum {
+ MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,
+ MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK,
+} MonitorValues;
+
+static OptionInfoRec MonitorOptions[] = {
+ { MON_REDUCEDBLANKING, "ReducedBlanking", OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK, "MaxPixClock", OPTV_FREQ,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+ { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE,
+ {0}, FALSE },
+};
+
+static Bool
+configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor)
+{
+ int count;
+ DisplayModePtr mode,last = NULL;
+ XF86ConfModeLinePtr cmodep;
+ XF86ConfModesPtr modes;
+ XF86ConfModesLinkPtr modeslnk = conf_monitor->mon_modes_sect_lst;
+ Gamma zeros = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0};
+ float badgamma = 0.0;
+ double maxPixClock;
+
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| |-->Monitor \"%s\"\n",
+ conf_monitor->mon_identifier);
+ monitorp->id = conf_monitor->mon_identifier;
+ monitorp->vendor = conf_monitor->mon_vendor;
+ monitorp->model = conf_monitor->mon_modelname;
+ monitorp->Modes = NULL;
+ monitorp->Last = NULL;
+ monitorp->gamma = zeros;
+ monitorp->widthmm = conf_monitor->mon_width;
+ monitorp->heightmm = conf_monitor->mon_height;
+ monitorp->reducedblanking = FALSE;
+ monitorp->maxPixClock = 0;
+ monitorp->options = conf_monitor->mon_option_lst;
+
+ /*
+ * fill in the monitor structure
+ */
+ for( count = 0 ;
+ count < conf_monitor->mon_n_hsync && count < MAX_HSYNC;
+ count++) {
+ monitorp->hsync[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].hi;
+ monitorp->hsync[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].lo;
+ }
+ monitorp->nHsync = count;
+ for( count = 0 ;
+ count < conf_monitor->mon_n_vrefresh && count < MAX_VREFRESH;
+ count++) {
+ monitorp->vrefresh[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].hi;
+ monitorp->vrefresh[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].lo;
+ }
+ monitorp->nVrefresh = count;
+
+ /*
+ * first we collect the mode lines from the UseModes directive
+ */
+ while(modeslnk)
+ {
+ modes = xf86findModes (modeslnk->ml_modes_str,
+ xf86configptr->conf_modes_lst);
+ modeslnk->ml_modes = modes;
+
+
+ /* now add the modes found in the modes
+ section to the list of modes for this
+ monitor unless it has been added before
+ because we are reusing the same section
+ for another screen */
+ if (xf86itemNotSublist(
+ (GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst,
+ (GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst)) {
+ conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr)
+ xf86addListItem(
+ (GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst,
+ (GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst);
+ }
+ modeslnk = modeslnk->list.next;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * we need to hook in the mode lines now
+ * here both data structures use lists, only our internal one
+ * is double linked
+ */
+ cmodep = conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst;
+ while( cmodep ) {
+ mode = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(DisplayModeRec));
+ mode->type = 0;
+ mode->Clock = cmodep->ml_clock;
+ mode->HDisplay = cmodep->ml_hdisplay;
+ mode->HSyncStart = cmodep->ml_hsyncstart;
+ mode->HSyncEnd = cmodep->ml_hsyncend;
+ mode->HTotal = cmodep->ml_htotal;
+ mode->VDisplay = cmodep->ml_vdisplay;
+ mode->VSyncStart = cmodep->ml_vsyncstart;
+ mode->VSyncEnd = cmodep->ml_vsyncend;
+ mode->VTotal = cmodep->ml_vtotal;
+ mode->Flags = cmodep->ml_flags;
+ mode->HSkew = cmodep->ml_hskew;
+ mode->VScan = cmodep->ml_vscan;
+ mode->name = xnfstrdup(cmodep->ml_identifier);
+ if( last ) {
+ mode->prev = last;
+ last->next = mode;
+ }
+ else {
+ /*
+ * this is the first mode
+ */
+ monitorp->Modes = mode;
+ mode->prev = NULL;
+ }
+ last = mode;
+ cmodep = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr)cmodep->list.next;
+ }
+ if(last){
+ last->next = NULL;
+ }
+ monitorp->Last = last;
+
+ /* add the (VESA) default modes */
+ if (! addDefaultModes(monitorp) )
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red > GAMMA_ZERO)
+ monitorp->gamma.red = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red;
+ if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green > GAMMA_ZERO)
+ monitorp->gamma.green = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green;
+ if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue > GAMMA_ZERO)
+ monitorp->gamma.blue = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue;
+
+ /* Check that the gamma values are within range */
+ if (monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_ZERO &&
+ (monitorp->gamma.red < GAMMA_MIN ||
+ monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_MAX)) {
+ badgamma = monitorp->gamma.red;
+ } else if (monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_ZERO &&
+ (monitorp->gamma.green < GAMMA_MIN ||
+ monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_MAX)) {
+ badgamma = monitorp->gamma.green;
+ } else if (monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_ZERO &&
+ (monitorp->gamma.blue < GAMMA_MIN ||
+ monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_MAX)) {
+ badgamma = monitorp->gamma.blue;
+ }
+ if (badgamma > GAMMA_ZERO) {
+ xf86ConfigError("Gamma value %.f is out of range (%.2f - %.1f)\n",
+ badgamma, GAMMA_MIN, GAMMA_MAX);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ xf86ProcessOptions(-1, monitorp->options, MonitorOptions);
+ xf86GetOptValBool(MonitorOptions, MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,
+ &monitorp->reducedblanking);
+ if (xf86GetOptValFreq(MonitorOptions, MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK, OPTUNITS_KHZ,
+ &maxPixClock) == TRUE) {
+ monitorp->maxPixClock = (int) maxPixClock;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static int
+lookupVisual(const char *visname)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (!visname || !*visname)
+ return -1;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= DirectColor; i++) {
+ if (!xf86nameCompare(visname, xf86VisualNames[i]))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (i <= DirectColor)
+ return i;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+ XF86ModePtr modep;
+
+ displayp->frameX0 = conf_display->disp_frameX0;
+ displayp->frameY0 = conf_display->disp_frameY0;
+ displayp->virtualX = conf_display->disp_virtualX;
+ displayp->virtualY = conf_display->disp_virtualY;
+ displayp->depth = conf_display->disp_depth;
+ displayp->fbbpp = conf_display->disp_bpp;
+ displayp->weight.red = conf_display->disp_weight.red;
+ displayp->weight.green = conf_display->disp_weight.green;
+ displayp->weight.blue = conf_display->disp_weight.blue;
+ displayp->blackColour.red = conf_display->disp_black.red;
+ displayp->blackColour.green = conf_display->disp_black.green;
+ displayp->blackColour.blue = conf_display->disp_black.blue;
+ displayp->whiteColour.red = conf_display->disp_white.red;
+ displayp->whiteColour.green = conf_display->disp_white.green;
+ displayp->whiteColour.blue = conf_display->disp_white.blue;
+ displayp->options = conf_display->disp_option_lst;
+ if (conf_display->disp_visual) {
+ displayp->defaultVisual = lookupVisual(conf_display->disp_visual);
+ if (displayp->defaultVisual == -1) {
+ xf86ConfigError("Invalid visual name: \"%s\"",
+ conf_display->disp_visual);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ displayp->defaultVisual = -1;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * now hook in the modes
+ */
+ modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst;
+ while(modep) {
+ count++;
+ modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next;
+ }
+ displayp->modes = xnfalloc((count+1) * sizeof(char*));
+ modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst;
+ count = 0;
+ while(modep) {
+ displayp->modes[count] = modep->mode_name;
+ count++;
+ modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next;
+ }
+ displayp->modes[count] = NULL;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device, Bool active)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (!conf_device) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (active)
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "| |-->Device \"%s\"\n",
+ conf_device->dev_identifier);
+ else
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|-->Inactive Device \"%s\"\n",
+ conf_device->dev_identifier);
+
+ devicep->identifier = conf_device->dev_identifier;
+ devicep->vendor = conf_device->dev_vendor;
+ devicep->board = conf_device->dev_board;
+ devicep->chipset = conf_device->dev_chipset;
+ devicep->ramdac = conf_device->dev_ramdac;
+ devicep->driver = conf_device->dev_driver;
+ devicep->active = active;
+ devicep->videoRam = conf_device->dev_videoram;
+ devicep->BiosBase = conf_device->dev_bios_base;
+ devicep->MemBase = conf_device->dev_mem_base;
+ devicep->IOBase = conf_device->dev_io_base;
+ devicep->clockchip = conf_device->dev_clockchip;
+ devicep->busID = conf_device->dev_busid;
+ devicep->textClockFreq = conf_device->dev_textclockfreq;
+ devicep->chipID = conf_device->dev_chipid;
+ devicep->chipRev = conf_device->dev_chiprev;
+ devicep->options = conf_device->dev_option_lst;
+ devicep->irq = conf_device->dev_irq;
+ devicep->screen = conf_device->dev_screen;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < MAXDACSPEEDS; i++) {
+ if (i < CONF_MAXDACSPEEDS)
+ devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = conf_device->dev_dacSpeeds[i];
+ else
+ devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = 0;
+ }
+ devicep->numclocks = conf_device->dev_clocks;
+ if (devicep->numclocks > MAXCLOCKS)
+ devicep->numclocks = MAXCLOCKS;
+ for (i = 0; i < devicep->numclocks; i++) {
+ devicep->clock[i] = conf_device->dev_clock[i];
+ }
+ devicep->claimed = FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifdef XF86DRI
+static void
+configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip)
+{
+ struct group *grp;
+
+ xf86ConfigDRI.group = -1;
+ xf86ConfigDRI.mode = 0;
+
+ if (drip) {
+ if (drip->dri_group_name) {
+ if ((grp = getgrnam(drip->dri_group_name)))
+ xf86ConfigDRI.group = grp->gr_gid;
+ } else {
+ if (drip->dri_group >= 0)
+ xf86ConfigDRI.group = drip->dri_group;
+ }
+ xf86ConfigDRI.mode = drip->dri_mode;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext)
+{
+ XF86OptionPtr o;
+
+ if (conf_ext && conf_ext->ext_option_lst) {
+ for (o = conf_ext->ext_option_lst; o; o = xf86NextOption(o)) {
+ char *name = xf86OptionName(o);
+ char *val = xf86OptionValue(o);
+ char *n;
+ Bool enable = TRUE;
+
+ /* Handle "No<ExtensionName>" */
+ n = xf86NormalizeName(name);
+ if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) {
+ name += 2;
+ enable = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (!val ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "enable") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "enabled") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "on") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "1") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "yes") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "true") == 0) {
+ /* NOTHING NEEDED -- enabling is handled below */
+ } else if (xf86NameCmp(val, "disable") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "disabled") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "off") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "0") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "no") == 0 ||
+ xf86NameCmp(val, "false") == 0) {
+ enable = !enable;
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized value \"%s\"\n", val);
+ free(n);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (EnableDisableExtension(name, enable)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Extension \"%s\" is %s\n",
+ name, enable ? "enabled" : "disabled");
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized extension \"%s\"\n",
+ name);
+ }
+ free(n);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool
+configInput(InputInfoPtr inputp, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input, MessageType from)
+{
+ xf86Msg(from, "|-->Input Device \"%s\"\n", conf_input->inp_identifier);
+ inputp->name = conf_input->inp_identifier;
+ inputp->driver = conf_input->inp_driver;
+ inputp->options = conf_input->inp_option_lst;
+ inputp->attrs = NULL;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+modeIsPresent(DisplayModePtr mode, MonPtr monitorp)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr knownmodes = monitorp->Modes;
+
+ /* all I can think of is a linear search... */
+ while(knownmodes != NULL)
+ {
+ if(!strcmp(mode->name, knownmodes->name) &&
+ !(knownmodes->type & M_T_DEFAULT))
+ return TRUE;
+ knownmodes = knownmodes->next;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ DisplayModePtr last = monitorp->Last;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDefaultModes; i++)
+ {
+ mode = xf86DuplicateMode(&xf86DefaultModes[i]);
+ if (!modeIsPresent(mode, monitorp))
+ {
+ monitorp->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(monitorp->Modes, mode);
+ last = mode;
+ } else {
+ free(mode);
+ }
+ }
+ monitorp->Last = last;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+checkInput(serverLayoutPtr layout, Bool implicit_layout) {
+ checkCoreInputDevices(layout, implicit_layout);
+
+ /* Unless we're forcing input devices, disable mouse/kbd devices in the
+ * config. Otherwise the same physical device is added multiple times,
+ * leading to duplicate events.
+ */
+ if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && layout->inputs)
+ {
+ InputInfoPtr *dev = layout->inputs;
+ BOOL warned = FALSE;
+
+ while(*dev)
+ {
+ if (strcmp((*dev)->driver, "kbd") == 0 ||
+ strcmp((*dev)->driver, "mouse") == 0 ||
+ strcmp((*dev)->driver, "vmmouse") == 0)
+ {
+ InputInfoPtr *current;
+ if (!warned)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging is on, devices using "
+ "drivers 'kbd', 'mouse' or 'vmmouse' will be disabled.\n");
+ warned = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Disabling %s\n", (*dev)->name);
+
+ current = dev;
+ free(*dev);
+
+ do {
+ *current = *(current + 1);
+ current++;
+ } while(*current);
+ } else
+ dev++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * load the config file and fill the global data structure
+ */
+ConfigStatus
+xf86HandleConfigFile(Bool autoconfig)
+{
+ const char *filename, *dirname, *sysdirname;
+ char *filesearch, *dirsearch;
+ MessageType filefrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ MessageType dirfrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ char *scanptr;
+ Bool singlecard = 0;
+ Bool implicit_layout = FALSE;
+
+ if (!autoconfig) {
+ if (getuid() == 0) {
+ filesearch = ROOT_CONFIGPATH;
+ dirsearch = ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH;
+ } else {
+ filesearch = USER_CONFIGPATH;
+ dirsearch = USER_CONFIGDIRPATH;
+ }
+
+ if (xf86ConfigFile)
+ filefrom = X_CMDLINE;
+ if (xf86ConfigDir)
+ dirfrom = X_CMDLINE;
+
+ xf86initConfigFiles();
+ sysdirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH, NULL,
+ PROJECTROOT);
+ dirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(dirsearch, xf86ConfigDir, PROJECTROOT);
+ filename = xf86openConfigFile(filesearch, xf86ConfigFile, PROJECTROOT);
+ if (filename) {
+ xf86MsgVerb(filefrom, 0, "Using config file: \"%s\"\n", filename);
+ xf86ConfigFile = xnfstrdup(filename);
+ } else {
+ if (xf86ConfigFile)
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to locate/open config file: \"%s\"\n",
+ xf86ConfigFile);
+ }
+ if (dirname) {
+ xf86MsgVerb(dirfrom, 0, "Using config directory: \"%s\"\n",
+ dirname);
+ xf86ConfigDir = xnfstrdup(dirname);
+ } else {
+ if (xf86ConfigDir)
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
+ "Unable to locate/open config directory: \"%s\"\n",
+ xf86ConfigDir);
+ }
+ if (sysdirname)
+ xf86MsgVerb(X_DEFAULT, 0, "Using system config directory \"%s\"\n",
+ sysdirname);
+ if (!filename && !dirname && !sysdirname)
+ return CONFIG_NOFILE;
+ }
+
+ if ((xf86configptr = xf86readConfigFile ()) == NULL) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Problem parsing the config file\n");
+ return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
+ }
+ xf86closeConfigFile ();
+
+ /* Initialise a few things. */
+
+ /*
+ * now we convert part of the information contained in the parser
+ * structures into our own structures.
+ * The important part here is to figure out which Screen Sections
+ * in the XF86Config file are active so that we can piece together
+ * the modes that we need later down the road.
+ * And while we are at it, we'll decode the rest of the stuff as well
+ */
+
+ /* First check if a layout section is present, and if it is valid. */
+
+ if (xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst == NULL || xf86ScreenName != NULL) {
+ if (xf86ScreenName == NULL) {
+ xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT,
+ "No Layout section. Using the first Screen section.\n");
+ }
+ if (!configImpliedLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout,
+ xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst,
+ xf86configptr)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");
+ return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
+ }
+ implicit_layout = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ if (xf86configptr->conf_flags != NULL) {
+ char *dfltlayout = NULL;
+ pointer optlist = xf86configptr->conf_flags->flg_option_lst;
+
+ if (optlist && xf86FindOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout"))
+ dfltlayout = xf86SetStrOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout", NULL);
+ if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst,
+ dfltlayout)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");
+ return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst,
+ NULL)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");
+ return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ xf86ProcessOptions(-1, xf86ConfigLayout.options, LayoutOptions);
+
+ if ((scanptr = xf86GetOptValString(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE))) {
+ ; /* IsolateDevice specified; overrides SingleCard */
+ } else {
+ xf86GetOptValBool(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_SINGLECARD, &singlecard);
+ if (singlecard)
+ scanptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens->screen->device->busID;
+ }
+ if (scanptr) {
+ if (strncmp(scanptr, "PCI:", 4) != 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Bus types other than PCI not yet isolable.\n"
+ "\tIgnoring IsolateDevice option.\n");
+ } else
+ xf86PciIsolateDevice(scanptr);
+ }
+
+ /* Now process everything else */
+ if (!configServerFlags(xf86configptr->conf_flags,xf86ConfigLayout.options)){
+ ErrorF ("Problem when converting the config data structures\n");
+ return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ configFiles(xf86configptr->conf_files);
+ configExtensions(xf86configptr->conf_extensions);
+#ifdef XF86DRI
+ configDRI(xf86configptr->conf_dri);
+#endif
+
+ checkInput(&xf86ConfigLayout, implicit_layout);
+
+ /*
+ * Handle some command line options that can override some of the
+ * ServerFlags settings.
+ */
+#ifdef XF86VIDMODE
+ if (xf86VidModeDisabled)
+ xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = FALSE;
+ if (xf86VidModeAllowNonLocal)
+ xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+ if (xf86AllowMouseOpenFail)
+ xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = TRUE;
+
+ return CONFIG_OK;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86PathIsSafe(const char *path)
+{
+ return (xf86pathIsSafe(path) != 0);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c index 399883886..f94b24184 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c @@ -1,1948 +1,1948 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -/* - * Authors: Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org> - * David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org> - * ... and others - * - * This file includes the helper functions that the server provides for - * different drivers. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include "os.h" -#include "servermd.h" -#include "pixmapstr.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "propertyst.h" -#include "gcstruct.h" -#include "loaderProcs.h" -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86_OSlib.h" -#include "micmap.h" -#include "xf86DDC.h" -#include "xf86Xinput.h" -#include "xf86InPriv.h" -#include "mivalidate.h" -#include "xf86Crtc.h" - -/* For xf86GetClocks */ -#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(__GNU__) -#define HAS_SETPRIORITY -#include <sys/resource.h> -#endif - -static int xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount = 0; - - -/* Add a pointer to a new DriverRec to xf86DriverList */ - -void -xf86AddDriver(DriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags) -{ - /* Don't add null entries */ - if (!driver) - return; - - if (xf86DriverList == NULL) - xf86NumDrivers = 0; - - xf86NumDrivers++; - xf86DriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86DriverList, - xf86NumDrivers * sizeof(DriverPtr)); - xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(DriverRec)); - if (flags & HaveDriverFuncs) - *xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = *driver; - else { - (void) memset( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], 0, - sizeof( DriverRec ) ); - (void) memcpy( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], driver, - sizeof(DriverRec1)); - - } - xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->module = module; - xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->refCount = 0; -} - -void -xf86DeleteDriver(int drvIndex) -{ - if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex] - && (!xf86DriverHasEntities(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]))) { - if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module) - UnloadModule(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module); - free(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]); - xf86DriverList[drvIndex] = NULL; - } -} - -/* Add a pointer to a new InputDriverRec to xf86InputDriverList */ - -void -xf86AddInputDriver(InputDriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags) -{ - /* Don't add null entries */ - if (!driver) - return; - - if (xf86InputDriverList == NULL) - xf86NumInputDrivers = 0; - - xf86NumInputDrivers++; - xf86InputDriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86InputDriverList, - xf86NumInputDrivers * sizeof(InputDriverPtr)); - xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] = - xnfalloc(sizeof(InputDriverRec)); - *xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] = *driver; - xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1]->module = module; -} - -void -xf86DeleteInputDriver(int drvIndex) -{ - if (xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] && xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module) - UnloadModule(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module); - free(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]); - xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] = NULL; -} - -InputDriverPtr -xf86LookupInputDriver(const char *name) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < xf86NumInputDrivers; i++) { - if (xf86InputDriverList[i] && xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName && - xf86NameCmp(name, xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName) == 0) - return xf86InputDriverList[i]; - } - return NULL; -} - -InputInfoPtr -xf86LookupInput(const char *name) -{ - InputInfoPtr p; - - for (p = xf86InputDevs; p != NULL; p = p->next) { - if (strcmp(name, p->name) == 0) - return p; - } - - return NULL; -} - -/* Allocate a new ScrnInfoRec in xf86Screens */ - -ScrnInfoPtr -xf86AllocateScreen(DriverPtr drv, int flags) -{ - int i; - - if (xf86Screens == NULL) - xf86NumScreens = 0; - - i = xf86NumScreens++; - xf86Screens = xnfrealloc(xf86Screens, xf86NumScreens * sizeof(ScrnInfoPtr)); - xf86Screens[i] = xnfcalloc(sizeof(ScrnInfoRec), 1); - xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i; /* Changes when a screen is removed */ - xf86Screens[i]->origIndex = i; /* This never changes */ - xf86Screens[i]->privates = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DevUnion), - xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount); - /* - * EnableDisableFBAccess now gets initialized in InitOutput() - * xf86Screens[i]->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86EnableDisableFBAccess; - */ - - xf86Screens[i]->drv = drv; - drv->refCount++; - xf86Screens[i]->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL); - - xf86Screens[i]->DriverFunc = drv->driverFunc; - - return xf86Screens[i]; -} - - -/* - * Remove an entry from xf86Screens. Ideally it should free all allocated - * data. To do this properly may require a driver hook. - */ - -void -xf86DeleteScreen(int scrnIndex, int flags) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn; - int i; - - /* First check if the screen is valid */ - if (xf86NumScreens == 0 || xf86Screens == NULL) - return; - - if (scrnIndex > xf86NumScreens - 1) - return; - - if (!(pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex])) - return; - - /* If a FreeScreen function is defined, call it here */ - if (pScrn->FreeScreen != NULL) - pScrn->FreeScreen(scrnIndex, 0); - - while (pScrn->modes) - xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modes, pScrn->modes); - - while (pScrn->modePool) - xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modePool, pScrn->modePool); - - xf86OptionListFree(pScrn->options); - - if (pScrn->module) - UnloadModule(pScrn->module); - - if (pScrn->drv) - pScrn->drv->refCount--; - - free(pScrn->privates); - - xf86ClearEntityListForScreen(scrnIndex); - - free(pScrn); - - /* Move the other entries down, updating their scrnIndex fields */ - - xf86NumScreens--; - - for (i = scrnIndex; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) { - xf86Screens[i] = xf86Screens[i + 1]; - xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i; - /* Also need to take care of the screen layout settings */ - } -} - -/* - * Allocate a private in ScrnInfoRec. - */ - -int -xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex(void) -{ - int idx, i; - ScrnInfoPtr pScr; - DevUnion *nprivs; - - idx = xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount++; - for (i = 0; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) { - pScr = xf86Screens[i]; - nprivs = xnfrealloc(pScr->privates, - xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount * sizeof(DevUnion)); - /* Zero the new private */ - memset(&nprivs[idx], 0, sizeof(DevUnion)); - pScr->privates = nprivs; - } - return idx; -} - -Bool -xf86AddPixFormat(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int depth, int bpp, int pad) -{ - int i; - - if (pScrn->numFormats >= MAXFORMATS) - return FALSE; - - if (bpp <= 0) { - if (depth == 1) - bpp = 1; - else if (depth <= 8) - bpp = 8; - else if (depth <= 16) - bpp = 16; - else if (depth <= 32) - bpp = 32; - else - return FALSE; - } - if (pad <= 0) - pad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD; - - i = pScrn->numFormats++; - pScrn->formats[i].depth = depth; - pScrn->formats[i].bitsPerPixel = bpp; - pScrn->formats[i].scanlinePad = pad; - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * Set the depth we are using based on (in the following order of preference): - * - values given on the command line - * - values given in the config file - * - values provided by the driver - * - an overall default when nothing else is given - * - * Also find a Display subsection matching the depth/bpp found. - * - * Sets the following ScrnInfoRec fields: - * bitsPerPixel, pixmap24, depth, display, imageByteOrder, - * bitmapScanlinePad, bitmapScanlineUnit, bitmapBitOrder, numFormats, - * formats, fbFormat. - */ - -/* Can the screen handle 24 bpp pixmaps */ -#define DO_PIX24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) || \ - ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32))) - -/* Can the screen handle 32 bpp pixmaps */ -#define DO_PIX32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) || \ - ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24))) - -/* Does the screen prefer 32bpp fb for 24bpp pixmaps */ -#define CHOOSE32FOR24(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32) \ - && (f & PreferConvert24to32)) - -/* Does the screen prefer 24bpp fb for 32bpp pixmaps */ -#define CHOOSE24FOR32(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24) \ - && (f & PreferConvert32to24)) - -/* Can the screen handle 32bpp pixmaps for 24bpp fb */ -#define DO_PIX32FOR24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24)) - -/* Can the screen handle 24bpp pixmaps for 32bpp fb */ -#define DO_PIX24FOR32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32)) - -#ifndef GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH -#define GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH 24 -#endif - -Bool -xf86SetDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int depth, int dummy, int fbbpp, - int depth24flags) -{ - int i; - DispPtr disp; - Pix24Flags pix24 = xf86Info.pixmap24; - Bool nomatch = FALSE; - - scrp->bitsPerPixel = -1; - scrp->depth = -1; - scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare; - scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_DEFAULT; - scrp->depthFrom = X_DEFAULT; - - if (xf86FbBpp > 0) { - scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86FbBpp; - scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CMDLINE; - } - - if (xf86Depth > 0) { - scrp->depth = xf86Depth; - scrp->depthFrom = X_CMDLINE; - } - - if (xf86FbBpp < 0 && xf86Depth < 0) { - if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp > 0) { - scrp->bitsPerPixel = scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp; - scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG; - } - if (scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth > 0) { - scrp->depth = scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth; - scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG; - } - - if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp <= 0 && - scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth <= 0) { - /* - * Check for DefaultDepth and DefaultFbBpp options in the - * Device sections. - */ - int i; - GDevPtr device; - Bool found = FALSE; - - for (i = 0; i < scrp->numEntities; i++) { - device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(scrp->entityList[i], - scrp->entityInstanceList[i]); - if (device && device->options) { - if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultDepth")) { - scrp->depth = xf86SetIntOption(device->options, - "DefaultDepth", -1); - scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG; - found = TRUE; - } - if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultFbBpp")) { - scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86SetIntOption(device->options, - "DefaultFbBpp", - -1); - scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG; - found = TRUE; - } - } - if (found) - break; - } - } - } - - /* If none of these is set, pick a default */ - if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0 && scrp->depth < 0) { - if (fbbpp > 0 || depth > 0) { - if (fbbpp > 0) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = fbbpp; - if (depth > 0) - scrp->depth = depth; - } else { - scrp->depth = GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH; - } - } - - /* If any are not given, determine a default for the others */ - - if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) { - /* The depth must be set */ - if (scrp->depth > -1) { - if (scrp->depth == 1) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 1; - else if (scrp->depth <= 4) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 4; - else if (scrp->depth <= 8) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 8; - else if (scrp->depth <= 16) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 16; - else if (scrp->depth <= 24) { - /* - * Figure out if a choice is possible based on the depth24 - * and pix24 flags. - */ - /* Check pix24 first */ - if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) { - if (pix24 == Pix24Use32) { - if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) { - if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags)) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24; - else - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32; - } else { - nomatch = TRUE; - } - } else if (pix24 == Pix24Use24) { - if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) { - if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags)) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32; - else - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24; - } else { - nomatch = TRUE; - } - } - } else { - if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) { - if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags)) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24; - else - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32; - } else if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) { - if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags)) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32; - else - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24; - } - } - } else if (scrp->depth <= 32) - scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32; - else { - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Specified depth (%d) is greater than 32\n", - scrp->depth); - return FALSE; - } - } else { - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "xf86SetDepthBpp: internal error: depth and fbbpp" - " are both not set\n"); - return FALSE; - } - if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) { - if (nomatch) - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Driver can't support depth 24 pixmap format (%d)\n", - PIX24TOBPP(pix24)); - else if ((depth24flags & (Support24bppFb | Support32bppFb)) == - NoDepth24Support) - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Driver can't support depth 24\n"); - else - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Can't find fbbpp for depth 24\n"); - return FALSE; - } - scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_PROBED; - } - - if (scrp->depth <= 0) { - /* bitsPerPixel is already set */ - switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) { - case 32: - scrp->depth = 24; - break; - default: - /* 1, 4, 8, 16 and 24 */ - scrp->depth = scrp->bitsPerPixel; - break; - } - scrp->depthFrom = X_PROBED; - } - - /* Sanity checks */ - if (scrp->depth < 1 || scrp->depth > 32) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Specified depth (%d) is not in the range 1-32\n", - scrp->depth); - return FALSE; - } - switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) { - case 1: - case 4: - case 8: - case 16: - case 24: - case 32: - break; - default: - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Specified fbbpp (%d) is not a permitted value\n", - scrp->bitsPerPixel); - return FALSE; - } - if (scrp->depth > scrp->bitsPerPixel) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Specified depth (%d) is greater than the fbbpp (%d)\n", - scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel); - return FALSE; - } - - /* set scrp->pixmap24 if the driver isn't flexible */ - if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 24 && !DO_PIX32FOR24(depth24flags)) { - scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use24; - } - if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 32 && !DO_PIX24FOR32(depth24flags)) { - scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use32; - } - - /* - * Find the Display subsection matching the depth/fbbpp and initialise - * scrp->display with it. - */ - for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays; - i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) { - if ((disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel) - || (disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp <= 0) - || (disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel && disp->depth <= 0)) { - scrp->display = disp; - break; - } - } - - /* - * If an exact match can't be found, see if there is one with no - * depth or fbbpp specified. - */ - if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) { - for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays; - i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) { - if (disp->depth <= 0 && disp->fbbpp <= 0) { - scrp->display = disp; - break; - } - } - } - - /* - * If all else fails, create a default one. - */ - if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) { - scrp->confScreen->numdisplays++; - scrp->confScreen->displays = - xnfrealloc(scrp->confScreen->displays, - scrp->confScreen->numdisplays * sizeof(DispRec)); - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_INFO, - "Creating default Display subsection in Screen section\n" - "\t\"%s\" for depth/fbbpp %d/%d\n", - scrp->confScreen->id, scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel); - memset(&scrp->confScreen->displays[i], 0, sizeof(DispRec)); - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.red = -1; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.green = -1; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.blue = -1; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.red = -1; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.green = -1; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.blue = -1; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].defaultVisual = -1; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes = xnfalloc(sizeof(char *)); - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes[0] = NULL; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].depth = depth; - scrp->confScreen->displays[i].fbbpp = fbbpp; - scrp->display = &scrp->confScreen->displays[i]; - } - - /* - * Setup defaults for the display-wide attributes the framebuffer will - * need. These defaults should eventually be set globally, and not - * dependent on the screens. - */ - scrp->imageByteOrder = IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER; - scrp->bitmapScanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD; - if (scrp->depth < 8) { - /* Planar modes need these settings */ - scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = 8; - scrp->bitmapBitOrder = MSBFirst; - } else { - scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT; - scrp->bitmapBitOrder = BITMAP_BIT_ORDER; - } - - /* - * If an unusual depth is required, add it to scrp->formats. The formats - * for the common depths are handled globally in InitOutput - */ - switch (scrp->depth) { - case 1: - case 4: - case 8: - case 15: - case 16: - case 24: - /* Common depths. Nothing to do for them */ - break; - default: - if (!xf86AddPixFormat(scrp, scrp->depth, 0, 0)) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Can't add pixmap format for depth %d\n", scrp->depth); - return FALSE; - } - } - - /* Initialise the framebuffer format for this screen */ - scrp->fbFormat.depth = scrp->depth; - scrp->fbFormat.bitsPerPixel = scrp->bitsPerPixel; - scrp->fbFormat.scanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * Print out the selected depth and bpp. - */ -void -xf86PrintDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp) -{ - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, scrp->depthFrom, "Depth %d, ", scrp->depth); - xf86Msg(scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom, "framebuffer bpp %d\n", scrp->bitsPerPixel); -} - -/* - * xf86SetWeight sets scrp->weight, scrp->mask, scrp->offset, and for depths - * greater than MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH also scrp->rgbBits. - */ -Bool -xf86SetWeight(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, rgb weight, rgb mask) -{ - MessageType weightFrom = X_DEFAULT; - - scrp->weight.red = 0; - scrp->weight.green = 0; - scrp->weight.blue = 0; - - if (xf86Weight.red > 0 && xf86Weight.green > 0 && xf86Weight.blue > 0) { - scrp->weight = xf86Weight; - weightFrom = X_CMDLINE; - } else if (scrp->display->weight.red > 0 && scrp->display->weight.green > 0 - && scrp->display->weight.blue > 0) { - scrp->weight = scrp->display->weight; - weightFrom = X_CONFIG; - } else if (weight.red > 0 && weight.green > 0 && weight.blue > 0) { - scrp->weight = weight; - } else { - switch (scrp->depth) { - case 1: - case 4: - case 8: - scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = - scrp->weight.blue = scrp->rgbBits; - break; - case 15: - scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 5; - break; - case 16: - scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.blue = 5; - scrp->weight.green = 6; - break; - case 18: - scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 6; - break; - case 24: - scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 8; - break; - case 30: - scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 10; - break; - } - } - - if (scrp->weight.red) - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, weightFrom, "RGB weight %d%d%d\n", - (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green, - (int)scrp->weight.blue); - - if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH && - (scrp->depth != scrp->weight.red + scrp->weight.green + - scrp->weight.blue)) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Weight given (%d%d%d) is inconsistent with the " - "depth (%d)\n", - (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green, - (int)scrp->weight.blue, scrp->depth); - return FALSE; - } - if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH && scrp->weight.red) { - /* - * XXX Does this even mean anything for TrueColor visuals? - * If not, we shouldn't even be setting it here. However, this - * matches the behaviour of 3.x versions of XFree86. - */ - scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.red; - if (scrp->weight.green > scrp->rgbBits) - scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.green; - if (scrp->weight.blue > scrp->rgbBits) - scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.blue; - } - - /* Set the mask and offsets */ - if (mask.red == 0 || mask.green == 0 || mask.blue == 0) { - /* Default to a setting common to PC hardware */ - scrp->offset.red = scrp->weight.green + scrp->weight.blue; - scrp->offset.green = scrp->weight.blue; - scrp->offset.blue = 0; - scrp->mask.red = ((1 << scrp->weight.red) - 1) << scrp->offset.red; - scrp->mask.green = ((1 << scrp->weight.green) - 1) - << scrp->offset.green; - scrp->mask.blue = (1 << scrp->weight.blue) - 1; - } else { - /* Initialise to the values passed */ - scrp->mask.red = mask.red; - scrp->mask.green = mask.green; - scrp->mask.blue = mask.blue; - scrp->offset.red = ffs(mask.red); - scrp->offset.green = ffs(mask.green); - scrp->offset.blue = ffs(mask.blue); - } - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -xf86SetDefaultVisual(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int visual) -{ - MessageType visualFrom = X_DEFAULT; - - if (defaultColorVisualClass >= 0) { - scrp->defaultVisual = defaultColorVisualClass; - visualFrom = X_CMDLINE; - } else if (scrp->display->defaultVisual >= 0) { - scrp->defaultVisual = scrp->display->defaultVisual; - visualFrom = X_CONFIG; - } else if (visual >= 0) { - scrp->defaultVisual = visual; - } else { - if (scrp->depth == 1) - scrp->defaultVisual = StaticGray; - else if (scrp->depth == 4) - scrp->defaultVisual = StaticColor; - else if (scrp->depth <= MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH) - scrp->defaultVisual = PseudoColor; - else - scrp->defaultVisual = TrueColor; - } - switch (scrp->defaultVisual) { - case StaticGray: - case GrayScale: - case StaticColor: - case PseudoColor: - case TrueColor: - case DirectColor: - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, visualFrom, "Default visual is %s\n", - xf86VisualNames[scrp->defaultVisual]); - return TRUE; - default: - - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR, - "Invalid default visual class (%d)\n", scrp->defaultVisual); - return FALSE; - } -} - -#define TEST_GAMMA(g) \ - (g).red > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).green > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).blue > GAMMA_ZERO - -#define SET_GAMMA(g) \ - (g) > GAMMA_ZERO ? (g) : 1.0 - -Bool -xf86SetGamma(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, Gamma gamma) -{ - MessageType from = X_DEFAULT; -#if 0 - xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(scrp->monitor->DDC); -#endif - if (TEST_GAMMA(xf86Gamma)) { - from = X_CMDLINE; - scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.red); - scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.green); - scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.blue); - } else if (TEST_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma)) { - from = X_CONFIG; - scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.red); - scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.green); - scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.blue); -#if 0 - } else if ( DDC && DDC->features.gamma > GAMMA_ZERO ) { - from = X_PROBED; - scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma); - scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma); - scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma); - /* EDID structure version 2 gives optional seperate red, green & blue gamma values - * in bytes 0x57-0x59 */ -#endif - } else if (TEST_GAMMA(gamma)) { - scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(gamma.red); - scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(gamma.green); - scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(gamma.blue); - } else { - scrp->gamma.red = 1.0; - scrp->gamma.green = 1.0; - scrp->gamma.blue = 1.0; - } - /* Pretend we succeeded if we support better a gamma system. - * This avoids a confusing message. - */ - if (xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(scrp)) - return TRUE; - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, - "Using gamma correction (%.1f, %.1f, %.1f)\n", - scrp->gamma.red, scrp->gamma.green, scrp->gamma.blue); - - return TRUE; -} - -#undef TEST_GAMMA -#undef SET_GAMMA - - -/* - * Set the DPI from the command line option. XXX should allow it to be - * calculated from the widthmm/heightmm values. - */ - -#undef MMPERINCH -#define MMPERINCH 25.4 - -void -xf86SetDpi(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y) -{ - MessageType from = X_DEFAULT; - xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(pScrn->monitor->DDC); - int ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm; - int widthErr, heightErr; - - /* XXX Maybe there is no need for widthmm/heightmm in ScrnInfoRec */ - pScrn->widthmm = pScrn->monitor->widthmm; - pScrn->heightmm = pScrn->monitor->heightmm; - - if (DDC && (DDC->features.hsize > 0 && DDC->features.vsize > 0) ) { - /* DDC gives display size in mm for individual modes, - * but cm for monitor - */ - ddcWidthmm = DDC->features.hsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */ - ddcHeightmm = DDC->features.vsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */ - } else { - ddcWidthmm = ddcHeightmm = 0; - } - - if (monitorResolution > 0) { - pScrn->xDpi = monitorResolution; - pScrn->yDpi = monitorResolution; - from = X_CMDLINE; - } else if (pScrn->widthmm > 0 || pScrn->heightmm > 0) { - from = X_CONFIG; - if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) { - pScrn->xDpi = - (int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm); - } - if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) { - pScrn->yDpi = - (int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm); - } - if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0) - pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi; - if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0) - pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi; - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n", - pScrn->widthmm, pScrn->heightmm); - - /* Warn if config and probe disagree about display size */ - if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) { - if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) { - widthErr = abs(ddcWidthmm - pScrn->widthmm); - } else { - widthErr = 0; - } - if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) { - heightErr = abs(ddcHeightmm - pScrn->heightmm); - } else { - heightErr = 0; - } - if (widthErr>10 || heightErr>10) { - /* Should include config file name for monitor here */ - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Probed monitor is %dx%d mm, using Displaysize %dx%d mm\n", - ddcWidthmm,ddcHeightmm, pScrn->widthmm,pScrn->heightmm); - } - } - } else if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) { - from = X_PROBED; - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n", - ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm ); - pScrn->widthmm = ddcWidthmm; - pScrn->heightmm = ddcHeightmm; - if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) { - pScrn->xDpi = - (int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm); - } - if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) { - pScrn->yDpi = - (int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm); - } - if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0) - pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi; - if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0) - pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi; - } else { - if (x > 0) - pScrn->xDpi = x; - else - pScrn->xDpi = DEFAULT_DPI; - if (y > 0) - pScrn->yDpi = y; - else - pScrn->yDpi = DEFAULT_DPI; - } - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "DPI set to (%d, %d)\n", - pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi); -} - -#undef MMPERINCH - - -void -xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - if (xf86FlipPixels) { - pScreen->whitePixel = 0; - pScreen->blackPixel = 1; - } else { - pScreen->whitePixel = 1; - pScreen->blackPixel = 0; - } -} - -/* - * Function to enable/disable access to the frame buffer - * - * This is used when VT switching and when entering/leaving DGA direct mode. - * - * This has been rewritten again to eliminate the saved pixmap. The - * devPrivate field in the screen pixmap is set to NULL to catch code - * accidentally referencing the frame buffer while the X server is not - * supposed to touch it. - * - * Here, we exchange the pixmap private data, rather than the pixmaps - * themselves to avoid having to find and change any references to the screen - * pixmap such as GC's, window privates etc. This also means that this code - * does not need to know exactly how the pixmap pixels are accessed. Further, - * this exchange is >not< done through the screen's ModifyPixmapHeader() - * vector. This means the called frame buffer code layers can determine - * whether they are switched in or out by keeping track of the root pixmap's - * private data, and therefore don't need to access pScrnInfo->vtSema. - */ -void -xf86EnableDisableFBAccess(int scrnIndex, Bool enable) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrnInfo = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrnInfo->pScreen; - PixmapPtr pspix; - - pspix = (*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap) (pScreen); - if (enable) - { - /* - * Restore all of the clip lists on the screen - */ - if (!xf86Resetting) - SetRootClip (pScreen, TRUE); - - } - else - { - /* - * Empty all of the clip lists on the screen - */ - SetRootClip (pScreen, FALSE); - } -} - -/* Print driver messages in the standard format */ - -#undef PREFIX_SIZE -#define PREFIX_SIZE 14 - -void -xf86VDrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, - va_list args) -{ - char *tmpFormat; - - /* Prefix the scrnIndex name to the format string. */ - if (scrnIndex >= 0 && scrnIndex < xf86NumScreens && - xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) { - tmpFormat = malloc(strlen(format) + - strlen(xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) + - PREFIX_SIZE + 1); - if (!tmpFormat) - return; - - snprintf(tmpFormat, PREFIX_SIZE + 1, "%s(%d): ", - xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name, scrnIndex); - - strcat(tmpFormat, format); - LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, tmpFormat, args); - free(tmpFormat); - } else - LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, args); -} -#undef PREFIX_SIZE - -/* Print driver messages, with verbose level specified directly */ -void -xf86DrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, - ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, verb, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/* Print driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */ -void -xf86DrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, 1, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/* Print input driver messages in the standard format of - <driver>: <device name>: <message> */ -void -xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, - va_list args) -{ - char *msg; - - if (asprintf(&msg, "%s: %s: %s", dev->drv->driverName, dev->name, format) - == -1) { - LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, "%s", args); - } else { - LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, msg, args); - free(msg); - } -} - -/* Print input driver message, with verbose level specified directly */ -void -xf86IDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, - ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, verb, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/* Print input driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */ -void -xf86IDrvMsg(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, 1, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - - -/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level specified directly */ -void -xf86MsgVerb(MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level of 1 (default) */ -void -xf86Msg(MessageType type, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - LogVMessageVerb(type, 1, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/* Just like ErrorF, but with the verbose level checked */ -void -xf86ErrorFVerb(int verb, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - if (xf86Verbose >= verb || xf86LogVerbose >= verb) - LogVWrite(verb, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/* Like xf86ErrorFVerb, but with an implied verbose level of 1 */ -void -xf86ErrorF(const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - if (xf86Verbose >= 1 || xf86LogVerbose >= 1) - LogVWrite(1, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - - -void -xf86LogInit(void) -{ - char *lf = NULL; - -#define LOGSUFFIX ".log" -#define LOGOLDSUFFIX ".old" - - /* Get the log file name */ - if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT) { - /* Append the display number and ".log" */ - if (asprintf(&lf, "%s%%s" LOGSUFFIX, xf86LogFile) == -1) - FatalError("Cannot allocate space for the log file name\n"); - xf86LogFile = lf; - } - - xf86LogFile = LogInit(xf86LogFile, LOGOLDSUFFIX); - xf86LogFileWasOpened = TRUE; - - xf86SetVerbosity(xf86Verbose); - xf86SetLogVerbosity(xf86LogVerbose); - -#undef LOGSUFFIX -#undef LOGOLDSUFFIX - - free(lf); -} - -void -xf86CloseLog(void) -{ - LogClose(); -} - - -/* - * Drivers can use these for using their own SymTabRecs. - */ - -const char * -xf86TokenToString(SymTabPtr table, int token) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && table[i].token != token; i++) - ; - - if (table[i].token < 0) - return NULL; - else - return table[i].name; -} - -int -xf86StringToToken(SymTabPtr table, const char *string) -{ - int i; - - if (string == NULL) - return -1; - - for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && xf86NameCmp(string, table[i].name); i++) - ; - - return table[i].token; -} - -/* - * helper to display the clocks found on a card - */ -void -xf86ShowClocks(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, MessageType from) -{ - int j; - - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "Pixel clocks available:"); - for (j=0; j < scrp->numClocks; j++) { - if ((j % 4) == 0) { - xf86ErrorF("\n"); - xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "pixel clocks:"); - } - xf86ErrorF(" %7.3f", (double)scrp->clock[j] / 1000.0); - } - xf86ErrorF("\n"); -} - - -/* - * This prints out the driver identify message, including the names of - * the supported chipsets. - * - * XXX This makes assumptions about the line width, etc. Maybe we could - * use a more general "pretty print" function for messages. - */ -void -xf86PrintChipsets(const char *drvname, const char *drvmsg, SymTabPtr chips) -{ - int len, i; - - len = 6 + strlen(drvname) + 2 + strlen(drvmsg) + 2; - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "%s: %s:", drvname, drvmsg); - for (i = 0; chips[i].name != NULL; i++) { - if (i != 0) { - xf86ErrorF(","); - len++; - } - if (len + 2 + strlen(chips[i].name) < 78) { - xf86ErrorF(" "); - len++; - } else { - xf86ErrorF("\n\t"); - len = 8; - } - xf86ErrorF("%s", chips[i].name); - len += strlen(chips[i].name); - } - xf86ErrorF("\n"); -} - - -int -xf86MatchDevice(const char *drivername, GDevPtr **sectlist) -{ - GDevPtr gdp, *pgdp = NULL; - confScreenPtr screensecptr; - int i,j; - - if (sectlist) - *sectlist = NULL; - - /* - * This can happen when running Xorg -showopts and a module like ati - * or vmware tries to load its submodules when xf86ConfigLayout is empty - */ - if (!xf86ConfigLayout.screens) - return 0; - - /* - * This is a very important function that matches the device sections - * as they show up in the config file with the drivers that the server - * loads at run time. - * - * ChipProbe can call - * int xf86MatchDevice(char * drivername, GDevPtr ** sectlist) - * with its driver name. The function allocates an array of GDevPtr and - * returns this via sectlist and returns the number of elements in - * this list as return value. 0 means none found, -1 means fatal error. - * - * It can figure out which of the Device sections to use for which card - * (using things like the Card statement, etc). For single headed servers - * there will of course be just one such Device section. - */ - i = 0; - - /* - * first we need to loop over all the Screens sections to get to all - * 'active' device sections - */ - for (j=0; xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen != NULL; j++) { - screensecptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen; - if ((screensecptr->device->driver != NULL) - && (xf86NameCmp( screensecptr->device->driver,drivername) == 0) - && (! screensecptr->device->claimed)) { - /* - * we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed, yet - */ - pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr)); - pgdp[i++] = screensecptr->device; - } - } - - /* Then handle the inactive devices */ - j = 0; - while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier) { - gdp = &xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j]; - if (gdp->driver && !gdp->claimed && - !xf86NameCmp(gdp->driver,drivername)) { - /* we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed yet */ - pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr)); - pgdp[i++] = gdp; - } - j++; - } - - /* - * make the array NULL terminated and return its address - */ - if (i) - pgdp[i] = NULL; - - if (sectlist) - *sectlist = pgdp; - else - free(pgdp); - return i; -} - -/* - * xf86GetClocks -- get the dot-clocks via a BIG BAD hack ... - */ -void -xf86GetClocks(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int num, Bool (*ClockFunc)(ScrnInfoPtr, int), - void (*ProtectRegs)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool), - void (*BlankScreen)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool), IOADDRESS vertsyncreg, - int maskval, int knownclkindex, int knownclkvalue) -{ - register int status = vertsyncreg; - unsigned long i, cnt, rcnt, sync; - - /* First save registers that get written on */ - (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_SAVE); - - if (num > MAXCLOCKS) - num = MAXCLOCKS; - - for (i = 0; i < num; i++) - { - if (ProtectRegs) - (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, TRUE); - if (!(*ClockFunc)(pScrn, i)) - { - pScrn->clock[i] = -1; - continue; - } - if (ProtectRegs) - (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, FALSE); - if (BlankScreen) - (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, FALSE); - - usleep(50000); /* let VCO stabilise */ - - cnt = 0; - sync = 200000; - - while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00) - if (sync-- == 0) goto finish; - /* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */ - sync = 200000; - while ((inb(status) & maskval) == maskval) - if (sync-- == 0) goto finish; - /* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */ - sync = 200000; - while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00) - if (sync-- == 0) goto finish; - - for (rcnt = 0; rcnt < 5; rcnt++) - { - while (!(inb(status) & maskval)) - cnt++; - while ((inb(status) & maskval)) - cnt++; - } - -finish: - pScrn->clock[i] = cnt ? cnt : -1; - if (BlankScreen) - (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, TRUE); - } - - for (i = 0; i < num; i++) - { - if (i != knownclkindex) - { - if (pScrn->clock[i] == -1) - { - pScrn->clock[i] = 0; - } - else - { - pScrn->clock[i] = (int)(0.5 + - (((float)knownclkvalue) * pScrn->clock[knownclkindex]) / - (pScrn->clock[i])); - /* Round to nearest 10KHz */ - pScrn->clock[i] += 5; - pScrn->clock[i] /= 10; - pScrn->clock[i] *= 10; - } - } - } - - pScrn->clock[knownclkindex] = knownclkvalue; - pScrn->numClocks = num; - - /* Restore registers that were written on */ - (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_RESTORE); -} - -const char * -xf86GetVisualName(int visual) -{ - if (visual < 0 || visual > DirectColor) - return NULL; - - return xf86VisualNames[visual]; -} - - -int -xf86GetVerbosity(void) -{ - return max(xf86Verbose, xf86LogVerbose); -} - -Pix24Flags -xf86GetPix24(void) -{ - return xf86Info.pixmap24; -} - - -int -xf86GetDepth(void) -{ - return xf86Depth; -} - - -rgb -xf86GetWeight(void) -{ - return xf86Weight; -} - - -Gamma -xf86GetGamma(void) -{ - return xf86Gamma; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetFlipPixels(void) -{ - return xf86FlipPixels; -} - - -const char * -xf86GetServerName(void) -{ - return xf86ServerName; -} - - -Bool -xf86ServerIsExiting(void) -{ - return (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) == DE_TERMINATE; -} - - -Bool -xf86ServerIsResetting(void) -{ - return xf86Resetting; -} - - -Bool -xf86ServerIsInitialising(void) -{ - return xf86Initialising; -} - - -Bool -xf86ServerIsOnlyDetecting(void) -{ - return xf86DoConfigure; -} - - -Bool -xf86CaughtSignal(void) -{ - return xf86Info.caughtSignal; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetVidModeAllowNonLocal(void) -{ - return xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetVidModeEnabled(void) -{ - return xf86Info.vidModeEnabled; -} - -Bool -xf86GetModInDevAllowNonLocal(void) -{ - return xf86Info.miscModInDevAllowNonLocal; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetModInDevEnabled(void) -{ - return xf86Info.miscModInDevEnabled; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetAllowMouseOpenFail(void) -{ - return xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail; -} - - -Bool -xf86IsPc98(void) -{ -#if SUPPORT_PC98 - return xf86Info.pc98; -#else - return FALSE; -#endif -} - -void -xf86DisableRandR(void) -{ - xf86Info.disableRandR = TRUE; - xf86Info.randRFrom = X_PROBED; -} - -CARD32 -xf86GetModuleVersion(pointer module) -{ - return (CARD32)LoaderGetModuleVersion(module); -} - -pointer -xf86LoadDrvSubModule(DriverPtr drv, const char *name) -{ - pointer ret; - int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0; - - ret = LoadSubModule(drv->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, - &errmaj, &errmin); - if (!ret) - LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, name, errmaj, errmin); - return ret; -} - -pointer -xf86LoadSubModule(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, const char *name) -{ - pointer ret; - int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0; - - ret = LoadSubModule(pScrn->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, - &errmaj, &errmin); - if (!ret) - LoaderErrorMsg(pScrn->name, name, errmaj, errmin); - return ret; -} - -/* - * xf86LoadOneModule loads a single module. - */ -pointer -xf86LoadOneModule(char *name, pointer opt) -{ - int errmaj, errmin; - char *Name; - pointer mod; - - if (!name) - return NULL; - - /* Normalise the module name */ - Name = xf86NormalizeName(name); - - /* Skip empty names */ - if (Name == NULL) - return NULL; - if (*Name == '\0') { - free(Name); - return NULL; - } - - mod = LoadModule(Name, NULL, NULL, NULL, opt, NULL, &errmaj, &errmin); - if (!mod) - LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, Name, errmaj, errmin); - free(Name); - return mod; -} - -void -xf86UnloadSubModule(pointer mod) -{ - /* - * This is disabled for now. The loader isn't smart enough yet to undo - * relocations. - */ -#if 0 - UnloadSubModule(mod); -#endif -} - -Bool -xf86LoaderCheckSymbol(const char *name) -{ - return LoaderSymbol(name) != NULL; -} - -typedef enum { - OPTION_BACKING_STORE -} BSOpts; - -static const OptionInfoRec BSOptions[] = { - { OPTION_BACKING_STORE, "BackingStore", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE }, - { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE } -}; - -void -xf86SetBackingStore(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - Bool useBS = FALSE; - MessageType from = X_DEFAULT; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - OptionInfoPtr options; - - options = xnfalloc(sizeof(BSOptions)); - (void)memcpy(options, BSOptions, sizeof(BSOptions)); - xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options); - - /* check for commandline option here */ - if (xf86bsEnableFlag) { - from = X_CMDLINE; - useBS = TRUE; - } else if (xf86bsDisableFlag) { - from = X_CMDLINE; - useBS = FALSE; - } else { - if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_BACKING_STORE, &useBS)) - from = X_CONFIG; - } - free(options); - pScreen->backingStoreSupport = useBS ? Always : NotUseful; - if (serverGeneration == 1) - xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Backing store %s\n", - useBS ? "enabled" : "disabled"); -} - - -typedef enum { - OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE -} SMOpts; - -static const OptionInfoRec SMOptions[] = { - { OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, "SilkenMouse", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE }, - { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE } -}; - -void -xf86SetSilkenMouse (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - Bool useSM = TRUE; - MessageType from = X_DEFAULT; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - OptionInfoPtr options; - - options = xnfalloc(sizeof(SMOptions)); - (void)memcpy(options, SMOptions, sizeof(SMOptions)); - xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options); - - /* check for commandline option here */ - /* disable if screen shares resources */ - /* TODO VGA arb disable silken mouse */ - if (xf86silkenMouseDisableFlag) { - from = X_CMDLINE; - useSM = FALSE; - } else { - if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, &useSM)) - from = X_CONFIG; - } - free(options); - /* - * XXX quick hack to report correctly for OSs that can't do SilkenMouse - * yet. Should handle this differently so that alternate async methods - * work correctly with this too. - */ - pScrn->silkenMouse = useSM && xf86Info.useSIGIO && xf86SIGIOSupported(); - if (serverGeneration == 1) - xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Silken mouse %s\n", - pScrn->silkenMouse ? "enabled" : "disabled"); -} - -/* Wrote this function for the PM2 Xv driver, preliminary. */ - -pointer -xf86FindXvOptions(int scrnIndex, int adaptor_index, char *port_name, - char **adaptor_name, pointer *adaptor_options) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor; - int i; - - if (adaptor_index >= pScrn->confScreen->numxvadaptors) { - if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = NULL; - if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = NULL; - return NULL; - } - - adaptor = &pScrn->confScreen->xvadaptors[adaptor_index]; - if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = adaptor->identifier; - if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = adaptor->options; - - for (i = 0; i < adaptor->numports; i++) - if (!xf86NameCmp(adaptor->ports[i].identifier, port_name)) - return adaptor->ports[i].options; - - return NULL; -} - -/* Rather than duplicate loader's get OS function, just include it directly */ -#define LoaderGetOS xf86GetOS -#include "loader/os.c" - -static void -xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(EntityInfoPtr pEnt, EntityProc init, - EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, pointer private) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn; - - if ((pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(pEnt->index))) - xf86RemoveEntityFromScreen(pScrn,pEnt->index); - xf86SetEntityFuncs(pEnt->index,init,enter,leave,private); -} - -ScrnInfoPtr -xf86ConfigFbEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int scrnFlag, int entityIndex, - EntityProc init, EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, - pointer private) -{ - EntityInfoPtr pEnt = xf86GetEntityInfo(entityIndex); - if (!pEnt) return pScrn; - - if (!(pEnt->location.type == BUS_NONE)) { - free(pEnt); - return pScrn; - } - - if (!pEnt->active) { - xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(pEnt, init, enter, leave, private); - free(pEnt); - return pScrn; - } - - if (!pScrn) - pScrn = xf86AllocateScreen(pEnt->driver,scrnFlag); - xf86AddEntityToScreen(pScrn,entityIndex); - - xf86SetEntityFuncs(entityIndex,init,enter,leave,private); - - return pScrn; -} - -Bool -xf86IsScreenPrimary(int scrnIndex) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - int i; - - for (i=0 ; i < pScrn->numEntities; i++) { - if (xf86IsEntityPrimary(i)) - return TRUE; - } - return FALSE; -} - -int -xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(int ScrnIndex, Atom property, Atom type, - int format, unsigned long len, pointer value ) -{ - RootWinPropPtr pNewProp = NULL, pRegProp; - int i; - Bool existing = FALSE; - - DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(%d, %ld, %ld, %d, %ld, %p)\n", - ScrnIndex, property, type, format, len, value); - - if (ScrnIndex<0 || ScrnIndex>=xf86NumScreens) { - return BadMatch; - } - - if (xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable && - xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]) { - for (pNewProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]; - pNewProp; pNewProp = pNewProp->next) { - if (strcmp(pNewProp->name, NameForAtom(property)) == 0) - break; - } - } - - if (!pNewProp) { - if ((pNewProp = (RootWinPropPtr)malloc(sizeof(RootWinProp))) == NULL) { - return BadAlloc; - } - /* - * We will put this property at the end of the list so that - * the changes are made in the order they were requested. - */ - pNewProp->next = NULL; - } else { - free(pNewProp->name); - existing = TRUE; - } - - pNewProp->name = xnfstrdup(NameForAtom(property)); - pNewProp->type = type; - pNewProp->format = format; - pNewProp->size = len; - pNewProp->data = value; - - DebugF("new property filled\n"); - - if (NULL==xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable) { - DebugF("creating xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[] size %d\n", - xf86NumScreens); - if ( NULL==(xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable=(RootWinPropPtr*)xnfcalloc(sizeof(RootWinProp),xf86NumScreens) )) { - return BadAlloc; - } - for (i=0; i<xf86NumScreens; i++) { - xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[i] = NULL; - } - } - - DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable %p\n", - (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable); - DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[%d] %p\n", - ScrnIndex, (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]); - - if (!existing) { - if ( xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] == NULL) { - xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] = pNewProp; - } else { - pRegProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]; - while (pRegProp->next != NULL) { - DebugF("- next %p\n", (void *)pRegProp); - pRegProp = pRegProp->next; - } - pRegProp->next = pNewProp; - } - } - DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty succeeded\n"); - return Success; -} - -Bool -xf86IsUnblank(int mode) -{ - switch(mode) { - case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF: - case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER: - return TRUE; - case SCREEN_SAVER_ON: - case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE: - return FALSE; - default: - xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "Unexpected save screen mode: %d\n", mode); - return TRUE; - } -} - -void -xf86MotionHistoryAllocate(InputInfoPtr pInfo) -{ - AllocateMotionHistory(pInfo->dev); -} +/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors: Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org>
+ * David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org>
+ * ... and others
+ *
+ * This file includes the helper functions that the server provides for
+ * different drivers.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "os.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "propertyst.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "loaderProcs.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
+#include "micmap.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include "xf86Xinput.h"
+#include "xf86InPriv.h"
+#include "mivalidate.h"
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+
+/* For xf86GetClocks */
+#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(__GNU__)
+#define HAS_SETPRIORITY
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+static int xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount = 0;
+
+
+/* Add a pointer to a new DriverRec to xf86DriverList */
+
+void
+xf86AddDriver(DriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags)
+{
+ /* Don't add null entries */
+ if (!driver)
+ return;
+
+ if (xf86DriverList == NULL)
+ xf86NumDrivers = 0;
+
+ xf86NumDrivers++;
+ xf86DriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86DriverList,
+ xf86NumDrivers * sizeof(DriverPtr));
+ xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(DriverRec));
+ if (flags & HaveDriverFuncs)
+ *xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = *driver;
+ else {
+ (void) memset( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], 0,
+ sizeof( DriverRec ) );
+ (void) memcpy( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], driver,
+ sizeof(DriverRec1));
+
+ }
+ xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->module = module;
+ xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->refCount = 0;
+}
+
+void
+xf86DeleteDriver(int drvIndex)
+{
+ if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex]
+ && (!xf86DriverHasEntities(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]))) {
+ if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module)
+ UnloadModule(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module);
+ free(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]);
+ xf86DriverList[drvIndex] = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Add a pointer to a new InputDriverRec to xf86InputDriverList */
+
+void
+xf86AddInputDriver(InputDriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags)
+{
+ /* Don't add null entries */
+ if (!driver)
+ return;
+
+ if (xf86InputDriverList == NULL)
+ xf86NumInputDrivers = 0;
+
+ xf86NumInputDrivers++;
+ xf86InputDriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86InputDriverList,
+ xf86NumInputDrivers * sizeof(InputDriverPtr));
+ xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] =
+ xnfalloc(sizeof(InputDriverRec));
+ *xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] = *driver;
+ xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1]->module = module;
+}
+
+void
+xf86DeleteInputDriver(int drvIndex)
+{
+ if (xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] && xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module)
+ UnloadModule(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module);
+ free(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]);
+ xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] = NULL;
+}
+
+InputDriverPtr
+xf86LookupInputDriver(const char *name)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumInputDrivers; i++) {
+ if (xf86InputDriverList[i] && xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName &&
+ xf86NameCmp(name, xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName) == 0)
+ return xf86InputDriverList[i];
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+InputInfoPtr
+xf86LookupInput(const char *name)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr p;
+
+ for (p = xf86InputDevs; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
+ if (strcmp(name, p->name) == 0)
+ return p;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new ScrnInfoRec in xf86Screens */
+
+ScrnInfoPtr
+xf86AllocateScreen(DriverPtr drv, int flags)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (xf86Screens == NULL)
+ xf86NumScreens = 0;
+
+ i = xf86NumScreens++;
+ xf86Screens = xnfrealloc(xf86Screens, xf86NumScreens * sizeof(ScrnInfoPtr));
+ xf86Screens[i] = xnfcalloc(sizeof(ScrnInfoRec), 1);
+ xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i; /* Changes when a screen is removed */
+ xf86Screens[i]->origIndex = i; /* This never changes */
+ xf86Screens[i]->privates = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DevUnion),
+ xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount);
+ /*
+ * EnableDisableFBAccess now gets initialized in InitOutput()
+ * xf86Screens[i]->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86EnableDisableFBAccess;
+ */
+
+ xf86Screens[i]->drv = drv;
+ drv->refCount++;
+ xf86Screens[i]->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);
+
+ xf86Screens[i]->DriverFunc = drv->driverFunc;
+
+ return xf86Screens[i];
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Remove an entry from xf86Screens. Ideally it should free all allocated
+ * data. To do this properly may require a driver hook.
+ */
+
+void
+xf86DeleteScreen(int scrnIndex, int flags)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn;
+ int i;
+
+ /* First check if the screen is valid */
+ if (xf86NumScreens == 0 || xf86Screens == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (scrnIndex > xf86NumScreens - 1)
+ return;
+
+ if (!(pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]))
+ return;
+
+ /* If a FreeScreen function is defined, call it here */
+ if (pScrn->FreeScreen != NULL)
+ pScrn->FreeScreen(scrnIndex, 0);
+
+ while (pScrn->modes)
+ xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modes, pScrn->modes);
+
+ while (pScrn->modePool)
+ xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modePool, pScrn->modePool);
+
+ xf86OptionListFree(pScrn->options);
+
+ if (pScrn->module)
+ UnloadModule(pScrn->module);
+
+ if (pScrn->drv)
+ pScrn->drv->refCount--;
+
+ free(pScrn->privates);
+
+ xf86ClearEntityListForScreen(scrnIndex);
+
+ free(pScrn);
+
+ /* Move the other entries down, updating their scrnIndex fields */
+
+ xf86NumScreens--;
+
+ for (i = scrnIndex; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {
+ xf86Screens[i] = xf86Screens[i + 1];
+ xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i;
+ /* Also need to take care of the screen layout settings */
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a private in ScrnInfoRec.
+ */
+
+int
+xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex(void)
+{
+ int idx, i;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScr;
+ DevUnion *nprivs;
+
+ idx = xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount++;
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {
+ pScr = xf86Screens[i];
+ nprivs = xnfrealloc(pScr->privates,
+ xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount * sizeof(DevUnion));
+ /* Zero the new private */
+ memset(&nprivs[idx], 0, sizeof(DevUnion));
+ pScr->privates = nprivs;
+ }
+ return idx;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86AddPixFormat(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int depth, int bpp, int pad)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (pScrn->numFormats >= MAXFORMATS)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (bpp <= 0) {
+ if (depth == 1)
+ bpp = 1;
+ else if (depth <= 8)
+ bpp = 8;
+ else if (depth <= 16)
+ bpp = 16;
+ else if (depth <= 32)
+ bpp = 32;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (pad <= 0)
+ pad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;
+
+ i = pScrn->numFormats++;
+ pScrn->formats[i].depth = depth;
+ pScrn->formats[i].bitsPerPixel = bpp;
+ pScrn->formats[i].scanlinePad = pad;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the depth we are using based on (in the following order of preference):
+ * - values given on the command line
+ * - values given in the config file
+ * - values provided by the driver
+ * - an overall default when nothing else is given
+ *
+ * Also find a Display subsection matching the depth/bpp found.
+ *
+ * Sets the following ScrnInfoRec fields:
+ * bitsPerPixel, pixmap24, depth, display, imageByteOrder,
+ * bitmapScanlinePad, bitmapScanlineUnit, bitmapBitOrder, numFormats,
+ * formats, fbFormat.
+ */
+
+/* Can the screen handle 24 bpp pixmaps */
+#define DO_PIX24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) || \
+ ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32)))
+
+/* Can the screen handle 32 bpp pixmaps */
+#define DO_PIX32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) || \
+ ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24)))
+
+/* Does the screen prefer 32bpp fb for 24bpp pixmaps */
+#define CHOOSE32FOR24(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32) \
+ && (f & PreferConvert24to32))
+
+/* Does the screen prefer 24bpp fb for 32bpp pixmaps */
+#define CHOOSE24FOR32(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24) \
+ && (f & PreferConvert32to24))
+
+/* Can the screen handle 32bpp pixmaps for 24bpp fb */
+#define DO_PIX32FOR24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24))
+
+/* Can the screen handle 24bpp pixmaps for 32bpp fb */
+#define DO_PIX24FOR32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32))
+
+#ifndef GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH
+#define GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH 24
+#endif
+
+Bool
+xf86SetDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int depth, int dummy, int fbbpp,
+ int depth24flags)
+{
+ int i;
+ DispPtr disp;
+ Pix24Flags pix24 = xf86Info.pixmap24;
+ Bool nomatch = FALSE;
+
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = -1;
+ scrp->depth = -1;
+ scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare;
+ scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+ scrp->depthFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+
+ if (xf86FbBpp > 0) {
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86FbBpp;
+ scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CMDLINE;
+ }
+
+ if (xf86Depth > 0) {
+ scrp->depth = xf86Depth;
+ scrp->depthFrom = X_CMDLINE;
+ }
+
+ if (xf86FbBpp < 0 && xf86Depth < 0) {
+ if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp > 0) {
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp;
+ scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ if (scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth > 0) {
+ scrp->depth = scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth;
+ scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+
+ if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp <= 0 &&
+ scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth <= 0) {
+ /*
+ * Check for DefaultDepth and DefaultFbBpp options in the
+ * Device sections.
+ */
+ int i;
+ GDevPtr device;
+ Bool found = FALSE;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < scrp->numEntities; i++) {
+ device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(scrp->entityList[i],
+ scrp->entityInstanceList[i]);
+ if (device && device->options) {
+ if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultDepth")) {
+ scrp->depth = xf86SetIntOption(device->options,
+ "DefaultDepth", -1);
+ scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ found = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultFbBpp")) {
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86SetIntOption(device->options,
+ "DefaultFbBpp",
+ -1);
+ scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ found = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (found)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If none of these is set, pick a default */
+ if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0 && scrp->depth < 0) {
+ if (fbbpp > 0 || depth > 0) {
+ if (fbbpp > 0)
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = fbbpp;
+ if (depth > 0)
+ scrp->depth = depth;
+ } else {
+ scrp->depth = GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If any are not given, determine a default for the others */
+
+ if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) {
+ /* The depth must be set */
+ if (scrp->depth > -1) {
+ if (scrp->depth == 1)
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 1;
+ else if (scrp->depth <= 4)
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 4;
+ else if (scrp->depth <= 8)
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 8;
+ else if (scrp->depth <= 16)
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 16;
+ else if (scrp->depth <= 24) {
+ /*
+ * Figure out if a choice is possible based on the depth24
+ * and pix24 flags.
+ */
+ /* Check pix24 first */
+ if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {
+ if (pix24 == Pix24Use32) {
+ if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) {
+ if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags))
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
+ else
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
+ } else {
+ nomatch = TRUE;
+ }
+ } else if (pix24 == Pix24Use24) {
+ if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) {
+ if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags))
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
+ else
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
+ } else {
+ nomatch = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) {
+ if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags))
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
+ else
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
+ } else if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) {
+ if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags))
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
+ else
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
+ }
+ }
+ } else if (scrp->depth <= 32)
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
+ else {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Specified depth (%d) is greater than 32\n",
+ scrp->depth);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "xf86SetDepthBpp: internal error: depth and fbbpp"
+ " are both not set\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) {
+ if (nomatch)
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Driver can't support depth 24 pixmap format (%d)\n",
+ PIX24TOBPP(pix24));
+ else if ((depth24flags & (Support24bppFb | Support32bppFb)) ==
+ NoDepth24Support)
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Driver can't support depth 24\n");
+ else
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Can't find fbbpp for depth 24\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_PROBED;
+ }
+
+ if (scrp->depth <= 0) {
+ /* bitsPerPixel is already set */
+ switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) {
+ case 32:
+ scrp->depth = 24;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* 1, 4, 8, 16 and 24 */
+ scrp->depth = scrp->bitsPerPixel;
+ break;
+ }
+ scrp->depthFrom = X_PROBED;
+ }
+
+ /* Sanity checks */
+ if (scrp->depth < 1 || scrp->depth > 32) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Specified depth (%d) is not in the range 1-32\n",
+ scrp->depth);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) {
+ case 1:
+ case 4:
+ case 8:
+ case 16:
+ case 24:
+ case 32:
+ break;
+ default:
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Specified fbbpp (%d) is not a permitted value\n",
+ scrp->bitsPerPixel);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (scrp->depth > scrp->bitsPerPixel) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Specified depth (%d) is greater than the fbbpp (%d)\n",
+ scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* set scrp->pixmap24 if the driver isn't flexible */
+ if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 24 && !DO_PIX32FOR24(depth24flags)) {
+ scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use24;
+ }
+ if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 32 && !DO_PIX24FOR32(depth24flags)) {
+ scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use32;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Find the Display subsection matching the depth/fbbpp and initialise
+ * scrp->display with it.
+ */
+ for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays;
+ i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) {
+ if ((disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel)
+ || (disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp <= 0)
+ || (disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel && disp->depth <= 0)) {
+ scrp->display = disp;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If an exact match can't be found, see if there is one with no
+ * depth or fbbpp specified.
+ */
+ if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) {
+ for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays;
+ i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) {
+ if (disp->depth <= 0 && disp->fbbpp <= 0) {
+ scrp->display = disp;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If all else fails, create a default one.
+ */
+ if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) {
+ scrp->confScreen->numdisplays++;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays =
+ xnfrealloc(scrp->confScreen->displays,
+ scrp->confScreen->numdisplays * sizeof(DispRec));
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Creating default Display subsection in Screen section\n"
+ "\t\"%s\" for depth/fbbpp %d/%d\n",
+ scrp->confScreen->id, scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel);
+ memset(&scrp->confScreen->displays[i], 0, sizeof(DispRec));
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.red = -1;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.green = -1;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.blue = -1;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.red = -1;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.green = -1;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.blue = -1;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].defaultVisual = -1;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes = xnfalloc(sizeof(char *));
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes[0] = NULL;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].depth = depth;
+ scrp->confScreen->displays[i].fbbpp = fbbpp;
+ scrp->display = &scrp->confScreen->displays[i];
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Setup defaults for the display-wide attributes the framebuffer will
+ * need. These defaults should eventually be set globally, and not
+ * dependent on the screens.
+ */
+ scrp->imageByteOrder = IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER;
+ scrp->bitmapScanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;
+ if (scrp->depth < 8) {
+ /* Planar modes need these settings */
+ scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = 8;
+ scrp->bitmapBitOrder = MSBFirst;
+ } else {
+ scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT;
+ scrp->bitmapBitOrder = BITMAP_BIT_ORDER;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If an unusual depth is required, add it to scrp->formats. The formats
+ * for the common depths are handled globally in InitOutput
+ */
+ switch (scrp->depth) {
+ case 1:
+ case 4:
+ case 8:
+ case 15:
+ case 16:
+ case 24:
+ /* Common depths. Nothing to do for them */
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (!xf86AddPixFormat(scrp, scrp->depth, 0, 0)) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Can't add pixmap format for depth %d\n", scrp->depth);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise the framebuffer format for this screen */
+ scrp->fbFormat.depth = scrp->depth;
+ scrp->fbFormat.bitsPerPixel = scrp->bitsPerPixel;
+ scrp->fbFormat.scanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print out the selected depth and bpp.
+ */
+void
+xf86PrintDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp)
+{
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, scrp->depthFrom, "Depth %d, ", scrp->depth);
+ xf86Msg(scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom, "framebuffer bpp %d\n", scrp->bitsPerPixel);
+}
+
+/*
+ * xf86SetWeight sets scrp->weight, scrp->mask, scrp->offset, and for depths
+ * greater than MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH also scrp->rgbBits.
+ */
+Bool
+xf86SetWeight(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, rgb weight, rgb mask)
+{
+ MessageType weightFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+
+ scrp->weight.red = 0;
+ scrp->weight.green = 0;
+ scrp->weight.blue = 0;
+
+ if (xf86Weight.red > 0 && xf86Weight.green > 0 && xf86Weight.blue > 0) {
+ scrp->weight = xf86Weight;
+ weightFrom = X_CMDLINE;
+ } else if (scrp->display->weight.red > 0 && scrp->display->weight.green > 0
+ && scrp->display->weight.blue > 0) {
+ scrp->weight = scrp->display->weight;
+ weightFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ } else if (weight.red > 0 && weight.green > 0 && weight.blue > 0) {
+ scrp->weight = weight;
+ } else {
+ switch (scrp->depth) {
+ case 1:
+ case 4:
+ case 8:
+ scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green =
+ scrp->weight.blue = scrp->rgbBits;
+ break;
+ case 15:
+ scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 5;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.blue = 5;
+ scrp->weight.green = 6;
+ break;
+ case 18:
+ scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 6;
+ break;
+ case 24:
+ scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 8;
+ break;
+ case 30:
+ scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 10;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (scrp->weight.red)
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, weightFrom, "RGB weight %d%d%d\n",
+ (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green,
+ (int)scrp->weight.blue);
+
+ if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH &&
+ (scrp->depth != scrp->weight.red + scrp->weight.green +
+ scrp->weight.blue)) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Weight given (%d%d%d) is inconsistent with the "
+ "depth (%d)\n",
+ (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green,
+ (int)scrp->weight.blue, scrp->depth);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH && scrp->weight.red) {
+ /*
+ * XXX Does this even mean anything for TrueColor visuals?
+ * If not, we shouldn't even be setting it here. However, this
+ * matches the behaviour of 3.x versions of XFree86.
+ */
+ scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.red;
+ if (scrp->weight.green > scrp->rgbBits)
+ scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.green;
+ if (scrp->weight.blue > scrp->rgbBits)
+ scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.blue;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the mask and offsets */
+ if (mask.red == 0 || mask.green == 0 || mask.blue == 0) {
+ /* Default to a setting common to PC hardware */
+ scrp->offset.red = scrp->weight.green + scrp->weight.blue;
+ scrp->offset.green = scrp->weight.blue;
+ scrp->offset.blue = 0;
+ scrp->mask.red = ((1 << scrp->weight.red) - 1) << scrp->offset.red;
+ scrp->mask.green = ((1 << scrp->weight.green) - 1)
+ << scrp->offset.green;
+ scrp->mask.blue = (1 << scrp->weight.blue) - 1;
+ } else {
+ /* Initialise to the values passed */
+ scrp->mask.red = mask.red;
+ scrp->mask.green = mask.green;
+ scrp->mask.blue = mask.blue;
+ scrp->offset.red = ffs(mask.red);
+ scrp->offset.green = ffs(mask.green);
+ scrp->offset.blue = ffs(mask.blue);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86SetDefaultVisual(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int visual)
+{
+ MessageType visualFrom = X_DEFAULT;
+
+ if (defaultColorVisualClass >= 0) {
+ scrp->defaultVisual = defaultColorVisualClass;
+ visualFrom = X_CMDLINE;
+ } else if (scrp->display->defaultVisual >= 0) {
+ scrp->defaultVisual = scrp->display->defaultVisual;
+ visualFrom = X_CONFIG;
+ } else if (visual >= 0) {
+ scrp->defaultVisual = visual;
+ } else {
+ if (scrp->depth == 1)
+ scrp->defaultVisual = StaticGray;
+ else if (scrp->depth == 4)
+ scrp->defaultVisual = StaticColor;
+ else if (scrp->depth <= MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH)
+ scrp->defaultVisual = PseudoColor;
+ else
+ scrp->defaultVisual = TrueColor;
+ }
+ switch (scrp->defaultVisual) {
+ case StaticGray:
+ case GrayScale:
+ case StaticColor:
+ case PseudoColor:
+ case TrueColor:
+ case DirectColor:
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, visualFrom, "Default visual is %s\n",
+ xf86VisualNames[scrp->defaultVisual]);
+ return TRUE;
+ default:
+
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
+ "Invalid default visual class (%d)\n", scrp->defaultVisual);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+#define TEST_GAMMA(g) \
+ (g).red > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).green > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).blue > GAMMA_ZERO
+
+#define SET_GAMMA(g) \
+ (g) > GAMMA_ZERO ? (g) : 1.0
+
+Bool
+xf86SetGamma(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, Gamma gamma)
+{
+ MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
+#if 0
+ xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(scrp->monitor->DDC);
+#endif
+ if (TEST_GAMMA(xf86Gamma)) {
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.red);
+ scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.green);
+ scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.blue);
+ } else if (TEST_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma)) {
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.red);
+ scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.green);
+ scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.blue);
+#if 0
+ } else if ( DDC && DDC->features.gamma > GAMMA_ZERO ) {
+ from = X_PROBED;
+ scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);
+ scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);
+ scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);
+ /* EDID structure version 2 gives optional seperate red, green & blue gamma values
+ * in bytes 0x57-0x59 */
+#endif
+ } else if (TEST_GAMMA(gamma)) {
+ scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(gamma.red);
+ scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(gamma.green);
+ scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(gamma.blue);
+ } else {
+ scrp->gamma.red = 1.0;
+ scrp->gamma.green = 1.0;
+ scrp->gamma.blue = 1.0;
+ }
+ /* Pretend we succeeded if we support better a gamma system.
+ * This avoids a confusing message.
+ */
+ if (xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(scrp))
+ return TRUE;
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from,
+ "Using gamma correction (%.1f, %.1f, %.1f)\n",
+ scrp->gamma.red, scrp->gamma.green, scrp->gamma.blue);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#undef TEST_GAMMA
+#undef SET_GAMMA
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the DPI from the command line option. XXX should allow it to be
+ * calculated from the widthmm/heightmm values.
+ */
+
+#undef MMPERINCH
+#define MMPERINCH 25.4
+
+void
+xf86SetDpi(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y)
+{
+ MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
+ xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(pScrn->monitor->DDC);
+ int ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm;
+ int widthErr, heightErr;
+
+ /* XXX Maybe there is no need for widthmm/heightmm in ScrnInfoRec */
+ pScrn->widthmm = pScrn->monitor->widthmm;
+ pScrn->heightmm = pScrn->monitor->heightmm;
+
+ if (DDC && (DDC->features.hsize > 0 && DDC->features.vsize > 0) ) {
+ /* DDC gives display size in mm for individual modes,
+ * but cm for monitor
+ */
+ ddcWidthmm = DDC->features.hsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */
+ ddcHeightmm = DDC->features.vsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */
+ } else {
+ ddcWidthmm = ddcHeightmm = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (monitorResolution > 0) {
+ pScrn->xDpi = monitorResolution;
+ pScrn->yDpi = monitorResolution;
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ } else if (pScrn->widthmm > 0 || pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {
+ pScrn->xDpi =
+ (int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm);
+ }
+ if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
+ pScrn->yDpi =
+ (int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm);
+ }
+ if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0)
+ pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi;
+ if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0)
+ pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi;
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n",
+ pScrn->widthmm, pScrn->heightmm);
+
+ /* Warn if config and probe disagree about display size */
+ if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) {
+ if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {
+ widthErr = abs(ddcWidthmm - pScrn->widthmm);
+ } else {
+ widthErr = 0;
+ }
+ if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
+ heightErr = abs(ddcHeightmm - pScrn->heightmm);
+ } else {
+ heightErr = 0;
+ }
+ if (widthErr>10 || heightErr>10) {
+ /* Should include config file name for monitor here */
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Probed monitor is %dx%d mm, using Displaysize %dx%d mm\n",
+ ddcWidthmm,ddcHeightmm, pScrn->widthmm,pScrn->heightmm);
+ }
+ }
+ } else if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) {
+ from = X_PROBED;
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n",
+ ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm );
+ pScrn->widthmm = ddcWidthmm;
+ pScrn->heightmm = ddcHeightmm;
+ if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {
+ pScrn->xDpi =
+ (int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm);
+ }
+ if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
+ pScrn->yDpi =
+ (int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm);
+ }
+ if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0)
+ pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi;
+ if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0)
+ pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi;
+ } else {
+ if (x > 0)
+ pScrn->xDpi = x;
+ else
+ pScrn->xDpi = DEFAULT_DPI;
+ if (y > 0)
+ pScrn->yDpi = y;
+ else
+ pScrn->yDpi = DEFAULT_DPI;
+ }
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "DPI set to (%d, %d)\n",
+ pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi);
+}
+
+#undef MMPERINCH
+
+
+void
+xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ if (xf86FlipPixels) {
+ pScreen->whitePixel = 0;
+ pScreen->blackPixel = 1;
+ } else {
+ pScreen->whitePixel = 1;
+ pScreen->blackPixel = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Function to enable/disable access to the frame buffer
+ *
+ * This is used when VT switching and when entering/leaving DGA direct mode.
+ *
+ * This has been rewritten again to eliminate the saved pixmap. The
+ * devPrivate field in the screen pixmap is set to NULL to catch code
+ * accidentally referencing the frame buffer while the X server is not
+ * supposed to touch it.
+ *
+ * Here, we exchange the pixmap private data, rather than the pixmaps
+ * themselves to avoid having to find and change any references to the screen
+ * pixmap such as GC's, window privates etc. This also means that this code
+ * does not need to know exactly how the pixmap pixels are accessed. Further,
+ * this exchange is >not< done through the screen's ModifyPixmapHeader()
+ * vector. This means the called frame buffer code layers can determine
+ * whether they are switched in or out by keeping track of the root pixmap's
+ * private data, and therefore don't need to access pScrnInfo->vtSema.
+ */
+void
+xf86EnableDisableFBAccess(int scrnIndex, Bool enable)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrnInfo = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrnInfo->pScreen;
+ PixmapPtr pspix;
+
+ pspix = (*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap) (pScreen);
+ if (enable)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Restore all of the clip lists on the screen
+ */
+ if (!xf86Resetting)
+ SetRootClip (pScreen, TRUE);
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * Empty all of the clip lists on the screen
+ */
+ SetRootClip (pScreen, FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print driver messages in the standard format */
+
+#undef PREFIX_SIZE
+#define PREFIX_SIZE 14
+
+void
+xf86VDrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
+ va_list args)
+{
+ char *tmpFormat;
+
+ /* Prefix the scrnIndex name to the format string. */
+ if (scrnIndex >= 0 && scrnIndex < xf86NumScreens &&
+ xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) {
+ tmpFormat = malloc(strlen(format) +
+ strlen(xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) +
+ PREFIX_SIZE + 1);
+ if (!tmpFormat)
+ return;
+
+ snprintf(tmpFormat, PREFIX_SIZE + 1, "%s(%d): ",
+ xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name, scrnIndex);
+
+ strcat(tmpFormat, format);
+ LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, tmpFormat, args);
+ free(tmpFormat);
+ } else
+ LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, args);
+}
+#undef PREFIX_SIZE
+
+/* Print driver messages, with verbose level specified directly */
+void
+xf86DrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, verb, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/* Print driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */
+void
+xf86DrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, 1, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/* Print input driver messages in the standard format of
+ <driver>: <device name>: <message> */
+void
+xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
+ va_list args)
+{
+ char *msg;
+
+ if (asprintf(&msg, "%s: %s: %s", dev->drv->driverName, dev->name, format)
+ == -1) {
+ LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, "%s", args);
+ } else {
+ LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, msg, args);
+ free(msg);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print input driver message, with verbose level specified directly */
+void
+xf86IDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, verb, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/* Print input driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */
+void
+xf86IDrvMsg(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, 1, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+
+/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level specified directly */
+void
+xf86MsgVerb(MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level of 1 (default) */
+void
+xf86Msg(MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ LogVMessageVerb(type, 1, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/* Just like ErrorF, but with the verbose level checked */
+void
+xf86ErrorFVerb(int verb, const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ if (xf86Verbose >= verb || xf86LogVerbose >= verb)
+ LogVWrite(verb, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/* Like xf86ErrorFVerb, but with an implied verbose level of 1 */
+void
+xf86ErrorF(const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ if (xf86Verbose >= 1 || xf86LogVerbose >= 1)
+ LogVWrite(1, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+
+void
+xf86LogInit(void)
+{
+ char *lf = NULL;
+
+#define LOGSUFFIX ".log"
+#define LOGOLDSUFFIX ".old"
+
+ /* Get the log file name */
+ if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT) {
+ /* Append the display number and ".log" */
+ if (asprintf(&lf, "%s%%s" LOGSUFFIX, xf86LogFile) == -1)
+ FatalError("Cannot allocate space for the log file name\n");
+ xf86LogFile = lf;
+ }
+
+ xf86LogFile = LogInit(xf86LogFile, LOGOLDSUFFIX);
+ xf86LogFileWasOpened = TRUE;
+
+ xf86SetVerbosity(xf86Verbose);
+ xf86SetLogVerbosity(xf86LogVerbose);
+
+#undef LOGSUFFIX
+#undef LOGOLDSUFFIX
+
+ free(lf);
+}
+
+void
+xf86CloseLog(void)
+{
+ LogClose();
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Drivers can use these for using their own SymTabRecs.
+ */
+
+const char *
+xf86TokenToString(SymTabPtr table, int token)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && table[i].token != token; i++)
+ ;
+
+ if (table[i].token < 0)
+ return NULL;
+ else
+ return table[i].name;
+}
+
+int
+xf86StringToToken(SymTabPtr table, const char *string)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (string == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && xf86NameCmp(string, table[i].name); i++)
+ ;
+
+ return table[i].token;
+}
+
+/*
+ * helper to display the clocks found on a card
+ */
+void
+xf86ShowClocks(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, MessageType from)
+{
+ int j;
+
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "Pixel clocks available:");
+ for (j=0; j < scrp->numClocks; j++) {
+ if ((j % 4) == 0) {
+ xf86ErrorF("\n");
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "pixel clocks:");
+ }
+ xf86ErrorF(" %7.3f", (double)scrp->clock[j] / 1000.0);
+ }
+ xf86ErrorF("\n");
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * This prints out the driver identify message, including the names of
+ * the supported chipsets.
+ *
+ * XXX This makes assumptions about the line width, etc. Maybe we could
+ * use a more general "pretty print" function for messages.
+ */
+void
+xf86PrintChipsets(const char *drvname, const char *drvmsg, SymTabPtr chips)
+{
+ int len, i;
+
+ len = 6 + strlen(drvname) + 2 + strlen(drvmsg) + 2;
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "%s: %s:", drvname, drvmsg);
+ for (i = 0; chips[i].name != NULL; i++) {
+ if (i != 0) {
+ xf86ErrorF(",");
+ len++;
+ }
+ if (len + 2 + strlen(chips[i].name) < 78) {
+ xf86ErrorF(" ");
+ len++;
+ } else {
+ xf86ErrorF("\n\t");
+ len = 8;
+ }
+ xf86ErrorF("%s", chips[i].name);
+ len += strlen(chips[i].name);
+ }
+ xf86ErrorF("\n");
+}
+
+
+int
+xf86MatchDevice(const char *drivername, GDevPtr **sectlist)
+{
+ GDevPtr gdp, *pgdp = NULL;
+ confScreenPtr screensecptr;
+ int i,j;
+
+ if (sectlist)
+ *sectlist = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * This can happen when running Xorg -showopts and a module like ati
+ * or vmware tries to load its submodules when xf86ConfigLayout is empty
+ */
+ if (!xf86ConfigLayout.screens)
+ return 0;
+
+ /*
+ * This is a very important function that matches the device sections
+ * as they show up in the config file with the drivers that the server
+ * loads at run time.
+ *
+ * ChipProbe can call
+ * int xf86MatchDevice(char * drivername, GDevPtr ** sectlist)
+ * with its driver name. The function allocates an array of GDevPtr and
+ * returns this via sectlist and returns the number of elements in
+ * this list as return value. 0 means none found, -1 means fatal error.
+ *
+ * It can figure out which of the Device sections to use for which card
+ * (using things like the Card statement, etc). For single headed servers
+ * there will of course be just one such Device section.
+ */
+ i = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * first we need to loop over all the Screens sections to get to all
+ * 'active' device sections
+ */
+ for (j=0; xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen != NULL; j++) {
+ screensecptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen;
+ if ((screensecptr->device->driver != NULL)
+ && (xf86NameCmp( screensecptr->device->driver,drivername) == 0)
+ && (! screensecptr->device->claimed)) {
+ /*
+ * we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed, yet
+ */
+ pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr));
+ pgdp[i++] = screensecptr->device;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Then handle the inactive devices */
+ j = 0;
+ while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier) {
+ gdp = &xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j];
+ if (gdp->driver && !gdp->claimed &&
+ !xf86NameCmp(gdp->driver,drivername)) {
+ /* we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed yet */
+ pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr));
+ pgdp[i++] = gdp;
+ }
+ j++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * make the array NULL terminated and return its address
+ */
+ if (i)
+ pgdp[i] = NULL;
+
+ if (sectlist)
+ *sectlist = pgdp;
+ else
+ free(pgdp);
+ return i;
+}
+
+/*
+ * xf86GetClocks -- get the dot-clocks via a BIG BAD hack ...
+ */
+void
+xf86GetClocks(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int num, Bool (*ClockFunc)(ScrnInfoPtr, int),
+ void (*ProtectRegs)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool),
+ void (*BlankScreen)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool), IOADDRESS vertsyncreg,
+ int maskval, int knownclkindex, int knownclkvalue)
+{
+ register int status = vertsyncreg;
+ unsigned long i, cnt, rcnt, sync;
+
+ /* First save registers that get written on */
+ (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_SAVE);
+
+ if (num > MAXCLOCKS)
+ num = MAXCLOCKS;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ {
+ if (ProtectRegs)
+ (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, TRUE);
+ if (!(*ClockFunc)(pScrn, i))
+ {
+ pScrn->clock[i] = -1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ProtectRegs)
+ (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, FALSE);
+ if (BlankScreen)
+ (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, FALSE);
+
+ usleep(50000); /* let VCO stabilise */
+
+ cnt = 0;
+ sync = 200000;
+
+ while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00)
+ if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;
+ /* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */
+ sync = 200000;
+ while ((inb(status) & maskval) == maskval)
+ if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;
+ /* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */
+ sync = 200000;
+ while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00)
+ if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;
+
+ for (rcnt = 0; rcnt < 5; rcnt++)
+ {
+ while (!(inb(status) & maskval))
+ cnt++;
+ while ((inb(status) & maskval))
+ cnt++;
+ }
+
+finish:
+ pScrn->clock[i] = cnt ? cnt : -1;
+ if (BlankScreen)
+ (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ {
+ if (i != knownclkindex)
+ {
+ if (pScrn->clock[i] == -1)
+ {
+ pScrn->clock[i] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pScrn->clock[i] = (int)(0.5 +
+ (((float)knownclkvalue) * pScrn->clock[knownclkindex]) /
+ (pScrn->clock[i]));
+ /* Round to nearest 10KHz */
+ pScrn->clock[i] += 5;
+ pScrn->clock[i] /= 10;
+ pScrn->clock[i] *= 10;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pScrn->clock[knownclkindex] = knownclkvalue;
+ pScrn->numClocks = num;
+
+ /* Restore registers that were written on */
+ (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_RESTORE);
+}
+
+const char *
+xf86GetVisualName(int visual)
+{
+ if (visual < 0 || visual > DirectColor)
+ return NULL;
+
+ return xf86VisualNames[visual];
+}
+
+
+int
+xf86GetVerbosity(void)
+{
+ return max(xf86Verbose, xf86LogVerbose);
+}
+
+Pix24Flags
+xf86GetPix24(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.pixmap24;
+}
+
+
+int
+xf86GetDepth(void)
+{
+ return xf86Depth;
+}
+
+
+rgb
+xf86GetWeight(void)
+{
+ return xf86Weight;
+}
+
+
+Gamma
+xf86GetGamma(void)
+{
+ return xf86Gamma;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetFlipPixels(void)
+{
+ return xf86FlipPixels;
+}
+
+
+const char *
+xf86GetServerName(void)
+{
+ return xf86ServerName;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86ServerIsExiting(void)
+{
+ return (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) == DE_TERMINATE;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86ServerIsResetting(void)
+{
+ return xf86Resetting;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86ServerIsInitialising(void)
+{
+ return xf86Initialising;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86ServerIsOnlyDetecting(void)
+{
+ return xf86DoConfigure;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86CaughtSignal(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.caughtSignal;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetVidModeAllowNonLocal(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetVidModeEnabled(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.vidModeEnabled;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86GetModInDevAllowNonLocal(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.miscModInDevAllowNonLocal;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetModInDevEnabled(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.miscModInDevEnabled;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetAllowMouseOpenFail(void)
+{
+ return xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86IsPc98(void)
+{
+#if SUPPORT_PC98
+ return xf86Info.pc98;
+#else
+ return FALSE;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+xf86DisableRandR(void)
+{
+ xf86Info.disableRandR = TRUE;
+ xf86Info.randRFrom = X_PROBED;
+}
+
+CARD32
+xf86GetModuleVersion(pointer module)
+{
+ return (CARD32)LoaderGetModuleVersion(module);
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86LoadDrvSubModule(DriverPtr drv, const char *name)
+{
+ pointer ret;
+ int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0;
+
+ ret = LoadSubModule(drv->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ &errmaj, &errmin);
+ if (!ret)
+ LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, name, errmaj, errmin);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86LoadSubModule(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, const char *name)
+{
+ pointer ret;
+ int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0;
+
+ ret = LoadSubModule(pScrn->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ &errmaj, &errmin);
+ if (!ret)
+ LoaderErrorMsg(pScrn->name, name, errmaj, errmin);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * xf86LoadOneModule loads a single module.
+ */
+pointer
+xf86LoadOneModule(char *name, pointer opt)
+{
+ int errmaj, errmin;
+ char *Name;
+ pointer mod;
+
+ if (!name)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Normalise the module name */
+ Name = xf86NormalizeName(name);
+
+ /* Skip empty names */
+ if (Name == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if (*Name == '\0') {
+ free(Name);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ mod = LoadModule(Name, NULL, NULL, NULL, opt, NULL, &errmaj, &errmin);
+ if (!mod)
+ LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, Name, errmaj, errmin);
+ free(Name);
+ return mod;
+}
+
+void
+xf86UnloadSubModule(pointer mod)
+{
+ /*
+ * This is disabled for now. The loader isn't smart enough yet to undo
+ * relocations.
+ */
+#if 0
+ UnloadSubModule(mod);
+#endif
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86LoaderCheckSymbol(const char *name)
+{
+ return LoaderSymbol(name) != NULL;
+}
+
+typedef enum {
+ OPTION_BACKING_STORE
+} BSOpts;
+
+static const OptionInfoRec BSOptions[] = {
+ { OPTION_BACKING_STORE, "BackingStore", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE }
+};
+
+void
+xf86SetBackingStore(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ Bool useBS = FALSE;
+ MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ OptionInfoPtr options;
+
+ options = xnfalloc(sizeof(BSOptions));
+ (void)memcpy(options, BSOptions, sizeof(BSOptions));
+ xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options);
+
+ /* check for commandline option here */
+ if (xf86bsEnableFlag) {
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ useBS = TRUE;
+ } else if (xf86bsDisableFlag) {
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ useBS = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_BACKING_STORE, &useBS))
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ free(options);
+ pScreen->backingStoreSupport = useBS ? Always : NotUseful;
+ if (serverGeneration == 1)
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Backing store %s\n",
+ useBS ? "enabled" : "disabled");
+}
+
+
+typedef enum {
+ OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE
+} SMOpts;
+
+static const OptionInfoRec SMOptions[] = {
+ { OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, "SilkenMouse", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE }
+};
+
+void
+xf86SetSilkenMouse (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ Bool useSM = TRUE;
+ MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ OptionInfoPtr options;
+
+ options = xnfalloc(sizeof(SMOptions));
+ (void)memcpy(options, SMOptions, sizeof(SMOptions));
+ xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options);
+
+ /* check for commandline option here */
+ /* disable if screen shares resources */
+ /* TODO VGA arb disable silken mouse */
+ if (xf86silkenMouseDisableFlag) {
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+ useSM = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, &useSM))
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ }
+ free(options);
+ /*
+ * XXX quick hack to report correctly for OSs that can't do SilkenMouse
+ * yet. Should handle this differently so that alternate async methods
+ * work correctly with this too.
+ */
+ pScrn->silkenMouse = useSM && xf86Info.useSIGIO && xf86SIGIOSupported();
+ if (serverGeneration == 1)
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Silken mouse %s\n",
+ pScrn->silkenMouse ? "enabled" : "disabled");
+}
+
+/* Wrote this function for the PM2 Xv driver, preliminary. */
+
+pointer
+xf86FindXvOptions(int scrnIndex, int adaptor_index, char *port_name,
+ char **adaptor_name, pointer *adaptor_options)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor;
+ int i;
+
+ if (adaptor_index >= pScrn->confScreen->numxvadaptors) {
+ if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = NULL;
+ if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ adaptor = &pScrn->confScreen->xvadaptors[adaptor_index];
+ if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = adaptor->identifier;
+ if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = adaptor->options;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < adaptor->numports; i++)
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(adaptor->ports[i].identifier, port_name))
+ return adaptor->ports[i].options;
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Rather than duplicate loader's get OS function, just include it directly */
+#define LoaderGetOS xf86GetOS
+#include "loader/os.c"
+
+static void
+xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(EntityInfoPtr pEnt, EntityProc init,
+ EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, pointer private)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn;
+
+ if ((pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(pEnt->index)))
+ xf86RemoveEntityFromScreen(pScrn,pEnt->index);
+ xf86SetEntityFuncs(pEnt->index,init,enter,leave,private);
+}
+
+ScrnInfoPtr
+xf86ConfigFbEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int scrnFlag, int entityIndex,
+ EntityProc init, EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave,
+ pointer private)
+{
+ EntityInfoPtr pEnt = xf86GetEntityInfo(entityIndex);
+ if (!pEnt) return pScrn;
+
+ if (!(pEnt->location.type == BUS_NONE)) {
+ free(pEnt);
+ return pScrn;
+ }
+
+ if (!pEnt->active) {
+ xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(pEnt, init, enter, leave, private);
+ free(pEnt);
+ return pScrn;
+ }
+
+ if (!pScrn)
+ pScrn = xf86AllocateScreen(pEnt->driver,scrnFlag);
+ xf86AddEntityToScreen(pScrn,entityIndex);
+
+ xf86SetEntityFuncs(entityIndex,init,enter,leave,private);
+
+ return pScrn;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86IsScreenPrimary(int scrnIndex)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ int i;
+
+ for (i=0 ; i < pScrn->numEntities; i++) {
+ if (xf86IsEntityPrimary(i))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int
+xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(int ScrnIndex, Atom property, Atom type,
+ int format, unsigned long len, pointer value )
+{
+ RootWinPropPtr pNewProp = NULL, pRegProp;
+ int i;
+ Bool existing = FALSE;
+
+ DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(%d, %ld, %ld, %d, %ld, %p)\n",
+ ScrnIndex, property, type, format, len, value);
+
+ if (ScrnIndex<0 || ScrnIndex>=xf86NumScreens) {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ if (xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable &&
+ xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]) {
+ for (pNewProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex];
+ pNewProp; pNewProp = pNewProp->next) {
+ if (strcmp(pNewProp->name, NameForAtom(property)) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pNewProp) {
+ if ((pNewProp = (RootWinPropPtr)malloc(sizeof(RootWinProp))) == NULL) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ /*
+ * We will put this property at the end of the list so that
+ * the changes are made in the order they were requested.
+ */
+ pNewProp->next = NULL;
+ } else {
+ free(pNewProp->name);
+ existing = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ pNewProp->name = xnfstrdup(NameForAtom(property));
+ pNewProp->type = type;
+ pNewProp->format = format;
+ pNewProp->size = len;
+ pNewProp->data = value;
+
+ DebugF("new property filled\n");
+
+ if (NULL==xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable) {
+ DebugF("creating xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[] size %d\n",
+ xf86NumScreens);
+ if ( NULL==(xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable=(RootWinPropPtr*)xnfcalloc(sizeof(RootWinProp),xf86NumScreens) )) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ for (i=0; i<xf86NumScreens; i++) {
+ xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[i] = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable %p\n",
+ (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable);
+ DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[%d] %p\n",
+ ScrnIndex, (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]);
+
+ if (!existing) {
+ if ( xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] == NULL) {
+ xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] = pNewProp;
+ } else {
+ pRegProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex];
+ while (pRegProp->next != NULL) {
+ DebugF("- next %p\n", (void *)pRegProp);
+ pRegProp = pRegProp->next;
+ }
+ pRegProp->next = pNewProp;
+ }
+ }
+ DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty succeeded\n");
+ return Success;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86IsUnblank(int mode)
+{
+ switch(mode) {
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:
+ return TRUE;
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
+ return FALSE;
+ default:
+ xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "Unexpected save screen mode: %d\n", mode);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86MotionHistoryAllocate(InputInfoPtr pInfo)
+{
+ AllocateMotionHistory(pInfo->dev);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h index 581047dcf..1322b8046 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h @@ -1,212 +1,212 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -/* - * This file contains the parts of the loader interface that are visible - * to modules. This is the only loader-related header that modules should - * include. - * - * It should include a bare minimum of other headers. - * - * Longer term, the module/loader code should probably live directly under - * Xserver/. - * - * XXX This file arguably belongs in xfree86/loader/. - */ - -#ifndef _XF86MODULE_H -#define _XF86MODULE_H - -#include "misc.h" -#ifndef NULL -#define NULL ((void *)0) -#endif - -typedef enum { - LD_RESOLV_IFDONE = 0, /* only check if no more - delays pending */ - LD_RESOLV_NOW = 1, /* finish one delay step */ - LD_RESOLV_FORCE = 2 /* force checking... */ -} LoaderResolveOptions; - -#define DEFAULT_LIST ((char *)-1) - -/* This indicates a special module that doesn't have the usual entry point */ -#define EXTERN_MODULE ((pointer)-1) - -/* Built-in ABI classes. These definitions must not be changed. */ -#define ABI_CLASS_NONE NULL -#define ABI_CLASS_ANSIC "X.Org ANSI C Emulation" -#define ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV "X.Org Video Driver" -#define ABI_CLASS_XINPUT "X.Org XInput driver" -#define ABI_CLASS_EXTENSION "X.Org Server Extension" -#define ABI_CLASS_FONT "X.Org Font Renderer" - -#define ABI_MINOR_MASK 0x0000FFFF -#define ABI_MAJOR_MASK 0xFFFF0000 -#define GET_ABI_MINOR(v) ((v) & ABI_MINOR_MASK) -#define GET_ABI_MAJOR(v) (((v) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) >> 16) -#define SET_ABI_VERSION(maj, min) \ - ((((maj) << 16) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) | ((min) & ABI_MINOR_MASK)) - -/* - * ABI versions. Each version has a major and minor revision. Modules - * using lower minor revisions must work with servers of a higher minor - * revision. There is no compatibility between different major revisions. - * Whenever the ABI_ANSIC_VERSION is changed, the others must also be - * changed. The minor revision mask is 0x0000FFFF and the major revision - * mask is 0xFFFF0000. - */ -#define ABI_ANSIC_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 4) -#define ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(10, 0) -#define ABI_XINPUT_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(12, 2) -#define ABI_EXTENSION_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(5, 0) -#define ABI_FONT_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 6) - -#define MODINFOSTRING1 0xef23fdc5 -#define MODINFOSTRING2 0x10dc023a - -#ifndef MODULEVENDORSTRING -#define MODULEVENDORSTRING "X.Org Foundation" -#endif - -/* Error return codes for errmaj. New codes must only be added at the end. */ -typedef enum { - LDR_NOERROR = 0, - LDR_NOMEM, /* memory allocation failed */ - LDR_NOENT, /* Module file does not exist */ - LDR_NOSUBENT, /* pre-requsite file to be sub-loaded does not exist */ - LDR_NOSPACE, /* internal module array full */ - LDR_NOMODOPEN, /* module file could not be opened (check errmin) */ - LDR_UNKTYPE, /* file is not a recognized module type */ - LDR_NOLOAD, /* type specific loader failed */ - LDR_ONCEONLY, /* Module should only be loaded once (not an error) */ - LDR_NOPORTOPEN, /* could not open port (check errmin) */ - LDR_NOHARDWARE, /* could not query/initialize the hardware device */ - LDR_MISMATCH, /* the module didn't match the spec'd requirments */ - LDR_BADUSAGE, /* LoadModule is called with bad arguments */ - LDR_INVALID, /* The module doesn't have a valid ModuleData object */ - LDR_BADOS, /* The module doesn't support the OS */ - LDR_MODSPECIFIC /* A module-specific error in the SetupProc */ -} LoaderErrorCode; - -/* - * Some common module classes. The moduleclass can be used to identify - * that modules loaded are of the correct type. This is a finer - * classification than the ABI classes even though the default set of - * classes have the same names. For example, not all modules that require - * the video driver ABI are themselves video drivers. - */ -#define MOD_CLASS_NONE NULL -#define MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV "X.Org Video Driver" -#define MOD_CLASS_XINPUT "X.Org XInput Driver" -#define MOD_CLASS_FONT "X.Org Font Renderer" -#define MOD_CLASS_EXTENSION "X.Org Server Extension" - -/* This structure is expected to be returned by the initfunc */ -typedef struct { - const char * modname; /* name of module, e.g. "foo" */ - const char * vendor; /* vendor specific string */ - CARD32 _modinfo1_; /* constant MODINFOSTRING1/2 to find */ - CARD32 _modinfo2_; /* infoarea with a binary editor or sign tool */ - CARD32 xf86version; /* contains XF86_VERSION_CURRENT */ - CARD8 majorversion; /* module-specific major version */ - CARD8 minorversion; /* module-specific minor version */ - CARD16 patchlevel; /* module-specific patch level */ - const char * abiclass; /* ABI class that the module uses */ - CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI version */ - const char * moduleclass; /* module class description */ - CARD32 checksum[4]; /* contains a digital signature of the */ - /* version info structure */ -} XF86ModuleVersionInfo; - -/* - * This structure can be used to callers of LoadModule and LoadSubModule to - * specify version and/or ABI requirements. - */ -typedef struct { - CARD8 majorversion; /* module-specific major version */ - CARD8 minorversion; /* moudle-specific minor version */ - CARD16 patchlevel; /* module-specific patch level */ - const char * abiclass; /* ABI class that the module uses */ - CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI version */ - const char * moduleclass; /* module class */ -} XF86ModReqInfo; - -/* values to indicate unspecified fields in XF86ModReqInfo. */ -#define MAJOR_UNSPEC 0xFF -#define MINOR_UNSPEC 0xFF -#define PATCH_UNSPEC 0xFFFF -#define ABI_VERS_UNSPEC 0xFFFFFFFF - -#define MODULE_VERSION_NUMERIC(maj, min, patch) \ - ((((maj) & 0xFF) << 24) | (((min) & 0xFF) << 16) | (patch & 0xFFFF)) -#define GET_MODULE_MAJOR_VERSION(vers) (((vers) >> 24) & 0xFF) -#define GET_MODULE_MINOR_VERSION(vers) (((vers) >> 16) & 0xFF) -#define GET_MODULE_PATCHLEVEL(vers) ((vers) & 0xFFFF) - -#define INITARGS void - -typedef void (*InitExtension)(INITARGS); - -typedef struct { - InitExtension initFunc; - const char * name; - Bool *disablePtr; - InitExtension setupFunc; - const char ** initDependencies; -} ExtensionModule; - -extern _X_EXPORT ExtensionModule *ExtensionModuleList; - -/* Prototypes for Loader functions that are exported to modules */ -extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoadSubModule(pointer, const char *, const char **, - const char **, pointer, const XF86ModReqInfo *, - int *, int *); -extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadSubModule(pointer); -extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadModule (pointer); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoaderSymbol(const char *); -extern _X_EXPORT char **LoaderListDirs(const char **, const char **); -extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderFreeDirList(char **); -extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderErrorMsg(const char *, const char *, int, int); -extern _X_EXPORT void LoadExtension(ExtensionModule *, Bool); -extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderGetOS(const char **name, int *major, int *minor, int *teeny); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool LoaderShouldIgnoreABI(void); -extern _X_EXPORT int LoaderGetABIVersion(const char *abiclass); - -typedef pointer (*ModuleSetupProc)(pointer, pointer, int *, int *); -typedef void (*ModuleTearDownProc)(pointer); -#define MODULESETUPPROTO(func) pointer func(pointer, pointer, int*, int*) -#define MODULETEARDOWNPROTO(func) void func(pointer) - -typedef struct { - XF86ModuleVersionInfo * vers; - ModuleSetupProc setup; - ModuleTearDownProc teardown; -} XF86ModuleData; - -#endif /* _XF86STR_H */ +/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file contains the parts of the loader interface that are visible
+ * to modules. This is the only loader-related header that modules should
+ * include.
+ *
+ * It should include a bare minimum of other headers.
+ *
+ * Longer term, the module/loader code should probably live directly under
+ * Xserver/.
+ *
+ * XXX This file arguably belongs in xfree86/loader/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XF86MODULE_H
+#define _XF86MODULE_H
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL ((void *)0)
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ LD_RESOLV_IFDONE = 0, /* only check if no more
+ delays pending */
+ LD_RESOLV_NOW = 1, /* finish one delay step */
+ LD_RESOLV_FORCE = 2 /* force checking... */
+} LoaderResolveOptions;
+
+#define DEFAULT_LIST ((char *)-1)
+
+/* This indicates a special module that doesn't have the usual entry point */
+#define EXTERN_MODULE ((pointer)-1)
+
+/* Built-in ABI classes. These definitions must not be changed. */
+#define ABI_CLASS_NONE NULL
+#define ABI_CLASS_ANSIC "X.Org ANSI C Emulation"
+#define ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV "X.Org Video Driver"
+#define ABI_CLASS_XINPUT "X.Org XInput driver"
+#define ABI_CLASS_EXTENSION "X.Org Server Extension"
+#define ABI_CLASS_FONT "X.Org Font Renderer"
+
+#define ABI_MINOR_MASK 0x0000FFFF
+#define ABI_MAJOR_MASK 0xFFFF0000
+#define GET_ABI_MINOR(v) ((v) & ABI_MINOR_MASK)
+#define GET_ABI_MAJOR(v) (((v) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) >> 16)
+#define SET_ABI_VERSION(maj, min) \
+ ((((maj) << 16) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) | ((min) & ABI_MINOR_MASK))
+
+/*
+ * ABI versions. Each version has a major and minor revision. Modules
+ * using lower minor revisions must work with servers of a higher minor
+ * revision. There is no compatibility between different major revisions.
+ * Whenever the ABI_ANSIC_VERSION is changed, the others must also be
+ * changed. The minor revision mask is 0x0000FFFF and the major revision
+ * mask is 0xFFFF0000.
+ */
+#define ABI_ANSIC_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 4)
+#define ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(10, 0)
+#define ABI_XINPUT_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(12, 2)
+#define ABI_EXTENSION_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(5, 0)
+#define ABI_FONT_VERSION SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 6)
+
+#define MODINFOSTRING1 0xef23fdc5
+#define MODINFOSTRING2 0x10dc023a
+
+#ifndef MODULEVENDORSTRING
+#define MODULEVENDORSTRING "X.Org Foundation"
+#endif
+
+/* Error return codes for errmaj. New codes must only be added at the end. */
+typedef enum {
+ LDR_NOERROR = 0,
+ LDR_NOMEM, /* memory allocation failed */
+ LDR_NOENT, /* Module file does not exist */
+ LDR_NOSUBENT, /* pre-requsite file to be sub-loaded does not exist */
+ LDR_NOSPACE, /* internal module array full */
+ LDR_NOMODOPEN, /* module file could not be opened (check errmin) */
+ LDR_UNKTYPE, /* file is not a recognized module type */
+ LDR_NOLOAD, /* type specific loader failed */
+ LDR_ONCEONLY, /* Module should only be loaded once (not an error) */
+ LDR_NOPORTOPEN, /* could not open port (check errmin) */
+ LDR_NOHARDWARE, /* could not query/initialize the hardware device */
+ LDR_MISMATCH, /* the module didn't match the spec'd requirments */
+ LDR_BADUSAGE, /* LoadModule is called with bad arguments */
+ LDR_INVALID, /* The module doesn't have a valid ModuleData object */
+ LDR_BADOS, /* The module doesn't support the OS */
+ LDR_MODSPECIFIC /* A module-specific error in the SetupProc */
+} LoaderErrorCode;
+
+/*
+ * Some common module classes. The moduleclass can be used to identify
+ * that modules loaded are of the correct type. This is a finer
+ * classification than the ABI classes even though the default set of
+ * classes have the same names. For example, not all modules that require
+ * the video driver ABI are themselves video drivers.
+ */
+#define MOD_CLASS_NONE NULL
+#define MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV "X.Org Video Driver"
+#define MOD_CLASS_XINPUT "X.Org XInput Driver"
+#define MOD_CLASS_FONT "X.Org Font Renderer"
+#define MOD_CLASS_EXTENSION "X.Org Server Extension"
+
+/* This structure is expected to be returned by the initfunc */
+typedef struct {
+ const char * modname; /* name of module, e.g. "foo" */
+ const char * vendor; /* vendor specific string */
+ CARD32 _modinfo1_; /* constant MODINFOSTRING1/2 to find */
+ CARD32 _modinfo2_; /* infoarea with a binary editor or sign tool */
+ CARD32 xf86version; /* contains XF86_VERSION_CURRENT */
+ CARD8 majorversion; /* module-specific major version */
+ CARD8 minorversion; /* module-specific minor version */
+ CARD16 patchlevel; /* module-specific patch level */
+ const char * abiclass; /* ABI class that the module uses */
+ CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI version */
+ const char * moduleclass; /* module class description */
+ CARD32 checksum[4]; /* contains a digital signature of the */
+ /* version info structure */
+} XF86ModuleVersionInfo;
+
+/*
+ * This structure can be used to callers of LoadModule and LoadSubModule to
+ * specify version and/or ABI requirements.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 majorversion; /* module-specific major version */
+ CARD8 minorversion; /* moudle-specific minor version */
+ CARD16 patchlevel; /* module-specific patch level */
+ const char * abiclass; /* ABI class that the module uses */
+ CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI version */
+ const char * moduleclass; /* module class */
+} XF86ModReqInfo;
+
+/* values to indicate unspecified fields in XF86ModReqInfo. */
+#define MAJOR_UNSPEC 0xFF
+#define MINOR_UNSPEC 0xFF
+#define PATCH_UNSPEC 0xFFFF
+#define ABI_VERS_UNSPEC 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+#define MODULE_VERSION_NUMERIC(maj, min, patch) \
+ ((((maj) & 0xFF) << 24) | (((min) & 0xFF) << 16) | (patch & 0xFFFF))
+#define GET_MODULE_MAJOR_VERSION(vers) (((vers) >> 24) & 0xFF)
+#define GET_MODULE_MINOR_VERSION(vers) (((vers) >> 16) & 0xFF)
+#define GET_MODULE_PATCHLEVEL(vers) ((vers) & 0xFFFF)
+
+#define INITARGS void
+
+typedef void (*InitExtension)(INITARGS);
+
+typedef struct {
+ InitExtension initFunc;
+ const char * name;
+ Bool *disablePtr;
+ InitExtension setupFunc;
+ const char ** initDependencies;
+} ExtensionModule;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT ExtensionModule *ExtensionModuleList;
+
+/* Prototypes for Loader functions that are exported to modules */
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoadSubModule(pointer, const char *, const char **,
+ const char **, pointer, const XF86ModReqInfo *,
+ int *, int *);
+extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadSubModule(pointer);
+extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadModule (pointer);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoaderSymbol(const char *);
+extern _X_EXPORT char **LoaderListDirs(const char **, const char **);
+extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderFreeDirList(char **);
+extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderErrorMsg(const char *, const char *, int, int);
+extern _X_EXPORT void LoadExtension(ExtensionModule *, Bool);
+extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderGetOS(const char **name, int *major, int *minor, int *teeny);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool LoaderShouldIgnoreABI(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT int LoaderGetABIVersion(const char *abiclass);
+
+typedef pointer (*ModuleSetupProc)(pointer, pointer, int *, int *);
+typedef void (*ModuleTearDownProc)(pointer);
+#define MODULESETUPPROTO(func) pointer func(pointer, pointer, int*, int*)
+#define MODULETEARDOWNPROTO(func) void func(pointer)
+
+typedef struct {
+ XF86ModuleVersionInfo * vers;
+ ModuleSetupProc setup;
+ ModuleTearDownProc teardown;
+} XF86ModuleData;
+
+#endif /* _XF86STR_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c index 480f38694..08f143347 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c @@ -1,916 +1,916 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1998-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -/* - * Author: David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org> - * - * This file includes public option handling functions. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <X11/X.h> -#include "os.h" -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Xinput.h" -#include "xf86Optrec.h" -#include "xf86Parser.h" - -static Bool ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p, - Bool markUsed); - -/* - * xf86CollectOptions collects the options from each of the config file - * sections used by the screen and puts the combined list in pScrn->options. - * This function requires that the following have been initialised: - * - * pScrn->confScreen - * pScrn->Entities[i]->device - * pScrn->display - * pScrn->monitor - * - * The extraOpts parameter may optionally contain a list of additional options - * to include. - * - * The order of precedence for options is: - * - * extraOpts, display, confScreen, monitor, device - */ - -void -xf86CollectOptions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, pointer extraOpts) -{ - XF86OptionPtr tmp; - XF86OptionPtr extras = (XF86OptionPtr)extraOpts; - GDevPtr device; - - int i; - - pScrn->options = NULL; - - for (i=pScrn->numEntities - 1; i >= 0; i--) { - device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(pScrn->entityList[i], - pScrn->entityInstanceList[i]); - if (device && device->options) { - tmp = xf86optionListDup(device->options); - if (pScrn->options) - xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options,tmp); - else - pScrn->options = tmp; - } - } - if (pScrn->monitor->options) { - tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->monitor->options); - if (pScrn->options) - pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp); - else - pScrn->options = tmp; - } - if (pScrn->confScreen->options) { - tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->confScreen->options); - if (pScrn->options) - pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp); - else - pScrn->options = tmp; - } - if (pScrn->display->options) { - tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->display->options); - if (pScrn->options) - pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp); - else - pScrn->options = tmp; - } - if (extras) { - tmp = xf86optionListDup(extras); - if (pScrn->options) - pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp); - else - pScrn->options = tmp; - } -} - -/* - * xf86CollectInputOptions collects extra options for an InputDevice (other - * than those added by the config backend). - * The options are merged into the existing ones and thus take precedence - * over the others. - */ - -void -xf86CollectInputOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo, const char **defaultOpts) -{ - if (defaultOpts) { - XF86OptionPtr tmp =xf86optionListCreate(defaultOpts, -1, 0); - if (pInfo->options) - pInfo->options = xf86optionListMerge(tmp, pInfo->options); - else - pInfo->options = tmp; - } -} - -/** - * Duplicate the option list passed in. The returned pointer will be a newly - * allocated option list and must be freed by the caller. - */ -pointer -xf86OptionListDuplicate(pointer options) -{ - pointer o = NULL; - - while (options) - { - o = xf86AddNewOption(o, xf86OptionName(options), xf86OptionValue(options)); - options = xf86nextOption(options); - } - - return o; -} - - -/* Created for new XInput stuff -- essentially extensions to the parser */ - -static int -LookupIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed) -{ - OptionInfoRec o; - - o.name = name; - o.type = OPTV_INTEGER; - if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed)) - deflt = o.value.num; - return deflt; -} - - -static double -LookupRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt, - Bool markUsed) -{ - OptionInfoRec o; - - o.name = name; - o.type = OPTV_REAL; - if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed)) - deflt = o.value.realnum; - return deflt; -} - - -static char * -LookupStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt, Bool markUsed) -{ - OptionInfoRec o; - - o.name = name; - o.type = OPTV_STRING; - if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed)) - deflt = o.value.str; - if (deflt) - return strdup(deflt); - else - return NULL; -} - - -static int -LookupBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed) -{ - OptionInfoRec o; - - o.name = name; - o.type = OPTV_BOOLEAN; - if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed)) - deflt = o.value.bool; - return deflt; -} - -static double -LookupPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt, Bool markUsed) -{ - OptionInfoRec o; - - o.name = name; - o.type = OPTV_PERCENT; - if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed)) - deflt = o.value.realnum; - return deflt; -} - -/* These xf86Set* functions are intended for use by non-screen specific code */ - -int -xf86SetIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt) -{ - return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE); -} - - -double -xf86SetRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt) -{ - return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE); -} - - -char * -xf86SetStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt) -{ - return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE); -} - - -int -xf86SetBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt) -{ - return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE); -} - -double -xf86SetPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt) -{ - return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE); -} - -/* - * These are like the Set*Option functions, but they don't mark the options - * as used. - */ -int -xf86CheckIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt) -{ - return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE); -} - - -double -xf86CheckRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt) -{ - return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE); -} - - -char * -xf86CheckStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt) -{ - return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE); -} - - -int -xf86CheckBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt) -{ - return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE); -} - - -double -xf86CheckPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt) -{ - return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE); -} -/* - * addNewOption() has the required property of replacing the option value - * if the option is already present. - */ -pointer -xf86ReplaceIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const int val) -{ - char tmp[16]; - sprintf(tmp,"%i",val); - return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp); -} - -pointer -xf86ReplaceRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val) -{ - char tmp[32]; - snprintf(tmp,32,"%f",val); - return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp); -} - -pointer -xf86ReplaceBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const Bool val) -{ - return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val?"True":"False"); -} - -pointer -xf86ReplacePercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val) -{ - char tmp[16]; - sprintf(tmp, "%lf%%", val); - return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp); -} - -pointer -xf86ReplaceStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const char* val) -{ - return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val); -} - -pointer -xf86AddNewOption(pointer head, const char *name, const char *val) -{ - /* XXX These should actually be allocated in the parser library. */ - char *tmp = strdup(val); - char *tmp_name = strdup(name); - - return xf86addNewOption(head, tmp_name, tmp); -} - - -pointer -xf86NewOption(char *name, char *value) -{ - return xf86newOption(name, value); -} - - -pointer -xf86NextOption(pointer list) -{ - return xf86nextOption(list); -} - -pointer -xf86OptionListCreate(const char **options, int count, int used) -{ - return xf86optionListCreate(options, count, used); -} - -pointer -xf86OptionListMerge(pointer head, pointer tail) -{ - return xf86optionListMerge(head, tail); -} - -void -xf86OptionListFree(pointer opt) -{ - xf86optionListFree(opt); -} - -char * -xf86OptionName(pointer opt) -{ - return xf86optionName(opt); -} - -char * -xf86OptionValue(pointer opt) -{ - return xf86optionValue(opt); -} - -void -xf86OptionListReport(pointer parm) -{ - XF86OptionPtr opts = parm; - - while(opts) { - if (xf86optionValue(opts)) - xf86ErrorFVerb(5, "\tOption \"%s\" \"%s\"\n", - xf86optionName(opts), xf86optionValue(opts)); - else - xf86ErrorFVerb( 5, "\tOption \"%s\"\n", xf86optionName(opts)); - opts = xf86nextOption(opts); - } -} - -/* End of XInput-caused section */ - -pointer -xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name) -{ - return xf86findOption(options, name); -} - - -char * -xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name) -{ - return xf86findOptionValue(options, name); -} - - -void -xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option) -{ - if (option != NULL) - ((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used = TRUE; -} - - -void -xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name) -{ - XF86OptionPtr opt; - - opt = xf86findOption(options, name); - if (opt != NULL) - opt->opt_used = TRUE; -} - -Bool -xf86CheckIfOptionUsed(pointer option) -{ - if (option != NULL) - return ((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used; - else - return FALSE; -} - -Bool -xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name) -{ - XF86OptionPtr opt; - - opt = xf86findOption(options, name); - if (opt != NULL) - return opt->opt_used; - else - return FALSE; -} - -void -xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options) -{ - XF86OptionPtr opt = options; - - while (opt) { - if (opt->opt_name && !opt->opt_used) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, "Option \"%s\" is not used\n", - opt->opt_name); - } - opt = opt->list.next; - } -} - - -static Bool -GetBoolValue(OptionInfoPtr p, const char *s) -{ - return xf86getBoolValue(&p->value.bool, s); -} - -static Bool -ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p, - Bool markUsed) -{ - char *s, *end; - Bool wasUsed = FALSE; - - if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, p->name)) != NULL) { - if (markUsed) { - wasUsed = xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(options, p->name); - xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, p->name); - } - switch (p->type) { - case OPTV_INTEGER: - if (*s == '\0') { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n", - p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } else { - p->value.num = strtoul(s, &end, 0); - if (*end == '\0') { - p->found = TRUE; - } else { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n", - p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } - } - break; - case OPTV_STRING: - if (*s == '\0') { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires an string value\n", - p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } else { - p->value.str = s; - p->found = TRUE; - } - break; - case OPTV_ANYSTR: - p->value.str = s; - p->found = TRUE; - break; - case OPTV_REAL: - if (*s == '\0') { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a floating point " - "value\n", p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } else { - p->value.realnum = strtod(s, &end); - if (*end == '\0') { - p->found = TRUE; - } else { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a floating point " - "value\n", p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } - } - break; - case OPTV_BOOLEAN: - if (GetBoolValue(p, s)) { - p->found = TRUE; - } else { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n", - p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } - break; - case OPTV_PERCENT: - { - char tmp = 0; - /* awkward match, but %% doesn't increase the match counter, - * hence 100 looks the same as 100% to the caller of sccanf - */ - if (sscanf(s, "%lf%c", &p->value.realnum, &tmp) != 2 || tmp != '%') { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a percent value\n", p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } else { - p->found = TRUE; - } - } - break; - case OPTV_FREQ: - if (*s == '\0') { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n", - p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } else { - double freq = strtod(s, &end); - int units = 0; - - if (end != s) { - p->found = TRUE; - if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "Hz")) - units = 1; - else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "kHz") || - !xf86NameCmp(end, "k")) - units = 1000; - else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "MHz") || - !xf86NameCmp(end, "M")) - units = 1000000; - else { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n", - p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } - if (p->found) - freq *= (double)units; - } else { - if (markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n", - p->name); - } - p->found = FALSE; - } - if (p->found) { - p->value.freq.freq = freq; - p->value.freq.units = units; - } - } - break; - case OPTV_NONE: - /* Should never get here */ - p->found = FALSE; - break; - } - if (p->found && markUsed) { - int verb = 2; - if (wasUsed) - verb = 4; - xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, verb, "Option \"%s\"", p->name); - if (!(p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN && *s == 0)) { - xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, " \"%s\"", s); - } - xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, "\n"); - } - } else if (p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN) { - /* Look for matches with options with or without a "No" prefix. */ - char *n, *newn; - OptionInfoRec opt; - - n = xf86NormalizeName(p->name); - if (!n) { - p->found = FALSE; - return FALSE; - } - if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) { - newn = n + 2; - } else { - free(n); - if (asprintf(&n, "No%s", p->name) == -1) { - p->found = FALSE; - return FALSE; - } - newn = n; - } - if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, newn)) != NULL) { - if (markUsed) - xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, newn); - if (GetBoolValue(&opt, s)) { - p->value.bool = !opt.value.bool; - p->found = TRUE; - } else { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, - "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n", newn); - p->found = FALSE; - } - } else { - p->found = FALSE; - } - if (p->found && markUsed) { - xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, 2, "Option \"%s\"", newn); - if (*s != 0) { - xf86ErrorFVerb(2, " \"%s\"", s); - } - xf86ErrorFVerb(2, "\n"); - } - free(n); - } else { - p->found = FALSE; - } - return p->found; -} - - -void -xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr optinfo) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - for (p = optinfo; p->name != NULL; p++) { - ParseOptionValue(scrnIndex, options, p, TRUE); - } -} - - -OptionInfoPtr -xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token) -{ - const OptionInfoRec *p, *match = NULL, *set = NULL; - - if (!table) { - ErrorF("xf86TokenToOptinfo: table is NULL\n"); - return NULL; - } - - for (p = table; p->token >= 0; p++) { - if (p->token == token) { - match = p; - if (p->found) - set = p; - } - } - - if (set) - return (OptionInfoPtr)set; - else if (match) - return (OptionInfoPtr)match; - else - return NULL; -} - - -const char * -xf86TokenToOptName(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token) -{ - const OptionInfoRec *p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - return p->name; -} - - -Bool -xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - return p && p->found; -} - - -char * -xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - if (p && p->found) - return p->value.str; - else - return NULL; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, int *value) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - if (p && p->found) { - *value = p->value.num; - return TRUE; - } else - return FALSE; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, unsigned long *value) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - if (p && p->found) { - *value = p->value.num; - return TRUE; - } else - return FALSE; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, double *value) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - if (p && p->found) { - *value = p->value.realnum; - return TRUE; - } else - return FALSE; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, - OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - if (p && p->found) { - if (p->value.freq.units > 0) { - /* Units give, so the scaling is known. */ - switch (expectedUnits) { - case OPTUNITS_HZ: - *value = p->value.freq.freq; - break; - case OPTUNITS_KHZ: - *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0; - break; - case OPTUNITS_MHZ: - *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0; - break; - } - } else { - /* No units given, so try to guess the scaling. */ - switch (expectedUnits) { - case OPTUNITS_HZ: - *value = p->value.freq.freq; - break; - case OPTUNITS_KHZ: - if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0) - *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0; - else - *value = p->value.freq.freq; - break; - case OPTUNITS_MHZ: - if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000000.0) - *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0; - else if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0) - *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0; - else - *value = p->value.freq.freq; - } - } - return TRUE; - } else - return FALSE; -} - - -Bool -xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - if (p && p->found) { - *value = p->value.bool; - return TRUE; - } else - return FALSE; -} - - -Bool -xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def) -{ - OptionInfoPtr p; - - p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token); - if (p && p->found) { - return p->value.bool; - } else - return def; -} - - -int -xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2) -{ - return xf86nameCompare(s1, s2); -} - -char * -xf86NormalizeName(const char *s) -{ - char *ret, *q; - const char *p; - - if (s == NULL) - return NULL; - - ret = malloc(strlen(s) + 1); - for (p = s, q = ret; *p != 0; p++) { - switch (*p) { - case '_': - case ' ': - case '\t': - continue; - default: - if (isupper(*p)) - *q++ = tolower(*p); - else - *q++ = *p; - } - } - *q = '\0'; - return ret; -} +/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Author: David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+ *
+ * This file includes public option handling functions.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "os.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Xinput.h"
+#include "xf86Optrec.h"
+#include "xf86Parser.h"
+
+static Bool ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p,
+ Bool markUsed);
+
+/*
+ * xf86CollectOptions collects the options from each of the config file
+ * sections used by the screen and puts the combined list in pScrn->options.
+ * This function requires that the following have been initialised:
+ *
+ * pScrn->confScreen
+ * pScrn->Entities[i]->device
+ * pScrn->display
+ * pScrn->monitor
+ *
+ * The extraOpts parameter may optionally contain a list of additional options
+ * to include.
+ *
+ * The order of precedence for options is:
+ *
+ * extraOpts, display, confScreen, monitor, device
+ */
+
+void
+xf86CollectOptions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, pointer extraOpts)
+{
+ XF86OptionPtr tmp;
+ XF86OptionPtr extras = (XF86OptionPtr)extraOpts;
+ GDevPtr device;
+
+ int i;
+
+ pScrn->options = NULL;
+
+ for (i=pScrn->numEntities - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+ device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(pScrn->entityList[i],
+ pScrn->entityInstanceList[i]);
+ if (device && device->options) {
+ tmp = xf86optionListDup(device->options);
+ if (pScrn->options)
+ xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options,tmp);
+ else
+ pScrn->options = tmp;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pScrn->monitor->options) {
+ tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->monitor->options);
+ if (pScrn->options)
+ pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
+ else
+ pScrn->options = tmp;
+ }
+ if (pScrn->confScreen->options) {
+ tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->confScreen->options);
+ if (pScrn->options)
+ pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
+ else
+ pScrn->options = tmp;
+ }
+ if (pScrn->display->options) {
+ tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->display->options);
+ if (pScrn->options)
+ pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
+ else
+ pScrn->options = tmp;
+ }
+ if (extras) {
+ tmp = xf86optionListDup(extras);
+ if (pScrn->options)
+ pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
+ else
+ pScrn->options = tmp;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * xf86CollectInputOptions collects extra options for an InputDevice (other
+ * than those added by the config backend).
+ * The options are merged into the existing ones and thus take precedence
+ * over the others.
+ */
+
+void
+xf86CollectInputOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo, const char **defaultOpts)
+{
+ if (defaultOpts) {
+ XF86OptionPtr tmp =xf86optionListCreate(defaultOpts, -1, 0);
+ if (pInfo->options)
+ pInfo->options = xf86optionListMerge(tmp, pInfo->options);
+ else
+ pInfo->options = tmp;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate the option list passed in. The returned pointer will be a newly
+ * allocated option list and must be freed by the caller.
+ */
+pointer
+xf86OptionListDuplicate(pointer options)
+{
+ pointer o = NULL;
+
+ while (options)
+ {
+ o = xf86AddNewOption(o, xf86OptionName(options), xf86OptionValue(options));
+ options = xf86nextOption(options);
+ }
+
+ return o;
+}
+
+
+/* Created for new XInput stuff -- essentially extensions to the parser */
+
+static int
+LookupIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed)
+{
+ OptionInfoRec o;
+
+ o.name = name;
+ o.type = OPTV_INTEGER;
+ if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
+ deflt = o.value.num;
+ return deflt;
+}
+
+
+static double
+LookupRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt,
+ Bool markUsed)
+{
+ OptionInfoRec o;
+
+ o.name = name;
+ o.type = OPTV_REAL;
+ if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
+ deflt = o.value.realnum;
+ return deflt;
+}
+
+
+static char *
+LookupStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt, Bool markUsed)
+{
+ OptionInfoRec o;
+
+ o.name = name;
+ o.type = OPTV_STRING;
+ if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
+ deflt = o.value.str;
+ if (deflt)
+ return strdup(deflt);
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+static int
+LookupBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed)
+{
+ OptionInfoRec o;
+
+ o.name = name;
+ o.type = OPTV_BOOLEAN;
+ if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
+ deflt = o.value.bool;
+ return deflt;
+}
+
+static double
+LookupPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt, Bool markUsed)
+{
+ OptionInfoRec o;
+
+ o.name = name;
+ o.type = OPTV_PERCENT;
+ if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
+ deflt = o.value.realnum;
+ return deflt;
+}
+
+/* These xf86Set* functions are intended for use by non-screen specific code */
+
+int
+xf86SetIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
+{
+ return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
+}
+
+
+double
+xf86SetRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
+{
+ return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
+}
+
+
+char *
+xf86SetStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt)
+{
+ return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
+}
+
+
+int
+xf86SetBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
+{
+ return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
+}
+
+double
+xf86SetPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
+{
+ return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * These are like the Set*Option functions, but they don't mark the options
+ * as used.
+ */
+int
+xf86CheckIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
+{
+ return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+double
+xf86CheckRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
+{
+ return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+char *
+xf86CheckStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt)
+{
+ return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+int
+xf86CheckBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
+{
+ return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+double
+xf86CheckPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
+{
+ return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
+}
+/*
+ * addNewOption() has the required property of replacing the option value
+ * if the option is already present.
+ */
+pointer
+xf86ReplaceIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const int val)
+{
+ char tmp[16];
+ sprintf(tmp,"%i",val);
+ return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86ReplaceRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val)
+{
+ char tmp[32];
+ snprintf(tmp,32,"%f",val);
+ return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86ReplaceBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const Bool val)
+{
+ return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val?"True":"False");
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86ReplacePercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val)
+{
+ char tmp[16];
+ sprintf(tmp, "%lf%%", val);
+ return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86ReplaceStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const char* val)
+{
+ return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val);
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86AddNewOption(pointer head, const char *name, const char *val)
+{
+ /* XXX These should actually be allocated in the parser library. */
+ char *tmp = strdup(val);
+ char *tmp_name = strdup(name);
+
+ return xf86addNewOption(head, tmp_name, tmp);
+}
+
+
+pointer
+xf86NewOption(char *name, char *value)
+{
+ return xf86newOption(name, value);
+}
+
+
+pointer
+xf86NextOption(pointer list)
+{
+ return xf86nextOption(list);
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86OptionListCreate(const char **options, int count, int used)
+{
+ return xf86optionListCreate(options, count, used);
+}
+
+pointer
+xf86OptionListMerge(pointer head, pointer tail)
+{
+ return xf86optionListMerge(head, tail);
+}
+
+void
+xf86OptionListFree(pointer opt)
+{
+ xf86optionListFree(opt);
+}
+
+char *
+xf86OptionName(pointer opt)
+{
+ return xf86optionName(opt);
+}
+
+char *
+xf86OptionValue(pointer opt)
+{
+ return xf86optionValue(opt);
+}
+
+void
+xf86OptionListReport(pointer parm)
+{
+ XF86OptionPtr opts = parm;
+
+ while(opts) {
+ if (xf86optionValue(opts))
+ xf86ErrorFVerb(5, "\tOption \"%s\" \"%s\"\n",
+ xf86optionName(opts), xf86optionValue(opts));
+ else
+ xf86ErrorFVerb( 5, "\tOption \"%s\"\n", xf86optionName(opts));
+ opts = xf86nextOption(opts);
+ }
+}
+
+/* End of XInput-caused section */
+
+pointer
+xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name)
+{
+ return xf86findOption(options, name);
+}
+
+
+char *
+xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name)
+{
+ return xf86findOptionValue(options, name);
+}
+
+
+void
+xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option)
+{
+ if (option != NULL)
+ ((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+void
+xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)
+{
+ XF86OptionPtr opt;
+
+ opt = xf86findOption(options, name);
+ if (opt != NULL)
+ opt->opt_used = TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86CheckIfOptionUsed(pointer option)
+{
+ if (option != NULL)
+ return ((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)
+{
+ XF86OptionPtr opt;
+
+ opt = xf86findOption(options, name);
+ if (opt != NULL)
+ return opt->opt_used;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void
+xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options)
+{
+ XF86OptionPtr opt = options;
+
+ while (opt) {
+ if (opt->opt_name && !opt->opt_used) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, "Option \"%s\" is not used\n",
+ opt->opt_name);
+ }
+ opt = opt->list.next;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+GetBoolValue(OptionInfoPtr p, const char *s)
+{
+ return xf86getBoolValue(&p->value.bool, s);
+}
+
+static Bool
+ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p,
+ Bool markUsed)
+{
+ char *s, *end;
+ Bool wasUsed = FALSE;
+
+ if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, p->name)) != NULL) {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ wasUsed = xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(options, p->name);
+ xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, p->name);
+ }
+ switch (p->type) {
+ case OPTV_INTEGER:
+ if (*s == '\0') {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n",
+ p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ p->value.num = strtoul(s, &end, 0);
+ if (*end == '\0') {
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n",
+ p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTV_STRING:
+ if (*s == '\0') {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires an string value\n",
+ p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ p->value.str = s;
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTV_ANYSTR:
+ p->value.str = s;
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case OPTV_REAL:
+ if (*s == '\0') {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a floating point "
+ "value\n", p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ p->value.realnum = strtod(s, &end);
+ if (*end == '\0') {
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a floating point "
+ "value\n", p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTV_BOOLEAN:
+ if (GetBoolValue(p, s)) {
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n",
+ p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTV_PERCENT:
+ {
+ char tmp = 0;
+ /* awkward match, but %% doesn't increase the match counter,
+ * hence 100 looks the same as 100% to the caller of sccanf
+ */
+ if (sscanf(s, "%lf%c", &p->value.realnum, &tmp) != 2 || tmp != '%') {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a percent value\n", p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTV_FREQ:
+ if (*s == '\0') {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",
+ p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ double freq = strtod(s, &end);
+ int units = 0;
+
+ if (end != s) {
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "Hz"))
+ units = 1;
+ else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "kHz") ||
+ !xf86NameCmp(end, "k"))
+ units = 1000;
+ else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "MHz") ||
+ !xf86NameCmp(end, "M"))
+ units = 1000000;
+ else {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",
+ p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (p->found)
+ freq *= (double)units;
+ } else {
+ if (markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",
+ p->name);
+ }
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (p->found) {
+ p->value.freq.freq = freq;
+ p->value.freq.units = units;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case OPTV_NONE:
+ /* Should never get here */
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (p->found && markUsed) {
+ int verb = 2;
+ if (wasUsed)
+ verb = 4;
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, verb, "Option \"%s\"", p->name);
+ if (!(p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN && *s == 0)) {
+ xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, " \"%s\"", s);
+ }
+ xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, "\n");
+ }
+ } else if (p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN) {
+ /* Look for matches with options with or without a "No" prefix. */
+ char *n, *newn;
+ OptionInfoRec opt;
+
+ n = xf86NormalizeName(p->name);
+ if (!n) {
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) {
+ newn = n + 2;
+ } else {
+ free(n);
+ if (asprintf(&n, "No%s", p->name) == -1) {
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ newn = n;
+ }
+ if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, newn)) != NULL) {
+ if (markUsed)
+ xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, newn);
+ if (GetBoolValue(&opt, s)) {
+ p->value.bool = !opt.value.bool;
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n", newn);
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (p->found && markUsed) {
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, 2, "Option \"%s\"", newn);
+ if (*s != 0) {
+ xf86ErrorFVerb(2, " \"%s\"", s);
+ }
+ xf86ErrorFVerb(2, "\n");
+ }
+ free(n);
+ } else {
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ return p->found;
+}
+
+
+void
+xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr optinfo)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ for (p = optinfo; p->name != NULL; p++) {
+ ParseOptionValue(scrnIndex, options, p, TRUE);
+ }
+}
+
+
+OptionInfoPtr
+xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
+{
+ const OptionInfoRec *p, *match = NULL, *set = NULL;
+
+ if (!table) {
+ ErrorF("xf86TokenToOptinfo: table is NULL\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ for (p = table; p->token >= 0; p++) {
+ if (p->token == token) {
+ match = p;
+ if (p->found)
+ set = p;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (set)
+ return (OptionInfoPtr)set;
+ else if (match)
+ return (OptionInfoPtr)match;
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+const char *
+xf86TokenToOptName(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
+{
+ const OptionInfoRec *p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ return p->name;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ return p && p->found;
+}
+
+
+char *
+xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ if (p && p->found)
+ return p->value.str;
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, int *value)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ if (p && p->found) {
+ *value = p->value.num;
+ return TRUE;
+ } else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, unsigned long *value)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ if (p && p->found) {
+ *value = p->value.num;
+ return TRUE;
+ } else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, double *value)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ if (p && p->found) {
+ *value = p->value.realnum;
+ return TRUE;
+ } else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,
+ OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ if (p && p->found) {
+ if (p->value.freq.units > 0) {
+ /* Units give, so the scaling is known. */
+ switch (expectedUnits) {
+ case OPTUNITS_HZ:
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq;
+ break;
+ case OPTUNITS_KHZ:
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;
+ break;
+ case OPTUNITS_MHZ:
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* No units given, so try to guess the scaling. */
+ switch (expectedUnits) {
+ case OPTUNITS_HZ:
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq;
+ break;
+ case OPTUNITS_KHZ:
+ if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0)
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;
+ else
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq;
+ break;
+ case OPTUNITS_MHZ:
+ if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000000.0)
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0;
+ else if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0)
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;
+ else
+ *value = p->value.freq.freq;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ } else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ if (p && p->found) {
+ *value = p->value.bool;
+ return TRUE;
+ } else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def)
+{
+ OptionInfoPtr p;
+
+ p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
+ if (p && p->found) {
+ return p->value.bool;
+ } else
+ return def;
+}
+
+
+int
+xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+ return xf86nameCompare(s1, s2);
+}
+
+char *
+xf86NormalizeName(const char *s)
+{
+ char *ret, *q;
+ const char *p;
+
+ if (s == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ ret = malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
+ for (p = s, q = ret; *p != 0; p++) {
+ switch (*p) {
+ case '_':
+ case ' ':
+ case '\t':
+ continue;
+ default:
+ if (isupper(*p))
+ *q++ = tolower(*p);
+ else
+ *q++ = *p;
+ }
+ }
+ *q = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c index 4663d0366..e8e5a3696 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c @@ -1,485 +1,485 @@ -/* - * - * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that - * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting - * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in - * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without - * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no - * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It - * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR - * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include "os.h" -#include "globals.h" -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86str.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86DDC.h" -#include "mipointer.h" -#include <randrstr.h> -#include "inputstr.h" - -typedef struct _xf86RandRInfo { - CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr CreateScreenResources; - CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen; - int virtualX; - int virtualY; - int mmWidth; - int mmHeight; - Rotation rotation; -} XF86RandRInfoRec, *XF86RandRInfoPtr; - -static DevPrivateKeyRec xf86RandRKeyRec; -static DevPrivateKey xf86RandRKey; - -#define XF86RANDRINFO(p) ((XF86RandRInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(p)->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey)) - -static int -xf86RandRModeRefresh (DisplayModePtr mode) -{ - if (mode->VRefresh) - return (int) (mode->VRefresh + 0.5); - else if (mode->Clock == 0) - return 0; - else - return (int) (mode->Clock * 1000.0 / mode->HTotal / mode->VTotal + 0.5); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations) -{ - RRScreenSizePtr pSize; - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - DisplayModePtr mode; - int refresh0 = 60; - xorgRRModeMM RRModeMM; - - *rotations = RR_Rotate_0; - - for (mode = scrp->modes; mode != NULL ; mode = mode->next) - { - int refresh = xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode); - - if (mode == scrp->modes) - refresh0 = refresh; - - RRModeMM.mode = mode; - RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX; - RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY; - RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth; - RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight; - - if(scrp->DriverFunc) { - (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM); - } - - pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen, - mode->HDisplay, mode->VDisplay, - RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight); - if (!pSize) - return FALSE; - RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh); - if (mode == scrp->currentMode && - mode->HDisplay == scrp->virtualX && mode->VDisplay == scrp->virtualY) - RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh, pSize); - if (mode->next == scrp->modes) - break; - } - if (scrp->currentMode->HDisplay != randrp->virtualX || - scrp->currentMode->VDisplay != randrp->virtualY) - { - mode = scrp->modes; - - RRModeMM.mode = NULL; - RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX; - RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY; - RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth; - RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight; - - if(scrp->DriverFunc) { - (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM); - } - - pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen, - randrp->virtualX, randrp->virtualY, - RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight); - if (!pSize) - return FALSE; - RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh0); - if (scrp->virtualX == randrp->virtualX && - scrp->virtualY == randrp->virtualY) - { - RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh0, pSize); - } - } - - /* If there is driver support for randr, let it set our supported rotations */ - if(scrp->DriverFunc) { - xorgRRRotation RRRotation; - - RRRotation.RRRotations = *rotations; - if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_INFO, &RRRotation)) - return TRUE; - *rotations = RRRotation.RRRotations; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandRSetMode (ScreenPtr pScreen, - DisplayModePtr mode, - Bool useVirtual, - int mmWidth, - int mmHeight) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - int oldWidth = pScreen->width; - int oldHeight = pScreen->height; - int oldmmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth; - int oldmmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight; - int oldVirtualX = scrp->virtualX; - int oldVirtualY = scrp->virtualY; - WindowPtr pRoot = pScreen->root; - Bool ret = TRUE; - - if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema) - (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE); - if (useVirtual) - { - scrp->virtualX = randrp->virtualX; - scrp->virtualY = randrp->virtualY; - } - else - { - scrp->virtualX = mode->HDisplay; - scrp->virtualY = mode->VDisplay; - } - - /* - * The DIX forgets the physical dimensions we passed into RRRegisterSize, so - * reconstruct them if possible. - */ - if(scrp->DriverFunc) { - xorgRRModeMM RRModeMM; - - RRModeMM.mode = mode; - RRModeMM.virtX = scrp->virtualX; - RRModeMM.virtY = scrp->virtualY; - RRModeMM.mmWidth = mmWidth; - RRModeMM.mmHeight = mmHeight; - - (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM); - - mmWidth = RRModeMM.mmWidth; - mmHeight = RRModeMM.mmHeight; - } - if(randrp->rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270)) - { - /* If the screen is rotated 90 or 270 degrees, swap the sizes. */ - pScreen->width = scrp->virtualY; - pScreen->height = scrp->virtualX; - pScreen->mmWidth = mmHeight; - pScreen->mmHeight = mmWidth; - } - else - { - pScreen->width = scrp->virtualX; - pScreen->height = scrp->virtualY; - pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth; - pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight; - } - if (!xf86SwitchMode (pScreen, mode)) - { - pScreen->width = oldWidth; - pScreen->height = oldHeight; - pScreen->mmWidth = oldmmWidth; - pScreen->mmHeight = oldmmHeight; - scrp->virtualX = oldVirtualX; - scrp->virtualY = oldVirtualY; - ret = FALSE; - } - /* - * Make sure the layout is correct - */ - xf86ReconfigureLayout(); - - /* - * Make sure the whole screen is visible - */ - xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width, pScreen->height); - xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0); - if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema) - (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE); - return ret; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandRSetConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen, - Rotation rotation, - int rate, - RRScreenSizePtr pSize) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - DisplayModePtr mode; - int pos[MAXDEVICES][2]; - Bool useVirtual = FALSE; - Rotation oldRotation = randrp->rotation; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - Bool view_adjusted = FALSE; - - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) - continue; - - miPointerGetPosition(dev, &pos[dev->id][0], &pos[dev->id][1]); - } - - for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next) - { - if (mode->HDisplay == pSize->width && - mode->VDisplay == pSize->height && - (rate == 0 || xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode) == rate)) - break; - if (mode->next == scrp->modes) - { - if (pSize->width == randrp->virtualX && - pSize->height == randrp->virtualY) - { - mode = scrp->modes; - useVirtual = TRUE; - break; - } - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (randrp->rotation != rotation) { - - /* Have the driver do its thing. */ - if (scrp->DriverFunc) { - xorgRRRotation RRRotation; - RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = rotation; - RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = rate; - RRRotation.RRConfig.width = pSize->width; - RRRotation.RRConfig.height = pSize->height; - - /* - * Currently we need to rely on HW support for rotation. - */ - if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation)) - return FALSE; - } else - return FALSE; - - randrp->rotation = rotation; - } - - if (!xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, useVirtual, pSize->mmWidth, pSize->mmHeight)) { - if(randrp->rotation != oldRotation) { - /* Have the driver undo its thing. */ - if (scrp->DriverFunc) { - xorgRRRotation RRRotation; - RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = oldRotation; - RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = xf86RandRModeRefresh (scrp->currentMode); - RRRotation.RRConfig.width = scrp->virtualX; - RRRotation.RRConfig.height = scrp->virtualY; - (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation); - } - - randrp->rotation = oldRotation; - } - return FALSE; - } - - /* - * Move the cursor back where it belongs; SwitchMode repositions it - * FIXME: duplicated code, see modes/xf86RandR12.c - */ - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) - continue; - - if (pScreen == miPointerGetScreen(dev)) { - int px = pos[dev->id][0]; - int py = pos[dev->id][1]; - - px = (px >= pScreen->width ? (pScreen->width - 1) : px); - py = (py >= pScreen->height ? (pScreen->height - 1) : py); - - /* Setting the viewpoint makes only sense on one device */ - if (!view_adjusted && IsMaster(dev)) { - xf86SetViewport(pScreen, px, py); - view_adjusted = TRUE; - } - - (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (dev, pScreen, px, py, FALSE); - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * Wait until the screen is initialized before whacking the - * sizes around; otherwise the screen pixmap will be allocated - * at the current mode size rather than the maximum size - */ -static Bool -xf86RandRCreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); -#if 0 - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - DisplayModePtr mode; -#endif - - pScreen->CreateScreenResources = randrp->CreateScreenResources; - if (!(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources) (pScreen)) - return FALSE; - -#if 0 - mode = scrp->currentMode; - if (mode) - xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, TRUE); -#endif - - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * Reset size back to original - */ -static Bool -xf86RandRCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - - scrp->virtualX = pScreen->width = randrp->virtualX; - scrp->virtualY = pScreen->height = randrp->virtualY; - scrp->currentMode = scrp->modes; - pScreen->CloseScreen = randrp->CloseScreen; - free(randrp); - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, NULL); - return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (index, pScreen); -} - -Rotation -xf86GetRotation(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - if (xf86RandRKey == NULL) - return RR_Rotate_0; - - return XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen)->rotation; -} - -/* Function to change RandR's idea of the virtual screen size */ -Bool -xf86RandRSetNewVirtualAndDimensions(ScreenPtr pScreen, - int newvirtX, int newvirtY, int newmmWidth, int newmmHeight, - Bool resetMode) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp; - - if (xf86RandRKey == NULL) - return FALSE; - - randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - if (randrp == NULL) - return FALSE; - - if (newvirtX > 0) - randrp->virtualX = newvirtX; - - if (newvirtY > 0) - randrp->virtualY = newvirtY; - - if (newmmWidth > 0) - randrp->mmWidth = newmmWidth; - - if (newmmHeight > 0) - randrp->mmHeight = newmmHeight; - - /* This is only for during server start */ - if (resetMode) { - return (xf86RandRSetMode(pScreen, - XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen)->currentMode, - TRUE, - pScreen->mmWidth, pScreen->mmHeight)); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -xf86RandRInit (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - rrScrPrivPtr rp; - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp; - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */ - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - return TRUE; -#endif - - xf86RandRKey = &xf86RandRKeyRec; - - if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86RandRKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0)) - return FALSE; - - randrp = malloc(sizeof (XF86RandRInfoRec)); - if (!randrp) - return FALSE; - - if (!RRScreenInit (pScreen)) - { - free(randrp); - return FALSE; - } - rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen); - rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandRGetInfo; - rp->rrSetConfig = xf86RandRSetConfig; - - randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX; - randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY; - randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth; - randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight; - - randrp->CreateScreenResources = pScreen->CreateScreenResources; - pScreen->CreateScreenResources = xf86RandRCreateScreenResources; - - randrp->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen; - pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86RandRCloseScreen; - - randrp->rotation = RR_Rotate_0; - - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, randrp); - return TRUE; -} - - +/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "os.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86str.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include <randrstr.h>
+#include "inputstr.h"
+
+typedef struct _xf86RandRInfo {
+ CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr CreateScreenResources;
+ CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+ int virtualX;
+ int virtualY;
+ int mmWidth;
+ int mmHeight;
+ Rotation rotation;
+} XF86RandRInfoRec, *XF86RandRInfoPtr;
+
+static DevPrivateKeyRec xf86RandRKeyRec;
+static DevPrivateKey xf86RandRKey;
+
+#define XF86RANDRINFO(p) ((XF86RandRInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(p)->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey))
+
+static int
+xf86RandRModeRefresh (DisplayModePtr mode)
+{
+ if (mode->VRefresh)
+ return (int) (mode->VRefresh + 0.5);
+ else if (mode->Clock == 0)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return (int) (mode->Clock * 1000.0 / mode->HTotal / mode->VTotal + 0.5);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations)
+{
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize;
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ int refresh0 = 60;
+ xorgRRModeMM RRModeMM;
+
+ *rotations = RR_Rotate_0;
+
+ for (mode = scrp->modes; mode != NULL ; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ int refresh = xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode);
+
+ if (mode == scrp->modes)
+ refresh0 = refresh;
+
+ RRModeMM.mode = mode;
+ RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX;
+ RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY;
+ RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth;
+ RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight;
+
+ if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
+ (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);
+ }
+
+ pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen,
+ mode->HDisplay, mode->VDisplay,
+ RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight);
+ if (!pSize)
+ return FALSE;
+ RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh);
+ if (mode == scrp->currentMode &&
+ mode->HDisplay == scrp->virtualX && mode->VDisplay == scrp->virtualY)
+ RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh, pSize);
+ if (mode->next == scrp->modes)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (scrp->currentMode->HDisplay != randrp->virtualX ||
+ scrp->currentMode->VDisplay != randrp->virtualY)
+ {
+ mode = scrp->modes;
+
+ RRModeMM.mode = NULL;
+ RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX;
+ RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY;
+ RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth;
+ RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight;
+
+ if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
+ (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);
+ }
+
+ pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen,
+ randrp->virtualX, randrp->virtualY,
+ RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight);
+ if (!pSize)
+ return FALSE;
+ RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh0);
+ if (scrp->virtualX == randrp->virtualX &&
+ scrp->virtualY == randrp->virtualY)
+ {
+ RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh0, pSize);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If there is driver support for randr, let it set our supported rotations */
+ if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
+ xorgRRRotation RRRotation;
+
+ RRRotation.RRRotations = *rotations;
+ if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_INFO, &RRRotation))
+ return TRUE;
+ *rotations = RRRotation.RRRotations;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandRSetMode (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ DisplayModePtr mode,
+ Bool useVirtual,
+ int mmWidth,
+ int mmHeight)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ int oldWidth = pScreen->width;
+ int oldHeight = pScreen->height;
+ int oldmmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+ int oldmmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+ int oldVirtualX = scrp->virtualX;
+ int oldVirtualY = scrp->virtualY;
+ WindowPtr pRoot = pScreen->root;
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+
+ if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema)
+ (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE);
+ if (useVirtual)
+ {
+ scrp->virtualX = randrp->virtualX;
+ scrp->virtualY = randrp->virtualY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ scrp->virtualX = mode->HDisplay;
+ scrp->virtualY = mode->VDisplay;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * The DIX forgets the physical dimensions we passed into RRRegisterSize, so
+ * reconstruct them if possible.
+ */
+ if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
+ xorgRRModeMM RRModeMM;
+
+ RRModeMM.mode = mode;
+ RRModeMM.virtX = scrp->virtualX;
+ RRModeMM.virtY = scrp->virtualY;
+ RRModeMM.mmWidth = mmWidth;
+ RRModeMM.mmHeight = mmHeight;
+
+ (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);
+
+ mmWidth = RRModeMM.mmWidth;
+ mmHeight = RRModeMM.mmHeight;
+ }
+ if(randrp->rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270))
+ {
+ /* If the screen is rotated 90 or 270 degrees, swap the sizes. */
+ pScreen->width = scrp->virtualY;
+ pScreen->height = scrp->virtualX;
+ pScreen->mmWidth = mmHeight;
+ pScreen->mmHeight = mmWidth;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pScreen->width = scrp->virtualX;
+ pScreen->height = scrp->virtualY;
+ pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth;
+ pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight;
+ }
+ if (!xf86SwitchMode (pScreen, mode))
+ {
+ pScreen->width = oldWidth;
+ pScreen->height = oldHeight;
+ pScreen->mmWidth = oldmmWidth;
+ pScreen->mmHeight = oldmmHeight;
+ scrp->virtualX = oldVirtualX;
+ scrp->virtualY = oldVirtualY;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Make sure the layout is correct
+ */
+ xf86ReconfigureLayout();
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure the whole screen is visible
+ */
+ xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width, pScreen->height);
+ xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0);
+ if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema)
+ (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandRSetConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int rate,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ int pos[MAXDEVICES][2];
+ Bool useVirtual = FALSE;
+ Rotation oldRotation = randrp->rotation;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Bool view_adjusted = FALSE;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ continue;
+
+ miPointerGetPosition(dev, &pos[dev->id][0], &pos[dev->id][1]);
+ }
+
+ for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ if (mode->HDisplay == pSize->width &&
+ mode->VDisplay == pSize->height &&
+ (rate == 0 || xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode) == rate))
+ break;
+ if (mode->next == scrp->modes)
+ {
+ if (pSize->width == randrp->virtualX &&
+ pSize->height == randrp->virtualY)
+ {
+ mode = scrp->modes;
+ useVirtual = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (randrp->rotation != rotation) {
+
+ /* Have the driver do its thing. */
+ if (scrp->DriverFunc) {
+ xorgRRRotation RRRotation;
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = rotation;
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = rate;
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.width = pSize->width;
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.height = pSize->height;
+
+ /*
+ * Currently we need to rely on HW support for rotation.
+ */
+ if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation))
+ return FALSE;
+ } else
+ return FALSE;
+
+ randrp->rotation = rotation;
+ }
+
+ if (!xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, useVirtual, pSize->mmWidth, pSize->mmHeight)) {
+ if(randrp->rotation != oldRotation) {
+ /* Have the driver undo its thing. */
+ if (scrp->DriverFunc) {
+ xorgRRRotation RRRotation;
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = oldRotation;
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = xf86RandRModeRefresh (scrp->currentMode);
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.width = scrp->virtualX;
+ RRRotation.RRConfig.height = scrp->virtualY;
+ (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation);
+ }
+
+ randrp->rotation = oldRotation;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Move the cursor back where it belongs; SwitchMode repositions it
+ * FIXME: duplicated code, see modes/xf86RandR12.c
+ */
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ continue;
+
+ if (pScreen == miPointerGetScreen(dev)) {
+ int px = pos[dev->id][0];
+ int py = pos[dev->id][1];
+
+ px = (px >= pScreen->width ? (pScreen->width - 1) : px);
+ py = (py >= pScreen->height ? (pScreen->height - 1) : py);
+
+ /* Setting the viewpoint makes only sense on one device */
+ if (!view_adjusted && IsMaster(dev)) {
+ xf86SetViewport(pScreen, px, py);
+ view_adjusted = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (dev, pScreen, px, py, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Wait until the screen is initialized before whacking the
+ * sizes around; otherwise the screen pixmap will be allocated
+ * at the current mode size rather than the maximum size
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86RandRCreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+#if 0
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+#endif
+
+ pScreen->CreateScreenResources = randrp->CreateScreenResources;
+ if (!(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources) (pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+
+#if 0
+ mode = scrp->currentMode;
+ if (mode)
+ xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, TRUE);
+#endif
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reset size back to original
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86RandRCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+
+ scrp->virtualX = pScreen->width = randrp->virtualX;
+ scrp->virtualY = pScreen->height = randrp->virtualY;
+ scrp->currentMode = scrp->modes;
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = randrp->CloseScreen;
+ free(randrp);
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, NULL);
+ return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (index, pScreen);
+}
+
+Rotation
+xf86GetRotation(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ if (xf86RandRKey == NULL)
+ return RR_Rotate_0;
+
+ return XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen)->rotation;
+}
+
+/* Function to change RandR's idea of the virtual screen size */
+Bool
+xf86RandRSetNewVirtualAndDimensions(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int newvirtX, int newvirtY, int newmmWidth, int newmmHeight,
+ Bool resetMode)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
+
+ if (xf86RandRKey == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ if (randrp == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (newvirtX > 0)
+ randrp->virtualX = newvirtX;
+
+ if (newvirtY > 0)
+ randrp->virtualY = newvirtY;
+
+ if (newmmWidth > 0)
+ randrp->mmWidth = newmmWidth;
+
+ if (newmmHeight > 0)
+ randrp->mmHeight = newmmHeight;
+
+ /* This is only for during server start */
+ if (resetMode) {
+ return (xf86RandRSetMode(pScreen,
+ XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen)->currentMode,
+ TRUE,
+ pScreen->mmWidth, pScreen->mmHeight));
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86RandRInit (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ rrScrPrivPtr rp;
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ return TRUE;
+#endif
+
+ xf86RandRKey = &xf86RandRKeyRec;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86RandRKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ randrp = malloc(sizeof (XF86RandRInfoRec));
+ if (!randrp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!RRScreenInit (pScreen))
+ {
+ free(randrp);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+ rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandRGetInfo;
+ rp->rrSetConfig = xf86RandRSetConfig;
+
+ randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX;
+ randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY;
+ randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+ randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+
+ randrp->CreateScreenResources = pScreen->CreateScreenResources;
+ pScreen->CreateScreenResources = xf86RandRCreateScreenResources;
+
+ randrp->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86RandRCloseScreen;
+
+ randrp->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, randrp);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c index ae22ef268..d3af0c0c2 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c @@ -1,1411 +1,1411 @@ -/* - * Copyright 1995-1999 by Frederic Lepied, France. <Lepied@XFree86.org> - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that - * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting - * documentation, and that the name of Frederic Lepied not be used in - * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without - * specific, written prior permission. Frederic Lepied makes no - * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It - * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * FREDERIC LEPIED DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL FREDERIC LEPIED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR - * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - * - */ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> -#include <X11/Xmd.h> -#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> -#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h> -#include <X11/Xatom.h> -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86Config.h" -#include "xf86Xinput.h" -#include "xf86Optrec.h" -#include "mipointer.h" -#include "extinit.h" -#include "loaderProcs.h" - -#include "exevents.h" /* AddInputDevice */ -#include "exglobals.h" -#include "eventstr.h" -#include "inpututils.h" - -#include <string.h> /* InputClassMatches */ -#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H -#include <fnmatch.h> -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H -#include <sys/utsname.h> -#endif - -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stdint.h> /* for int64_t */ - -#include "mi.h" - -#include <ptrveloc.h> /* dix pointer acceleration */ -#include <xserver-properties.h> - -#ifdef XFreeXDGA -#include "dgaproc.h" -#endif - -#include "xkbsrv.h" - -/* Valuator verification macro */ -#define XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators) \ - if (num_valuators > MAX_VALUATORS) { \ - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "%s: num_valuator %d is greater than" \ - " MAX_VALUATORS\n", __FUNCTION__, num_valuators); \ - return; \ - } - -EventListPtr xf86Events = NULL; - -static int -xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev); - -/** - * Eval config and modify DeviceVelocityRec accordingly - */ -static void -ProcessVelocityConfiguration(DeviceIntPtr pDev, char* devname, pointer list, - DeviceVelocityPtr s) -{ - int tempi; - float tempf; - Atom float_prop = XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT); - Atom prop; - - if(!s) - return; - - /* common settings (available via device properties) */ - tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ConstantDeceleration", 1.0); - if (tempf > 1.0) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) constant deceleration by %.1f\n", - devname, tempf); - prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION); - XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32, - PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE); - } - - tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "AdaptiveDeceleration", 1.0); - if (tempf > 1.0) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) adaptive deceleration by %.1f\n", - devname, tempf); - prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION); - XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32, - PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE); - } - - /* select profile by number */ - tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "AccelerationProfile", - s->statistics.profile_number); - - prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER); - if (XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, XA_INTEGER, 32, - PropModeReplace, 1, &tempi, FALSE) == Success) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i\n", devname, - tempi); - } else { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i is unknown\n", - devname, tempi); - } - - /* set scaling */ - tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ExpectedRate", 0); - prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING); - if (tempf > 0) { - tempf = 1000.0 / tempf; - XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32, - PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE); - } else { - tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityScale", s->corr_mul); - XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32, - PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE); - } - - tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityTrackerCount", -1); - if (tempi > 1) - InitTrackers(s, tempi); - - s->initial_range = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityInitialRange", - s->initial_range); - - s->max_diff = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityAbsDiff", s->max_diff); - - tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityRelDiff", -1); - if (tempf >= 0) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) max rel. velocity difference: %.1f%%\n", - devname, tempf*100.0); - s->max_rel_diff = tempf; - } - - /* Configure softening. If const deceleration is used, this is expected - * to provide better subpixel information so we enable - * softening by default only if ConstantDeceleration is not used - */ - s->use_softening = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Softening", - s->const_acceleration == 1.0); - - s->average_accel = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AccelerationProfileAveraging", - s->average_accel); - - s->reset_time = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityReset", s->reset_time); -} - -static void -ApplyAccelerationSettings(DeviceIntPtr dev){ - int scheme, i; - DeviceVelocityPtr pVel; - InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate; - char* schemeStr; - - if (dev->valuator && dev->ptrfeed) { - schemeStr = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationScheme", ""); - - scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number; - - if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "predictable")) - scheme = PtrAccelPredictable; - - if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "lightweight")) - scheme = PtrAccelLightweight; - - if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "none")) - scheme = PtrAccelNoOp; - - /* reinit scheme if needed */ - if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.number != scheme) { - if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) { - dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev); - } - - if (InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, scheme)) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) selected scheme %s/%i\n", - pInfo->name, schemeStr, scheme); - } else { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) could not init scheme %s\n", - pInfo->name, schemeStr); - scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number; - } - } else { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) keeping acceleration scheme %i\n", - pInfo->name, scheme); - } - - free(schemeStr); - - /* process special configuration */ - switch (scheme) { - case PtrAccelPredictable: - pVel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); - ProcessVelocityConfiguration (dev, pInfo->name, pInfo->options, - pVel); - break; - } - - i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationNumerator", - dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num); - if (i >= 0) - dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num = i; - - i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationDenominator", - dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den); - if (i > 0) - dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den = i; - - i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationThreshold", - dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold); - if (i >= 0) - dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold = i; - - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration factor: %.3f\n", - pInfo->name, ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)/ - ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den)); - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration threshold: %i\n", - pInfo->name, dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************** - * - * xf86ProcessCommonOptions -- - * - * Process global options. - * - *********************************************************************** - */ -void -xf86ProcessCommonOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo, - pointer list) -{ - if (xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Floating", 0) || - !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AlwaysCore", 1) || - !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "SendCoreEvents", 1) || - !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CorePointer", 1) || - !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CoreKeyboard", 1)) { - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: doesn't report core events\n", pInfo->name); - } else { - pInfo->flags |= XI86_ALWAYS_CORE; - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: always reports core events\n", pInfo->name); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************** - * - * xf86ActivateDevice -- - * - * Initialize an input device. - * - * Returns TRUE on success, or FALSE otherwise. - *********************************************************************** - */ -static DeviceIntPtr -xf86ActivateDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo) -{ - DeviceIntPtr dev; - Atom atom; - - dev = AddInputDevice(serverClient, pInfo->device_control, TRUE); - - if (dev == NULL) - { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Too many input devices. Ignoring %s\n", - pInfo->name); - pInfo->dev = NULL; - return NULL; - } - - atom = MakeAtom(pInfo->type_name, strlen(pInfo->type_name), TRUE); - AssignTypeAndName(dev, atom, pInfo->name); - dev->public.devicePrivate = pInfo; - pInfo->dev = dev; - - dev->coreEvents = pInfo->flags & XI86_ALWAYS_CORE; - dev->type = SLAVE; - dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE; - - dev->config_info = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "config_info", NULL); - - if (serverGeneration == 1) - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "XINPUT: Adding extended input device \"%s\" (type: %s)\n", - pInfo->name, pInfo->type_name); - - return dev; -} - -/**************************************************************************** - * - * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceMode - * - * Change the mode of an extension device. - * This function is used to change the mode of a device from reporting - * relative motion to reporting absolute positional information, and - * vice versa. - * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported. - * - *********************************************************************** - */ - -int -SetDeviceMode (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode) -{ - InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate; - - if (pInfo->switch_mode) { - return (*pInfo->switch_mode)(client, dev, mode); - } - else - return BadMatch; -} - - -/*********************************************************************** - * - * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceValuators - * - * Set the value of valuators on an extension input device. - * This function is used to set the initial value of valuators on - * those input devices that are capable of reporting either relative - * motion or an absolute position, and allow an initial position to be set. - * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported. - * - *********************************************************************** - */ - -int -SetDeviceValuators (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int *valuators, - int first_valuator, int num_valuators) -{ - InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) dev->public.devicePrivate; - - if (pInfo->set_device_valuators) - return (*pInfo->set_device_valuators)(pInfo, valuators, first_valuator, - num_valuators); - - return BadMatch; -} - - -/*********************************************************************** - * - * Caller: ProcXChangeDeviceControl - * - * Change the specified device controls on an extension input device. - * - *********************************************************************** - */ - -int -ChangeDeviceControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xDeviceCtl *control) -{ - InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate; - - if (!pInfo->control_proc) { - switch (control->control) { - case DEVICE_CORE: - case DEVICE_ABS_CALIB: - case DEVICE_ABS_AREA: - return BadMatch; - case DEVICE_RESOLUTION: - case DEVICE_ENABLE: - return Success; - default: - return BadMatch; - } - } - else { - return (*pInfo->control_proc)(pInfo, control); - } -} - -/* - * Get the operating system name from uname and store it statically to avoid - * repeating the system call each time MatchOS is checked. - */ -static const char * -HostOS(void) -{ -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H - struct utsname name; - static char host_os[sizeof(name.sysname)] = ""; - - if (*host_os == '\0') { - if (uname(&name) >= 0) - strcpy(host_os, name.sysname); - else { - strncpy(host_os, "unknown", sizeof(host_os)); - host_os[sizeof(host_os)-1] = '\0'; - } - } - return host_os; -#else - return ""; -#endif -} - -static int -match_substring(const char *attr, const char *pattern) -{ - return (strstr(attr, pattern)) ? 0 : -1; -} - -#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H -static int -match_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern) -{ - return fnmatch(pattern, attr, 0); -} -#else -#define match_pattern match_substring -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H -static int -match_path_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern) -{ - return fnmatch(pattern, attr, FNM_PATHNAME); -} -#else -#define match_path_pattern match_substring -#endif - -/* - * Match an attribute against a list of NULL terminated arrays of patterns. - * If a pattern in each list entry is matched, return TRUE. - */ -static Bool -MatchAttrToken(const char *attr, struct list *patterns, - int (*compare)(const char *attr, const char *pattern)) -{ - const xf86MatchGroup *group; - - /* If there are no patterns, accept the match */ - if (list_is_empty(patterns)) - return TRUE; - - /* If there are patterns but no attribute, reject the match */ - if (!attr) - return FALSE; - - /* - * Otherwise, iterate the list of patterns ensuring each entry has a - * match. Each list entry is a separate Match line of the same type. - */ - list_for_each_entry(group, patterns, entry) { - char * const *cur; - Bool match = FALSE; - - for (cur = group->values; *cur; cur++) - if ((*compare)(attr, *cur) == 0) { - match = TRUE; - break; - } - if (!match) - return FALSE; - } - - /* All the entries in the list matched the attribute */ - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * Classes without any Match statements match all devices. Otherwise, all - * statements must match. - */ -static Bool -InputClassMatches(const XF86ConfInputClassPtr iclass, const InputInfoPtr idev, - const InputAttributes *attrs) -{ - /* MatchProduct substring */ - if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->product, &iclass->match_product, match_substring)) - return FALSE; - - /* MatchVendor substring */ - if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->vendor, &iclass->match_vendor, match_substring)) - return FALSE; - - /* MatchDevicePath pattern */ - if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->device, &iclass->match_device, match_path_pattern)) - return FALSE; - - /* MatchOS case-insensitive string */ - if (!MatchAttrToken(HostOS(), &iclass->match_os, strcasecmp)) - return FALSE; - - /* MatchPnPID pattern */ - if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->pnp_id, &iclass->match_pnpid, match_pattern)) - return FALSE; - - /* MatchUSBID pattern */ - if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->usb_id, &iclass->match_usbid, match_pattern)) - return FALSE; - - /* MatchDriver string */ - if (!MatchAttrToken(idev->driver, &iclass->match_driver, strcmp)) - return FALSE; - - /* - * MatchTag string - * See if any of the device's tags match any of the MatchTag tokens. - */ - if (!list_is_empty(&iclass->match_tag)) { - char * const *tag; - Bool match; - - if (!attrs->tags) - return FALSE; - for (tag = attrs->tags, match = FALSE; *tag; tag++) { - if (MatchAttrToken(*tag, &iclass->match_tag, strcmp)) { - match = TRUE; - break; - } - } - if (!match) - return FALSE; - } - - /* MatchIs* booleans */ - if (iclass->is_keyboard.set && - iclass->is_keyboard.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_KEYBOARD)) - return FALSE; - if (iclass->is_pointer.set && - iclass->is_pointer.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_POINTER)) - return FALSE; - if (iclass->is_joystick.set && - iclass->is_joystick.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_JOYSTICK)) - return FALSE; - if (iclass->is_tablet.set && - iclass->is_tablet.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TABLET)) - return FALSE; - if (iclass->is_touchpad.set && - iclass->is_touchpad.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHPAD)) - return FALSE; - if (iclass->is_touchscreen.set && - iclass->is_touchscreen.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN)) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * Merge in any InputClass configurations. Options in each InputClass - * section have more priority than the original device configuration as - * well as any previous InputClass sections. - */ -static int -MergeInputClasses(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs) -{ - XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl; - XF86OptionPtr classopts; - - for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) { - if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs)) - continue; - - /* Collect class options and driver settings */ - classopts = xf86optionListDup(cl->option_lst); - if (cl->driver) { - free(idev->driver); - idev->driver = xstrdup(cl->driver); - if (!idev->driver) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Failed to allocate memory while merging " - "InputClass configuration"); - return BadAlloc; - } - classopts = xf86ReplaceStrOption(classopts, "driver", - idev->driver); - } - - /* Apply options to device with InputClass settings preferred. */ - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Applying InputClass \"%s\"\n", - idev->name, cl->identifier); - idev->options = xf86optionListMerge(idev->options, classopts); - } - - return Success; -} - -/* - * Iterate the list of classes and look for Option "Ignore". Return the - * value of the last matching class and holler when returning TRUE. - */ -static Bool -IgnoreInputClass(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs) -{ - XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl; - Bool ignore = FALSE; - const char *ignore_class; - - for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) { - if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs)) - continue; - if (xf86findOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore")) { - ignore = xf86CheckBoolOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore", FALSE); - ignore_class = cl->identifier; - } - } - - if (ignore) - xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Ignoring device from InputClass \"%s\"\n", - idev->name, ignore_class); - return ignore; -} - -InputInfoPtr -xf86AllocateInput(void) -{ - InputInfoPtr pInfo; - - pInfo = calloc(sizeof(*pInfo), 1); - if (!pInfo) - return NULL; - - pInfo->fd = -1; - pInfo->type_name = "UNKNOWN"; - - return pInfo; -} - -/* Append InputInfoRec to the tail of xf86InputDevs. */ -static void -xf86AddInput(InputDriverPtr drv, InputInfoPtr pInfo) -{ - InputInfoPtr *prev = NULL; - - pInfo->drv = drv; - pInfo->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL); - - for (prev = &xf86InputDevs; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next) - ; - - *prev = pInfo; - pInfo->next = NULL; - - xf86CollectInputOptions(pInfo, (const char**)drv->default_options); - xf86OptionListReport(pInfo->options); - xf86ProcessCommonOptions(pInfo, pInfo->options); -} - -/* - * Remove an entry from xf86InputDevs and free all the device's information. - */ -void -xf86DeleteInput(InputInfoPtr pInp, int flags) -{ - /* First check if the inputdev is valid. */ - if (pInp == NULL) - return; - - if (pInp->module) - UnloadModule(pInp->module); - - /* This should *really* be handled in drv->UnInit(dev) call instead, but - * if the driver forgets about it make sure we free it or at least crash - * with flying colors */ - free(pInp->private); - - FreeInputAttributes(pInp->attrs); - - /* Remove the entry from the list. */ - if (pInp == xf86InputDevs) - xf86InputDevs = pInp->next; - else { - InputInfoPtr p = xf86InputDevs; - while (p && p->next != pInp) - p = p->next; - if (p) - p->next = pInp->next; - /* Else the entry wasn't in the xf86InputDevs list (ignore this). */ - } - - free(pInp->driver); - free(pInp->name); - xf86optionListFree(pInp->options); - free(pInp); -} - -/* - * Apply backend-specific initialization. Invoked after ActiveteDevice(), - * i.e. after the driver successfully completed DEVICE_INIT and the device - * is advertised. - * @param dev the device - * @return Success or an error code - */ -static int -xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev) { - ApplyAccelerationSettings(dev); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Create a new input device, activate and enable it. - * - * Possible return codes: - * BadName .. a bad driver name was supplied. - * BadImplementation ... The driver does not have a PreInit function. This - * is a driver bug. - * BadMatch .. device initialization failed. - * BadAlloc .. too many input devices - * - * @param idev The device, already set up with identifier, driver, and the - * options. - * @param pdev Pointer to the new device, if Success was reported. - * @param enable Enable the device after activating it. - * - * @return Success or an error code - */ -_X_INTERNAL int -xf86NewInputDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo, DeviceIntPtr *pdev, BOOL enable) -{ - InputDriverPtr drv = NULL; - DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL; - int rval; - - /* Memory leak for every attached device if we don't - * test if the module is already loaded first */ - drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver); - if (!drv) - if (xf86LoadOneModule(pInfo->driver, NULL)) - drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver); - if (!drv) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No input driver matching `%s'\n", pInfo->driver); - rval = BadName; - goto unwind; - } - - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "Using input driver '%s' for '%s'\n", drv->driverName, pInfo->name); - - if (!drv->PreInit) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, - "Input driver `%s' has no PreInit function (ignoring)\n", - drv->driverName); - rval = BadImplementation; - goto unwind; - } - - xf86AddInput(drv, pInfo); - - rval = drv->PreInit(drv, pInfo, 0); - - if (rval != Success) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "PreInit returned %d for \"%s\"\n", rval, pInfo->name); - goto unwind; - } - - if (!(dev = xf86ActivateDevice(pInfo))) - { - rval = BadAlloc; - goto unwind; - } - - rval = ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE); - if (rval != Success) - { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name); - RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE); - goto unwind; - } - - rval = xf86InputDevicePostInit(dev); - if (rval != Success) - { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't post-init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name); - RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE); - goto unwind; - } - - /* Enable it if it's properly initialised and we're currently in the VT */ - if (enable && dev->inited && dev->startup && xf86Screens[0]->vtSema) - { - OsBlockSignals(); - EnableDevice(dev, TRUE); - if (!dev->enabled) - { - OsReleaseSignals(); - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name); - rval = BadMatch; - goto unwind; - } - /* send enter/leave event, update sprite window */ - CheckMotion(NULL, dev); - OsReleaseSignals(); - } - - *pdev = dev; - return Success; - -unwind: - if(pInfo) { - if(drv && drv->UnInit) - drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0); - else - xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0); - } - return rval; -} - -int -NewInputDeviceRequest (InputOption *options, InputAttributes *attrs, - DeviceIntPtr *pdev) -{ - InputInfoPtr pInfo = NULL; - InputOption *option = NULL; - int rval = Success; - int is_auto = 0; - - pInfo = xf86AllocateInput(); - if (!pInfo) - return BadAlloc; - - for (option = options; option; option = option->next) { - if (strcasecmp(option->key, "driver") == 0) { - if (pInfo->driver) { - rval = BadRequest; - goto unwind; - } - pInfo->driver = xstrdup(option->value); - if (!pInfo->driver) { - rval = BadAlloc; - goto unwind; - } - } - - if (strcasecmp(option->key, "name") == 0 || - strcasecmp(option->key, "identifier") == 0) { - if (pInfo->name) { - rval = BadRequest; - goto unwind; - } - pInfo->name = xstrdup(option->value); - if (!pInfo->name) { - rval = BadAlloc; - goto unwind; - } - } - - if (strcmp(option->key, "_source") == 0 && - (strcmp(option->value, "server/hal") == 0 || - strcmp(option->value, "server/udev") == 0)) { - is_auto = 1; - if (!xf86Info.autoAddDevices) { - rval = BadMatch; - goto unwind; - } - } - } - - for (option = options; option; option = option->next) { - /* Steal option key/value strings from the provided list. - * We need those strings, the InputOption list doesn't. */ - pInfo->options = xf86addNewOption(pInfo->options, - option->key, option->value); - option->key = NULL; - option->value = NULL; - } - - /* Apply InputClass settings */ - if (attrs) { - if (IgnoreInputClass(pInfo, attrs)) { - rval = BadIDChoice; - goto unwind; - } - - rval = MergeInputClasses(pInfo, attrs); - if (rval != Success) - goto unwind; - - pInfo->attrs = DuplicateInputAttributes(attrs); - } - - if (!pInfo->driver || !pInfo->name) { - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No input driver/identifier specified (ignoring)\n"); - rval = BadRequest; - goto unwind; - } - - if (!pInfo->name) { - xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No device identifier specified (ignoring)\n"); - rval = BadMatch; - goto unwind; - } - - rval = xf86NewInputDevice(pInfo, pdev, - (!is_auto || (is_auto && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices))); - - return rval; - -unwind: - if (is_auto && !xf86Info.autoAddDevices) - xf86Msg(X_INFO, "AutoAddDevices is off - not adding device.\n"); - xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0); - return rval; -} - -void -DeleteInputDeviceRequest(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) pDev->public.devicePrivate; - InputDriverPtr drv = NULL; - Bool isMaster = IsMaster(pDev); - - if (pInfo) /* need to get these before RemoveDevice */ - drv = pInfo->drv; - - OsBlockSignals(); - RemoveDevice(pDev, TRUE); - - if (!isMaster && pInfo != NULL) - { - if(drv->UnInit) - drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0); - else - xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0); - } - OsReleaseSignals(); -} - -/* - * convenient functions to post events - */ - -void -xf86PostMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_absolute, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - ...) -{ - va_list var; - int i = 0; - ValuatorMask mask; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_zero(&mask); - va_start(var, num_valuators); - for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++) - valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int)); - va_end(var); - - xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostMotionEventP(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_absolute, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - const int *valuators) -{ - ValuatorMask mask; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostMotionEventM(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_absolute, - const ValuatorMask *mask) -{ - int i = 0, nevents = 0; - DeviceEvent *event; - int flags = 0; - - if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0) - { - if (is_absolute) - flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE; - else - flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE; - } - -#if XFreeXDGA - /* The evdev driver may not always send all axes across. */ - if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) || - valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1)) - if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) { - int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum; - int dx = 0, dy = 0; - - if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0)) - { - dx = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0); - if (is_absolute) - dx -= device->last.valuators[0]; - } - - if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1)) - { - dy = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1); - if (is_absolute) - dy -= device->last.valuators[1]; - } - - if (DGAStealMotionEvent(device, index, dx, dy)) - return; - } -#endif - - nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device, MotionNotify, 0, flags, mask); - - for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) { - event = (DeviceEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event); - mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event)); - } -} - -void -xf86PostProximityEvent(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_in, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - ...) -{ - va_list var; - int i; - ValuatorMask mask; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_zero(&mask); - va_start(var, num_valuators); - for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++) - valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int)); - va_end(var); - - xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostProximityEventP(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_in, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - const int *valuators) -{ - ValuatorMask mask; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostProximityEventM(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_in, - const ValuatorMask *mask) -{ - int i, nevents; - - nevents = GetProximityEvents(xf86Events, device, - is_in ? ProximityIn : ProximityOut, mask); - for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) - mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event)); - -} - -void -xf86PostButtonEvent(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_absolute, - int button, - int is_down, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - ...) -{ - va_list var; - ValuatorMask mask; - int i = 0; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_zero(&mask); - - va_start(var, num_valuators); - for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++) - valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int)); - va_end(var); - - xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostButtonEventP(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_absolute, - int button, - int is_down, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - const int *valuators) -{ - ValuatorMask mask; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostButtonEventM(DeviceIntPtr device, - int is_absolute, - int button, - int is_down, - const ValuatorMask *mask) -{ - int i = 0, nevents = 0; - int flags = 0; - - if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0) - { - if (is_absolute) - flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE; - else - flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE; - } - -#if XFreeXDGA - if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) { - int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum; - - if (DGAStealButtonEvent(device, index, button, is_down)) - return; - } -#endif - - nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device, - is_down ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease, button, - flags, mask); - - for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) - mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event)); - -} - -void -xf86PostKeyEvent(DeviceIntPtr device, - unsigned int key_code, - int is_down, - int is_absolute, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - ...) -{ - va_list var; - int i = 0; - ValuatorMask mask; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_zero(&mask); - - va_start(var, num_valuators); - for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++) - valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int)); - va_end(var); - - xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostKeyEventP(DeviceIntPtr device, - unsigned int key_code, - int is_down, - int is_absolute, - int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, - const int *valuators) -{ - ValuatorMask mask; - - XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators); - - valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask); -} - -void -xf86PostKeyEventM(DeviceIntPtr device, - unsigned int key_code, - int is_down, - int is_absolute, - const ValuatorMask *mask) -{ - int i = 0, nevents = 0; - -#if XFreeXDGA - DeviceIntPtr pointer; - - /* Some pointers send key events, paired device is wrong then. */ - pointer = IsPointerDevice(device) ? device : GetPairedDevice(device); - if (miPointerGetScreen(pointer)) { - int index = miPointerGetScreen(pointer)->myNum; - - if (DGAStealKeyEvent(device, index, key_code, is_down)) - return; - } -#endif - - if (is_absolute) { - nevents = GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(xf86Events, device, - is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease, - key_code, mask); - } - else { - nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(xf86Events, device, - is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease, - key_code); - } - - for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) - mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event)); -} - -void -xf86PostKeyboardEvent(DeviceIntPtr device, - unsigned int key_code, - int is_down) -{ - ValuatorMask mask; - - valuator_mask_zero(&mask); - xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, 0, &mask); -} - -InputInfoPtr -xf86FirstLocalDevice(void) -{ - return xf86InputDevs; -} - -/* - * Cx - raw data from touch screen - * to_max - scaled highest dimension - * (remember, this is of rows - 1 because of 0 origin) - * to_min - scaled lowest dimension - * from_max - highest raw value from touch screen calibration - * from_min - lowest raw value from touch screen calibration - * - * This function is the same for X or Y coordinates. - * You may have to reverse the high and low values to compensate for - * different orgins on the touch screen vs X. - * - * e.g. to scale from device coordinates into screen coordinates, call - * xf86ScaleAxis(x, 0, screen_width, dev_min, dev_max); - */ - -int -xf86ScaleAxis(int Cx, - int to_max, - int to_min, - int from_max, - int from_min ) -{ - int X; - int64_t to_width = to_max - to_min; - int64_t from_width = from_max - from_min; - - if (from_width) { - X = (int)(((to_width * (Cx - from_min)) / from_width) + to_min); - } - else { - X = 0; - ErrorF ("Divide by Zero in xf86ScaleAxis\n"); - } - - if (X > to_max) - X = to_max; - if (X < to_min) - X = to_min; - - return X; -} - -/* - * This function checks the given screen against the current screen and - * makes changes if appropriate. It should be called from an XInput driver's - * ReadInput function before any events are posted, if the device is screen - * specific like a touch screen. - */ -void -xf86XInputSetScreen(InputInfoPtr pInfo, - int screen_number, - int x, - int y) -{ - if (miPointerGetScreen(pInfo->dev) != - screenInfo.screens[screen_number]) { - miPointerSetScreen(pInfo->dev, screen_number, x, y); - } -} - - -void -xf86InitValuatorAxisStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum, Atom label, int minval, int maxval, - int resolution, int min_res, int max_res, int mode) -{ - if (!dev || !dev->valuator) - return; - - InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, axnum, label, minval, maxval, resolution, min_res, - max_res, mode); -} - -/* - * Set the valuator values to be in synch with dix/event.c - * DefineInitialRootWindow(). - */ -void -xf86InitValuatorDefaults(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum) -{ - if (axnum == 0) { - dev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2; - dev->last.valuators[0] = dev->valuator->axisVal[0]; - } - else if (axnum == 1) { - dev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2; - dev->last.valuators[1] = dev->valuator->axisVal[1]; - } -} - - -/** - * Deactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you receive a - * read error or something else that spoils your day. - * Device will be moved to the off_devices list, but it will still be there - * until you really clean up after it. - * Notifies the client about an inactive device. - * - * @param panic True if device is unrecoverable and needs to be removed. - */ -void -xf86DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool panic) -{ - if(!panic) - { - DisableDevice(dev, TRUE); - } else - { - SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceUnrecoverable); - DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev); - } -} - -/** - * Reactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you just found - * out that the read error wasn't quite that bad after all. - * Device will be re-activated, and an event sent to the client. - */ -void -xf86EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - EnableDevice(dev, TRUE); -} - -/* end of xf86Xinput.c */ +/*
+ * Copyright 1995-1999 by Frederic Lepied, France. <Lepied@XFree86.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Frederic Lepied not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Frederic Lepied makes no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * FREDERIC LEPIED DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL FREDERIC LEPIED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86Config.h"
+#include "xf86Xinput.h"
+#include "xf86Optrec.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+#include "loaderProcs.h"
+
+#include "exevents.h" /* AddInputDevice */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+
+#include <string.h> /* InputClassMatches */
+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdint.h> /* for int64_t */
+
+#include "mi.h"
+
+#include <ptrveloc.h> /* dix pointer acceleration */
+#include <xserver-properties.h>
+
+#ifdef XFreeXDGA
+#include "dgaproc.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+/* Valuator verification macro */
+#define XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators) \
+ if (num_valuators > MAX_VALUATORS) { \
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "%s: num_valuator %d is greater than" \
+ " MAX_VALUATORS\n", __FUNCTION__, num_valuators); \
+ return; \
+ }
+
+EventListPtr xf86Events = NULL;
+
+static int
+xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev);
+
+/**
+ * Eval config and modify DeviceVelocityRec accordingly
+ */
+static void
+ProcessVelocityConfiguration(DeviceIntPtr pDev, char* devname, pointer list,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr s)
+{
+ int tempi;
+ float tempf;
+ Atom float_prop = XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT);
+ Atom prop;
+
+ if(!s)
+ return;
+
+ /* common settings (available via device properties) */
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ConstantDeceleration", 1.0);
+ if (tempf > 1.0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) constant deceleration by %.1f\n",
+ devname, tempf);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "AdaptiveDeceleration", 1.0);
+ if (tempf > 1.0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) adaptive deceleration by %.1f\n",
+ devname, tempf);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ /* select profile by number */
+ tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "AccelerationProfile",
+ s->statistics.profile_number);
+
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+ if (XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, XA_INTEGER, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempi, FALSE) == Success) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i\n", devname,
+ tempi);
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i is unknown\n",
+ devname, tempi);
+ }
+
+ /* set scaling */
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ExpectedRate", 0);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+ if (tempf > 0) {
+ tempf = 1000.0 / tempf;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ } else {
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityScale", s->corr_mul);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityTrackerCount", -1);
+ if (tempi > 1)
+ InitTrackers(s, tempi);
+
+ s->initial_range = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityInitialRange",
+ s->initial_range);
+
+ s->max_diff = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityAbsDiff", s->max_diff);
+
+ tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityRelDiff", -1);
+ if (tempf >= 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) max rel. velocity difference: %.1f%%\n",
+ devname, tempf*100.0);
+ s->max_rel_diff = tempf;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure softening. If const deceleration is used, this is expected
+ * to provide better subpixel information so we enable
+ * softening by default only if ConstantDeceleration is not used
+ */
+ s->use_softening = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Softening",
+ s->const_acceleration == 1.0);
+
+ s->average_accel = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AccelerationProfileAveraging",
+ s->average_accel);
+
+ s->reset_time = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityReset", s->reset_time);
+}
+
+static void
+ApplyAccelerationSettings(DeviceIntPtr dev){
+ int scheme, i;
+ DeviceVelocityPtr pVel;
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
+ char* schemeStr;
+
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->ptrfeed) {
+ schemeStr = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationScheme", "");
+
+ scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
+
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "predictable"))
+ scheme = PtrAccelPredictable;
+
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "lightweight"))
+ scheme = PtrAccelLightweight;
+
+ if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "none"))
+ scheme = PtrAccelNoOp;
+
+ /* reinit scheme if needed */
+ if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.number != scheme) {
+ if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) {
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+ }
+
+ if (InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, scheme)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) selected scheme %s/%i\n",
+ pInfo->name, schemeStr, scheme);
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) could not init scheme %s\n",
+ pInfo->name, schemeStr);
+ scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
+ }
+ } else {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) keeping acceleration scheme %i\n",
+ pInfo->name, scheme);
+ }
+
+ free(schemeStr);
+
+ /* process special configuration */
+ switch (scheme) {
+ case PtrAccelPredictable:
+ pVel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ ProcessVelocityConfiguration (dev, pInfo->name, pInfo->options,
+ pVel);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationNumerator",
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num = i;
+
+ i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationDenominator",
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
+ if (i > 0)
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den = i;
+
+ i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationThreshold",
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold = i;
+
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration factor: %.3f\n",
+ pInfo->name, ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)/
+ ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den));
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration threshold: %i\n",
+ pInfo->name, dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
+ }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xf86ProcessCommonOptions --
+ *
+ * Process global options.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+void
+xf86ProcessCommonOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo,
+ pointer list)
+{
+ if (xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Floating", 0) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AlwaysCore", 1) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "SendCoreEvents", 1) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CorePointer", 1) ||
+ !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CoreKeyboard", 1)) {
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: doesn't report core events\n", pInfo->name);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->flags |= XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: always reports core events\n", pInfo->name);
+ }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xf86ActivateDevice --
+ *
+ * Initialize an input device.
+ *
+ * Returns TRUE on success, or FALSE otherwise.
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+static DeviceIntPtr
+xf86ActivateDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Atom atom;
+
+ dev = AddInputDevice(serverClient, pInfo->device_control, TRUE);
+
+ if (dev == NULL)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Too many input devices. Ignoring %s\n",
+ pInfo->name);
+ pInfo->dev = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ atom = MakeAtom(pInfo->type_name, strlen(pInfo->type_name), TRUE);
+ AssignTypeAndName(dev, atom, pInfo->name);
+ dev->public.devicePrivate = pInfo;
+ pInfo->dev = dev;
+
+ dev->coreEvents = pInfo->flags & XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
+ dev->type = SLAVE;
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+ dev->config_info = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "config_info", NULL);
+
+ if (serverGeneration == 1)
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "XINPUT: Adding extended input device \"%s\" (type: %s)\n",
+ pInfo->name, pInfo->type_name);
+
+ return dev;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceMode
+ *
+ * Change the mode of an extension device.
+ * This function is used to change the mode of a device from reporting
+ * relative motion to reporting absolute positional information, and
+ * vice versa.
+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+int
+SetDeviceMode (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
+
+ if (pInfo->switch_mode) {
+ return (*pInfo->switch_mode)(client, dev, mode);
+ }
+ else
+ return BadMatch;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller: ProcXSetDeviceValuators
+ *
+ * Set the value of valuators on an extension input device.
+ * This function is used to set the initial value of valuators on
+ * those input devices that are capable of reporting either relative
+ * motion or an absolute position, and allow an initial position to be set.
+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+int
+SetDeviceValuators (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int *valuators,
+ int first_valuator, int num_valuators)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) dev->public.devicePrivate;
+
+ if (pInfo->set_device_valuators)
+ return (*pInfo->set_device_valuators)(pInfo, valuators, first_valuator,
+ num_valuators);
+
+ return BadMatch;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller: ProcXChangeDeviceControl
+ *
+ * Change the specified device controls on an extension input device.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeDeviceControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xDeviceCtl *control)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
+
+ if (!pInfo->control_proc) {
+ switch (control->control) {
+ case DEVICE_CORE:
+ case DEVICE_ABS_CALIB:
+ case DEVICE_ABS_AREA:
+ return BadMatch;
+ case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+ case DEVICE_ENABLE:
+ return Success;
+ default:
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ return (*pInfo->control_proc)(pInfo, control);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the operating system name from uname and store it statically to avoid
+ * repeating the system call each time MatchOS is checked.
+ */
+static const char *
+HostOS(void)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
+ struct utsname name;
+ static char host_os[sizeof(name.sysname)] = "";
+
+ if (*host_os == '\0') {
+ if (uname(&name) >= 0)
+ strcpy(host_os, name.sysname);
+ else {
+ strncpy(host_os, "unknown", sizeof(host_os));
+ host_os[sizeof(host_os)-1] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ return host_os;
+#else
+ return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+match_substring(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
+{
+ return (strstr(attr, pattern)) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
+static int
+match_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
+{
+ return fnmatch(pattern, attr, 0);
+}
+#else
+#define match_pattern match_substring
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
+static int
+match_path_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
+{
+ return fnmatch(pattern, attr, FNM_PATHNAME);
+}
+#else
+#define match_path_pattern match_substring
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Match an attribute against a list of NULL terminated arrays of patterns.
+ * If a pattern in each list entry is matched, return TRUE.
+ */
+static Bool
+MatchAttrToken(const char *attr, struct list *patterns,
+ int (*compare)(const char *attr, const char *pattern))
+{
+ const xf86MatchGroup *group;
+
+ /* If there are no patterns, accept the match */
+ if (list_is_empty(patterns))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* If there are patterns but no attribute, reject the match */
+ if (!attr)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Otherwise, iterate the list of patterns ensuring each entry has a
+ * match. Each list entry is a separate Match line of the same type.
+ */
+ list_for_each_entry(group, patterns, entry) {
+ char * const *cur;
+ Bool match = FALSE;
+
+ for (cur = group->values; *cur; cur++)
+ if ((*compare)(attr, *cur) == 0) {
+ match = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!match)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* All the entries in the list matched the attribute */
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Classes without any Match statements match all devices. Otherwise, all
+ * statements must match.
+ */
+static Bool
+InputClassMatches(const XF86ConfInputClassPtr iclass, const InputInfoPtr idev,
+ const InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ /* MatchProduct substring */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->product, &iclass->match_product, match_substring))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchVendor substring */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->vendor, &iclass->match_vendor, match_substring))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchDevicePath pattern */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->device, &iclass->match_device, match_path_pattern))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchOS case-insensitive string */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(HostOS(), &iclass->match_os, strcasecmp))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchPnPID pattern */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->pnp_id, &iclass->match_pnpid, match_pattern))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchUSBID pattern */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->usb_id, &iclass->match_usbid, match_pattern))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* MatchDriver string */
+ if (!MatchAttrToken(idev->driver, &iclass->match_driver, strcmp))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * MatchTag string
+ * See if any of the device's tags match any of the MatchTag tokens.
+ */
+ if (!list_is_empty(&iclass->match_tag)) {
+ char * const *tag;
+ Bool match;
+
+ if (!attrs->tags)
+ return FALSE;
+ for (tag = attrs->tags, match = FALSE; *tag; tag++) {
+ if (MatchAttrToken(*tag, &iclass->match_tag, strcmp)) {
+ match = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!match)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* MatchIs* booleans */
+ if (iclass->is_keyboard.set &&
+ iclass->is_keyboard.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_KEYBOARD))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_pointer.set &&
+ iclass->is_pointer.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_POINTER))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_joystick.set &&
+ iclass->is_joystick.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_JOYSTICK))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_tablet.set &&
+ iclass->is_tablet.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TABLET))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_touchpad.set &&
+ iclass->is_touchpad.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHPAD))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (iclass->is_touchscreen.set &&
+ iclass->is_touchscreen.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Merge in any InputClass configurations. Options in each InputClass
+ * section have more priority than the original device configuration as
+ * well as any previous InputClass sections.
+ */
+static int
+MergeInputClasses(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
+ XF86OptionPtr classopts;
+
+ for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
+ if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Collect class options and driver settings */
+ classopts = xf86optionListDup(cl->option_lst);
+ if (cl->driver) {
+ free(idev->driver);
+ idev->driver = xstrdup(cl->driver);
+ if (!idev->driver) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Failed to allocate memory while merging "
+ "InputClass configuration");
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ classopts = xf86ReplaceStrOption(classopts, "driver",
+ idev->driver);
+ }
+
+ /* Apply options to device with InputClass settings preferred. */
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Applying InputClass \"%s\"\n",
+ idev->name, cl->identifier);
+ idev->options = xf86optionListMerge(idev->options, classopts);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Iterate the list of classes and look for Option "Ignore". Return the
+ * value of the last matching class and holler when returning TRUE.
+ */
+static Bool
+IgnoreInputClass(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
+ Bool ignore = FALSE;
+ const char *ignore_class;
+
+ for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
+ if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
+ continue;
+ if (xf86findOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore")) {
+ ignore = xf86CheckBoolOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore", FALSE);
+ ignore_class = cl->identifier;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ignore)
+ xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Ignoring device from InputClass \"%s\"\n",
+ idev->name, ignore_class);
+ return ignore;
+}
+
+InputInfoPtr
+xf86AllocateInput(void)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo;
+
+ pInfo = calloc(sizeof(*pInfo), 1);
+ if (!pInfo)
+ return NULL;
+
+ pInfo->fd = -1;
+ pInfo->type_name = "UNKNOWN";
+
+ return pInfo;
+}
+
+/* Append InputInfoRec to the tail of xf86InputDevs. */
+static void
+xf86AddInput(InputDriverPtr drv, InputInfoPtr pInfo)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr *prev = NULL;
+
+ pInfo->drv = drv;
+ pInfo->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);
+
+ for (prev = &xf86InputDevs; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+
+ *prev = pInfo;
+ pInfo->next = NULL;
+
+ xf86CollectInputOptions(pInfo, (const char**)drv->default_options);
+ xf86OptionListReport(pInfo->options);
+ xf86ProcessCommonOptions(pInfo, pInfo->options);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove an entry from xf86InputDevs and free all the device's information.
+ */
+void
+xf86DeleteInput(InputInfoPtr pInp, int flags)
+{
+ /* First check if the inputdev is valid. */
+ if (pInp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (pInp->module)
+ UnloadModule(pInp->module);
+
+ /* This should *really* be handled in drv->UnInit(dev) call instead, but
+ * if the driver forgets about it make sure we free it or at least crash
+ * with flying colors */
+ free(pInp->private);
+
+ FreeInputAttributes(pInp->attrs);
+
+ /* Remove the entry from the list. */
+ if (pInp == xf86InputDevs)
+ xf86InputDevs = pInp->next;
+ else {
+ InputInfoPtr p = xf86InputDevs;
+ while (p && p->next != pInp)
+ p = p->next;
+ if (p)
+ p->next = pInp->next;
+ /* Else the entry wasn't in the xf86InputDevs list (ignore this). */
+ }
+
+ free(pInp->driver);
+ free(pInp->name);
+ xf86optionListFree(pInp->options);
+ free(pInp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Apply backend-specific initialization. Invoked after ActiveteDevice(),
+ * i.e. after the driver successfully completed DEVICE_INIT and the device
+ * is advertised.
+ * @param dev the device
+ * @return Success or an error code
+ */
+static int
+xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev) {
+ ApplyAccelerationSettings(dev);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new input device, activate and enable it.
+ *
+ * Possible return codes:
+ * BadName .. a bad driver name was supplied.
+ * BadImplementation ... The driver does not have a PreInit function. This
+ * is a driver bug.
+ * BadMatch .. device initialization failed.
+ * BadAlloc .. too many input devices
+ *
+ * @param idev The device, already set up with identifier, driver, and the
+ * options.
+ * @param pdev Pointer to the new device, if Success was reported.
+ * @param enable Enable the device after activating it.
+ *
+ * @return Success or an error code
+ */
+_X_INTERNAL int
+xf86NewInputDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo, DeviceIntPtr *pdev, BOOL enable)
+{
+ InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
+ int rval;
+
+ /* Memory leak for every attached device if we don't
+ * test if the module is already loaded first */
+ drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
+ if (!drv)
+ if (xf86LoadOneModule(pInfo->driver, NULL))
+ drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
+ if (!drv) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No input driver matching `%s'\n", pInfo->driver);
+ rval = BadName;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "Using input driver '%s' for '%s'\n", drv->driverName, pInfo->name);
+
+ if (!drv->PreInit) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
+ "Input driver `%s' has no PreInit function (ignoring)\n",
+ drv->driverName);
+ rval = BadImplementation;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ xf86AddInput(drv, pInfo);
+
+ rval = drv->PreInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
+
+ if (rval != Success) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "PreInit returned %d for \"%s\"\n", rval, pInfo->name);
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ if (!(dev = xf86ActivateDevice(pInfo)))
+ {
+ rval = BadAlloc;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ if (rval != Success)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
+ RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = xf86InputDevicePostInit(dev);
+ if (rval != Success)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't post-init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
+ RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable it if it's properly initialised and we're currently in the VT */
+ if (enable && dev->inited && dev->startup && xf86Screens[0]->vtSema)
+ {
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ if (!dev->enabled)
+ {
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
+ rval = BadMatch;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ /* send enter/leave event, update sprite window */
+ CheckMotion(NULL, dev);
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+ }
+
+ *pdev = dev;
+ return Success;
+
+unwind:
+ if(pInfo) {
+ if(drv && drv->UnInit)
+ drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
+ else
+ xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
+ }
+ return rval;
+}
+
+int
+NewInputDeviceRequest (InputOption *options, InputAttributes *attrs,
+ DeviceIntPtr *pdev)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = NULL;
+ InputOption *option = NULL;
+ int rval = Success;
+ int is_auto = 0;
+
+ pInfo = xf86AllocateInput();
+ if (!pInfo)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
+ if (strcasecmp(option->key, "driver") == 0) {
+ if (pInfo->driver) {
+ rval = BadRequest;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ pInfo->driver = xstrdup(option->value);
+ if (!pInfo->driver) {
+ rval = BadAlloc;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (strcasecmp(option->key, "name") == 0 ||
+ strcasecmp(option->key, "identifier") == 0) {
+ if (pInfo->name) {
+ rval = BadRequest;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ pInfo->name = xstrdup(option->value);
+ if (!pInfo->name) {
+ rval = BadAlloc;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (strcmp(option->key, "_source") == 0 &&
+ (strcmp(option->value, "server/hal") == 0 ||
+ strcmp(option->value, "server/udev") == 0)) {
+ is_auto = 1;
+ if (!xf86Info.autoAddDevices) {
+ rval = BadMatch;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
+ /* Steal option key/value strings from the provided list.
+ * We need those strings, the InputOption list doesn't. */
+ pInfo->options = xf86addNewOption(pInfo->options,
+ option->key, option->value);
+ option->key = NULL;
+ option->value = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Apply InputClass settings */
+ if (attrs) {
+ if (IgnoreInputClass(pInfo, attrs)) {
+ rval = BadIDChoice;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = MergeInputClasses(pInfo, attrs);
+ if (rval != Success)
+ goto unwind;
+
+ pInfo->attrs = DuplicateInputAttributes(attrs);
+ }
+
+ if (!pInfo->driver || !pInfo->name) {
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No input driver/identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
+ rval = BadRequest;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ if (!pInfo->name) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No device identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
+ rval = BadMatch;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+
+ rval = xf86NewInputDevice(pInfo, pdev,
+ (!is_auto || (is_auto && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices)));
+
+ return rval;
+
+unwind:
+ if (is_auto && !xf86Info.autoAddDevices)
+ xf86Msg(X_INFO, "AutoAddDevices is off - not adding device.\n");
+ xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
+ return rval;
+}
+
+void
+DeleteInputDeviceRequest(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) pDev->public.devicePrivate;
+ InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
+ Bool isMaster = IsMaster(pDev);
+
+ if (pInfo) /* need to get these before RemoveDevice */
+ drv = pInfo->drv;
+
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ RemoveDevice(pDev, TRUE);
+
+ if (!isMaster && pInfo != NULL)
+ {
+ if(drv->UnInit)
+ drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
+ else
+ xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
+ }
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+}
+
+/*
+ * convenient functions to post events
+ */
+
+void
+xf86PostMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ int i = 0;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostMotionEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostMotionEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i = 0, nevents = 0;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ int flags = 0;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
+ {
+ if (is_absolute)
+ flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
+ else
+ flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
+ }
+
+#if XFreeXDGA
+ /* The evdev driver may not always send all axes across. */
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ||
+ valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
+ int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
+ int dx = 0, dy = 0;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+ {
+ dx = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+ if (is_absolute)
+ dx -= device->last.valuators[0];
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ {
+ dy = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+ if (is_absolute)
+ dy -= device->last.valuators[1];
+ }
+
+ if (DGAStealMotionEvent(device, index, dx, dy))
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device, MotionNotify, 0, flags, mask);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) {
+ event = (DeviceEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event);
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostProximityEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_in,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ int i;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostProximityEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_in,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostProximityEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_in,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i, nevents;
+
+ nevents = GetProximityEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_in ? ProximityIn : ProximityOut, mask);
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostButtonEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int button,
+ int is_down,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostButtonEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int button,
+ int is_down,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostButtonEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int button,
+ int is_down,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i = 0, nevents = 0;
+ int flags = 0;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
+ {
+ if (is_absolute)
+ flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
+ else
+ flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
+ }
+
+#if XFreeXDGA
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
+ int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
+
+ if (DGAStealButtonEvent(device, index, button, is_down))
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_down ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease, button,
+ flags, mask);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ int i = 0;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+
+ va_start(var, num_valuators);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
+ va_end(var);
+
+ xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyEventP(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down,
+ int is_absolute,
+ int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators,
+ const int *valuators)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
+
+ valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyEventM(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down,
+ int is_absolute,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i = 0, nevents = 0;
+
+#if XFreeXDGA
+ DeviceIntPtr pointer;
+
+ /* Some pointers send key events, paired device is wrong then. */
+ pointer = IsPointerDevice(device) ? device : GetPairedDevice(device);
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(pointer)) {
+ int index = miPointerGetScreen(pointer)->myNum;
+
+ if (DGAStealKeyEvent(device, index, key_code, is_down))
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (is_absolute) {
+ nevents = GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
+ key_code, mask);
+ }
+ else {
+ nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(xf86Events, device,
+ is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
+ key_code);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
+}
+
+void
+xf86PostKeyboardEvent(DeviceIntPtr device,
+ unsigned int key_code,
+ int is_down)
+{
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
+ xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, 0, &mask);
+}
+
+InputInfoPtr
+xf86FirstLocalDevice(void)
+{
+ return xf86InputDevs;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cx - raw data from touch screen
+ * to_max - scaled highest dimension
+ * (remember, this is of rows - 1 because of 0 origin)
+ * to_min - scaled lowest dimension
+ * from_max - highest raw value from touch screen calibration
+ * from_min - lowest raw value from touch screen calibration
+ *
+ * This function is the same for X or Y coordinates.
+ * You may have to reverse the high and low values to compensate for
+ * different orgins on the touch screen vs X.
+ *
+ * e.g. to scale from device coordinates into screen coordinates, call
+ * xf86ScaleAxis(x, 0, screen_width, dev_min, dev_max);
+ */
+
+int
+xf86ScaleAxis(int Cx,
+ int to_max,
+ int to_min,
+ int from_max,
+ int from_min )
+{
+ int X;
+ int64_t to_width = to_max - to_min;
+ int64_t from_width = from_max - from_min;
+
+ if (from_width) {
+ X = (int)(((to_width * (Cx - from_min)) / from_width) + to_min);
+ }
+ else {
+ X = 0;
+ ErrorF ("Divide by Zero in xf86ScaleAxis\n");
+ }
+
+ if (X > to_max)
+ X = to_max;
+ if (X < to_min)
+ X = to_min;
+
+ return X;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function checks the given screen against the current screen and
+ * makes changes if appropriate. It should be called from an XInput driver's
+ * ReadInput function before any events are posted, if the device is screen
+ * specific like a touch screen.
+ */
+void
+xf86XInputSetScreen(InputInfoPtr pInfo,
+ int screen_number,
+ int x,
+ int y)
+{
+ if (miPointerGetScreen(pInfo->dev) !=
+ screenInfo.screens[screen_number]) {
+ miPointerSetScreen(pInfo->dev, screen_number, x, y);
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+xf86InitValuatorAxisStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum, Atom label, int minval, int maxval,
+ int resolution, int min_res, int max_res, int mode)
+{
+ if (!dev || !dev->valuator)
+ return;
+
+ InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, axnum, label, minval, maxval, resolution, min_res,
+ max_res, mode);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the valuator values to be in synch with dix/event.c
+ * DefineInitialRootWindow().
+ */
+void
+xf86InitValuatorDefaults(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum)
+{
+ if (axnum == 0) {
+ dev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
+ dev->last.valuators[0] = dev->valuator->axisVal[0];
+ }
+ else if (axnum == 1) {
+ dev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
+ dev->last.valuators[1] = dev->valuator->axisVal[1];
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you receive a
+ * read error or something else that spoils your day.
+ * Device will be moved to the off_devices list, but it will still be there
+ * until you really clean up after it.
+ * Notifies the client about an inactive device.
+ *
+ * @param panic True if device is unrecoverable and needs to be removed.
+ */
+void
+xf86DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool panic)
+{
+ if(!panic)
+ {
+ DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ } else
+ {
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceUnrecoverable);
+ DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you just found
+ * out that the read error wasn't quite that bad after all.
+ * Device will be re-activated, and an event sent to the client.
+ */
+void
+xf86EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+}
+
+/* end of xf86Xinput.c */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c index 181c6ab00..6e6ab948f 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c @@ -1,714 +1,714 @@ -/* - * SBUS bus-specific code. - * - * Copyright (C) 2000 Jakub Jelinek (jakub@redhat.com) - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy - * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal - * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights - * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell - * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is - * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * JAKUB JELINEK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <X11/X.h> -#include "os.h" -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86_OSlib.h" -#include "xf86cmap.h" - -#include "xf86Bus.h" - -#include "xf86sbusBus.h" -#include "xf86Sbus.h" - -Bool sbusSlotClaimed = FALSE; - -static int xf86nSbusInfo; - -static void -CheckSbusDevice(const char *device, int fbNum) -{ - int fd, i; - struct fbgattr fbattr; - sbusDevicePtr psdp; - - fd = open(device, O_RDONLY, 0); - if (fd < 0) - return; - memset(&fbattr, 0, sizeof(fbattr)); - if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGATTR, &fbattr) < 0) { - if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGTYPE, &fbattr.fbtype) < 0) { - close(fd); - return; - } - } - close(fd); - for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++) - if (sbusDeviceTable[i].fbType == fbattr.fbtype.fb_type) - break; - if (! sbusDeviceTable[i].devId) - return; - xf86SbusInfo = xnfrealloc(xf86SbusInfo, sizeof(psdp) * (++xf86nSbusInfo + 1)); - xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo] = NULL; - xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo - 1] = psdp = xnfcalloc(sizeof (sbusDevice), 1); - psdp->devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; - psdp->fbNum = fbNum; - psdp->device = xnfstrdup(device); - psdp->width = fbattr.fbtype.fb_width; - psdp->height = fbattr.fbtype.fb_height; - psdp->fd = -1; -} - -void -xf86SbusProbe(void) -{ - int i, useProm = 0; - char fbDevName[32]; - sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp; - - xf86SbusInfo = malloc(sizeof(psdp)); - *xf86SbusInfo = NULL; - for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) { - sprintf(fbDevName, "/dev/fb%d", i); - CheckSbusDevice(fbDevName, i); - } - if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) { - useProm = 1; - sparcPromAssignNodes(); - } - for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; (psdp = *psdpp); psdpp++) { - for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++) - if (sbusDeviceTable[i].devId == psdp->devId) - psdp->descr = sbusDeviceTable[i].descr; - /* - * If we can use PROM information and found the PROM node for this - * device, we can tell more about the card. - */ - if (useProm && psdp->node.node) { - char *prop, *promPath; - int len, chiprev, vmsize; - - switch (psdp->devId) { - case SBUS_DEVICE_MGX: - prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "fb_size", &len); - if (prop && len == 4 && *(int *)prop == 0x400000) - psdp->descr = "Quantum 3D MGXplus with 4M VRAM"; - break; - case SBUS_DEVICE_CG6: - chiprev = 0; - vmsize = 0; - prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "chiprev", &len); - if (prop && len == 4) - chiprev = *(int *)prop; - prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "vmsize", &len); - if (prop && len == 4) - vmsize = *(int *)prop; - switch (chiprev) { - case 1: - case 2: - case 3: - case 4: - psdp->descr = "Sun Double width GX"; break; - case 5: - case 6: - case 7: - case 8: - case 9: - psdp->descr = "Sun Single width GX"; break; - case 11: - switch (vmsize) { - case 2: - psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX with 1M VSIMM"; break; - case 4: - psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX Plus"; break; - default: - psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX"; break; - } - } - break; - case SBUS_DEVICE_CG14: - prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "reg", &len); - vmsize = 0; - if (prop && !(len % 12) && len > 0) - vmsize = *(int *)(prop + len - 4); - switch (vmsize) { - case 0x400000: - psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 4M VSIMM"; break; - case 0x800000: - psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 8M VSIMM"; break; - } - break; - case SBUS_DEVICE_LEO: - prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "model", &len); - if (prop && len > 0 && !strstr(prop, "501-2503")) - psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo ZX"; - break; - case SBUS_DEVICE_TCX: - if (sparcPromGetBool(&psdp->node, "tcx-8-bit")) - psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (8bit)"; - else - psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (S24)"; - break; - case SBUS_DEVICE_FFB: - prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "name", &len); - chiprev = 0; - prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "board_type", &len); - if (prop && len == 4) - chiprev = *(int *)prop; - if (strstr (prop, "afb")) { - if (chiprev == 3) - psdp->descr = "Sun|Elite3D-M6 Horizontal"; - } else { - switch (chiprev) { - case 0x08: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator"; break; - case 0x0b: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator 3D"; break; - case 0x1b: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 75MHz Creator 3D"; break; - case 0x20: - case 0x28: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator"; break; - case 0x23: - case 0x2b: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator 3D"; break; - case 0x30: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator"; break; - case 0x33: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator 3D"; break; - case 0x40: - case 0x48: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator"; break; - case 0x43: - case 0x4b: - psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator 3D"; break; - } - } - break; - } - - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS:(0x%08x) %s", psdp->node.node, psdp->descr); - promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname (&psdp->node); - if (promPath) { - xf86ErrorF(" at %s", promPath); - free(promPath); - } - } else - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS: %s", psdp->descr); - xf86ErrorF("\n"); - } - if (useProm) - sparcPromClose(); -} - -/* - * Parse a BUS ID string, and return the SBUS bus parameters if it was - * in the correct format for a SBUS bus id. - */ - -Bool -xf86ParseSbusBusString(const char *busID, int *fbNum) -{ - /* - * The format is assumed to be one of: - * "fbN", e.g. "fb1", which means the device corresponding to /dev/fbN - * "nameN", e.g. "cgsix0", which means Nth instance of card NAME - * "/prompath", e.g. "/sbus@0,10001000/cgsix@3,0" which is PROM pathname - * to the device. - */ - - const char *id; - int i, len; - - if (StringToBusType(busID, &id) != BUS_SBUS) - return FALSE; - - if (*id != '/') { - if (!strncmp (id, "fb", 2)) { - if (!isdigit(id[2])) - return FALSE; - *fbNum = atoi(id + 2); - return TRUE; - } else { - sbusDevicePtr *psdpp; - int devId; - - for (i = 0, len = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++) { - len = strlen(sbusDeviceTable[i].promName); - if (!strncmp (sbusDeviceTable[i].promName, id, len) - && isdigit(id[len])) - break; - } - devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; - if (!devId) return FALSE; - i = atoi(id + len); - for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) { - if ((*psdpp)->devId != devId) - continue; - if (!i) { - *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum; - return TRUE; - } - i--; - } - } - return FALSE; - } - - if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) { - i = sparcPromPathname2Node(id); - sparcPromClose(); - if (i) { - sbusDevicePtr *psdpp; - for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) { - if ((*psdpp)->node.node == i) { - *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum; - return TRUE; - } - } - } - } - return FALSE; -} - -/* - * Compare a BUS ID string with a SBUS bus id. Return TRUE if they match. - */ - -Bool -xf86CompareSbusBusString(const char *busID, int fbNum) -{ - int iFbNum; - - if (xf86ParseSbusBusString(busID, &iFbNum)) { - return fbNum == iFbNum; - } else { - return FALSE; - } -} - -/* - * Check if the slot requested is free. If it is already in use, return FALSE. - */ - -Bool -xf86CheckSbusSlot(int fbNum) -{ - int i; - EntityPtr p; - - for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) { - p = xf86Entities[i]; - /* Check if this SBUS slot is taken */ - if (p->bus.type == BUS_SBUS && p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == fbNum) - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * If the slot requested is already in use, return -1. - * Otherwise, claim the slot for the screen requesting it. - */ - -int -xf86ClaimSbusSlot(sbusDevicePtr psdp, DriverPtr drvp, - GDevPtr dev, Bool active) -{ - EntityPtr p = NULL; - - int num; - - if (xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum)) { - num = xf86AllocateEntity(); - p = xf86Entities[num]; - p->driver = drvp; - p->chipset = -1; - p->bus.type = BUS_SBUS; - xf86AddDevToEntity(num, dev); - p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum = psdp->fbNum; - p->active = active; - p->inUse = FALSE; - sbusSlotClaimed = TRUE; - return num; - } else - return -1; -} - -int -xf86MatchSbusInstances(const char *driverName, int sbusDevId, - GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs, DriverPtr drvp, - int **foundEntities) -{ - int i,j; - sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp; - int numClaimedInstances = 0; - int allocatedInstances = 0; - int numFound = 0; - GDevPtr devBus = NULL; - GDevPtr dev = NULL; - int *retEntities = NULL; - int useProm = 0; - - struct Inst { - sbusDevicePtr sbus; - GDevPtr dev; - Bool claimed; /* BusID matches with a device section */ - } *instances = NULL; - - *foundEntities = NULL; - for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo, psdp = *psdpp; psdp; psdp = *++psdpp) { - if (psdp->devId != sbusDevId) - continue; - if (psdp->fd == -2) - continue; - ++allocatedInstances; - instances = xnfrealloc(instances, - allocatedInstances * sizeof(struct Inst)); - instances[allocatedInstances - 1].sbus = psdp; - instances[allocatedInstances - 1].dev = NULL; - instances[allocatedInstances - 1].claimed = FALSE; - numFound++; - } - - /* - * This may be debatable, but if no SBUS devices with a matching vendor - * type is found, return zero now. It is probably not desirable to - * allow the config file to override this. - */ - if (allocatedInstances <= 0) { - free(instances); - return 0; - } - - if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) - useProm = 1; - - if (xf86DoConfigure && xf86DoConfigurePass1) { - GDevPtr pGDev; - int actualcards = 0; - for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) { - actualcards++; - pGDev = xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(drvp->driverName, BUS_SBUS, - instances[i].sbus, -1); - if (pGDev) { - /* - * XF86Match???Instances() treat chipID and chipRev as - * overrides, so clobber them here. - */ - pGDev->chipID = pGDev->chipRev = -1; - } - } - free(instances); - if (useProm) - sparcPromClose(); - return actualcards; - } - - DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, allocatedInstances); - - for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) { - char *promPath = NULL; - - psdp = instances[i].sbus; - devBus = NULL; - dev = NULL; - if (useProm && psdp->node.node) - promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&psdp->node); - - for (j = 0; j < numDevs; j++) { - if (devList[j]->busID && *devList[j]->busID) { - if (xf86CompareSbusBusString(devList[j]->busID, psdp->fbNum)) { - if (devBus) - xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING,0, - "%s: More than one matching Device section for " - "instance (BusID: %s) found: %s\n", - driverName,devList[j]->identifier, - devList[j]->busID); - else - devBus = devList[j]; - } - } else { - if (!dev && !devBus) { - if (promPath) - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:%s\n", - promPath); - else - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:fb%d\n", - psdp->fbNum); - dev = devList[j]; - } else - xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, - "%s: More than one matching Device section " - "found: %s\n", driverName, devList[j]->identifier); - } - } - if (devBus) dev = devBus; /* busID preferred */ - if (!dev && psdp->fd != -2) { - if (promPath) { - xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section " - "for instance (BusID SBUS:%s) found\n", - driverName, promPath); - } else - xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section " - "for instance (BusID SBUS:fb%d) found\n", - driverName, psdp->fbNum); - } else if (dev) { - numClaimedInstances++; - instances[i].claimed = TRUE; - instances[i].dev = dev; - } - free(promPath); - } - - DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, numClaimedInstances); - - /* - * Of the claimed instances, check that another driver hasn't already - * claimed its slot. - */ - numFound = 0; - for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances && numClaimedInstances > 0; i++) { - if (!instances[i].claimed) - continue; - psdp = instances[i].sbus; - if (!xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum)) - continue; - - DebugF("%s: card at fb%d %08x is claimed by a Device section\n", - driverName, psdp->fbNum, psdp->node.node); - - /* Allocate an entry in the lists to be returned */ - numFound++; - retEntities = xnfrealloc(retEntities, numFound * sizeof(int)); - retEntities[numFound - 1] - = xf86ClaimSbusSlot(psdp, drvp, instances[i].dev,instances[i].dev->active ? - TRUE : FALSE); - } - free(instances); - if (numFound > 0) { - *foundEntities = retEntities; - } - - if (useProm) - sparcPromClose(); - - return numFound; -} - -/* - * xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity() -- Get the sbusDevicePtr of entity. - */ -sbusDevicePtr -xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity(int entityIndex) -{ - sbusDevicePtr *psdpp; - EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[entityIndex]; - - if (entityIndex >= xf86NumEntities - || p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) return NULL; - - for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp != NULL; psdpp++) { - if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == (*psdpp)->fbNum) - return *psdpp; - } - return NULL; -} - -int -xf86GetEntityForSbusInfo(sbusDevicePtr psdp) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) { - EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[i]; - if (p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) continue; - - if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == psdp->fbNum) - return i; - } - return -1; -} - -void -xf86SbusUseBuiltinMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, sbusDevicePtr psdp) -{ - DisplayModePtr mode; - - mode = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DisplayModeRec), 1); - mode->name = "current"; - mode->next = mode; - mode->prev = mode; - mode->type = M_T_BUILTIN; - mode->Clock = 100000000; - mode->HDisplay = psdp->width; - mode->HSyncStart = psdp->width; - mode->HSyncEnd = psdp->width; - mode->HTotal = psdp->width; - mode->VDisplay = psdp->height; - mode->VSyncStart = psdp->height; - mode->VSyncEnd = psdp->height; - mode->VTotal = psdp->height; - mode->SynthClock = mode->Clock; - mode->CrtcHDisplay = mode->HDisplay; - mode->CrtcHSyncStart = mode->HSyncStart; - mode->CrtcHSyncEnd = mode->HSyncEnd; - mode->CrtcHTotal = mode->HTotal; - mode->CrtcVDisplay = mode->VDisplay; - mode->CrtcVSyncStart = mode->VSyncStart; - mode->CrtcVSyncEnd = mode->VSyncEnd; - mode->CrtcVTotal = mode->VTotal; - mode->CrtcHAdjusted = FALSE; - mode->CrtcVAdjusted = FALSE; - pScrn->modes = mode; - pScrn->virtualX = psdp->width; - pScrn->virtualY = psdp->height; -} - -static sbusPaletteKeyIndex; -static DevPrivateKey sbusPaletteKey = &sbusPaletteKeyIndex; -typedef struct _sbusCmap { - sbusDevicePtr psdp; - CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen; - Bool origCmapValid; - unsigned char origRed[16]; - unsigned char origGreen[16]; - unsigned char origBlue[16]; -} sbusCmapRec, *sbusCmapPtr; - -#define SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen) ((sbusCmapPtr) \ - dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey)) - -static void -xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numColors, int *indices, - LOCO *colors, VisualPtr pVisual) -{ - int i, index; - sbusCmapPtr cmap; - struct fbcmap fbcmap; - unsigned char *data = malloc(numColors*3); - - cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScrn->pScreen); - if (!cmap) return; - fbcmap.count = 0; - fbcmap.index = indices[0]; - fbcmap.red = data; - fbcmap.green = data + numColors; - fbcmap.blue = fbcmap.green + numColors; - for (i = 0; i < numColors; i++) { - index = indices[i]; - if (fbcmap.count && index != fbcmap.index + fbcmap.count) { - ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap); - fbcmap.count = 0; - fbcmap.index = index; - } - fbcmap.red[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].red; - fbcmap.green[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].green; - fbcmap.blue[fbcmap.count++] = colors[index].blue; - } - ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap); - free(data); -} - -static Bool -xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - sbusCmapPtr cmap; - struct fbcmap fbcmap; - - cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen); - if (cmap->origCmapValid) { - fbcmap.index = 0; - fbcmap.count = 16; - fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed; - fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen; - fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue; - ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap); - } - pScreen->CloseScreen = cmap->CloseScreen; - free(cmap); - return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen); -} - -Bool -xf86SbusHandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen, sbusDevicePtr psdp) -{ - sbusCmapPtr cmap; - struct fbcmap fbcmap; - unsigned char data[2]; - - cmap = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(sbusCmapRec)); - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey, cmap); - cmap->psdp = psdp; - fbcmap.index = 0; - fbcmap.count = 16; - fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed; - fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen; - fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue; - if (ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOGETCMAP, &fbcmap) >= 0) - cmap->origCmapValid = TRUE; - fbcmap.index = 0; - fbcmap.count = 2; - fbcmap.red = data; - fbcmap.green = data; - fbcmap.blue = data; - if (pScreen->whitePixel == 0) { - data[0] = 255; - data[1] = 0; - } else { - data[0] = 0; - data[1] = 255; - } - ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap); - cmap->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen; - pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen; - return xf86HandleColormaps(pScreen, 256, 8, - xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette, NULL, 0); -} - -Bool -xf86SbusConfigure(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus) -{ - if (sBus && sBus->fbNum == ((sbusDevicePtr) busData)->fbNum) - return 0; - return 1; -} - -void -xf86SbusConfigureNewDev(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus, GDevRec *GDev) -{ - char *promPath = NULL; - - sBus = (sbusDevicePtr) busData; - GDev->identifier = sBus->descr; - if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) { - promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&sBus->node); - sparcPromClose(); - } - if (promPath) { - XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:%s", promPath); - free(promPath); - } else { - XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:fb%d", sBus->fbNum); - } -} +/*
+ * SBUS bus-specific code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Jakub Jelinek (jakub@redhat.com)
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+ * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+ * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+ * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * JAKUB JELINEK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "os.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
+#include "xf86cmap.h"
+
+#include "xf86Bus.h"
+
+#include "xf86sbusBus.h"
+#include "xf86Sbus.h"
+
+Bool sbusSlotClaimed = FALSE;
+
+static int xf86nSbusInfo;
+
+static void
+CheckSbusDevice(const char *device, int fbNum)
+{
+ int fd, i;
+ struct fbgattr fbattr;
+ sbusDevicePtr psdp;
+
+ fd = open(device, O_RDONLY, 0);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return;
+ memset(&fbattr, 0, sizeof(fbattr));
+ if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGATTR, &fbattr) < 0) {
+ if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGTYPE, &fbattr.fbtype) < 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ close(fd);
+ for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++)
+ if (sbusDeviceTable[i].fbType == fbattr.fbtype.fb_type)
+ break;
+ if (! sbusDeviceTable[i].devId)
+ return;
+ xf86SbusInfo = xnfrealloc(xf86SbusInfo, sizeof(psdp) * (++xf86nSbusInfo + 1));
+ xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo] = NULL;
+ xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo - 1] = psdp = xnfcalloc(sizeof (sbusDevice), 1);
+ psdp->devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId;
+ psdp->fbNum = fbNum;
+ psdp->device = xnfstrdup(device);
+ psdp->width = fbattr.fbtype.fb_width;
+ psdp->height = fbattr.fbtype.fb_height;
+ psdp->fd = -1;
+}
+
+void
+xf86SbusProbe(void)
+{
+ int i, useProm = 0;
+ char fbDevName[32];
+ sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp;
+
+ xf86SbusInfo = malloc(sizeof(psdp));
+ *xf86SbusInfo = NULL;
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ sprintf(fbDevName, "/dev/fb%d", i);
+ CheckSbusDevice(fbDevName, i);
+ }
+ if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {
+ useProm = 1;
+ sparcPromAssignNodes();
+ }
+ for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; (psdp = *psdpp); psdpp++) {
+ for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++)
+ if (sbusDeviceTable[i].devId == psdp->devId)
+ psdp->descr = sbusDeviceTable[i].descr;
+ /*
+ * If we can use PROM information and found the PROM node for this
+ * device, we can tell more about the card.
+ */
+ if (useProm && psdp->node.node) {
+ char *prop, *promPath;
+ int len, chiprev, vmsize;
+
+ switch (psdp->devId) {
+ case SBUS_DEVICE_MGX:
+ prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "fb_size", &len);
+ if (prop && len == 4 && *(int *)prop == 0x400000)
+ psdp->descr = "Quantum 3D MGXplus with 4M VRAM";
+ break;
+ case SBUS_DEVICE_CG6:
+ chiprev = 0;
+ vmsize = 0;
+ prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "chiprev", &len);
+ if (prop && len == 4)
+ chiprev = *(int *)prop;
+ prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "vmsize", &len);
+ if (prop && len == 4)
+ vmsize = *(int *)prop;
+ switch (chiprev) {
+ case 1:
+ case 2:
+ case 3:
+ case 4:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun Double width GX"; break;
+ case 5:
+ case 6:
+ case 7:
+ case 8:
+ case 9:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun Single width GX"; break;
+ case 11:
+ switch (vmsize) {
+ case 2:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX with 1M VSIMM"; break;
+ case 4:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX Plus"; break;
+ default:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX"; break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case SBUS_DEVICE_CG14:
+ prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "reg", &len);
+ vmsize = 0;
+ if (prop && !(len % 12) && len > 0)
+ vmsize = *(int *)(prop + len - 4);
+ switch (vmsize) {
+ case 0x400000:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 4M VSIMM"; break;
+ case 0x800000:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 8M VSIMM"; break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case SBUS_DEVICE_LEO:
+ prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "model", &len);
+ if (prop && len > 0 && !strstr(prop, "501-2503"))
+ psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo ZX";
+ break;
+ case SBUS_DEVICE_TCX:
+ if (sparcPromGetBool(&psdp->node, "tcx-8-bit"))
+ psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (8bit)";
+ else
+ psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (S24)";
+ break;
+ case SBUS_DEVICE_FFB:
+ prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "name", &len);
+ chiprev = 0;
+ prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "board_type", &len);
+ if (prop && len == 4)
+ chiprev = *(int *)prop;
+ if (strstr (prop, "afb")) {
+ if (chiprev == 3)
+ psdp->descr = "Sun|Elite3D-M6 Horizontal";
+ } else {
+ switch (chiprev) {
+ case 0x08:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator"; break;
+ case 0x0b:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator 3D"; break;
+ case 0x1b:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 75MHz Creator 3D"; break;
+ case 0x20:
+ case 0x28:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator"; break;
+ case 0x23:
+ case 0x2b:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator 3D"; break;
+ case 0x30:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator"; break;
+ case 0x33:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator 3D"; break;
+ case 0x40:
+ case 0x48:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator"; break;
+ case 0x43:
+ case 0x4b:
+ psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator 3D"; break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS:(0x%08x) %s", psdp->node.node, psdp->descr);
+ promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname (&psdp->node);
+ if (promPath) {
+ xf86ErrorF(" at %s", promPath);
+ free(promPath);
+ }
+ } else
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS: %s", psdp->descr);
+ xf86ErrorF("\n");
+ }
+ if (useProm)
+ sparcPromClose();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a BUS ID string, and return the SBUS bus parameters if it was
+ * in the correct format for a SBUS bus id.
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86ParseSbusBusString(const char *busID, int *fbNum)
+{
+ /*
+ * The format is assumed to be one of:
+ * "fbN", e.g. "fb1", which means the device corresponding to /dev/fbN
+ * "nameN", e.g. "cgsix0", which means Nth instance of card NAME
+ * "/prompath", e.g. "/sbus@0,10001000/cgsix@3,0" which is PROM pathname
+ * to the device.
+ */
+
+ const char *id;
+ int i, len;
+
+ if (StringToBusType(busID, &id) != BUS_SBUS)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (*id != '/') {
+ if (!strncmp (id, "fb", 2)) {
+ if (!isdigit(id[2]))
+ return FALSE;
+ *fbNum = atoi(id + 2);
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;
+ int devId;
+
+ for (i = 0, len = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++) {
+ len = strlen(sbusDeviceTable[i].promName);
+ if (!strncmp (sbusDeviceTable[i].promName, id, len)
+ && isdigit(id[len]))
+ break;
+ }
+ devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId;
+ if (!devId) return FALSE;
+ i = atoi(id + len);
+ for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) {
+ if ((*psdpp)->devId != devId)
+ continue;
+ if (!i) {
+ *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ i--;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {
+ i = sparcPromPathname2Node(id);
+ sparcPromClose();
+ if (i) {
+ sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;
+ for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) {
+ if ((*psdpp)->node.node == i) {
+ *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compare a BUS ID string with a SBUS bus id. Return TRUE if they match.
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86CompareSbusBusString(const char *busID, int fbNum)
+{
+ int iFbNum;
+
+ if (xf86ParseSbusBusString(busID, &iFbNum)) {
+ return fbNum == iFbNum;
+ } else {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if the slot requested is free. If it is already in use, return FALSE.
+ */
+
+Bool
+xf86CheckSbusSlot(int fbNum)
+{
+ int i;
+ EntityPtr p;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) {
+ p = xf86Entities[i];
+ /* Check if this SBUS slot is taken */
+ if (p->bus.type == BUS_SBUS && p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == fbNum)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * If the slot requested is already in use, return -1.
+ * Otherwise, claim the slot for the screen requesting it.
+ */
+
+int
+xf86ClaimSbusSlot(sbusDevicePtr psdp, DriverPtr drvp,
+ GDevPtr dev, Bool active)
+{
+ EntityPtr p = NULL;
+
+ int num;
+
+ if (xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum)) {
+ num = xf86AllocateEntity();
+ p = xf86Entities[num];
+ p->driver = drvp;
+ p->chipset = -1;
+ p->bus.type = BUS_SBUS;
+ xf86AddDevToEntity(num, dev);
+ p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum = psdp->fbNum;
+ p->active = active;
+ p->inUse = FALSE;
+ sbusSlotClaimed = TRUE;
+ return num;
+ } else
+ return -1;
+}
+
+int
+xf86MatchSbusInstances(const char *driverName, int sbusDevId,
+ GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs, DriverPtr drvp,
+ int **foundEntities)
+{
+ int i,j;
+ sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp;
+ int numClaimedInstances = 0;
+ int allocatedInstances = 0;
+ int numFound = 0;
+ GDevPtr devBus = NULL;
+ GDevPtr dev = NULL;
+ int *retEntities = NULL;
+ int useProm = 0;
+
+ struct Inst {
+ sbusDevicePtr sbus;
+ GDevPtr dev;
+ Bool claimed; /* BusID matches with a device section */
+ } *instances = NULL;
+
+ *foundEntities = NULL;
+ for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo, psdp = *psdpp; psdp; psdp = *++psdpp) {
+ if (psdp->devId != sbusDevId)
+ continue;
+ if (psdp->fd == -2)
+ continue;
+ ++allocatedInstances;
+ instances = xnfrealloc(instances,
+ allocatedInstances * sizeof(struct Inst));
+ instances[allocatedInstances - 1].sbus = psdp;
+ instances[allocatedInstances - 1].dev = NULL;
+ instances[allocatedInstances - 1].claimed = FALSE;
+ numFound++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * This may be debatable, but if no SBUS devices with a matching vendor
+ * type is found, return zero now. It is probably not desirable to
+ * allow the config file to override this.
+ */
+ if (allocatedInstances <= 0) {
+ free(instances);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (sparcPromInit() >= 0)
+ useProm = 1;
+
+ if (xf86DoConfigure && xf86DoConfigurePass1) {
+ GDevPtr pGDev;
+ int actualcards = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) {
+ actualcards++;
+ pGDev = xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(drvp->driverName, BUS_SBUS,
+ instances[i].sbus, -1);
+ if (pGDev) {
+ /*
+ * XF86Match???Instances() treat chipID and chipRev as
+ * overrides, so clobber them here.
+ */
+ pGDev->chipID = pGDev->chipRev = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ free(instances);
+ if (useProm)
+ sparcPromClose();
+ return actualcards;
+ }
+
+ DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, allocatedInstances);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) {
+ char *promPath = NULL;
+
+ psdp = instances[i].sbus;
+ devBus = NULL;
+ dev = NULL;
+ if (useProm && psdp->node.node)
+ promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&psdp->node);
+
+ for (j = 0; j < numDevs; j++) {
+ if (devList[j]->busID && *devList[j]->busID) {
+ if (xf86CompareSbusBusString(devList[j]->busID, psdp->fbNum)) {
+ if (devBus)
+ xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING,0,
+ "%s: More than one matching Device section for "
+ "instance (BusID: %s) found: %s\n",
+ driverName,devList[j]->identifier,
+ devList[j]->busID);
+ else
+ devBus = devList[j];
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (!dev && !devBus) {
+ if (promPath)
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:%s\n",
+ promPath);
+ else
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:fb%d\n",
+ psdp->fbNum);
+ dev = devList[j];
+ } else
+ xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0,
+ "%s: More than one matching Device section "
+ "found: %s\n", driverName, devList[j]->identifier);
+ }
+ }
+ if (devBus) dev = devBus; /* busID preferred */
+ if (!dev && psdp->fd != -2) {
+ if (promPath) {
+ xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section "
+ "for instance (BusID SBUS:%s) found\n",
+ driverName, promPath);
+ } else
+ xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section "
+ "for instance (BusID SBUS:fb%d) found\n",
+ driverName, psdp->fbNum);
+ } else if (dev) {
+ numClaimedInstances++;
+ instances[i].claimed = TRUE;
+ instances[i].dev = dev;
+ }
+ free(promPath);
+ }
+
+ DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, numClaimedInstances);
+
+ /*
+ * Of the claimed instances, check that another driver hasn't already
+ * claimed its slot.
+ */
+ numFound = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances && numClaimedInstances > 0; i++) {
+ if (!instances[i].claimed)
+ continue;
+ psdp = instances[i].sbus;
+ if (!xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum))
+ continue;
+
+ DebugF("%s: card at fb%d %08x is claimed by a Device section\n",
+ driverName, psdp->fbNum, psdp->node.node);
+
+ /* Allocate an entry in the lists to be returned */
+ numFound++;
+ retEntities = xnfrealloc(retEntities, numFound * sizeof(int));
+ retEntities[numFound - 1]
+ = xf86ClaimSbusSlot(psdp, drvp, instances[i].dev,instances[i].dev->active ?
+ TRUE : FALSE);
+ }
+ free(instances);
+ if (numFound > 0) {
+ *foundEntities = retEntities;
+ }
+
+ if (useProm)
+ sparcPromClose();
+
+ return numFound;
+}
+
+/*
+ * xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity() -- Get the sbusDevicePtr of entity.
+ */
+sbusDevicePtr
+xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity(int entityIndex)
+{
+ sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;
+ EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[entityIndex];
+
+ if (entityIndex >= xf86NumEntities
+ || p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) return NULL;
+
+ for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp != NULL; psdpp++) {
+ if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == (*psdpp)->fbNum)
+ return *psdpp;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+int
+xf86GetEntityForSbusInfo(sbusDevicePtr psdp)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) {
+ EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[i];
+ if (p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) continue;
+
+ if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == psdp->fbNum)
+ return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+void
+xf86SbusUseBuiltinMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, sbusDevicePtr psdp)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+
+ mode = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DisplayModeRec), 1);
+ mode->name = "current";
+ mode->next = mode;
+ mode->prev = mode;
+ mode->type = M_T_BUILTIN;
+ mode->Clock = 100000000;
+ mode->HDisplay = psdp->width;
+ mode->HSyncStart = psdp->width;
+ mode->HSyncEnd = psdp->width;
+ mode->HTotal = psdp->width;
+ mode->VDisplay = psdp->height;
+ mode->VSyncStart = psdp->height;
+ mode->VSyncEnd = psdp->height;
+ mode->VTotal = psdp->height;
+ mode->SynthClock = mode->Clock;
+ mode->CrtcHDisplay = mode->HDisplay;
+ mode->CrtcHSyncStart = mode->HSyncStart;
+ mode->CrtcHSyncEnd = mode->HSyncEnd;
+ mode->CrtcHTotal = mode->HTotal;
+ mode->CrtcVDisplay = mode->VDisplay;
+ mode->CrtcVSyncStart = mode->VSyncStart;
+ mode->CrtcVSyncEnd = mode->VSyncEnd;
+ mode->CrtcVTotal = mode->VTotal;
+ mode->CrtcHAdjusted = FALSE;
+ mode->CrtcVAdjusted = FALSE;
+ pScrn->modes = mode;
+ pScrn->virtualX = psdp->width;
+ pScrn->virtualY = psdp->height;
+}
+
+static sbusPaletteKeyIndex;
+static DevPrivateKey sbusPaletteKey = &sbusPaletteKeyIndex;
+typedef struct _sbusCmap {
+ sbusDevicePtr psdp;
+ CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+ Bool origCmapValid;
+ unsigned char origRed[16];
+ unsigned char origGreen[16];
+ unsigned char origBlue[16];
+} sbusCmapRec, *sbusCmapPtr;
+
+#define SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen) ((sbusCmapPtr) \
+ dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey))
+
+static void
+xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numColors, int *indices,
+ LOCO *colors, VisualPtr pVisual)
+{
+ int i, index;
+ sbusCmapPtr cmap;
+ struct fbcmap fbcmap;
+ unsigned char *data = malloc(numColors*3);
+
+ cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScrn->pScreen);
+ if (!cmap) return;
+ fbcmap.count = 0;
+ fbcmap.index = indices[0];
+ fbcmap.red = data;
+ fbcmap.green = data + numColors;
+ fbcmap.blue = fbcmap.green + numColors;
+ for (i = 0; i < numColors; i++) {
+ index = indices[i];
+ if (fbcmap.count && index != fbcmap.index + fbcmap.count) {
+ ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
+ fbcmap.count = 0;
+ fbcmap.index = index;
+ }
+ fbcmap.red[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].red;
+ fbcmap.green[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].green;
+ fbcmap.blue[fbcmap.count++] = colors[index].blue;
+ }
+ ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
+ free(data);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ sbusCmapPtr cmap;
+ struct fbcmap fbcmap;
+
+ cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen);
+ if (cmap->origCmapValid) {
+ fbcmap.index = 0;
+ fbcmap.count = 16;
+ fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed;
+ fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen;
+ fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue;
+ ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
+ }
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = cmap->CloseScreen;
+ free(cmap);
+ return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen);
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86SbusHandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen, sbusDevicePtr psdp)
+{
+ sbusCmapPtr cmap;
+ struct fbcmap fbcmap;
+ unsigned char data[2];
+
+ cmap = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(sbusCmapRec));
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey, cmap);
+ cmap->psdp = psdp;
+ fbcmap.index = 0;
+ fbcmap.count = 16;
+ fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed;
+ fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen;
+ fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue;
+ if (ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOGETCMAP, &fbcmap) >= 0)
+ cmap->origCmapValid = TRUE;
+ fbcmap.index = 0;
+ fbcmap.count = 2;
+ fbcmap.red = data;
+ fbcmap.green = data;
+ fbcmap.blue = data;
+ if (pScreen->whitePixel == 0) {
+ data[0] = 255;
+ data[1] = 0;
+ } else {
+ data[0] = 0;
+ data[1] = 255;
+ }
+ ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
+ cmap->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen;
+ return xf86HandleColormaps(pScreen, 256, 8,
+ xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette, NULL, 0);
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86SbusConfigure(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus)
+{
+ if (sBus && sBus->fbNum == ((sbusDevicePtr) busData)->fbNum)
+ return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+void
+xf86SbusConfigureNewDev(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus, GDevRec *GDev)
+{
+ char *promPath = NULL;
+
+ sBus = (sbusDevicePtr) busData;
+ GDev->identifier = sBus->descr;
+ if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {
+ promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&sBus->node);
+ sparcPromClose();
+ }
+ if (promPath) {
+ XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:%s", promPath);
+ free(promPath);
+ } else {
+ XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:fb%d", sBus->fbNum);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c index bb5482a0b..17bf51c0e 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c @@ -1,2498 +1,2498 @@ -/************************************************************************** - -Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas. -Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc. -All Rights Reserved. - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a -copy of this software and associated documentation files (the -"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including -without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, -distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to -permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to -the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the -next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. -IN NO EVENT SHALL PRECISION INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR -ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, -TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE -SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -**************************************************************************/ - -/* - * Authors: - * Jens Owen <jens@tungstengraphics.com> - * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@valinux.com> - * - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include "xf86.h" -#include <sys/time.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#include <errno.h> - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include "xf86drm.h" -#include "misc.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "colormapst.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "servermd.h" -#define _XF86DRI_SERVER_ -#include <X11/dri/xf86driproto.h> -#include "swaprep.h" -#include "xf86str.h" -#include "dri.h" -#include "sarea.h" -#include "dristruct.h" -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86drm.h" -#include "mi.h" -#include "mipointer.h" -#include "xf86_OSproc.h" -#include "inputstr.h" -#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h" - -static int DRIEntPrivIndex = -1; -static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIScreenPrivKeyRec; -#define DRIScreenPrivKey (&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec) -static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIWindowPrivKeyRec; -#define DRIWindowPrivKey (&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec) -static unsigned long DRIGeneration = 0; -static unsigned int DRIDrawableValidationStamp = 0; - -static RESTYPE DRIDrawablePrivResType; -static RESTYPE DRIContextPrivResType; -static void DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv); - -drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo; - - /* Wrapper just like xf86DrvMsg, but - without the verbosity level checking. - This will make it easy to turn off some - messages later, based on verbosity - level. */ - -/* - * Since we're already referencing things from the XFree86 common layer in - * this file, we'd might as well just call xf86VDrvMsgVerb, and have - * consistent message formatting. The verbosity of these messages can be - * easily changed here. - */ -#define DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY 1 -static void -DRIDrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, format); - xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - - -static void -DRIOpenDRMCleanup(DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv) -{ - if (pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA != NULL) { - drmUnmap(pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIEntPriv->sAreaSize); - pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA = NULL; - } - if (pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA != 0) { - drmRmMap(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD, pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA); - } - if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD >= 0) { - drmClose(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD); - pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = 0; - } -} - -int -DRIMasterFD(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->drmFD; -} - -void * -DRIMasterSareaPointer(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->pLSAREA; -} - -drm_handle_t -DRIMasterSareaHandle(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->hLSAREA; -} - - -Bool -DRIOpenDRMMaster(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - unsigned long sAreaSize, - const char *busID, - const char *drmDriverName) -{ - drmSetVersion saveSv, sv; - Bool drmWasAvailable; - DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv; - DRIEntPrivRec tmp; - drmVersionPtr drmlibv; - int drmlibmajor, drmlibminor; - const char *openBusID; - int count; - int err; - - if (DRIEntPrivIndex == -1) - DRIEntPrivIndex = xf86AllocateEntityPrivateIndex(); - - pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn); - - if (pDRIEntPriv && pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != -1) - return TRUE; - - drmWasAvailable = drmAvailable(); - - memset(&tmp, 0, sizeof(tmp)); - - /* Check the DRM lib version. - * drmGetLibVersion was not supported in version 1.0, so check for - * symbol first to avoid possible crash or hang. - */ - - drmlibmajor = 1; - drmlibminor = 0; - if (xf86LoaderCheckSymbol("drmGetLibVersion")) { - drmlibv = drmGetLibVersion(-1); - if (drmlibv != NULL) { - drmlibmajor = drmlibv->version_major; - drmlibminor = drmlibv->version_minor; - drmFreeVersion(drmlibv); - } - } - - /* Check if the libdrm can handle falling back to loading based on name - * if a busid string is passed. - */ - openBusID = (drmlibmajor == 1 && drmlibminor >= 2) ? busID : NULL; - - tmp.drmFD = -1; - sv.drm_di_major = 1; - sv.drm_di_minor = 1; - sv.drm_dd_major = -1; - - saveSv = sv; - count = 10; - while (count--) { - tmp.drmFD = drmOpen(drmDriverName, openBusID); - - if (tmp.drmFD < 0) { - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] drmOpen failed.\n"); - goto out_err; - } - - err = drmSetInterfaceVersion(tmp.drmFD, &sv); - - if (err != -EPERM) - break; - - sv = saveSv; - drmClose(tmp.drmFD); - tmp.drmFD = -1; - usleep(100000); - } - - if (tmp.drmFD <= 0) { - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] DRM was busy with another master.\n"); - goto out_err; - } - - if (!drmWasAvailable) { - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, - "[drm] loaded kernel module for \"%s\" driver.\n", - drmDriverName); - } - - if (err != 0) { - sv.drm_di_major = 1; - sv.drm_di_minor = 0; - } - - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM interface version %d.%d\n", - sv.drm_di_major, sv.drm_di_minor); - - if (sv.drm_di_major == 1 && sv.drm_di_minor >= 1) - err = 0; - else - err = drmSetBusid(tmp.drmFD, busID); - - if (err) { - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] Could not set DRM device bus ID.\n"); - goto out_err; - } - - /* - * Create a lock-containing sarea. - */ - - if (drmAddMap( tmp.drmFD, 0, sAreaSize, DRM_SHM, - DRM_CONTAINS_LOCK, &tmp.hLSAREA) < 0) { - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Could not create SAREA for DRM lock.\n"); - tmp.hLSAREA = 0; - goto out_err; - } - - if (drmMap( tmp.drmFD, tmp.hLSAREA, sAreaSize, - (drmAddressPtr)(&tmp.pLSAREA)) < 0) { - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Mapping SAREA for DRM lock failed.\n"); - tmp.pLSAREA = NULL; - goto out_err; - } - - memset(tmp.pLSAREA, 0, sAreaSize); - - /* - * Reserved contexts are handled by the first opened screen. - */ - - tmp.resOwner = NULL; - - if (!pDRIEntPriv) - pDRIEntPriv = xnfcalloc(sizeof(*pDRIEntPriv), 1); - - if (!pDRIEntPriv) { - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Failed to allocate memory for " - "DRM device.\n"); - goto out_err; - } - *pDRIEntPriv = tmp; - xf86GetEntityPrivate((pScrn)->entityList[0],DRIEntPrivIndex)->ptr = - pDRIEntPriv; - - DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM open master succeeded.\n"); - return TRUE; - - out_err: - - DRIOpenDRMCleanup(&tmp); - return FALSE; -} - -static void -DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen); - -static void -dri_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(pScreen); - xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify); - xf86_crtc_notify(pScreen); - pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, dri_crtc_notify); -} - -Bool -DRIScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo, int *pDRMFD) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv; - drm_context_t * reserved; - int reserved_count; - int i; - DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - DRIContextFlags flags = 0; - DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv; - - /* If the DRI extension is disabled, do not initialize the DRI */ - if (noXFree86DRIExtension) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING, - "Direct rendering has been disabled.\n"); - return FALSE; - } - - if (!xf86VGAarbiterAllowDRI(pScreen)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING, - "Direct rendering is not supported when VGA arb is necessary for the device\n"); - return FALSE; - } - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* - * If Xinerama is on, don't allow DRI to initialise. It won't be usable - * anyway. - */ - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING, - "Direct rendering is not supported when Xinerama is enabled\n"); - return FALSE; - } -#endif - - if (!DRIOpenDRMMaster(pScrn, pDRIInfo->SAREASize, - pDRIInfo->busIdString, - pDRIInfo->drmDriverName)) - return FALSE; - - pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn); - - if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration) - DRIGeneration = serverGeneration; - - if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0)) - return FALSE; - if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW, 0)) - return FALSE; - - pDRIPriv = (DRIScreenPrivPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(DRIScreenPrivRec)); - if (!pDRIPriv) { - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL); - return FALSE; - } - - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, pDRIPriv); - pDRIPriv->drmFD = pDRIEntPriv->drmFD; - pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = TRUE; - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo = pDRIInfo; - pDRIPriv->nrWindows = 0; - pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible = 0; - pDRIPriv->fullscreen = NULL; - - pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtx; - pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtxPriv; - - pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = FALSE; - pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled = FALSE; - *pDRMFD = pDRIPriv->drmFD; - - if (pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed || pDRIInfo->allocSarea) { - - if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD, - 0, - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize, - DRM_SHM, - 0, - &pDRIPriv->hSAREA) < 0) - { - pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE; - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL); - drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD); - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n"); - return FALSE; - } - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] added %d byte SAREA at %p\n", - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize, pDRIPriv->hSAREA); - - /* Backwards compat. */ - if (drmMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD, - pDRIPriv->hSAREA, - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize, - (drmAddressPtr)(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA)) < 0) - { - pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE; - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL); - drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD); - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] drmMap failed\n"); - return FALSE; - } - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] mapped SAREA %p to %p\n", - pDRIPriv->hSAREA, pDRIPriv->pSAREA); - memset(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, 0, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize); - } else { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] Using the DRM lock " - "SAREA also for drawables.\n"); - pDRIPriv->hSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA; - pDRIPriv->pSAREA = (XF86DRISAREAPtr) pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA; - pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = TRUE; - } - - pDRIPriv->hLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA; - pDRIPriv->pLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA; - - if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->dontMapFrameBuffer) - { - if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD, - (uintptr_t)pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferPhysicalAddress, - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize, - DRM_FRAME_BUFFER, - 0, - &pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer) < 0) - { - pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE; - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL); - drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize); - drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD); - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n"); - return FALSE; - } - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] framebuffer handle = %p\n", - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer); - } else { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] framebuffer mapped by ddx driver\n"); - } - - if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == NULL) { - pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = pScreen; - - /* Add tags for reserved contexts */ - if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD, - &reserved_count))) { - int i; - void *tag; - - for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) { - tag = DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen, - reserved[i], - DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED); - drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, reserved[i], tag); - } - drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved); - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] added %d reserved context%s for kernel\n", - reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : ""); - } - } - - /* validate max drawable table entry set by driver */ - if ((pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry <= 0) || - (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry > SAREA_MAX_DRAWABLES)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "Invalid max drawable table size set by driver: %d\n", - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry); - } - - /* Initialize drawable tables (screen private and SAREA) */ - for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) { - pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = NULL; - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = 0; - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].flags = 0; - } - - pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = &pDRIEntPriv->lockRefCount; - pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = &pDRIEntPriv->lockingContext; - - if (!pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen) - pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen = pDRIInfo->keepFDOpen; - - pDRIEntPriv->refCount++; - - /* Set up flags for DRICreateContextPriv */ - switch (pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) { - case DRI_KERNEL_SWAP: - flags = DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY; - break; - case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT: - flags = DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED; - break; - } - - if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen, - &pDRIPriv->myContext, - flags))) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "failed to create server context\n"); - return FALSE; - } - pDRIPriv->myContextPriv = pDRIContextPriv; - - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "X context handle = %p\n", pDRIPriv->myContext); - - /* Now that we have created the X server's context, we can grab the - * hardware lock for the X server. - */ - DRILock(pScreen, 0); - pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = TRUE; - - /* pointers so that we can prevent memory leaks later */ - pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore = NULL; - pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore = NULL; - - switch(pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) { - case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT: - /* Server will handle 3D swaps, and hide 2D swaps from kernel. - * Register server context as a preserved context. - */ - - /* allocate memory for hidden context store */ - pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore - = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize); - if (!pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "failed to allocate hidden context\n"); - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); - return FALSE; - } - - /* allocate memory for partial 3D context store */ - pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore - = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize); - if (!pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[DRI] failed to allocate partial 3D context\n"); - free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore); - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); - return FALSE; - } - - /* save initial context store */ - if (pDRIInfo->SwapContext) { - (*pDRIInfo->SwapContext)( - pScreen, - DRI_NO_SYNC, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore, - DRI_NO_CONTEXT, - NULL); - } - /* fall through */ - - case DRI_SERVER_SWAP: - /* For swap methods of DRI_SERVER_SWAP and DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT - * setup signal handler for receiving swap requests from kernel - */ - if (!(pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled = - drmInstallSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD, DRISwapContext))) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[drm] failed to setup DRM signal handler\n"); - free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore); - free(pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore); - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); - return FALSE; - } else { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] installed DRM signal handler\n"); - } - - default: - break; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRIFinishScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo; - - /* Wrap DRI support */ - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) { - pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = pScreen->ValidateTree; - pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) { - pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree; - pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) { - pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = pScreen->WindowExposures; - pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures; - } - - pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow; - pScreen->DestroyWindow = DRIDestroyWindow; - - pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, - dri_crtc_notify); - - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) { - pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow; - pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) { - pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = pScreen->ClipNotify; - pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) { - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = pScrn->AdjustFrame; - pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame; - } - pDRIPriv->wrapped = TRUE; - - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[DRI] installation complete\n"); - - return TRUE; -} - -void -DRICloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo; - drm_context_t * reserved; - int reserved_count; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn); - Bool closeMaster; - - if (pDRIPriv) { - - pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo; - - if (pDRIPriv->wrapped) { - /* Unwrap DRI Functions */ - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) { - pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree; - pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = NULL; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) { - pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree; - pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = NULL; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) { - pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures; - pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = NULL; - } - if (pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) { - pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow; - pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = NULL; - } - - xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify); - - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) { - pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow; - pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = NULL; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) { - pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify; - pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = NULL; - } - if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) { - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame; - pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = NULL; - } - - pDRIPriv->wrapped = FALSE; - } - - if (pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled) { - if (!drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[drm] failed to remove DRM signal handler\n"); - } - } - - if (pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv && pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx) { - DRIDestroyDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv); - } - - if (!DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->myContextPriv)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "failed to destroy server context\n"); - } - - /* Remove tags for reserved contexts */ - if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == pScreen) { - pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = NULL; - - if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD, - &reserved_count))) { - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) { - DRIDestroyContextPriv(drmGetContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, - reserved[i])); - } - drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved); - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] removed %d reserved context%s for kernel\n", - reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : ""); - } - } - - /* Make sure signals get unblocked etc. */ - drmUnlock(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->myContext); - pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = NULL; - closeMaster = (--pDRIEntPriv->refCount == 0) && - !pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen; - if (closeMaster || pDRIPriv->hSAREA != pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] unmapping %d bytes of SAREA %p at %p\n", - pDRIInfo->SAREASize, - pDRIPriv->hSAREA, - pDRIPriv->pSAREA); - if (drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIInfo->SAREASize)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[drm] unable to unmap %d bytes" - " of SAREA %p at %p\n", - pDRIInfo->SAREASize, - pDRIPriv->hSAREA, - pDRIPriv->pSAREA); - } - } else { - pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = FALSE; - } - - if (closeMaster || (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != pDRIPriv->drmFD)) { - drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD); - if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD == pDRIPriv->drmFD) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] Closed DRM master.\n"); - pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = -1; - } - } - - free(pDRIPriv); - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL); - } -} - -#define DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY 3 - -static int dri_drm_debug_print(const char *format, va_list ap) -{ - xf86VDrvMsgVerb(-1, X_NONE, DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap); - return 0; -} - -static void dri_drm_get_perms(gid_t *group, mode_t *mode) -{ - *group = xf86ConfigDRI.group; - *mode = xf86ConfigDRI.mode; -} - -drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo = { - dri_drm_debug_print, - xf86LoadKernelModule, - dri_drm_get_perms, -}; - -Bool -DRIExtensionInit(void) -{ - if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration) { - return FALSE; - } - - DRIDrawablePrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIDrawablePrivDelete, - "DRIDrawable"); - DRIContextPrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIContextPrivDelete, - "DRIContext"); - - if (!DRIDrawablePrivResType || !DRIContextPrivResType) - return FALSE; - - RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(DRIBlockHandler, DRIWakeupHandler, NULL); - - return TRUE; -} - -void -DRIReset(void) -{ - /* - * This stub routine is called when the X Server recycles, resources - * allocated by DRIExtensionInit need to be managed here. - * - * Currently this routine is a stub because all the interesting resources - * are managed via the screen init process. - */ -} - -Bool -DRIQueryDirectRenderingCapable(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool* isCapable) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (pDRIPriv) - *isCapable = pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport; - else - *isCapable = FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRIOpenConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_handle_t * hSAREA, char **busIdString) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - *hSAREA = pDRIPriv->hSAREA; - *busIdString = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->busIdString; - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRIAuthConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_magic_t magic) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (drmAuthMagic(pDRIPriv->drmFD, magic)) return FALSE; - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRICloseConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRIGetClientDriverName(ScreenPtr pScreen, - int *ddxDriverMajorVersion, - int *ddxDriverMinorVersion, - int *ddxDriverPatchVersion, - char **clientDriverName) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - *ddxDriverMajorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMajorVersion; - *ddxDriverMinorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMinorVersion; - *ddxDriverPatchVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverPatchVersion; - *clientDriverName = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->clientDriverName; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* DRICreateContextPriv and DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle are helper - functions that layer on drmCreateContext and drmAddContextTag. - - DRICreateContextPriv always creates a kernel drm_context_t and then calls - DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle to create a DRIContextPriv structure for - DRI tracking. For the SIGIO handler, the drm_context_t is associated with - DRIContextPrivPtr. Any special flags are stored in the DRIContextPriv - area and are passed to the kernel (if necessary). - - DRICreateContextPriv returns a pointer to newly allocated - DRIContextPriv, and returns the kernel drm_context_t in pHWContext. */ - -DRIContextPrivPtr -DRICreateContextPriv(ScreenPtr pScreen, - drm_context_t * pHWContext, - DRIContextFlags flags) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (drmCreateContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pHWContext)) { - return NULL; - } - - return DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen, *pHWContext, flags); -} - -DRIContextPrivPtr -DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(ScreenPtr pScreen, - drm_context_t hHWContext, - DRIContextFlags flags) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv; - int contextPrivSize; - - contextPrivSize = sizeof(DRIContextPrivRec) + - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->contextSize; - if (!(pDRIContextPriv = calloc(1, contextPrivSize))) { - return NULL; - } - pDRIContextPriv->pContextStore = (void *)(pDRIContextPriv + 1); - - drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, hHWContext, pDRIContextPriv); - - pDRIContextPriv->hwContext = hHWContext; - pDRIContextPriv->pScreen = pScreen; - pDRIContextPriv->flags = flags; - pDRIContextPriv->valid3D = FALSE; - - if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) { - if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD, - hHWContext, - DRM_CONTEXT_2DONLY)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[drm] failed to set 2D context flag\n"); - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); - return NULL; - } - } - if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED) { - if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD, - hHWContext, - DRM_CONTEXT_PRESERVED)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[drm] failed to set preserved flag\n"); - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); - return NULL; - } - } - return pDRIContextPriv; -} - -Bool -DRIDestroyContextPriv(DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv; - - if (!pDRIContextPriv) return TRUE; - - pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen); - - if (!(pDRIContextPriv->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED)) { - /* Don't delete reserved contexts from - kernel area -- the kernel manages its - reserved contexts itself. */ - if (drmDestroyContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Remove the tag last to prevent a race - condition where the context has pending - buffers. The context can't be re-used - while in this thread, but buffers can be - dispatched asynchronously. */ - drmDelContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext); - free(pDRIContextPriv); - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -DRICreateDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool needCtxPriv) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv; - void *contextStore; - - if (!(pDRIContextPriv = - DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen, - &pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context, 0))) { - return FALSE; - } - - contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv); - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext && needCtxPriv) { - if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext(pScreen, NULL, - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context, - NULL, - (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore)) { - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); - return FALSE; - } - } - - pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = pDRIContextPriv; - return TRUE; -} - -static void -DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv; - void *contextStore; - - if (!pDRIContextPriv) return; - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext && hasCtxPriv) { - contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv); - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen, - pDRIContextPriv->hwContext, - (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore); - } - - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv); - pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = NULL; -} - -Bool -DRICreateContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr visual, - XID context, drm_context_t * pHWContext) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv; - void *contextStore; - - if (pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx && !pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv) { - if (!DRICreateDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[drm] Could not create dummy context\n"); - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen, pHWContext, 0))) { - return FALSE; - } - - contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv); - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext) { - if (!((*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext)(pScreen, NULL, - *pHWContext, NULL, - (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore))) { - DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); - return FALSE; - } - } - - /* track this in case the client dies before cleanup */ - AddResource(context, DRIContextPrivResType, (pointer)pDRIContextPriv); - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRIDestroyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, XID context) -{ - FreeResourceByType(context, DRIContextPrivResType, FALSE); - - return TRUE; -} - -/* DRIContextPrivDelete is called by the resource manager. */ -Bool -DRIContextPrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id) -{ - DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = (DRIContextPrivPtr)pResource; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv; - void *contextStore; - - pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen); - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext) { - contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv); - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen, - pDRIContextPriv->hwContext, - (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore); - } - return DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv); -} - - -/* This walks the drawable timestamp array and invalidates all of them - * in the case of transition from private to shared backbuffers. It's - * not necessary for correctness, because DRIClipNotify gets called in - * time to prevent any conflict, but the transition from - * shared->private is sometimes missed if we don't do this. - */ -static void -DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - int i; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) { - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++; - } -} - - -static void -DRITransitionToSharedBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo; - - DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen ); - - if (pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D) - pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D( pScreen ); -} - - -static void -DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo; - - DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen ); - - if (pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D) - pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D( pScreen ); -} - - -static void -DRITransitionTo3d(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo; - - DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen ); - - if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d) - pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d( pScreen ); -} - -static void -DRITransitionTo2d(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo; - - DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen ); - - if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d) - pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d( pScreen ); -} - - -static int -DRIDCNTreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data) -{ - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin); - - if (pDRIDrawablePriv) { - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList) > 0) { - WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = (WindowPtr*)data; - int i = 0; - - while (pDRIWindows[i]) - i++; - - pDRIWindows[i] = pWin; - - pDRIPriv->nrWalked++; - } - - if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked) - return WT_STOPWALKING; - } - - return WT_WALKCHILDREN; -} - -static void -DRIDriverClipNotify(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ClipNotify) { - WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = calloc(sizeof(WindowPtr), pDRIPriv->nrWindows); - DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo; - - if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows > 0) { - pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0; - TraverseTree(pScreen->root, DRIDCNTreeTraversal, - (pointer)pDRIWindows); - } - - pDRIInfo->ClipNotify(pScreen, pDRIWindows, pDRIPriv->nrWindows); - - free(pDRIWindows); - } -} - -static void -DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - switch (++pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) { - case 1: - DRITransitionTo3d( pScreen ); - break; - case 2: - DRITransitionToSharedBuffers( pScreen ); - break; - default: - break; - } - - DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen); -} - -static void -DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - switch (--pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) { - case 0: - DRITransitionTo2d( pScreen ); - break; - case 1: - DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers( pScreen ); - break; - default: - break; - } - - DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen); -} - -Bool -DRICreateDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable, - drm_drawable_t * hHWDrawable) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv; - WindowPtr pWin; - - if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) { - pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable; - if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) { - pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount++; - - if (!pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) { - drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable); - } - } - else { - /* allocate a DRI Window Private record */ - if (!(pDRIDrawablePriv = malloc(sizeof(DRIDrawablePrivRec)))) { - return FALSE; - } - - /* Only create a drm_drawable_t once */ - if (drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, - &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable)) { - free(pDRIDrawablePriv); - return FALSE; - } - - /* add it to the list of DRI drawables for this screen */ - pDRIDrawablePriv->pScreen = pScreen; - pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount = 1; - pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = -1; - pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList); - - /* save private off of preallocated index */ - dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey, - pDRIDrawablePriv); - pDRIPriv->nrWindows++; - - if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects) - DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen); - } - - /* track this in case the client dies */ - AddResource(FakeClientID(client->index), DRIDrawablePrivResType, - (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id); - - if (pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) { - drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD, - pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable, - DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS, - RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList), - RegionRects(&pWin->clipList)); - *hHWDrawable = pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable; - } - } - else if (pDrawable->type != DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) { /* PBuffer */ - /* NOT_DONE */ - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -static void -DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(WindowPtr pWin) -{ - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin); - ScreenPtr pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv; - - if (!pDRIDrawablePriv) - return; - - pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex != -1) { - /* bump stamp to force outstanding 3D requests to resync */ - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp - = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++; - - /* release drawable table entry */ - pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex] = NULL; - } - - pDRIPriv->nrWindows--; - - if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects) - DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen); - - drmDestroyDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable); - - free(pDRIDrawablePriv); - dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey, NULL); -} - -static Bool -DRIDestroyDrawableCB(pointer value, XID id, pointer data) -{ - if (value == data) { - /* This calls back DRIDrawablePrivDelete which frees private area */ - FreeResourceByType(id, DRIDrawablePrivResType, FALSE); - - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -Bool -DRIDestroyDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable) -{ - if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) { - LookupClientResourceComplex(client, DRIDrawablePrivResType, - DRIDestroyDrawableCB, - (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id); - } - else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */ - /* NOT_DONE */ - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRIDrawablePrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id) -{ - WindowPtr pWin; - int rc; - - /* For DRIDrawablePrivResType, the XID is the client's fake ID. The - * important XID is the value in pResource. */ - id = (XID)(intptr_t)pResource; - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, id, serverClient, DixGetAttrAccess); - - if (rc == Success) { - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrwPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin); - - if (!pDRIDrwPriv) - return FALSE; - - if (--pDRIDrwPriv->refCount == 0) - DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin); - - return TRUE; - } - else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */ - /* NOT_DONE */ - return FALSE; - } -} - -Bool -DRIGetDrawableInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen, - DrawablePtr pDrawable, - unsigned int* index, - unsigned int* stamp, - int* X, - int* Y, - int* W, - int* H, - int* numClipRects, - drm_clip_rect_t ** pClipRects, - int* backX, - int* backY, - int* numBackClipRects, - drm_clip_rect_t ** pBackClipRects) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv, pOldDrawPriv; - WindowPtr pWin, pOldWin; - int i; - -#if 0 - printf("maxDrawableTableEntry = %d\n", pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry); -#endif - - if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) { - pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable; - if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) { - - /* Manage drawable table */ - if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex == -1) { /* load SAREA table */ - - /* Search table for empty entry */ - i = 0; - while (i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) { - if (!(pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i])) { - pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = pDrawable; - pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = i; - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = - DRIDrawableValidationStamp++; - break; - } - i++; - } - - /* Search table for oldest entry */ - if (i == pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) { - unsigned int oldestStamp = ~0; - int oldestIndex = 0; - i = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; - while (i--) { - if (pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp < - oldestStamp) { - oldestIndex = i; - oldestStamp = - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp; - } - } - pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = oldestIndex; - - /* release oldest drawable table entry */ - pOldWin = (WindowPtr)pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex]; - pOldDrawPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pOldWin); - pOldDrawPriv->drawableIndex = -1; - - /* claim drawable table entry */ - pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex] = pDrawable; - - /* validate SAREA entry */ - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[oldestIndex].stamp = - DRIDrawableValidationStamp++; - - /* check for stamp wrap around */ - if (oldestStamp > DRIDrawableValidationStamp) { - - /* walk SAREA table and invalidate all drawables */ - for( i=0; - i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; - i++) { - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = - DRIDrawableValidationStamp++; - } - } - } - - /* If the driver wants to be notified when the index is - * set for a drawable, let it know now. - */ - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex) - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex(pWin, - pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex); - - /* reinit drawable ID if window is visible */ - if ((pWin->viewable) && - (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->bufferRequests != DRI_NO_WINDOWS)) - { - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin, - &pWin->clipList, pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex); - } - } - - *index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex; - *stamp = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[*index].stamp; - *X = (int)(pWin->drawable.x); - *Y = (int)(pWin->drawable.y); - *W = (int)(pWin->drawable.width); - *H = (int)(pWin->drawable.height); - *numClipRects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList); - *pClipRects = (drm_clip_rect_t *)RegionRects(&pWin->clipList); - - if (!*numClipRects && pDRIPriv->fullscreen) { - /* use fake full-screen clip rect */ - pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x1 = *X; - pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y1 = *Y; - pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x2 = *X + *W; - pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y2 = *Y + *H; - - *numClipRects = 1; - *pClipRects = &pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect; - } - - *backX = *X; - *backY = *Y; - - if (pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible == 1 && *numClipRects) { - /* Use a single cliprect. */ - - int x0 = *X; - int y0 = *Y; - int x1 = x0 + *W; - int y1 = y0 + *H; - - if (x0 < 0) x0 = 0; - if (y0 < 0) y0 = 0; - if (x1 > pScreen->width) x1 = pScreen->width; - if (y1 > pScreen->height) y1 = pScreen->height; - - if (y0 >= y1 || x0 >= x1) { - *numBackClipRects = 0; - *pBackClipRects = NULL; - } else { - pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x1 = x0; - pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y1 = y0; - pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x2 = x1; - pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y2 = y1; - - *numBackClipRects = 1; - *pBackClipRects = &(pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect); - } - } else { - /* Use the frontbuffer cliprects for back buffers. */ - *numBackClipRects = 0; - *pBackClipRects = 0; - } - } - else { - /* Not a DRIDrawable */ - return FALSE; - } - } - else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */ - /* NOT_DONE */ - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -DRIGetDeviceInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen, - drm_handle_t * hFrameBuffer, - int* fbOrigin, - int* fbSize, - int* fbStride, - int* devPrivateSize, - void** pDevPrivate) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - *hFrameBuffer = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer; - *fbOrigin = 0; - *fbSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize; - *fbStride = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferStride; - *devPrivateSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivateSize; - *pDevPrivate = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivate; - - return TRUE; -} - -DRIInfoPtr -DRICreateInfoRec(void) -{ - DRIInfoPtr inforec = (DRIInfoPtr)calloc(1, sizeof(DRIInfoRec)); - if (!inforec) return NULL; - - /* Initialize defaults */ - inforec->busIdString = NULL; - - /* Wrapped function defaults */ - inforec->wrap.WakeupHandler = DRIDoWakeupHandler; - inforec->wrap.BlockHandler = DRIDoBlockHandler; - inforec->wrap.WindowExposures = DRIWindowExposures; - inforec->wrap.CopyWindow = DRICopyWindow; - inforec->wrap.ValidateTree = DRIValidateTree; - inforec->wrap.PostValidateTree = DRIPostValidateTree; - inforec->wrap.ClipNotify = DRIClipNotify; - inforec->wrap.AdjustFrame = DRIAdjustFrame; - - inforec->TransitionTo2d = 0; - inforec->TransitionTo3d = 0; - inforec->SetDrawableIndex = 0; - - return inforec; -} - -void -DRIDestroyInfoRec(DRIInfoPtr DRIInfo) -{ - free(DRIInfo->busIdString); - free((char*)DRIInfo); -} - - -void -DRIWakeupHandler(pointer wakeupData, int result, pointer pReadmask) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) { - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (pDRIPriv && - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler) - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler)(i, wakeupData, - result, pReadmask); - } -} - -void -DRIBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout, pointer pReadmask) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) { - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (pDRIPriv && - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler) - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler)(i, blockData, - pTimeout, pReadmask); - } -} - -void -DRIDoWakeupHandler(int screenNum, pointer wakeupData, - unsigned long result, pointer pReadmask) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum]; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - DRILock(pScreen, 0); - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) { - /* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */ - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen, - DRI_3D_SYNC, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore); - } -} - -void -DRIDoBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData, - pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum]; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) { - /* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */ - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen, - DRI_2D_SYNC, - DRI_NO_CONTEXT, - NULL, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore); - } - - if (pDRIPriv->windowsTouched) - DRM_SPINUNLOCK(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1); - pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = FALSE; - - DRIUnlock(pScreen); -} - -void -DRISwapContext(int drmFD, void *oldctx, void *newctx) -{ - DRIContextPrivPtr oldContext = (DRIContextPrivPtr)oldctx; - DRIContextPrivPtr newContext = (DRIContextPrivPtr)newctx; - ScreenPtr pScreen = newContext->pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - void* oldContextStore = NULL; - DRIContextType oldContextType; - void* newContextStore = NULL; - DRIContextType newContextType; - DRISyncType syncType; -#ifdef DEBUG - static int count = 0; - - if (!newContext) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[DRI] Context Switch Error: oldContext=%x, newContext=%x\n", - oldContext, newContext); - return; - } - - /* usefull for debugging, just print out after n context switches */ - if (!count || !(count % 1)) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[DRI] Context switch %5d from %p/0x%08x (%d)\n", - count, - oldContext, - oldContext ? oldContext->flags : 0, - oldContext ? oldContext->hwContext : -1); - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, - "[DRI] Context switch %5d to %p/0x%08x (%d)\n", - count, - newContext, - newContext ? newContext->flags : 0, - newContext ? newContext->hwContext : -1); - } - ++count; -#endif - - if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[DRI] DDX driver missing context swap call back\n"); - return; - } - - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) { - - /* only 3D contexts are swapped in this case */ - if (oldContext) { - oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext); - oldContext->valid3D = TRUE; - oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT; - } else { - oldContextType = DRI_NO_CONTEXT; - } - newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext); - if ((newContext->valid3D) && - (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) { - newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT; - } - else { - newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT; - } - syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC; - } - else /* default: driverSwapMethod == DRI_SERVER_SWAP */ { - - /* optimize 2D context swaps */ - - if (newContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) { - /* go from 3D context to 2D context and only save 2D - * subset of 3D state - */ - oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext); - oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT; - newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext); - newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT; - syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC; - pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext = oldContext; - } - else if (oldContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) { - if (pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext == newContext) { - /* go from 2D context back to previous 3D context and - * only restore 2D subset of previous 3D state - */ - oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext); - oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT; - newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext); - newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT; - syncType = DRI_2D_SYNC; - } - else { - /* go from 2D context to a different 3D context */ - - /* call DDX driver to do partial restore */ - oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext); - newContextStore = - DRIGetContextStore(pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext); - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen, - DRI_2D_SYNC, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - oldContextStore, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - newContextStore); - - /* now setup for a complete 3D swap */ - oldContextStore = newContextStore; - oldContext->valid3D = TRUE; - oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT; - newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext); - if ((newContext->valid3D) && - (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) { - newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT; - } - else { - newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT; - } - syncType = DRI_NO_SYNC; - } - } - else { - /* now setup for a complete 3D swap */ - oldContextStore = newContextStore; - oldContext->valid3D = TRUE; - oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT; - newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext); - if ((newContext->valid3D) && - (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) { - newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT; - } - else { - newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT; - } - syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC; - } - } - - /* call DDX driver to perform the swap */ - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen, - syncType, - oldContextType, - oldContextStore, - newContextType, - newContextStore); -} - -void* -DRIGetContextStore(DRIContextPrivPtr context) -{ - return((void *)context->pContextStore); -} - -void -DRIWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr prgn, RegionPtr bsreg) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin); - - if(pDRIDrawablePriv) { - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin, prgn, - pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex); - } - - /* call lower wrapped functions */ - if (pDRIPriv && pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures) { - - /* unwrap */ - pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures; - - /* call lower layers */ - (*pScreen->WindowExposures)(pWin, prgn, bsreg); - - /* rewrap */ - pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = pScreen->WindowExposures; - pScreen->WindowExposures = DRIWindowExposures; - } -} - - -static int -DRITreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data) -{ - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin); - - if(pDRIDrawablePriv) { - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if(RegionNumRects(&(pWin->clipList)) > 0) { - RegionPtr reg = (RegionPtr)data; - - RegionUnion(reg, reg, &(pWin->clipList)); - pDRIPriv->nrWalked++; - } - - if(pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked) - return WT_STOPWALKING; - } - return WT_WALKCHILDREN; -} - -Bool -DRIDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWin) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - Bool retval = TRUE; - - DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin); - - /* call lower wrapped functions */ - if(pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) { - /* unwrap */ - pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow; - - /* call lower layers */ - retval = (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin); - - /* rewrap */ - pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow; - pScreen->DestroyWindow = DRIDestroyWindow; - } - - return retval; -} - -void -DRICopyWindow(WindowPtr pWin, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if(!pDRIPriv) return; - - if(pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible > 0) { - RegionRec reg; - - RegionNull(®); - pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0; - TraverseTree(pWin, DRITreeTraversal, (pointer)(®)); - - if(RegionNotEmpty(®)) { - RegionTranslate(®, ptOldOrg.x - pWin->drawable.x, - ptOldOrg.y - pWin->drawable.y); - RegionIntersect(®, ®, prgnSrc); - - /* The MoveBuffers interface is not ideal */ - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->MoveBuffers)(pWin, ptOldOrg, ®, - pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry); - } - - RegionUninit(®); - } - - /* call lower wrapped functions */ - if(pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow) { - /* unwrap */ - pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow; - - /* call lower layers */ - (*pScreen->CopyWindow)(pWin, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc); - - /* rewrap */ - pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow; - pScreen->CopyWindow = DRICopyWindow; - } -} - -static void -DRIGetSecs(long *secs, long *usecs) -{ - struct timeval tv; - - gettimeofday(&tv, NULL); - - *secs = tv.tv_sec; - *usecs = tv.tv_usec; -} - -static unsigned long -DRIComputeMilliSeconds(unsigned long s_secs, unsigned long s_usecs, - unsigned long f_secs, unsigned long f_usecs) -{ - if (f_usecs < s_usecs) { - --f_secs; - f_usecs += 1000000; - } - return (f_secs - s_secs) * 1000 + (f_usecs - s_usecs) / 1000; -} - -static void -DRISpinLockTimeout(drmLock *lock, int val, unsigned long timeout /* in mS */) -{ - int count = 10000; -#if !defined(__alpha__) && !defined(__powerpc__) - char ret; -#else - int ret; -#endif - long s_secs, s_usecs; - long f_secs, f_usecs; - long msecs; - long prev = 0; - - DRIGetSecs(&s_secs, &s_usecs); - - do { - DRM_SPINLOCK_COUNT(lock, val, count, ret); - if (!ret) return; /* Got lock */ - DRIGetSecs(&f_secs, &f_usecs); - msecs = DRIComputeMilliSeconds(s_secs, s_usecs, f_secs, f_usecs); - if (msecs - prev < 250) count *= 2; /* Not more than 0.5S */ - } while (msecs < timeout); - - /* Didn't get lock, so take it. The worst - that can happen is that there is some - garbage written to the wrong part of the - framebuffer that a refresh will repair. - That's undesirable, but better than - locking the server. This should be a - very rare event. */ - DRM_SPINLOCK_TAKE(lock, val); -} - -static void -DRILockTree(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if(!pDRIPriv) return; - - /* Restore the last known 3D context if the X context is hidden */ - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) { - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen, - DRI_2D_SYNC, - DRI_NO_CONTEXT, - NULL, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore); - } - - /* Call kernel to release lock */ - DRIUnlock(pScreen); - - /* Grab drawable spin lock: a time out between 10 and 30 seconds is - appropriate, since this should never time out except in the case of - client death while the lock is being held. The timeout must be - greater than any reasonable rendering time. */ - DRISpinLockTimeout(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1, 10000); /*10 secs*/ - - /* Call kernel flush outstanding buffers and relock */ - DRILock(pScreen, DRM_LOCK_QUIESCENT|DRM_LOCK_FLUSH_ALL); - - /* Switch back to our 2D context if the X context is hidden */ - if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) { - /* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */ - (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen, - DRI_3D_SYNC, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore, - DRI_2D_CONTEXT, - pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore); - } -} - -int -DRIValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - int returnValue = 1; /* always return 1, not checked by dix/window.c */ - - if(!pDRIPriv) return returnValue; - - /* call lower wrapped functions */ - if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree) { - /* unwrap */ - pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree; - - /* call lower layers */ - returnValue = (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind); - - /* rewrap */ - pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = pScreen->ValidateTree; - pScreen->ValidateTree = DRIValidateTree; - } - - return returnValue; -} - -void -DRIPostValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv; - - if (pParent) { - pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen; - } else { - pScreen = pChild->drawable.pScreen; - } - if(!(pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen))) return; - - if (pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree) { - /* unwrap */ - pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree; - - /* call lower layers */ - (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind); - - /* rewrap */ - pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree; - pScreen->PostValidateTree = DRIPostValidateTree; - } -} - -void -DRIClipNotify(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv; - - if(!pDRIPriv) return; - - if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) { - int nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList); - - if(!pDRIPriv->windowsTouched) { - DRILockTree(pScreen); - pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = TRUE; - } - - if (nrects && !pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects) - DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen); - else if (!nrects && pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects) - DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen); - else - DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen); - - pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = nrects; - - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp - = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++; - - drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable, - DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS, - nrects, RegionRects(&pWin->clipList)); - } - - /* call lower wrapped functions */ - if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify) { - - /* unwrap */ - pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify; - - /* call lower layers */ - (*pScreen->ClipNotify)(pWin, dx, dy); - - /* rewrap */ - pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = pScreen->ClipNotify; - pScreen->ClipNotify = DRIClipNotify; - } -} - -CARD32 -DRIGetDrawableIndex(WindowPtr pWin) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin); - CARD32 index; - - if (pDRIDrawablePriv) { - index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex; - } - else { - index = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry; - } - - return index; -} - -unsigned int -DRIGetDrawableStamp(ScreenPtr pScreen, CARD32 drawable_index) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - return pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[drawable_index].stamp; -} - - -void -DRIPrintDrawableLock(ScreenPtr pScreen, char *msg) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - ErrorF("%s: %d\n", msg, pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock.lock); -} - -void -DRILock(ScreenPtr pScreen, int flags) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return; - - if (!*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) { - DRM_LOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext, flags); - *pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = pDRIPriv->myContext; - } else if (*pDRIPriv->pLockingContext != pDRIPriv->myContext) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[DRI] Locking deadlock.\n" - "\tAlready locked with context %d,\n" - "\ttrying to lock with context %d.\n", - pDRIPriv->pLockingContext, - pDRIPriv->myContext); - } - (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)++; -} - -void -DRIUnlock(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return; - - if (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount > 0) { - if (pDRIPriv->myContext != *pDRIPriv->pLockingContext) { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "[DRI] Unlocking inconsistency:\n" - "\tContext %d trying to unlock lock held by context %d\n", - pDRIPriv->pLockingContext, - pDRIPriv->myContext); - } - (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)--; - } else { - DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR, - "DRIUnlock called when not locked.\n"); - return; - } - if (! *pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) - DRM_UNLOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext); -} - -void * -DRIGetSAREAPrivate(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - if (!pDRIPriv) return 0; - - return (void *)(((char*)pDRIPriv->pSAREA)+sizeof(XF86DRISAREARec)); -} - -drm_context_t -DRIGetContext(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - if (!pDRIPriv) return 0; - - return pDRIPriv->myContext; -} - -void -DRIGetTexOffsetFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen, - DRITexOffsetStartProcPtr *texOffsetStartFunc, - DRITexOffsetFinishProcPtr *texOffsetFinishFunc) -{ - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (!pDRIPriv) return; - - *texOffsetStartFunc = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetStart; - *texOffsetFinishFunc = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetFinish; -} - -/* This lets get at the unwrapped functions so that they can correctly - * call the lowerlevel functions, and choose whether they will be - * called at every level of recursion (eg in validatetree). - */ -DRIWrappedFuncsRec * -DRIGetWrappedFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - return &(DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen)->wrap); -} - -/* note that this returns the library version, not the protocol version */ -void -DRIQueryVersion(int *majorVersion, - int *minorVersion, - int *patchVersion) -{ - *majorVersion = DRIINFO_MAJOR_VERSION; - *minorVersion = DRIINFO_MINOR_VERSION; - *patchVersion = DRIINFO_PATCH_VERSION; -} - -static void -_DRIAdjustFrame(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv, int x, int y) -{ - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x = x; - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y = y; - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width = pScrn->frameX1 - x + 1; - pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height = pScrn->frameY1 - y + 1; -} - -void -DRIAdjustFrame(int scrnIndex, int x, int y, int flags) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnIndex]; - DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - int px, py; - - if (!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pSAREA) { - DRIDrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_ERROR, "[DRI] No SAREA (%p %p)\n", - pDRIPriv, pDRIPriv ? pDRIPriv->pSAREA : NULL); - return; - } - - if (pDRIPriv->fullscreen) { - /* Fix up frame */ - pScrn->frameX0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x; - pScrn->frameY0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y; - pScrn->frameX1 = pScrn->frameX0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width - 1; - pScrn->frameY1 = pScrn->frameY0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height - 1; - - /* Fix up cursor */ - miPointerGetPosition(inputInfo.pointer, &px, &py); - if (px < pScrn->frameX0) px = pScrn->frameX0; - if (px > pScrn->frameX1) px = pScrn->frameX1; - if (py < pScrn->frameY0) py = pScrn->frameY0; - if (py > pScrn->frameY1) py = pScrn->frameY1; - pScreen->SetCursorPosition(inputInfo.pointer, pScreen, px, py, TRUE); - return; - } - - if (pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame) { - /* unwrap */ - pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame; - /* call lower layers */ - (*pScrn->AdjustFrame)(scrnIndex, x, y, flags); - /* rewrap */ - pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = pScrn->AdjustFrame; - pScrn->AdjustFrame = DRIAdjustFrame; - } - - _DRIAdjustFrame(pScrn, pDRIPriv, x, y); -} - -/* - * DRIMoveBuffersHelper swaps the regions rects in place leaving you - * a region with the rects in the order that you need to blit them, - * but it is possibly (likely) an invalid region afterwards. If you - * need to use the region again for anything you have to call - * REGION_VALIDATE on it, or better yet, save a copy first. - */ - -void -DRIMoveBuffersHelper( - ScreenPtr pScreen, - int dx, - int dy, - int *xdir, - int *ydir, - RegionPtr reg -) -{ - BoxPtr extents, pbox, firstBox, lastBox; - BoxRec tmpBox; - int y, nbox; - - extents = RegionExtents(reg); - nbox = RegionNumRects(reg); - pbox = RegionRects(reg); - - if((dy > 0) && (dy < (extents->y2 - extents->y1))) { - *ydir = -1; - if(nbox > 1) { - firstBox = pbox; - lastBox = pbox + nbox - 1; - while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) { - tmpBox = *firstBox; - *firstBox = *lastBox; - *lastBox = tmpBox; - firstBox++; - lastBox--; - } - } - } else *ydir = 1; - - if((dx > 0) && (dx < (extents->x2 - extents->x1))) { - *xdir = -1; - if(nbox > 1) { - firstBox = lastBox = pbox; - y = pbox->y1; - while(--nbox) { - pbox++; - if(pbox->y1 == y) lastBox++; - else { - while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) { - tmpBox = *firstBox; - *firstBox = *lastBox; - *lastBox = tmpBox; - firstBox++; - lastBox--; - } - - firstBox = lastBox = pbox; - y = pbox->y1; - } - } - while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) { - tmpBox = *firstBox; - *firstBox = *lastBox; - *lastBox = tmpBox; - firstBox++; - lastBox--; - } - } - } else *xdir = 1; - -} - -char * -DRICreatePCIBusID(const struct pci_device * dev) -{ - char *busID; - - if (asprintf(&busID, "pci:%04x:%02x:%02x.%d", - dev->domain, dev->bus, dev->dev, dev->func) == -1) - return NULL; - - return busID; -} - -static void drmSIGIOHandler(int interrupt, void *closure) -{ - unsigned long key; - void *value; - ssize_t count; - drm_ctx_t ctx; - typedef void (*_drmCallback)(int, void *, void *); - char buf[256]; - drm_context_t old; - drm_context_t new; - void *oldctx; - void *newctx; - char *pt; - drmHashEntry *entry; - void *hash_table; - - hash_table = drmGetHashTable(); - - if (!hash_table) return; - if (drmHashFirst(hash_table, &key, &value)) { - entry = value; - do { -#if 0 - fprintf(stderr, "Trying %d\n", entry->fd); -#endif - if ((count = read(entry->fd, buf, sizeof(buf) - 1)) > 0) { - buf[count] = '\0'; -#if 0 - fprintf(stderr, "Got %s\n", buf); -#endif - - for (pt = buf; *pt != ' '; ++pt); /* Find first space */ - ++pt; - old = strtol(pt, &pt, 0); - new = strtol(pt, NULL, 0); - oldctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, old); - newctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, new); -#if 0 - fprintf(stderr, "%d %d %p %p\n", old, new, oldctx, newctx); -#endif - ((_drmCallback)entry->f)(entry->fd, oldctx, newctx); - ctx.handle = new; - ioctl(entry->fd, DRM_IOCTL_NEW_CTX, &ctx); - } - } while (drmHashNext(hash_table, &key, &value)); - } -} - - -int drmInstallSIGIOHandler(int fd, void (*f)(int, void *, void *)) -{ - drmHashEntry *entry; - - entry = drmGetEntry(fd); - entry->f = f; - - return xf86InstallSIGIOHandler(fd, drmSIGIOHandler, 0); -} - -int drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(int fd) -{ - drmHashEntry *entry = drmGetEntry(fd); - - entry->f = NULL; - - return xf86RemoveSIGIOHandler(fd); -} +/**************************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
+Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc.
+All Rights Reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
+of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL PRECISION INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+**************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Jens Owen <jens@tungstengraphics.com>
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@valinux.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "xf86drm.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#define _XF86DRI_SERVER_
+#include <X11/dri/xf86driproto.h>
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "xf86str.h"
+#include "dri.h"
+#include "sarea.h"
+#include "dristruct.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86drm.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "xf86_OSproc.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"
+
+static int DRIEntPrivIndex = -1;
+static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIScreenPrivKeyRec;
+#define DRIScreenPrivKey (&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec)
+static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIWindowPrivKeyRec;
+#define DRIWindowPrivKey (&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec)
+static unsigned long DRIGeneration = 0;
+static unsigned int DRIDrawableValidationStamp = 0;
+
+static RESTYPE DRIDrawablePrivResType;
+static RESTYPE DRIContextPrivResType;
+static void DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv);
+
+drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo;
+
+ /* Wrapper just like xf86DrvMsg, but
+ without the verbosity level checking.
+ This will make it easy to turn off some
+ messages later, based on verbosity
+ level. */
+
+/*
+ * Since we're already referencing things from the XFree86 common layer in
+ * this file, we'd might as well just call xf86VDrvMsgVerb, and have
+ * consistent message formatting. The verbosity of these messages can be
+ * easily changed here.
+ */
+#define DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY 1
+static void
+DRIDrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+
+static void
+DRIOpenDRMCleanup(DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv)
+{
+ if (pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA != NULL) {
+ drmUnmap(pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIEntPriv->sAreaSize);
+ pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA = NULL;
+ }
+ if (pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA != 0) {
+ drmRmMap(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD, pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA);
+ }
+ if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD >= 0) {
+ drmClose(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD);
+ pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+DRIMasterFD(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->drmFD;
+}
+
+void *
+DRIMasterSareaPointer(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->pLSAREA;
+}
+
+drm_handle_t
+DRIMasterSareaHandle(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->hLSAREA;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+DRIOpenDRMMaster(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ unsigned long sAreaSize,
+ const char *busID,
+ const char *drmDriverName)
+{
+ drmSetVersion saveSv, sv;
+ Bool drmWasAvailable;
+ DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv;
+ DRIEntPrivRec tmp;
+ drmVersionPtr drmlibv;
+ int drmlibmajor, drmlibminor;
+ const char *openBusID;
+ int count;
+ int err;
+
+ if (DRIEntPrivIndex == -1)
+ DRIEntPrivIndex = xf86AllocateEntityPrivateIndex();
+
+ pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);
+
+ if (pDRIEntPriv && pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != -1)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ drmWasAvailable = drmAvailable();
+
+ memset(&tmp, 0, sizeof(tmp));
+
+ /* Check the DRM lib version.
+ * drmGetLibVersion was not supported in version 1.0, so check for
+ * symbol first to avoid possible crash or hang.
+ */
+
+ drmlibmajor = 1;
+ drmlibminor = 0;
+ if (xf86LoaderCheckSymbol("drmGetLibVersion")) {
+ drmlibv = drmGetLibVersion(-1);
+ if (drmlibv != NULL) {
+ drmlibmajor = drmlibv->version_major;
+ drmlibminor = drmlibv->version_minor;
+ drmFreeVersion(drmlibv);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the libdrm can handle falling back to loading based on name
+ * if a busid string is passed.
+ */
+ openBusID = (drmlibmajor == 1 && drmlibminor >= 2) ? busID : NULL;
+
+ tmp.drmFD = -1;
+ sv.drm_di_major = 1;
+ sv.drm_di_minor = 1;
+ sv.drm_dd_major = -1;
+
+ saveSv = sv;
+ count = 10;
+ while (count--) {
+ tmp.drmFD = drmOpen(drmDriverName, openBusID);
+
+ if (tmp.drmFD < 0) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] drmOpen failed.\n");
+ goto out_err;
+ }
+
+ err = drmSetInterfaceVersion(tmp.drmFD, &sv);
+
+ if (err != -EPERM)
+ break;
+
+ sv = saveSv;
+ drmClose(tmp.drmFD);
+ tmp.drmFD = -1;
+ usleep(100000);
+ }
+
+ if (tmp.drmFD <= 0) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] DRM was busy with another master.\n");
+ goto out_err;
+ }
+
+ if (!drmWasAvailable) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] loaded kernel module for \"%s\" driver.\n",
+ drmDriverName);
+ }
+
+ if (err != 0) {
+ sv.drm_di_major = 1;
+ sv.drm_di_minor = 0;
+ }
+
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM interface version %d.%d\n",
+ sv.drm_di_major, sv.drm_di_minor);
+
+ if (sv.drm_di_major == 1 && sv.drm_di_minor >= 1)
+ err = 0;
+ else
+ err = drmSetBusid(tmp.drmFD, busID);
+
+ if (err) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] Could not set DRM device bus ID.\n");
+ goto out_err;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Create a lock-containing sarea.
+ */
+
+ if (drmAddMap( tmp.drmFD, 0, sAreaSize, DRM_SHM,
+ DRM_CONTAINS_LOCK, &tmp.hLSAREA) < 0) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Could not create SAREA for DRM lock.\n");
+ tmp.hLSAREA = 0;
+ goto out_err;
+ }
+
+ if (drmMap( tmp.drmFD, tmp.hLSAREA, sAreaSize,
+ (drmAddressPtr)(&tmp.pLSAREA)) < 0) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Mapping SAREA for DRM lock failed.\n");
+ tmp.pLSAREA = NULL;
+ goto out_err;
+ }
+
+ memset(tmp.pLSAREA, 0, sAreaSize);
+
+ /*
+ * Reserved contexts are handled by the first opened screen.
+ */
+
+ tmp.resOwner = NULL;
+
+ if (!pDRIEntPriv)
+ pDRIEntPriv = xnfcalloc(sizeof(*pDRIEntPriv), 1);
+
+ if (!pDRIEntPriv) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Failed to allocate memory for "
+ "DRM device.\n");
+ goto out_err;
+ }
+ *pDRIEntPriv = tmp;
+ xf86GetEntityPrivate((pScrn)->entityList[0],DRIEntPrivIndex)->ptr =
+ pDRIEntPriv;
+
+ DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM open master succeeded.\n");
+ return TRUE;
+
+ out_err:
+
+ DRIOpenDRMCleanup(&tmp);
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void
+DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+static void
+dri_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(pScreen);
+ xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify);
+ xf86_crtc_notify(pScreen);
+ pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, dri_crtc_notify);
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo, int *pDRMFD)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
+ drm_context_t * reserved;
+ int reserved_count;
+ int i;
+ DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ DRIContextFlags flags = 0;
+ DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;
+
+ /* If the DRI extension is disabled, do not initialize the DRI */
+ if (noXFree86DRIExtension) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,
+ "Direct rendering has been disabled.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (!xf86VGAarbiterAllowDRI(pScreen)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,
+ "Direct rendering is not supported when VGA arb is necessary for the device\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /*
+ * If Xinerama is on, don't allow DRI to initialise. It won't be usable
+ * anyway.
+ */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,
+ "Direct rendering is not supported when Xinerama is enabled\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (!DRIOpenDRMMaster(pScrn, pDRIInfo->SAREASize,
+ pDRIInfo->busIdString,
+ pDRIInfo->drmDriverName))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);
+
+ if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration)
+ DRIGeneration = serverGeneration;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pDRIPriv = (DRIScreenPrivPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(DRIScreenPrivRec));
+ if (!pDRIPriv) {
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, pDRIPriv);
+ pDRIPriv->drmFD = pDRIEntPriv->drmFD;
+ pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = TRUE;
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo = pDRIInfo;
+ pDRIPriv->nrWindows = 0;
+ pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible = 0;
+ pDRIPriv->fullscreen = NULL;
+
+ pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtx;
+ pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtxPriv;
+
+ pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = FALSE;
+ pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled = FALSE;
+ *pDRMFD = pDRIPriv->drmFD;
+
+ if (pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed || pDRIInfo->allocSarea) {
+
+ if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ 0,
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize,
+ DRM_SHM,
+ 0,
+ &pDRIPriv->hSAREA) < 0)
+ {
+ pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
+ drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] added %d byte SAREA at %p\n",
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize, pDRIPriv->hSAREA);
+
+ /* Backwards compat. */
+ if (drmMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ pDRIPriv->hSAREA,
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize,
+ (drmAddressPtr)(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA)) < 0)
+ {
+ pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
+ drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] drmMap failed\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] mapped SAREA %p to %p\n",
+ pDRIPriv->hSAREA, pDRIPriv->pSAREA);
+ memset(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, 0, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize);
+ } else {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] Using the DRM lock "
+ "SAREA also for drawables.\n");
+ pDRIPriv->hSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA;
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA = (XF86DRISAREAPtr) pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA;
+ pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ pDRIPriv->hLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA;
+ pDRIPriv->pLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA;
+
+ if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->dontMapFrameBuffer)
+ {
+ if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ (uintptr_t)pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferPhysicalAddress,
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize,
+ DRM_FRAME_BUFFER,
+ 0,
+ &pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer) < 0)
+ {
+ pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
+ drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize);
+ drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] framebuffer handle = %p\n",
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer);
+ } else {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] framebuffer mapped by ddx driver\n");
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == NULL) {
+ pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = pScreen;
+
+ /* Add tags for reserved contexts */
+ if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ &reserved_count))) {
+ int i;
+ void *tag;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) {
+ tag = DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen,
+ reserved[i],
+ DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED);
+ drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, reserved[i], tag);
+ }
+ drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved);
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] added %d reserved context%s for kernel\n",
+ reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : "");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* validate max drawable table entry set by driver */
+ if ((pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry <= 0) ||
+ (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry > SAREA_MAX_DRAWABLES)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "Invalid max drawable table size set by driver: %d\n",
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry);
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize drawable tables (screen private and SAREA) */
+ for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) {
+ pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = NULL;
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = 0;
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].flags = 0;
+ }
+
+ pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = &pDRIEntPriv->lockRefCount;
+ pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = &pDRIEntPriv->lockingContext;
+
+ if (!pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen)
+ pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen = pDRIInfo->keepFDOpen;
+
+ pDRIEntPriv->refCount++;
+
+ /* Set up flags for DRICreateContextPriv */
+ switch (pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) {
+ case DRI_KERNEL_SWAP:
+ flags = DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY;
+ break;
+ case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT:
+ flags = DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen,
+ &pDRIPriv->myContext,
+ flags))) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "failed to create server context\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ pDRIPriv->myContextPriv = pDRIContextPriv;
+
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "X context handle = %p\n", pDRIPriv->myContext);
+
+ /* Now that we have created the X server's context, we can grab the
+ * hardware lock for the X server.
+ */
+ DRILock(pScreen, 0);
+ pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = TRUE;
+
+ /* pointers so that we can prevent memory leaks later */
+ pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore = NULL;
+ pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore = NULL;
+
+ switch(pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) {
+ case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT:
+ /* Server will handle 3D swaps, and hide 2D swaps from kernel.
+ * Register server context as a preserved context.
+ */
+
+ /* allocate memory for hidden context store */
+ pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore
+ = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize);
+ if (!pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "failed to allocate hidden context\n");
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* allocate memory for partial 3D context store */
+ pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore
+ = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize);
+ if (!pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[DRI] failed to allocate partial 3D context\n");
+ free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* save initial context store */
+ if (pDRIInfo->SwapContext) {
+ (*pDRIInfo->SwapContext)(
+ pScreen,
+ DRI_NO_SYNC,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore,
+ DRI_NO_CONTEXT,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ /* fall through */
+
+ case DRI_SERVER_SWAP:
+ /* For swap methods of DRI_SERVER_SWAP and DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT
+ * setup signal handler for receiving swap requests from kernel
+ */
+ if (!(pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled =
+ drmInstallSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD, DRISwapContext))) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[drm] failed to setup DRM signal handler\n");
+ free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
+ free(pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] installed DRM signal handler\n");
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIFinishScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
+
+ /* Wrap DRI support */
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) {
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = pScreen->ValidateTree;
+ pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) {
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree;
+ pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) {
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = pScreen->WindowExposures;
+ pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures;
+ }
+
+ pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow;
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = DRIDestroyWindow;
+
+ pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen,
+ dri_crtc_notify);
+
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) {
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow;
+ pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) {
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = pScreen->ClipNotify;
+ pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) {
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = pScrn->AdjustFrame;
+ pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame;
+ }
+ pDRIPriv->wrapped = TRUE;
+
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[DRI] installation complete\n");
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+DRICloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo;
+ drm_context_t * reserved;
+ int reserved_count;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);
+ Bool closeMaster;
+
+ if (pDRIPriv) {
+
+ pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->wrapped) {
+ /* Unwrap DRI Functions */
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) {
+ pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree;
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = NULL;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) {
+ pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree;
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = NULL;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) {
+ pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures;
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = NULL;
+ }
+ if (pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) {
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow;
+ pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = NULL;
+ }
+
+ xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify);
+
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) {
+ pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow;
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = NULL;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) {
+ pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify;
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = NULL;
+ }
+ if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) {
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame;
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = NULL;
+ }
+
+ pDRIPriv->wrapped = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled) {
+ if (!drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[drm] failed to remove DRM signal handler\n");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv && pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx) {
+ DRIDestroyDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv);
+ }
+
+ if (!DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->myContextPriv)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "failed to destroy server context\n");
+ }
+
+ /* Remove tags for reserved contexts */
+ if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == pScreen) {
+ pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = NULL;
+
+ if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ &reserved_count))) {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) {
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(drmGetContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ reserved[i]));
+ }
+ drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved);
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] removed %d reserved context%s for kernel\n",
+ reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : "");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure signals get unblocked etc. */
+ drmUnlock(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->myContext);
+ pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = NULL;
+ closeMaster = (--pDRIEntPriv->refCount == 0) &&
+ !pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen;
+ if (closeMaster || pDRIPriv->hSAREA != pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] unmapping %d bytes of SAREA %p at %p\n",
+ pDRIInfo->SAREASize,
+ pDRIPriv->hSAREA,
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA);
+ if (drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIInfo->SAREASize)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[drm] unable to unmap %d bytes"
+ " of SAREA %p at %p\n",
+ pDRIInfo->SAREASize,
+ pDRIPriv->hSAREA,
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA);
+ }
+ } else {
+ pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (closeMaster || (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != pDRIPriv->drmFD)) {
+ drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
+ if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD == pDRIPriv->drmFD) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] Closed DRM master.\n");
+ pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(pDRIPriv);
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+#define DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY 3
+
+static int dri_drm_debug_print(const char *format, va_list ap)
+{
+ xf86VDrvMsgVerb(-1, X_NONE, DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void dri_drm_get_perms(gid_t *group, mode_t *mode)
+{
+ *group = xf86ConfigDRI.group;
+ *mode = xf86ConfigDRI.mode;
+}
+
+drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo = {
+ dri_drm_debug_print,
+ xf86LoadKernelModule,
+ dri_drm_get_perms,
+};
+
+Bool
+DRIExtensionInit(void)
+{
+ if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DRIDrawablePrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIDrawablePrivDelete,
+ "DRIDrawable");
+ DRIContextPrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIContextPrivDelete,
+ "DRIContext");
+
+ if (!DRIDrawablePrivResType || !DRIContextPrivResType)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(DRIBlockHandler, DRIWakeupHandler, NULL);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+DRIReset(void)
+{
+ /*
+ * This stub routine is called when the X Server recycles, resources
+ * allocated by DRIExtensionInit need to be managed here.
+ *
+ * Currently this routine is a stub because all the interesting resources
+ * are managed via the screen init process.
+ */
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIQueryDirectRenderingCapable(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool* isCapable)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (pDRIPriv)
+ *isCapable = pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport;
+ else
+ *isCapable = FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIOpenConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_handle_t * hSAREA, char **busIdString)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ *hSAREA = pDRIPriv->hSAREA;
+ *busIdString = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->busIdString;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIAuthConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_magic_t magic)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (drmAuthMagic(pDRIPriv->drmFD, magic)) return FALSE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRICloseConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIGetClientDriverName(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int *ddxDriverMajorVersion,
+ int *ddxDriverMinorVersion,
+ int *ddxDriverPatchVersion,
+ char **clientDriverName)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ *ddxDriverMajorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMajorVersion;
+ *ddxDriverMinorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMinorVersion;
+ *ddxDriverPatchVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverPatchVersion;
+ *clientDriverName = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->clientDriverName;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* DRICreateContextPriv and DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle are helper
+ functions that layer on drmCreateContext and drmAddContextTag.
+
+ DRICreateContextPriv always creates a kernel drm_context_t and then calls
+ DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle to create a DRIContextPriv structure for
+ DRI tracking. For the SIGIO handler, the drm_context_t is associated with
+ DRIContextPrivPtr. Any special flags are stored in the DRIContextPriv
+ area and are passed to the kernel (if necessary).
+
+ DRICreateContextPriv returns a pointer to newly allocated
+ DRIContextPriv, and returns the kernel drm_context_t in pHWContext. */
+
+DRIContextPrivPtr
+DRICreateContextPriv(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ drm_context_t * pHWContext,
+ DRIContextFlags flags)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (drmCreateContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pHWContext)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen, *pHWContext, flags);
+}
+
+DRIContextPrivPtr
+DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ drm_context_t hHWContext,
+ DRIContextFlags flags)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;
+ int contextPrivSize;
+
+ contextPrivSize = sizeof(DRIContextPrivRec) +
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->contextSize;
+ if (!(pDRIContextPriv = calloc(1, contextPrivSize))) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ pDRIContextPriv->pContextStore = (void *)(pDRIContextPriv + 1);
+
+ drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, hHWContext, pDRIContextPriv);
+
+ pDRIContextPriv->hwContext = hHWContext;
+ pDRIContextPriv->pScreen = pScreen;
+ pDRIContextPriv->flags = flags;
+ pDRIContextPriv->valid3D = FALSE;
+
+ if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {
+ if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ hHWContext,
+ DRM_CONTEXT_2DONLY)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[drm] failed to set 2D context flag\n");
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED) {
+ if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ hHWContext,
+ DRM_CONTEXT_PRESERVED)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[drm] failed to set preserved flag\n");
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return pDRIContextPriv;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIDestroyContextPriv(DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
+
+ if (!pDRIContextPriv) return TRUE;
+
+ pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen);
+
+ if (!(pDRIContextPriv->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED)) {
+ /* Don't delete reserved contexts from
+ kernel area -- the kernel manages its
+ reserved contexts itself. */
+ if (drmDestroyContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the tag last to prevent a race
+ condition where the context has pending
+ buffers. The context can't be re-used
+ while in this thread, but buffers can be
+ dispatched asynchronously. */
+ drmDelContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext);
+ free(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+DRICreateDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool needCtxPriv)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;
+ void *contextStore;
+
+ if (!(pDRIContextPriv =
+ DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen,
+ &pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context, 0))) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext && needCtxPriv) {
+ if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext(pScreen, NULL,
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context,
+ NULL,
+ (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore)) {
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = pDRIContextPriv;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv;
+ void *contextStore;
+
+ if (!pDRIContextPriv) return;
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext && hasCtxPriv) {
+ contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen,
+ pDRIContextPriv->hwContext,
+ (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore);
+ }
+
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv);
+ pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = NULL;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRICreateContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr visual,
+ XID context, drm_context_t * pHWContext)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;
+ void *contextStore;
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx && !pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv) {
+ if (!DRICreateDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[drm] Could not create dummy context\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen, pHWContext, 0))) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext) {
+ if (!((*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext)(pScreen, NULL,
+ *pHWContext, NULL,
+ (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore))) {
+ DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* track this in case the client dies before cleanup */
+ AddResource(context, DRIContextPrivResType, (pointer)pDRIContextPriv);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIDestroyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, XID context)
+{
+ FreeResourceByType(context, DRIContextPrivResType, FALSE);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* DRIContextPrivDelete is called by the resource manager. */
+Bool
+DRIContextPrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id)
+{
+ DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = (DRIContextPrivPtr)pResource;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
+ void *contextStore;
+
+ pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen);
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext) {
+ contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen,
+ pDRIContextPriv->hwContext,
+ (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore);
+ }
+ return DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
+}
+
+
+/* This walks the drawable timestamp array and invalidates all of them
+ * in the case of transition from private to shared backbuffers. It's
+ * not necessary for correctness, because DRIClipNotify gets called in
+ * time to prevent any conflict, but the transition from
+ * shared->private is sometimes missed if we don't do this.
+ */
+static void
+DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ int i;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) {
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+DRITransitionToSharedBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
+
+ DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
+
+ if (pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D)
+ pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D( pScreen );
+}
+
+
+static void
+DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
+
+ DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
+
+ if (pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D)
+ pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D( pScreen );
+}
+
+
+static void
+DRITransitionTo3d(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
+
+ DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
+
+ if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d)
+ pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d( pScreen );
+}
+
+static void
+DRITransitionTo2d(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
+
+ DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
+
+ if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d)
+ pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d( pScreen );
+}
+
+
+static int
+DRIDCNTreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data)
+{
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
+
+ if (pDRIDrawablePriv) {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList) > 0) {
+ WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = (WindowPtr*)data;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ while (pDRIWindows[i])
+ i++;
+
+ pDRIWindows[i] = pWin;
+
+ pDRIPriv->nrWalked++;
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+ }
+
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+static void
+DRIDriverClipNotify(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ClipNotify) {
+ WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = calloc(sizeof(WindowPtr), pDRIPriv->nrWindows);
+ DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows > 0) {
+ pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0;
+ TraverseTree(pScreen->root, DRIDCNTreeTraversal,
+ (pointer)pDRIWindows);
+ }
+
+ pDRIInfo->ClipNotify(pScreen, pDRIWindows, pDRIPriv->nrWindows);
+
+ free(pDRIWindows);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ switch (++pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) {
+ case 1:
+ DRITransitionTo3d( pScreen );
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ DRITransitionToSharedBuffers( pScreen );
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);
+}
+
+static void
+DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ switch (--pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) {
+ case 0:
+ DRITransitionTo2d( pScreen );
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers( pScreen );
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);
+}
+
+Bool
+DRICreateDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable,
+ drm_drawable_t * hHWDrawable)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable;
+ if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount++;
+
+ if (!pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) {
+ drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ /* allocate a DRI Window Private record */
+ if (!(pDRIDrawablePriv = malloc(sizeof(DRIDrawablePrivRec)))) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Only create a drm_drawable_t once */
+ if (drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable)) {
+ free(pDRIDrawablePriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* add it to the list of DRI drawables for this screen */
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->pScreen = pScreen;
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount = 1;
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = -1;
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);
+
+ /* save private off of preallocated index */
+ dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey,
+ pDRIDrawablePriv);
+ pDRIPriv->nrWindows++;
+
+ if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
+ DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
+ }
+
+ /* track this in case the client dies */
+ AddResource(FakeClientID(client->index), DRIDrawablePrivResType,
+ (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id);
+
+ if (pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) {
+ drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable,
+ DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS,
+ RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList),
+ RegionRects(&pWin->clipList));
+ *hHWDrawable = pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pDrawable->type != DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) { /* PBuffer */
+ /* NOT_DONE */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
+
+ if (!pDRIDrawablePriv)
+ return;
+
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex != -1) {
+ /* bump stamp to force outstanding 3D requests to resync */
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp
+ = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
+
+ /* release drawable table entry */
+ pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex] = NULL;
+ }
+
+ pDRIPriv->nrWindows--;
+
+ if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
+ DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
+
+ drmDestroyDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable);
+
+ free(pDRIDrawablePriv);
+ dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey, NULL);
+}
+
+static Bool
+DRIDestroyDrawableCB(pointer value, XID id, pointer data)
+{
+ if (value == data) {
+ /* This calls back DRIDrawablePrivDelete which frees private area */
+ FreeResourceByType(id, DRIDrawablePrivResType, FALSE);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIDestroyDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
+{
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ LookupClientResourceComplex(client, DRIDrawablePrivResType,
+ DRIDestroyDrawableCB,
+ (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id);
+ }
+ else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */
+ /* NOT_DONE */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIDrawablePrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ int rc;
+
+ /* For DRIDrawablePrivResType, the XID is the client's fake ID. The
+ * important XID is the value in pResource. */
+ id = (XID)(intptr_t)pResource;
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, id, serverClient, DixGetAttrAccess);
+
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrwPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
+
+ if (!pDRIDrwPriv)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (--pDRIDrwPriv->refCount == 0)
+ DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */
+ /* NOT_DONE */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIGetDrawableInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ DrawablePtr pDrawable,
+ unsigned int* index,
+ unsigned int* stamp,
+ int* X,
+ int* Y,
+ int* W,
+ int* H,
+ int* numClipRects,
+ drm_clip_rect_t ** pClipRects,
+ int* backX,
+ int* backY,
+ int* numBackClipRects,
+ drm_clip_rect_t ** pBackClipRects)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv, pOldDrawPriv;
+ WindowPtr pWin, pOldWin;
+ int i;
+
+#if 0
+ printf("maxDrawableTableEntry = %d\n", pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry);
+#endif
+
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable;
+ if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {
+
+ /* Manage drawable table */
+ if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex == -1) { /* load SAREA table */
+
+ /* Search table for empty entry */
+ i = 0;
+ while (i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) {
+ if (!(pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i])) {
+ pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = pDrawable;
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = i;
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp =
+ DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
+ break;
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ /* Search table for oldest entry */
+ if (i == pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) {
+ unsigned int oldestStamp = ~0;
+ int oldestIndex = 0;
+ i = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry;
+ while (i--) {
+ if (pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp <
+ oldestStamp) {
+ oldestIndex = i;
+ oldestStamp =
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp;
+ }
+ }
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = oldestIndex;
+
+ /* release oldest drawable table entry */
+ pOldWin = (WindowPtr)pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex];
+ pOldDrawPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pOldWin);
+ pOldDrawPriv->drawableIndex = -1;
+
+ /* claim drawable table entry */
+ pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex] = pDrawable;
+
+ /* validate SAREA entry */
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[oldestIndex].stamp =
+ DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
+
+ /* check for stamp wrap around */
+ if (oldestStamp > DRIDrawableValidationStamp) {
+
+ /* walk SAREA table and invalidate all drawables */
+ for( i=0;
+ i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry;
+ i++) {
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp =
+ DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the driver wants to be notified when the index is
+ * set for a drawable, let it know now.
+ */
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex)
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex(pWin,
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);
+
+ /* reinit drawable ID if window is visible */
+ if ((pWin->viewable) &&
+ (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->bufferRequests != DRI_NO_WINDOWS))
+ {
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin,
+ &pWin->clipList, pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex;
+ *stamp = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[*index].stamp;
+ *X = (int)(pWin->drawable.x);
+ *Y = (int)(pWin->drawable.y);
+ *W = (int)(pWin->drawable.width);
+ *H = (int)(pWin->drawable.height);
+ *numClipRects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);
+ *pClipRects = (drm_clip_rect_t *)RegionRects(&pWin->clipList);
+
+ if (!*numClipRects && pDRIPriv->fullscreen) {
+ /* use fake full-screen clip rect */
+ pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x1 = *X;
+ pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y1 = *Y;
+ pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x2 = *X + *W;
+ pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y2 = *Y + *H;
+
+ *numClipRects = 1;
+ *pClipRects = &pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect;
+ }
+
+ *backX = *X;
+ *backY = *Y;
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible == 1 && *numClipRects) {
+ /* Use a single cliprect. */
+
+ int x0 = *X;
+ int y0 = *Y;
+ int x1 = x0 + *W;
+ int y1 = y0 + *H;
+
+ if (x0 < 0) x0 = 0;
+ if (y0 < 0) y0 = 0;
+ if (x1 > pScreen->width) x1 = pScreen->width;
+ if (y1 > pScreen->height) y1 = pScreen->height;
+
+ if (y0 >= y1 || x0 >= x1) {
+ *numBackClipRects = 0;
+ *pBackClipRects = NULL;
+ } else {
+ pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x1 = x0;
+ pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y1 = y0;
+ pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x2 = x1;
+ pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y2 = y1;
+
+ *numBackClipRects = 1;
+ *pBackClipRects = &(pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Use the frontbuffer cliprects for back buffers. */
+ *numBackClipRects = 0;
+ *pBackClipRects = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ /* Not a DRIDrawable */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */
+ /* NOT_DONE */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIGetDeviceInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ drm_handle_t * hFrameBuffer,
+ int* fbOrigin,
+ int* fbSize,
+ int* fbStride,
+ int* devPrivateSize,
+ void** pDevPrivate)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ *hFrameBuffer = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer;
+ *fbOrigin = 0;
+ *fbSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize;
+ *fbStride = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferStride;
+ *devPrivateSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivateSize;
+ *pDevPrivate = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivate;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+DRIInfoPtr
+DRICreateInfoRec(void)
+{
+ DRIInfoPtr inforec = (DRIInfoPtr)calloc(1, sizeof(DRIInfoRec));
+ if (!inforec) return NULL;
+
+ /* Initialize defaults */
+ inforec->busIdString = NULL;
+
+ /* Wrapped function defaults */
+ inforec->wrap.WakeupHandler = DRIDoWakeupHandler;
+ inforec->wrap.BlockHandler = DRIDoBlockHandler;
+ inforec->wrap.WindowExposures = DRIWindowExposures;
+ inforec->wrap.CopyWindow = DRICopyWindow;
+ inforec->wrap.ValidateTree = DRIValidateTree;
+ inforec->wrap.PostValidateTree = DRIPostValidateTree;
+ inforec->wrap.ClipNotify = DRIClipNotify;
+ inforec->wrap.AdjustFrame = DRIAdjustFrame;
+
+ inforec->TransitionTo2d = 0;
+ inforec->TransitionTo3d = 0;
+ inforec->SetDrawableIndex = 0;
+
+ return inforec;
+}
+
+void
+DRIDestroyInfoRec(DRIInfoPtr DRIInfo)
+{
+ free(DRIInfo->busIdString);
+ free((char*)DRIInfo);
+}
+
+
+void
+DRIWakeupHandler(pointer wakeupData, int result, pointer pReadmask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (pDRIPriv &&
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler)
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler)(i, wakeupData,
+ result, pReadmask);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+DRIBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (pDRIPriv &&
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler)
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler)(i, blockData,
+ pTimeout, pReadmask);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+DRIDoWakeupHandler(int screenNum, pointer wakeupData,
+ unsigned long result, pointer pReadmask)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ DRILock(pScreen, 0);
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
+ /* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
+ DRI_3D_SYNC,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+DRIDoBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData,
+ pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
+ /* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
+ DRI_2D_SYNC,
+ DRI_NO_CONTEXT,
+ NULL,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->windowsTouched)
+ DRM_SPINUNLOCK(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1);
+ pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = FALSE;
+
+ DRIUnlock(pScreen);
+}
+
+void
+DRISwapContext(int drmFD, void *oldctx, void *newctx)
+{
+ DRIContextPrivPtr oldContext = (DRIContextPrivPtr)oldctx;
+ DRIContextPrivPtr newContext = (DRIContextPrivPtr)newctx;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = newContext->pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ void* oldContextStore = NULL;
+ DRIContextType oldContextType;
+ void* newContextStore = NULL;
+ DRIContextType newContextType;
+ DRISyncType syncType;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ static int count = 0;
+
+ if (!newContext) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[DRI] Context Switch Error: oldContext=%x, newContext=%x\n",
+ oldContext, newContext);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* usefull for debugging, just print out after n context switches */
+ if (!count || !(count % 1)) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[DRI] Context switch %5d from %p/0x%08x (%d)\n",
+ count,
+ oldContext,
+ oldContext ? oldContext->flags : 0,
+ oldContext ? oldContext->hwContext : -1);
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
+ "[DRI] Context switch %5d to %p/0x%08x (%d)\n",
+ count,
+ newContext,
+ newContext ? newContext->flags : 0,
+ newContext ? newContext->hwContext : -1);
+ }
+ ++count;
+#endif
+
+ if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[DRI] DDX driver missing context swap call back\n");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
+
+ /* only 3D contexts are swapped in this case */
+ if (oldContext) {
+ oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
+ oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;
+ oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
+ } else {
+ oldContextType = DRI_NO_CONTEXT;
+ }
+ newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
+ if ((newContext->valid3D) &&
+ (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {
+ newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
+ }
+ else {
+ newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
+ }
+ syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;
+ }
+ else /* default: driverSwapMethod == DRI_SERVER_SWAP */ {
+
+ /* optimize 2D context swaps */
+
+ if (newContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {
+ /* go from 3D context to 2D context and only save 2D
+ * subset of 3D state
+ */
+ oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
+ oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
+ newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
+ newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
+ syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;
+ pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext = oldContext;
+ }
+ else if (oldContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {
+ if (pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext == newContext) {
+ /* go from 2D context back to previous 3D context and
+ * only restore 2D subset of previous 3D state
+ */
+ oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
+ oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
+ newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
+ newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
+ syncType = DRI_2D_SYNC;
+ }
+ else {
+ /* go from 2D context to a different 3D context */
+
+ /* call DDX driver to do partial restore */
+ oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
+ newContextStore =
+ DRIGetContextStore(pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext);
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
+ DRI_2D_SYNC,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ oldContextStore,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ newContextStore);
+
+ /* now setup for a complete 3D swap */
+ oldContextStore = newContextStore;
+ oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;
+ oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
+ newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
+ if ((newContext->valid3D) &&
+ (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {
+ newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
+ }
+ else {
+ newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
+ }
+ syncType = DRI_NO_SYNC;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ /* now setup for a complete 3D swap */
+ oldContextStore = newContextStore;
+ oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;
+ oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
+ newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
+ if ((newContext->valid3D) &&
+ (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {
+ newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
+ }
+ else {
+ newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
+ }
+ syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* call DDX driver to perform the swap */
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
+ syncType,
+ oldContextType,
+ oldContextStore,
+ newContextType,
+ newContextStore);
+}
+
+void*
+DRIGetContextStore(DRIContextPrivPtr context)
+{
+ return((void *)context->pContextStore);
+}
+
+void
+DRIWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr prgn, RegionPtr bsreg)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
+
+ if(pDRIDrawablePriv) {
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin, prgn,
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);
+ }
+
+ /* call lower wrapped functions */
+ if (pDRIPriv && pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures) {
+
+ /* unwrap */
+ pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures;
+
+ /* call lower layers */
+ (*pScreen->WindowExposures)(pWin, prgn, bsreg);
+
+ /* rewrap */
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = pScreen->WindowExposures;
+ pScreen->WindowExposures = DRIWindowExposures;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static int
+DRITreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data)
+{
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
+
+ if(pDRIDrawablePriv) {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if(RegionNumRects(&(pWin->clipList)) > 0) {
+ RegionPtr reg = (RegionPtr)data;
+
+ RegionUnion(reg, reg, &(pWin->clipList));
+ pDRIPriv->nrWalked++;
+ }
+
+ if(pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+ }
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+Bool
+DRIDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ Bool retval = TRUE;
+
+ DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin);
+
+ /* call lower wrapped functions */
+ if(pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) {
+ /* unwrap */
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow;
+
+ /* call lower layers */
+ retval = (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);
+
+ /* rewrap */
+ pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow;
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = DRIDestroyWindow;
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+void
+DRICopyWindow(WindowPtr pWin, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if(!pDRIPriv) return;
+
+ if(pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible > 0) {
+ RegionRec reg;
+
+ RegionNull(®);
+ pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0;
+ TraverseTree(pWin, DRITreeTraversal, (pointer)(®));
+
+ if(RegionNotEmpty(®)) {
+ RegionTranslate(®, ptOldOrg.x - pWin->drawable.x,
+ ptOldOrg.y - pWin->drawable.y);
+ RegionIntersect(®, ®, prgnSrc);
+
+ /* The MoveBuffers interface is not ideal */
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->MoveBuffers)(pWin, ptOldOrg, ®,
+ pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry);
+ }
+
+ RegionUninit(®);
+ }
+
+ /* call lower wrapped functions */
+ if(pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow) {
+ /* unwrap */
+ pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow;
+
+ /* call lower layers */
+ (*pScreen->CopyWindow)(pWin, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);
+
+ /* rewrap */
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow;
+ pScreen->CopyWindow = DRICopyWindow;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+DRIGetSecs(long *secs, long *usecs)
+{
+ struct timeval tv;
+
+ gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+
+ *secs = tv.tv_sec;
+ *usecs = tv.tv_usec;
+}
+
+static unsigned long
+DRIComputeMilliSeconds(unsigned long s_secs, unsigned long s_usecs,
+ unsigned long f_secs, unsigned long f_usecs)
+{
+ if (f_usecs < s_usecs) {
+ --f_secs;
+ f_usecs += 1000000;
+ }
+ return (f_secs - s_secs) * 1000 + (f_usecs - s_usecs) / 1000;
+}
+
+static void
+DRISpinLockTimeout(drmLock *lock, int val, unsigned long timeout /* in mS */)
+{
+ int count = 10000;
+#if !defined(__alpha__) && !defined(__powerpc__)
+ char ret;
+#else
+ int ret;
+#endif
+ long s_secs, s_usecs;
+ long f_secs, f_usecs;
+ long msecs;
+ long prev = 0;
+
+ DRIGetSecs(&s_secs, &s_usecs);
+
+ do {
+ DRM_SPINLOCK_COUNT(lock, val, count, ret);
+ if (!ret) return; /* Got lock */
+ DRIGetSecs(&f_secs, &f_usecs);
+ msecs = DRIComputeMilliSeconds(s_secs, s_usecs, f_secs, f_usecs);
+ if (msecs - prev < 250) count *= 2; /* Not more than 0.5S */
+ } while (msecs < timeout);
+
+ /* Didn't get lock, so take it. The worst
+ that can happen is that there is some
+ garbage written to the wrong part of the
+ framebuffer that a refresh will repair.
+ That's undesirable, but better than
+ locking the server. This should be a
+ very rare event. */
+ DRM_SPINLOCK_TAKE(lock, val);
+}
+
+static void
+DRILockTree(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if(!pDRIPriv) return;
+
+ /* Restore the last known 3D context if the X context is hidden */
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
+ DRI_2D_SYNC,
+ DRI_NO_CONTEXT,
+ NULL,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);
+ }
+
+ /* Call kernel to release lock */
+ DRIUnlock(pScreen);
+
+ /* Grab drawable spin lock: a time out between 10 and 30 seconds is
+ appropriate, since this should never time out except in the case of
+ client death while the lock is being held. The timeout must be
+ greater than any reasonable rendering time. */
+ DRISpinLockTimeout(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1, 10000); /*10 secs*/
+
+ /* Call kernel flush outstanding buffers and relock */
+ DRILock(pScreen, DRM_LOCK_QUIESCENT|DRM_LOCK_FLUSH_ALL);
+
+ /* Switch back to our 2D context if the X context is hidden */
+ if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
+ /* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */
+ (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
+ DRI_3D_SYNC,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore,
+ DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
+ pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
+ }
+}
+
+int
+DRIValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ int returnValue = 1; /* always return 1, not checked by dix/window.c */
+
+ if(!pDRIPriv) return returnValue;
+
+ /* call lower wrapped functions */
+ if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree) {
+ /* unwrap */
+ pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree;
+
+ /* call lower layers */
+ returnValue = (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind);
+
+ /* rewrap */
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = pScreen->ValidateTree;
+ pScreen->ValidateTree = DRIValidateTree;
+ }
+
+ return returnValue;
+}
+
+void
+DRIPostValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
+
+ if (pParent) {
+ pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
+ } else {
+ pScreen = pChild->drawable.pScreen;
+ }
+ if(!(pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen))) return;
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree) {
+ /* unwrap */
+ pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree;
+
+ /* call lower layers */
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind);
+
+ /* rewrap */
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree;
+ pScreen->PostValidateTree = DRIPostValidateTree;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+DRIClipNotify(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv;
+
+ if(!pDRIPriv) return;
+
+ if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {
+ int nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);
+
+ if(!pDRIPriv->windowsTouched) {
+ DRILockTree(pScreen);
+ pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (nrects && !pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
+ DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
+ else if (!nrects && pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
+ DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
+ else
+ DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);
+
+ pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = nrects;
+
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp
+ = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
+
+ drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable,
+ DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS,
+ nrects, RegionRects(&pWin->clipList));
+ }
+
+ /* call lower wrapped functions */
+ if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify) {
+
+ /* unwrap */
+ pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify;
+
+ /* call lower layers */
+ (*pScreen->ClipNotify)(pWin, dx, dy);
+
+ /* rewrap */
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = pScreen->ClipNotify;
+ pScreen->ClipNotify = DRIClipNotify;
+ }
+}
+
+CARD32
+DRIGetDrawableIndex(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
+ CARD32 index;
+
+ if (pDRIDrawablePriv) {
+ index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex;
+ }
+ else {
+ index = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry;
+ }
+
+ return index;
+}
+
+unsigned int
+DRIGetDrawableStamp(ScreenPtr pScreen, CARD32 drawable_index)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ return pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[drawable_index].stamp;
+}
+
+
+void
+DRIPrintDrawableLock(ScreenPtr pScreen, char *msg)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ ErrorF("%s: %d\n", msg, pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock.lock);
+}
+
+void
+DRILock(ScreenPtr pScreen, int flags)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return;
+
+ if (!*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) {
+ DRM_LOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext, flags);
+ *pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = pDRIPriv->myContext;
+ } else if (*pDRIPriv->pLockingContext != pDRIPriv->myContext) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[DRI] Locking deadlock.\n"
+ "\tAlready locked with context %d,\n"
+ "\ttrying to lock with context %d.\n",
+ pDRIPriv->pLockingContext,
+ pDRIPriv->myContext);
+ }
+ (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)++;
+}
+
+void
+DRIUnlock(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return;
+
+ if (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount > 0) {
+ if (pDRIPriv->myContext != *pDRIPriv->pLockingContext) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "[DRI] Unlocking inconsistency:\n"
+ "\tContext %d trying to unlock lock held by context %d\n",
+ pDRIPriv->pLockingContext,
+ pDRIPriv->myContext);
+ }
+ (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)--;
+ } else {
+ DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
+ "DRIUnlock called when not locked.\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ if (! *pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)
+ DRM_UNLOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext);
+}
+
+void *
+DRIGetSAREAPrivate(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ if (!pDRIPriv) return 0;
+
+ return (void *)(((char*)pDRIPriv->pSAREA)+sizeof(XF86DRISAREARec));
+}
+
+drm_context_t
+DRIGetContext(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ if (!pDRIPriv) return 0;
+
+ return pDRIPriv->myContext;
+}
+
+void
+DRIGetTexOffsetFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ DRITexOffsetStartProcPtr *texOffsetStartFunc,
+ DRITexOffsetFinishProcPtr *texOffsetFinishFunc)
+{
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (!pDRIPriv) return;
+
+ *texOffsetStartFunc = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetStart;
+ *texOffsetFinishFunc = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetFinish;
+}
+
+/* This lets get at the unwrapped functions so that they can correctly
+ * call the lowerlevel functions, and choose whether they will be
+ * called at every level of recursion (eg in validatetree).
+ */
+DRIWrappedFuncsRec *
+DRIGetWrappedFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ return &(DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen)->wrap);
+}
+
+/* note that this returns the library version, not the protocol version */
+void
+DRIQueryVersion(int *majorVersion,
+ int *minorVersion,
+ int *patchVersion)
+{
+ *majorVersion = DRIINFO_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ *minorVersion = DRIINFO_MINOR_VERSION;
+ *patchVersion = DRIINFO_PATCH_VERSION;
+}
+
+static void
+_DRIAdjustFrame(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv, int x, int y)
+{
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x = x;
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y = y;
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width = pScrn->frameX1 - x + 1;
+ pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height = pScrn->frameY1 - y + 1;
+}
+
+void
+DRIAdjustFrame(int scrnIndex, int x, int y, int flags)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnIndex];
+ DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ int px, py;
+
+ if (!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pSAREA) {
+ DRIDrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_ERROR, "[DRI] No SAREA (%p %p)\n",
+ pDRIPriv, pDRIPriv ? pDRIPriv->pSAREA : NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->fullscreen) {
+ /* Fix up frame */
+ pScrn->frameX0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x;
+ pScrn->frameY0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y;
+ pScrn->frameX1 = pScrn->frameX0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width - 1;
+ pScrn->frameY1 = pScrn->frameY0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height - 1;
+
+ /* Fix up cursor */
+ miPointerGetPosition(inputInfo.pointer, &px, &py);
+ if (px < pScrn->frameX0) px = pScrn->frameX0;
+ if (px > pScrn->frameX1) px = pScrn->frameX1;
+ if (py < pScrn->frameY0) py = pScrn->frameY0;
+ if (py > pScrn->frameY1) py = pScrn->frameY1;
+ pScreen->SetCursorPosition(inputInfo.pointer, pScreen, px, py, TRUE);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame) {
+ /* unwrap */
+ pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame;
+ /* call lower layers */
+ (*pScrn->AdjustFrame)(scrnIndex, x, y, flags);
+ /* rewrap */
+ pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = pScrn->AdjustFrame;
+ pScrn->AdjustFrame = DRIAdjustFrame;
+ }
+
+ _DRIAdjustFrame(pScrn, pDRIPriv, x, y);
+}
+
+/*
+ * DRIMoveBuffersHelper swaps the regions rects in place leaving you
+ * a region with the rects in the order that you need to blit them,
+ * but it is possibly (likely) an invalid region afterwards. If you
+ * need to use the region again for anything you have to call
+ * REGION_VALIDATE on it, or better yet, save a copy first.
+ */
+
+void
+DRIMoveBuffersHelper(
+ ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int dx,
+ int dy,
+ int *xdir,
+ int *ydir,
+ RegionPtr reg
+)
+{
+ BoxPtr extents, pbox, firstBox, lastBox;
+ BoxRec tmpBox;
+ int y, nbox;
+
+ extents = RegionExtents(reg);
+ nbox = RegionNumRects(reg);
+ pbox = RegionRects(reg);
+
+ if((dy > 0) && (dy < (extents->y2 - extents->y1))) {
+ *ydir = -1;
+ if(nbox > 1) {
+ firstBox = pbox;
+ lastBox = pbox + nbox - 1;
+ while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {
+ tmpBox = *firstBox;
+ *firstBox = *lastBox;
+ *lastBox = tmpBox;
+ firstBox++;
+ lastBox--;
+ }
+ }
+ } else *ydir = 1;
+
+ if((dx > 0) && (dx < (extents->x2 - extents->x1))) {
+ *xdir = -1;
+ if(nbox > 1) {
+ firstBox = lastBox = pbox;
+ y = pbox->y1;
+ while(--nbox) {
+ pbox++;
+ if(pbox->y1 == y) lastBox++;
+ else {
+ while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {
+ tmpBox = *firstBox;
+ *firstBox = *lastBox;
+ *lastBox = tmpBox;
+ firstBox++;
+ lastBox--;
+ }
+
+ firstBox = lastBox = pbox;
+ y = pbox->y1;
+ }
+ }
+ while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {
+ tmpBox = *firstBox;
+ *firstBox = *lastBox;
+ *lastBox = tmpBox;
+ firstBox++;
+ lastBox--;
+ }
+ }
+ } else *xdir = 1;
+
+}
+
+char *
+DRICreatePCIBusID(const struct pci_device * dev)
+{
+ char *busID;
+
+ if (asprintf(&busID, "pci:%04x:%02x:%02x.%d",
+ dev->domain, dev->bus, dev->dev, dev->func) == -1)
+ return NULL;
+
+ return busID;
+}
+
+static void drmSIGIOHandler(int interrupt, void *closure)
+{
+ unsigned long key;
+ void *value;
+ ssize_t count;
+ drm_ctx_t ctx;
+ typedef void (*_drmCallback)(int, void *, void *);
+ char buf[256];
+ drm_context_t old;
+ drm_context_t new;
+ void *oldctx;
+ void *newctx;
+ char *pt;
+ drmHashEntry *entry;
+ void *hash_table;
+
+ hash_table = drmGetHashTable();
+
+ if (!hash_table) return;
+ if (drmHashFirst(hash_table, &key, &value)) {
+ entry = value;
+ do {
+#if 0
+ fprintf(stderr, "Trying %d\n", entry->fd);
+#endif
+ if ((count = read(entry->fd, buf, sizeof(buf) - 1)) > 0) {
+ buf[count] = '\0';
+#if 0
+ fprintf(stderr, "Got %s\n", buf);
+#endif
+
+ for (pt = buf; *pt != ' '; ++pt); /* Find first space */
+ ++pt;
+ old = strtol(pt, &pt, 0);
+ new = strtol(pt, NULL, 0);
+ oldctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, old);
+ newctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, new);
+#if 0
+ fprintf(stderr, "%d %d %p %p\n", old, new, oldctx, newctx);
+#endif
+ ((_drmCallback)entry->f)(entry->fd, oldctx, newctx);
+ ctx.handle = new;
+ ioctl(entry->fd, DRM_IOCTL_NEW_CTX, &ctx);
+ }
+ } while (drmHashNext(hash_table, &key, &value));
+ }
+}
+
+
+int drmInstallSIGIOHandler(int fd, void (*f)(int, void *, void *))
+{
+ drmHashEntry *entry;
+
+ entry = drmGetEntry(fd);
+ entry->f = f;
+
+ return xf86InstallSIGIOHandler(fd, drmSIGIOHandler, 0);
+}
+
+int drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(int fd)
+{
+ drmHashEntry *entry = drmGetEntry(fd);
+
+ entry->f = NULL;
+
+ return xf86RemoveSIGIOHandler(fd);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am index 0e5b304a4..9cb27a2bd 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ -noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libloader.la - -INCLUDES = $(XORG_INCS) -I$(srcdir)/../parser -I$(top_srcdir)/miext/cw \ - -I$(srcdir)/../ddc -I$(srcdir)/../i2c -I$(srcdir)/../modes \ - -I$(srcdir)/../ramdac - -#AM_LDFLAGS = -r -AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) $(XORG_CFLAGS) - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - loader.h \ - loaderProcs.h \ - sdksyms.sh - -nodist_libloader_la_SOURCES = \ - sdksyms.c - -libloader_la_SOURCES = \ - loader.c \ - loaderProcs.h \ - loadext.c \ - loadmod.c \ - os.c - -libloader_la_LIBADD = $(DLOPEN_LIBS) - -CLEANFILES = sdksyms.c sdksyms.dep - -sdksyms.dep sdksyms.c: sdksyms.sh $(top_builddir)/include/do-not-use-config.h - CPP='$(CPP)' AWK='$(AWK)' $(srcdir)/sdksyms.sh $(top_srcdir) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) - -SDKSYMS_DEP = sdksyms.dep -include $(SDKSYMS_DEP) +noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libloader.la
+
+INCLUDES = $(XORG_INCS) -I$(srcdir)/../parser -I$(top_srcdir)/miext/cw \
+ -I$(srcdir)/../ddc -I$(srcdir)/../i2c -I$(srcdir)/../modes \
+ -I$(srcdir)/../ramdac
+
+#AM_LDFLAGS = -r
+AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) $(XORG_CFLAGS)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ loader.h \
+ loaderProcs.h \
+ sdksyms.sh
+
+nodist_libloader_la_SOURCES = \
+ sdksyms.c
+
+libloader_la_SOURCES = \
+ loader.c \
+ loaderProcs.h \
+ loadext.c \
+ loadmod.c \
+ os.c
+
+libloader_la_LIBADD = $(DLOPEN_LIBS)
+
+CLEANFILES = sdksyms.c sdksyms.dep
+
+sdksyms.dep sdksyms.c: sdksyms.sh $(top_builddir)/include/do-not-use-config.h
+ CPP='$(CPP)' AWK='$(AWK)' $(srcdir)/sdksyms.sh $(top_srcdir) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES)
+
+SDKSYMS_DEP = sdksyms.dep
+include $(SDKSYMS_DEP)
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh index 18bb73523..6f5082ae5 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh @@ -1,425 +1,425 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -cat > sdksyms.c << EOF -/* This file is automatically generated by sdksyms.sh. */ -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - - -/* These must be included first */ -#include "misc.h" -#include "miscstruct.h" - - -/* render/Makefile.am */ -#include "picture.h" -#include "mipict.h" -#include "glyphstr.h" -#include "picturestr.h" - - -/* fb/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "fb.h" -#include "fbrop.h" -#include "fboverlay.h" -#include "wfbrename.h" -#include "fbpict.h" - */ - - -/* miext/shadow/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "shadow.h" - */ - - -/* miext/damage/Makefile.am */ -#include "damage.h" -#include "damagestr.h" - -/* miext/sync/Makefile.am */ -#include "misync.h" -#include "misyncstr.h" - -/* Xext/Makefile.am -- half is module, half is builtin */ -/* -#include "xvdix.h" -#include "xvmcext.h" - */ -#include "geext.h" -#include "geint.h" -#include "shmint.h" -#include "syncsdk.h" -#if XINERAMA -# include "panoramiXsrv.h" -# include "panoramiX.h" -#endif - - -/* hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "xf86int10.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile.am -- "mostly" modules */ -#include "xf86i2c.h" -/* -#include "bt829.h" -#include "fi1236.h" -#include "msp3430.h" -#include "tda8425.h" -#include "tda9850.h" -#include "tda9885.h" -#include "uda1380.h" -#include "i2c_def.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile.am */ -#include "xf86Crtc.h" -#include "xf86Modes.h" -#include "xf86RandR12.h" -/* #include "xf86Rename.h" */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile.am */ -#include "edid.h" -#include "xf86DDC.h" - - -/* hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#if DRI2 -# include "dri2.h" -#endif - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "vgaHW.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "fbdevhw.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/common/Makefile.am */ -#include "compiler.h" -#include "fourcc.h" -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Module.h" -#include "xf86Opt.h" -#include "xf86PciInfo.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86Privstr.h" -#include "xf86cmap.h" -#include "xf86fbman.h" -#include "xf86str.h" -#include "xf86Xinput.h" -#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h" -#include "xisb.h" -#if XV -# include "xf86xv.h" -# include "xf86xvmc.h" -# include "xf86xvpriv.h" -#endif -/* XF86VidMode code is in libextmod module */ -/* -#if XF86VIDMODE -# include "vidmodeproc.h" -#endif - */ -#include "xorgVersion.h" -#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc) -# include "xf86sbusBus.h" -#endif - - -/* hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile.am */ -#include "BT.h" -#include "IBM.h" -#include "TI.h" -#include "xf86Cursor.h" -#include "xf86RamDac.h" - - -/* hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "shadowfb.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile.am */ -#if defined(sun386) -# include "agpgart.h" -#endif - - -/* hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile.am */ -#include "xf86_OSproc.h" -#include "xf86_OSlib.h" - - -/* hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am */ -#include "xf86Pci.h" -#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc) -# include "xf86Sbus.h" -#endif - - -/* hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "xaa.h" -#include "xaalocal.h" -#include "xaarop.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "dgaproc.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am */ -#include "xf86Parser.h" -#include "xf86Optrec.h" - - -/* hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "vbe.h" -#include "vbeModes.h" - */ - - -/* hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#if XF86DRI -# include "dri.h" -# include "sarea.h" -# include "dristruct.h" -#endif - */ - - -/* mi/Makefile.am */ -#include "micmap.h" -#include "miline.h" -#include "mipointer.h" -#include "mi.h" -#include "mibstore.h" -#include "migc.h" -#include "mipointrst.h" -#include "mizerarc.h" -#include "micoord.h" -#include "mifillarc.h" -#include "mispans.h" -#include "miwideline.h" -#include "mistruct.h" -#include "mifpoly.h" -#include "mioverlay.h" - - -/* randr/Makefile.am */ -#include "randrstr.h" -#include "rrtransform.h" - - -/* dbe/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "dbestruct.h" - */ - - -/* exa/Makefile.am -- module */ -/* -#include "exa.h" - */ - - -/* xfixes/Makefile.am */ -#include "xfixes.h" - - -/* include/Makefile.am */ -#include "XIstubs.h" -#include "Xprintf.h" -#include "closestr.h" -#include "closure.h" -#include "colormap.h" -#include "colormapst.h" -#include "hotplug.h" -#include "client.h" -#include "cursor.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" -#include "dix.h" -#include "dixaccess.h" -#include "dixevents.h" -#include "dixfont.h" -#include "dixfontstr.h" -#include "dixgrabs.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "exevents.h" -#include "extension.h" -#include "extinit.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "gc.h" -#include "gcstruct.h" -#include "globals.h" -#include "input.h" -#include "inputstr.h" -/* already included */ -/* -#include "misc.h" -#include "miscstruct.h" - */ -#include "opaque.h" -#include "os.h" -#include "pixmap.h" -#include "pixmapstr.h" -#include "privates.h" -#include "property.h" -#include "propertyst.h" -#include "ptrveloc.h" -#include "region.h" -#include "regionstr.h" -#include "registry.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "rgb.h" -#include "screenint.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "selection.h" -#include "servermd.h" -#include "site.h" -#include "swaprep.h" -#include "swapreq.h" -#include "validate.h" -#include "window.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "xace.h" -#include "xkbfile.h" -#include "xkbsrv.h" -#include "xkbstr.h" -#include "xkbrules.h" -#include "xserver-properties.h" - -EOF - -topdir=$1 -shift -LC_ALL=C -export LC_ALL -${CPP:-cpp} "$@" -DXorgLoader sdksyms.c | ${AWK:-awk} -v topdir=$topdir ' -BEGIN { - sdk = 0; - print("/*"); - print(" * These symbols are referenced to ensure they"); - print(" * will be available in the X Server binary."); - print(" */"); - printf("/* topdir=%s */\n", topdir); - print("_X_HIDDEN void *xorg_symbols[] = {"); - - printf("sdksyms.c:") > "sdksyms.dep"; -} -/^# [0-9]+ "/ { - # Process text after a include in a relative path or when the - # processed file has a basename matching $top_srcdir. - # Note that indexing starts at 1; 0 means no match, and there - # is a starting ". - sdk = $3 !~ /^"\// || index($3, topdir) == 2; - - if (sdk && $3 ~ /\.h"$/) { - # remove quotes - gsub(/"/, "", $3); - line = $2; - header = $3; - if (! headers[$3]) { - printf(" \\\n %s", $3) >> "sdksyms.dep"; - headers[$3] = 1; - } - } - next; -} - -/^extern[ ]/ { - if (sdk) { - n = 3; - - # skip attribute, if any - while ($n ~ /^(__attribute__|__global)/ || - # skip modifiers, if any - $n ~ /^\*?(unsigned|const|volatile|struct)$/ || - # skip pointer - $n ~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\*$/) - n++; - - # type specifier may not be set, as in - # extern _X_EXPORT unsigned name(...) - if ($n !~ /[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/) - n++; - - # go back if we are at the parameter list already - if ($n ~ /^[(]([^*].*)?$/) - n--; - - # match - # extern _X_EXPORT type (* name[])(...) - if ($n ~ /^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/) - n++; - - # match - # extern _X_EXPORT const name *const ... - if ($n ~ /^([^a-zA-Z0-9_]+)?const$/) - n++; - - # actual name may be in the next line, as in - # extern _X_EXPORT type - # possibly ending with a * - # name(...) - if ($n == "" || $n ~ /^\*+$/) { - getline; - n = 1; - } - - # dont modify $0 or $n - symbol = $n; - - # remove starting non word chars - sub(/^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/, "",symbol); - - # remove from first non word to end of line - sub(/[^a-zA-Z0-9_].*/, "", symbol); - - #print; - printf(" (void *) &%-50s /* %s:%s */\n", symbol ",", header, line); - } -} - -{ - line++; -} - -END { - print("};"); - - print("") >> "sdksyms.dep"; -}' > _sdksyms.c - -STATUS=$? - -cat _sdksyms.c >> sdksyms.c -rm _sdksyms.c - -[ $? != 0 ] && exit $? - -exit $STATUS +#!/bin/sh
+
+cat > sdksyms.c << EOF
+/* This file is automatically generated by sdksyms.sh. */
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* These must be included first */
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "miscstruct.h"
+
+
+/* render/Makefile.am */
+#include "picture.h"
+#include "mipict.h"
+#include "glyphstr.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+
+
+/* fb/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "fb.h"
+#include "fbrop.h"
+#include "fboverlay.h"
+#include "wfbrename.h"
+#include "fbpict.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* miext/shadow/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "shadow.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* miext/damage/Makefile.am */
+#include "damage.h"
+#include "damagestr.h"
+
+/* miext/sync/Makefile.am */
+#include "misync.h"
+#include "misyncstr.h"
+
+/* Xext/Makefile.am -- half is module, half is builtin */
+/*
+#include "xvdix.h"
+#include "xvmcext.h"
+ */
+#include "geext.h"
+#include "geint.h"
+#include "shmint.h"
+#include "syncsdk.h"
+#if XINERAMA
+# include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+# include "panoramiX.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "xf86int10.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile.am -- "mostly" modules */
+#include "xf86i2c.h"
+/*
+#include "bt829.h"
+#include "fi1236.h"
+#include "msp3430.h"
+#include "tda8425.h"
+#include "tda9850.h"
+#include "tda9885.h"
+#include "uda1380.h"
+#include "i2c_def.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+#include "xf86Modes.h"
+#include "xf86RandR12.h"
+/* #include "xf86Rename.h" */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile.am */
+#include "edid.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#if DRI2
+# include "dri2.h"
+#endif
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "vgaHW.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "fbdevhw.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/common/Makefile.am */
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "fourcc.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Module.h"
+#include "xf86Opt.h"
+#include "xf86PciInfo.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86Privstr.h"
+#include "xf86cmap.h"
+#include "xf86fbman.h"
+#include "xf86str.h"
+#include "xf86Xinput.h"
+#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"
+#include "xisb.h"
+#if XV
+# include "xf86xv.h"
+# include "xf86xvmc.h"
+# include "xf86xvpriv.h"
+#endif
+/* XF86VidMode code is in libextmod module */
+/*
+#if XF86VIDMODE
+# include "vidmodeproc.h"
+#endif
+ */
+#include "xorgVersion.h"
+#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)
+# include "xf86sbusBus.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile.am */
+#include "BT.h"
+#include "IBM.h"
+#include "TI.h"
+#include "xf86Cursor.h"
+#include "xf86RamDac.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "shadowfb.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile.am */
+#if defined(sun386)
+# include "agpgart.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86_OSproc.h"
+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86Pci.h"
+#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)
+# include "xf86Sbus.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "xaa.h"
+#include "xaalocal.h"
+#include "xaarop.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "dgaproc.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86Parser.h"
+#include "xf86Optrec.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "vbe.h"
+#include "vbeModes.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#if XF86DRI
+# include "dri.h"
+# include "sarea.h"
+# include "dristruct.h"
+#endif
+ */
+
+
+/* mi/Makefile.am */
+#include "micmap.h"
+#include "miline.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "mibstore.h"
+#include "migc.h"
+#include "mipointrst.h"
+#include "mizerarc.h"
+#include "micoord.h"
+#include "mifillarc.h"
+#include "mispans.h"
+#include "miwideline.h"
+#include "mistruct.h"
+#include "mifpoly.h"
+#include "mioverlay.h"
+
+
+/* randr/Makefile.am */
+#include "randrstr.h"
+#include "rrtransform.h"
+
+
+/* dbe/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "dbestruct.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* exa/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "exa.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* xfixes/Makefile.am */
+#include "xfixes.h"
+
+
+/* include/Makefile.am */
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "Xprintf.h"
+#include "closestr.h"
+#include "closure.h"
+#include "colormap.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "hotplug.h"
+#include "client.h"
+#include "cursor.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "dixaccess.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extension.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "gc.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+/* already included */
+/*
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "miscstruct.h"
+ */
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "pixmap.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "property.h"
+#include "propertyst.h"
+#include "ptrveloc.h"
+#include "region.h"
+#include "regionstr.h"
+#include "registry.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "rgb.h"
+#include "screenint.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "selection.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "swapreq.h"
+#include "validate.h"
+#include "window.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "xkbfile.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "xkbstr.h"
+#include "xkbrules.h"
+#include "xserver-properties.h"
+
+EOF
+
+topdir=$1
+shift
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+${CPP:-cpp} "$@" -DXorgLoader sdksyms.c | ${AWK:-awk} -v topdir=$topdir '
+BEGIN {
+ sdk = 0;
+ print("/*");
+ print(" * These symbols are referenced to ensure they");
+ print(" * will be available in the X Server binary.");
+ print(" */");
+ printf("/* topdir=%s */\n", topdir);
+ print("_X_HIDDEN void *xorg_symbols[] = {");
+
+ printf("sdksyms.c:") > "sdksyms.dep";
+}
+/^# [0-9]+ "/ {
+ # Process text after a include in a relative path or when the
+ # processed file has a basename matching $top_srcdir.
+ # Note that indexing starts at 1; 0 means no match, and there
+ # is a starting ".
+ sdk = $3 !~ /^"\// || index($3, topdir) == 2;
+
+ if (sdk && $3 ~ /\.h"$/) {
+ # remove quotes
+ gsub(/"/, "", $3);
+ line = $2;
+ header = $3;
+ if (! headers[$3]) {
+ printf(" \\\n %s", $3) >> "sdksyms.dep";
+ headers[$3] = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ next;
+}
+
+/^extern[ ]/ {
+ if (sdk) {
+ n = 3;
+
+ # skip attribute, if any
+ while ($n ~ /^(__attribute__|__global)/ ||
+ # skip modifiers, if any
+ $n ~ /^\*?(unsigned|const|volatile|struct)$/ ||
+ # skip pointer
+ $n ~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\*$/)
+ n++;
+
+ # type specifier may not be set, as in
+ # extern _X_EXPORT unsigned name(...)
+ if ($n !~ /[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)
+ n++;
+
+ # go back if we are at the parameter list already
+ if ($n ~ /^[(]([^*].*)?$/)
+ n--;
+
+ # match
+ # extern _X_EXPORT type (* name[])(...)
+ if ($n ~ /^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/)
+ n++;
+
+ # match
+ # extern _X_EXPORT const name *const ...
+ if ($n ~ /^([^a-zA-Z0-9_]+)?const$/)
+ n++;
+
+ # actual name may be in the next line, as in
+ # extern _X_EXPORT type
+ # possibly ending with a *
+ # name(...)
+ if ($n == "" || $n ~ /^\*+$/) {
+ getline;
+ n = 1;
+ }
+
+ # dont modify $0 or $n
+ symbol = $n;
+
+ # remove starting non word chars
+ sub(/^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/, "",symbol);
+
+ # remove from first non word to end of line
+ sub(/[^a-zA-Z0-9_].*/, "", symbol);
+
+ #print;
+ printf(" (void *) &%-50s /* %s:%s */\n", symbol ",", header, line);
+ }
+}
+
+{
+ line++;
+}
+
+END {
+ print("};");
+
+ print("") >> "sdksyms.dep";
+}' > _sdksyms.c
+
+STATUS=$?
+
+cat _sdksyms.c >> sdksyms.c
+rm _sdksyms.c
+
+[ $? != 0 ] && exit $?
+
+exit $STATUS
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man index 4bec31695..ce0c177bc 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man @@ -1,2485 +1,2485 @@ -.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere. -.ds q \N'34' -.TH __xconfigfile__ __filemansuffix__ __vendorversion__ -.SH NAME -__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ \- configuration files for -__xservername__ X server -.SH INTRODUCTION -.B __xservername__ -supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and -run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the -__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ configuration files, auto-detection, -and fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more -than one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of -mechanisms is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not -all parameters can be supplied via all methods. The available command -line options and environment variables (and some defaults) are -described in the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) and -__xservername__(__appmansuffix__) manual pages. Most configuration file -parameters, with their defaults, are described below. Driver and module -specific configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver -or module manual page. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.B __xservername__ -uses a configuration file called -.I __xconfigfile__ -and files ending in the suffix -.I .conf -from the directory -.I __xconfigdir__ -for its initial setup. -The -.I __xconfigfile__ -configuration file is searched for in the following places when the -server is started as a normal user: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline> -.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline> -.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG -.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG -.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__ -.I /etc/__xconfigfile__ -.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname> -.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__ -.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname> -.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__ -.fi -.RE -.PP -where -.I <cmdline> -is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the -.B \-config -command line option, -.B $XORGCONFIG -is the relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified by that -environment variable, and -.I <hostname> -is the machine's hostname as reported by -.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__). -.PP -When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the config file -search locations are as follows: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -<cmdline> -.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline> -.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline> -.B $XORGCONFIG -.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG -.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG -.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__ -.I /etc/__xconfigfile__ -.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname> -.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__ -.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname> -.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__ -.fi -.RE -.PP -where -.I <cmdline> -is the path specified with the -.B \-config -command line option (which may be absolute or relative), -.B $XORGCONFIG -is the path specified by that -environment variable (absolute or relative), -.B $HOME -is the path specified by that environment variable (usually the home -directory), and -.I <hostname> -is the machine's hostname as reported by -.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__). -.PP -Additional configuration files are searched for in the following -directories when the server is started as a normal user: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline> -.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline> -.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__ -.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__ -.fi -.RE -.PP -where -.I <cmdline> -is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the -.B \-configdir -command line option. -.PP -When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the -config directory search locations are as follows: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -<cmdline> -.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline> -.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline> -.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__ -.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__ -.fi -.RE -.PP -where -.I <cmdline> -is the path specified with the -.B \-configdir -command line option (which may be absolute or relative). -.PP -Finally, configuration files will also be searched for in directories -reserved for system use. These are to separate configuration files from -the vendor or 3rd party packages from those of local administration. -These files are found in the following directories: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.I /usr/share/X11/__xconfigdir__ -.I __datadir__/X11/__xconfigdir__ -.fi -.RE -.PP -The -.I __xconfigfile__ -and -.I __xconfigdir__ -files are composed of a number of sections which may be present in any order, -or omitted to use default configuration values. -Each section has the form: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.BI "Section \*q" SectionName \*q -.RI " " SectionEntry - ... -.B EndSection -.fi -.RE -.PP -The section names are: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.BR "Files " "File pathnames" -.BR "ServerFlags " "Server flags" -.BR "Module " "Dynamic module loading" -.BR "Extensions " "Extension enabling" -.BR "InputDevice " "Input device description" -.BR "InputClass " "Input class description" -.BR "Device " "Graphics device description" -.BR "VideoAdaptor " "Xv video adaptor description" -.BR "Monitor " "Monitor description" -.BR "Modes " "Video modes descriptions" -.BR "Screen " "Screen configuration" -.BR "ServerLayout " "Overall layout" -.BR "DRI " "DRI\-specific configuration" -.BR "Vendor " "Vendor\-specific configuration" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The following obsolete section names are still recognised for compatibility -purposes. -In new config files, the -.B InputDevice -section should be used instead. -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.BR "Keyboard " "Keyboard configuration" -.BR "Pointer " "Pointer/mouse configuration" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The old -.B XInput -section is no longer recognised. -.PP -The -.B ServerLayout -sections are at the highest level. -They bind together the input and output devices that will be used in a session. -The input devices are described in the -.B InputDevice -sections. -Output devices usually consist of multiple independent components (e.g., -a graphics board and a monitor). -These multiple components are bound together in the -.B Screen -sections, and it is these that are referenced by the -.B ServerLayout -section. -Each -.B Screen -section binds together a graphics board and a monitor. -The graphics boards are described in the -.B Device -sections, and the monitors are described in the -.B Monitor -sections. -.PP -Config file keywords are case\-insensitive, and \(lq_\(rq characters are -ignored. -Most strings (including -.B Option -names) are also case-insensitive, and insensitive to white space and -\(lq_\(rq characters. -.PP -Each config file entry usually takes up a single line in the file. They -consist of a keyword, which is possibly followed by one or more arguments, -with the number and types of the arguments depending on the keyword. -The argument types are: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal" -.BR "Real " "a floating point number" -.BR "String " "a string enclosed in double quote marks (\*q)" -.fi -.RE -.PP -Note: hex integer values must be prefixed with \(lq0x\(rq, and octal values -with \(lq0\(rq. -.PP -A special keyword called -.B Option -may be used to provide free\-form data to various components of the server. -The -.B Option -keyword takes either one or two string arguments. -The first is the option name, and the optional second argument is the -option value. -Some commonly used option value types include: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal" -.BR "Real " "a floating point number" -.BR "String " "a sequence of characters" -.BR "Boolean " "a boolean value (see below)" -.BR "Frequency " "a frequency value (see below)" -.fi -.RE -.PP -Note that -.I all -.B Option -values, not just strings, must be enclosed in quotes. -.PP -Boolean options may optionally have a value specified. -When no value is specified, the option's value is -.BR TRUE . -The following boolean option values are recognised as -.BR TRUE : -.PP -.RS 4 -.BR 1 , -.BR on , -.BR true , -.B yes -.RE -.PP -and the following boolean option values are recognised as -.BR FALSE : -.PP -.RS 4 -.BR 0 , -.BR off , -.BR false , -.B no -.RE -.PP -If an option name is prefixed with -.RB \*q No \*q, -then the option value is negated. -.PP -Example: the following option entries are equivalent: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qOff\*q" -.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q" -.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q \*qOn\*q" -.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qfalse\*q" -.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qno\*q" -.fi -.RE -.PP -Frequency option values consist of a real number that is optionally -followed by one of the following frequency units: -.PP -.RS 4 -.BR Hz , -.BR k , -.BR kHz , -.BR M , -.B MHz -.RE -.PP -When the unit name is omitted, the correct units will be determined from -the value and the expectations of the appropriate range of the value. -It is recommended that the units always be specified when using frequency -option values to avoid any errors in determining the value. -.SH "FILES SECTION" -The -.B Files -section is used to specify some path names required by the server. -Some of these paths can also be set from the command line (see -.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__) -and -.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__)). -The command line settings override the values specified in the config -file. -The -.B Files -section is optional, as are all of the entries that may appear in it. -.PP -The entries that can appear in this section are: -.TP 7 -.BI "FontPath \*q" path \*q -sets the search path for fonts. -This path is a comma separated list of font path elements which the __xservername__ -server searches for font databases. -Multiple -.B FontPath -entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build up the -fontpath used by the server. Font path elements can be absolute -directory paths, catalogue directories or a font server identifier. The -formats of the later two are explained below: -.PP -.RS 7 -Catalogue directories: -.PP -.RS 4 -Catalogue directories can be specified using the prefix \fBcatalogue:\fR -before the directory name. The directory can then be populated with -symlinks pointing to the real font directories, using the following -syntax in the symlink name: -.PP -.RS 4 -.IR <identifier> : [attribute]: pri= <priority> -.RE -.PP -where -.I <identifier> -is an alphanumeric identifier, -.I [attribute] -is an attribute which will be passed to the underlying FPE and -.I <priority> -is a number used to order the fontfile FPEs. Examples: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.I 75dpi:unscaled:pri=20 -> /usr/share/X11/fonts/75dpi -.I gscript:pri=60 -> /usr/share/fonts/default/ghostscript -.I misc:unscaled:pri=10 \-> /usr/share/X11/fonts/misc -.fi -.PP -.RE .RE .RE -.PP -.RS 7 -Font server identifiers: -.PP -.RS 4 -Font server identifiers have the form: -.RS 4 -.PP -.IR <trans> / <hostname> : <port\-number> -.RE -.PP -where -.I <trans> -is the transport type to use to connect to the font server (e.g., -.B unix -for UNIX\-domain sockets or -.B tcp -for a TCP/IP connection), -.I <hostname> -is the hostname of the machine running the font server, and -.I <port\-number> -is the port number that the font server is listening on (usually 7100). -.RE -.PP -When this entry is not specified in the config file, the server falls back -to the compiled\-in default font path, which contains the following -font path elements (which can be set inside a catalogue directory): -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/misc/ -.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/TTF/ -.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/OTF/ -.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/Type1/ -.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/100dpi/ -.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/75dpi/ -.fi -.RE -.PP -Font path elements that are found to be invalid are removed from the -font path when the server starts up. -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "ModulePath \*q" path \*q -sets the search path for loadable __xservername__ server modules. -This path is a comma separated list of directories which the __xservername__ server -searches for loadable modules loading in the order specified. -Multiple -.B ModulePath -entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build the -module search path used by the server. The default module path is -.PP -.RS 11 -__modulepath__ -.RE -.\" The LogFile keyword is not currently implemented -.ig -.TP 7 -.BI "LogFile \*q" path \*q -sets the name of the __xservername__ server log file. -The default log file name is -.PP -.RS 11 -.RI __logdir__/__xservername__. <n> .log -.RE -.PP -.RS 7 -where -.I <n> -is the display number for the __xservername__ server. -.. -.TP 7 -.BI "XkbDir \*q" path \*q -sets the base directory for keyboard layout files. The -.B \-xkbdir -command line option can be used to override this. The default directory is -.PP -.RS 11 -__xkbdir__ -.RE -.SH "SERVERFLAGS SECTION" -In addition to options specific to this section (described below), the -.B ServerFlags -section is used to specify some global -__xservername__ server options. -All of the entries in this section are -.BR Options , -although for compatibility purposes some of the old style entries are -still recognised. -Those old style entries are not documented here, and using them is -discouraged. -The -.B ServerFlags -section is optional, as are the entries that may be specified in it. -.PP -.B Options -specified in this section (with the exception of the -.B \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q -.BR Option ) -may be overridden by -.B Options -specified in the active -.B ServerLayout -section. -Options with command line equivalents are overridden when their command -line equivalent is used. -The options recognised by this section are: -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q \*q" layout\-id \*q -This specifies the default -.B ServerLayout -section to use in the absence of the -.B \-layout -command line option. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qNoTrapSignals\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This prevents the __xservername__ server from trapping a range of unexpected fatal -signals and exiting cleanly. -Instead, the __xservername__ server will die and drop core where the fault occurred. -The default behaviour is for the __xservername__ server to exit cleanly, but still drop a -core file. -In general you never want to use this option unless you are debugging an __xservername__ -server problem and know how to deal with the consequences. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qUseSIGIO\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This controls whether the __xservername__ server requests that events from -input devices be reported via a SIGIO signal handler (also known as SIGPOLL -on some platforms), or only reported via the standard select(3) loop. -The default behaviour is platform specific. In general you do not want to -use this option unless you are debugging the __xservername__ server, or -working around a specific bug until it is fixed, and understand the -consequences. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qDontVTSwitch\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This disallows the use of the -.BI Ctrl+Alt+F n -sequence (where -.RI F n -refers to one of the numbered function keys). -That sequence is normally used to switch to another \*qvirtual terminal\*q -on operating systems that have this feature. -When this option is enabled, that key sequence has no special meaning and -is passed to clients. -Default: off. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qDontZap\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This disallows the use of the -.B Terminate_Server -XKB action (usually on Ctrl+Alt+Backspace, depending on XKB options). -This action is normally used to terminate the __xservername__ server. -When this option is enabled, the action has no effect. -Default: off. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qDontZoom\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This disallows the use of the -.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus -and -.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus -sequences. -These sequences allows you to switch between video modes. -When this option is enabled, those key sequences have no special meaning -and are passed to clients. -Default: off. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qDisableVidModeExtension\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This disables the parts of the VidMode extension used by the xvidtune client -that can be used to change the video modes. -Default: the VidMode extension is enabled. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAllowNonLocalXvidtune\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This allows the xvidtune client (and other clients that use the VidMode -extension) to connect from another host. -Default: off. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAllowMouseOpenFail\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This tells the mousedrv(__drivermansuffix__) and vmmouse(__drivermansuffix__) -drivers to not report failure if the mouse device can't be opened/initialised. -It has no effect on the evdev(__drivermansuffix__) or other drivers. -Default: false. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qVTSysReq\*q \*q" boolean \*q -enables the SYSV\-style VT switch sequence for non\-SYSV systems -which support VT switching. -This sequence is -.B Alt\-SysRq -followed by a function key -.RB ( Fn ). -This prevents the __xservername__ server trapping the -keys used for the default VT switch sequence, which means that clients can -access them. -Default: off. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q" time \*q -sets the inactivity timeout for the -.B blank -phase of the screensaver. -.I time -is in minutes. -This is equivalent to the __xservername__ server's -.B \-s -flag, and the value can be changed at run\-time with -.BR xset(__appmansuffix__). -Default: 10 minutes. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qStandbyTime\*q \*q" time \*q -sets the inactivity timeout for the -.B standby -phase of DPMS mode. -.I time -is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with -.BR xset(__appmansuffix__). -Default: 10 minutes. -This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be -supported by all video drivers. -It is only enabled for screens that have the -.B \*qDPMS\*q -option set (see the MONITOR section below). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qSuspendTime\*q \*q" time \*q -sets the inactivity timeout for the -.B suspend -phase of DPMS mode. -.I time -is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with -.BR xset(__appmansuffix__). -Default: 10 minutes. -This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be -supported by all video drivers. -It is only enabled for screens that have the -.B \*qDPMS\*q -option set (see the MONITOR section below). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qOffTime\*q \*q" time \*q -sets the inactivity timeout for the -.B off -phase of DPMS mode. -.I time -is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with -.BR xset(__appmansuffix__). -Default: 10 minutes. -This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be -supported by all video drivers. -It is only enabled for screens that have the -.B \*qDPMS\*q -option set (see the MONITOR section below). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qPixmap\*q \*q" bpp \*q -This sets the pixmap format to use for depth 24. -Allowed values for -.I bpp -are 24 and 32. -Default: 32 unless driver constraints don't allow this (which is rare). -Note: some clients don't behave well when this value is set to 24. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qPC98\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Specify that the machine is a Japanese PC\-98 machine. -This should not be enabled for anything other than the Japanese\-specific -PC\-98 architecture. -Default: auto\-detected. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qNoPM\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Disables something to do with power management events. -Default: PM enabled on platforms that support it. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXinerama\*q \*q" boolean \*q -enable or disable XINERAMA extension. -Default is disabled. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAIGLX\*q \*q" boolean \*q -enable or disable AIGLX. AIGLX is enabled by default. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qDRI2\*q \*q" boolean \*q -enable or disable DRI2. DRI2 is disabled by default. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qGlxVisuals\*q \*q" string \*q -This option controls how many GLX visuals the GLX modules sets up. -The default value is -.BR "typical" , -which will setup up a typical subset of -the GLXFBConfigs provided by the driver as GLX visuals. Other options are -.BR "minimal" , -which will set up the minimal set allowed by the GLX specification and -.BR "all" -which will setup GLX visuals for all GLXFBConfigs. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qUseDefaultFontPath\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Include the default font path even if other paths are specified in -xorg.conf. If enabled, other font paths are included as well. Enabled by -default. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qIgnoreABI\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Allow modules built for a different, potentially incompatible version of -the X server to load. Disabled by default. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAutoAddDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q -If this option is disabled, then no devices will be added from HAL events. -Enabled by default. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAutoEnableDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q -If this option is disabled, then the devices will be added (and the -DevicePresenceNotify event sent), but not enabled, thus leaving policy up -to the client. -Enabled by default. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qLog\*q \*q" string \*q -This option controls whether the log is flushed and/or synced to disk after -each message. -Possible values are -.B flush -or -.BR sync . -Unset by default. -.SH "MODULE SECTION" -The -.B Module -section is used to specify which __xservername__ server modules should be loaded. -This section is ignored when the __xservername__ server is built in static form. -The type of modules normally loaded in this section are __xservername__ server -extension modules. -Most other module types are loaded automatically when they are needed via -other mechanisms. -The -.B Module -section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in -it. -.PP -Entries in this section may be in two forms. -The first and most commonly used form is an entry that uses the -.B Load -keyword, as described here: -.TP 7 -.BI "Load \*q" modulename \*q -This instructs the server to load the module called -.IR modulename . -The module name given should be the module's standard name, not the -module file name. -The standard name is case\-sensitive, and does not include the \(lqlib\(rq -prefix, or the \(lq.a\(rq, \(lq.o\(rq, or \(lq.so\(rq suffixes. -.PP -.RS 7 -Example: the DRI extension module can be loaded with the following entry: -.PP -.RS 4 -.B "Load \*qdri\*q" -.RE -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "Disable \*q" modulename \*q -This instructs the server to not load the module called -.IR modulename . -Some modules are loaded by default in the server, and this overrides that -default. If a -.B Load -instruction is given for the same module, it overrides the -.B Disable -instruction and the module is loaded. The module name given should be the -module's standard name, not the module file name. As with the -.B Load -instruction, the standard name is case-sensitive, and does not include the -"lib" prefix, or the ".a", ".o", or ".so" suffixes. -.PP -The second form of entry is a -.BR SubSection, -with the subsection name being the module name, and the contents of the -.B SubSection -being -.B Options -that are passed to the module when it is loaded. -.PP -Example: the extmod module (which contains a miscellaneous group of -server extensions) can be loaded, with the XFree86\-DGA extension -disabled by using the following entry: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "SubSection \*qextmod\*q" -.B " Option \*qomit XFree86\-DGA\*q" -.B EndSubSection -.fi -.RE -.PP -Modules are searched for in each directory specified in the -.B ModulePath -search path, and in the drivers, extensions, input, internal, and -multimedia subdirectories of each of those directories. -In addition to this, operating system specific subdirectories of all -the above are searched first if they exist. -.PP -To see what extension modules are available, check the extensions -subdirectory under: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -__modulepath__ -.fi -.RE -.PP -The \(lqextmod\(rq, \(lqdbe\(rq, \(lqdri\(rq, \(lqdri2\(rq, \(lqglx\(rq, -and \(lqrecord\(rq extension modules are loaded automatically, if they -are present, unless disabled with \*qDisable\*q entries. -It is recommended -that at very least the \(lqextmod\(rq extension module be loaded. -If it isn't, some commonly used server extensions (like the SHAPE -extension) will not be available. -.SH "EXTENSIONS SECTION" -The -.B Extensions -section is used to specify which X11 protocol extensions should be enabled -or disabled. -The -.B Extensions -section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in -it. -.PP -Entries in this section are listed as Option statements with the name of -the extension as the first argument, and a boolean value as the second. -The extension name is case\-sensitive, and matches the form shown in the output -of \*qXorg -extension ?\*q. -.PP -.RS 7 -Example: the MIT-SHM extension can be disabled with the following entry: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qExtensions\*q" -.B " Option \*qMIT-SHM\*q \*qDisable\*q" -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.RE -.SH "INPUTDEVICE SECTION" -The config file may have multiple -.B InputDevice -sections. -Recent X servers employ HAL or udev backends for input device enumeration -and input hotplugging. It is usually not -necessary to provide -.B InputDevice -sections in the xorg.conf if hotplugging is in use. If hotplugging is -enabled, -.B InputDevice -sections using the -.B mouse, kbd -and -.B vmmouse -driver will be ignored. -.PP -If hotplugging is disabled, there will normally -be at least two: one for the core (primary) keyboard -and one for the core pointer. -If either of these two is missing, a default configuration for the missing -ones will be used. In the absence of an explicitly specified core input -device, the first -.B InputDevice -marked as -.B CorePointer -(or -.BR CoreKeyboard ) -is used. -If there is no match there, the first -.B InputDevice -that uses the \(lqmouse\(rq (or \(lqkbd\(rq) driver is used. -The final fallback is to use built\-in default configurations. -Currently the default configuration may not work as expected on all platforms. -.PP -.B InputDevice -sections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qInputDevice\*q" -.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q -.BI " Driver \*q" inputdriver \*q -.I " options" -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The -.B Identifier -and -.B Driver -entries are required in all -.B InputDevice -sections. -All other entries are optional. -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry specifies the unique name for this input device. -The -.B Driver -entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device. -When using the loadable server, the input driver module -.RI \*q inputdriver \*q -will be loaded for each active -.B InputDevice -section. -An -.B InputDevice -section is considered active if it is referenced by an active -.B ServerLayout -section, if it is referenced by the -.B \-keyboard -or -.B \-pointer -command line options, or if it is selected implicitly as the core pointer -or keyboard device in the absence of such explicit references. -The most commonly used input drivers are -.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__) -on Linux systems, and -.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__) -and -.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__) -on other platforms. -.PP -.PP -.B InputDevice -sections recognise some driver\-independent -.BR Options , -which are described here. -See the individual input driver manual pages for a description of the -device\-specific options. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAutoServerLayout\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Always add the device to the ServerLayout section used by this instance of -the server. This affects implied layouts as well as explicit layouts -specified in the configuration and/or on the command line. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qCorePointer\*q" -Deprecated, see -.B Floating -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qCoreKeyboard\*q" -Deprecated, see -.B Floating -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAlwaysCore\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Deprecated, see -.B Floating -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qSendCoreEvents\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Deprecated, see -.B Floating - -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qFloating\*q \*q" boolean \*q -When enabled, the input device is set up floating and does not -report events through any master device or control a cursor. The device is -only available to clients using the X Input Extension API. This option is -disabled by default. -The options -.B CorePointer, -.B CoreKeyboard, -.B AlwaysCore, -and -.B SendCoreEvents, -are the inverse of option -.B Floating -(i.e. -.B SendCoreEvents \*qon\*q -is equivalent to -.B Floating \*qoff\*q -). - -This option controls the startup behavior only, a device -may be reattached or set floating at runtime. -.PP -For pointing devices, the following options control how the pointer -is accelerated or decelerated with respect to physical device motion. Most of -these can be adjusted at runtime, see the xinput(1) man page for details. Only -the most important acceleration options are discussed here. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAccelerationProfile\*q \*q" integer \*q -Select the profile. In layman's terms, the profile constitutes the "feeling" of -the acceleration. More formally, it defines how the transfer function (actual -acceleration as a function of current device velocity and acceleration controls) -is constructed. This is mainly a matter of personal preference. -.PP -.RS 6 -.nf -.B " 0 classic (mostly compatible)" -.B "-1 none (only constant deceleration is applied)" -.B " 1 device-dependent" -.B " 2 polynomial (polynomial function)" -.B " 3 smooth linear (soft knee, then linear)" -.B " 4 simple (normal when slow, otherwise accelerated)" -.B " 5 power (power function)" -.B " 6 linear (more speed, more acceleration)" -.B " 7 limited (like linear, but maxes out at threshold)" -.fi -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qConstantDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q -Makes the pointer go -.B deceleration -times slower than normal. Most useful for high-resolution devices. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAdaptiveDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q -Allows to actually decelerate the pointer when going slow. At most, it will be -.B adaptive deceleration -times slower. Enables precise pointer placement without sacrificing speed. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAccelerationScheme\*q \*q" string \*q -Selects the scheme, which is the underlying algorithm. -.PP -.RS 7 -.nf -.B "predictable default algorithm (behaving more predictable)" -.B "lightweight old acceleration code (as specified in the X protocol spec)" -.B "none no acceleration or deceleration" -.fi -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAccelerationNumerator\*q \*q" integer \*q -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAccelerationDenominator\*q \*q" integer \*q -Set numerator and denominator of the acceleration factor. The acceleration -factor is a rational which, together with threshold, can be used to tweak -profiles to suit the users needs. The -.B simple -and -.B limited -profiles use it directly (i.e. they accelerate by the factor), for other -profiles it should hold that a higher acceleration factor leads to a faster -pointer. Typically, 1 is unaccelerated and values up to 5 are sensible. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAccelerationThreshold\*q \*q" integer \*q -Set the threshold, which is roughly the velocity (usually device units per 10 -ms) required for acceleration to become effective. The precise effect varies -with the profile however. - -.SH "INPUTCLASS SECTION" -The config file may have multiple -.B InputClass -sections. -These sections are optional and are used to provide configuration for a -class of input devices as they are automatically added. An input device can -match more than one -.B InputClass -section. Each class can override settings from a previous class, so it is -best to arrange the sections with the most generic matches first. -.PP -.B InputClass -sections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q" -.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q -.I " entries" -.I " ..." -.I " options" -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry is required in all -.B InputClass -sections. -All other entries are optional. -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry specifies the unique name for this input class. -The -.B Driver -entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device. -After all classes have been examined, the -.RI \*q inputdriver \*q -module from the first -.B Driver -entry will be enabled when using the loadable server. -.PP -When an input device is automatically added, its characteristics are -checked against all -.B InputClass -sections. Each section can contain optional entries to narrow the match -of the class. If none of the optional entries appear, the -.B InputClass -section is generic and will match any input device. If more than one of -these entries appear, they all must match for the configuration to apply. -.PP -There are two types of match entries used in -.B InputClass -sections. The first allows various tokens to be matched against attributes -of the device. An entry can be constructed to match attributes from different -devices by separating arguments with a '|' character. Multiple entries of the -same type may be supplied to add multiple matching conditions on the same -attribute. For example: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q" -.B " Identifier \*qMy Class\*q" -.B " # product string must contain example and -.B " # either gizmo or gadget -.B " MatchProduct \*qexample\*q -.B " MatchProduct \*qgizmo|gadget\*q -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchProduct \*q" matchproduct \*q -This entry can be used to check if the substring -.RI \*q matchproduct \*q -occurs in the device's product name. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchVendor \*q" matchvendor \*q -This entry can be used to check if the substring -.RI \*q matchvendor \*q -occurs in the device's vendor name. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchDevicePath \*q" matchdevice \*q -This entry can be used to check if the device file matches the -.RI \*q matchdevice \*q -pathname pattern. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchOS \*q" matchos \*q -This entry can be used to check if the operating system matches the -case-insensitive -.RI \*q matchos \*q -string. This entry is only supported on platforms providing the -.BR uname (2) -system call. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchPnPID \*q" matchpnp \*q -The device's Plug and Play (PnP) ID can be checked against the -.RI \*q matchpnp \*q -shell wildcard pattern. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchUSBID \*q" matchusb \*q -The device's USB ID can be checked against the -.RI \*q matchusb \*q -shell wildcard pattern. The ID is constructed as lowercase hexadecimal numbers -separated by a ':'. This is the same format as the -.BR lsusb (8) -program. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchDriver \*q" matchdriver \*q -Check the case-sensitive string -.RI \*q matchdriver \*q -against the currently configured driver of the device. Ordering of sections -using this entry is important since it will not match unless the driver has -been set by the config backend or a previous -.B InputClass -section. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchTag \*q" matchtag \*q -This entry can be used to check if tags assigned by the config backend -matches the -.RI \*q matchtag \*q -pattern. A match is found if at least one of the tags given in -.RI \*q matchtag \*q -matches at least one of the tags assigned by the backend. -.PP -The second type of entry is used to match device types. These entries take a -boolean argument similar to -.B Option -entries. -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchIsKeyboard \*q" bool \*q -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchIsPointer \*q" bool \*q -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchIsJoystick \*q" bool \*q -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchIsTablet \*q" bool \*q -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchIsTouchpad \*q" bool \*q -.TP 7 -.BI "MatchIsTouchscreen \*q" bool \*q -.PP -When an input device has been matched to the -.B InputClass -section, any -.B Option -entries are applied to the device. One -.B InputClass -specific -.B Option -is recognized. See the -.B InputDevice -section above for a description of the remaining -.B Option -entries. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qIgnore\*q \*q" boolean \*q -This optional entry specifies that the device should be ignored entirely, -and not added to the server. This can be useful when the device is handled -by another program and no X events should be generated. -.SH "DEVICE SECTION" -The config file may have multiple -.B Device -sections. -There must be at least one, for the video card being used. -.PP -.B Device -sections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qDevice\*q" -.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q -.BI " Driver \*q" driver \*q -.I " entries" -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The -.B Identifier -and -.B Driver -entries are required in all -.B Device -sections. All other entries are optional. -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry specifies the unique name for this graphics device. -The -.B Driver -entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this graphics device. -When using the loadable server, the driver module -.RI \*q driver \*q -will be loaded for each active -.B Device -section. -A -.B Device -section is considered active if it is referenced by an active -.B Screen -section. -.PP -.B Device -sections recognise some driver\-independent entries and -.BR Options , -which are described here. -Not all drivers make use of these -driver\-independent entries, and many of those that do don't require them -to be specified because the information is auto\-detected. -See the individual graphics driver manual pages for further information -about this, and for a description of the device\-specific options. -Note that most of the -.B Options -listed here (but not the other entries) may be specified in the -.B Screen -section instead of here in the -.B Device -section. -.TP 7 -.BI "BusID \*q" bus\-id \*q -This specifies the bus location of the graphics card. -For PCI/AGP cards, -the -.I bus\-id -string has the form -.BI PCI: bus : device : function -(e.g., \(lqPCI:1:0:0\(rq might be appropriate for an AGP card). -This field is usually optional in single-head configurations when using -the primary graphics card. -In multi-head configurations, or when using a secondary graphics card in a -single-head configuration, this entry is mandatory. -Its main purpose is to make an unambiguous connection between the device -section and the hardware it is representing. -This information can usually be found by running the pciaccess tool -scanpci. -.TP 7 -.BI "Screen " number -This option is mandatory for cards where a single PCI entity can drive more -than one display (i.e., multiple CRTCs sharing a single graphics accelerator -and video memory). -One -.B Device -section is required for each head, and this -parameter determines which head each of the -.B Device -sections applies to. -The legal values of -.I number -range from 0 to one less than the total number of heads per entity. -Most drivers require that the primary screen (0) be present. -.TP 7 -.BI "Chipset \*q" chipset \*q -This usually optional entry specifies the chipset used on the graphics -board. -In most cases this entry is not required because the drivers will probe the -hardware to determine the chipset type. -Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you -do. -.TP 7 -.BI "Ramdac \*q" ramdac\-type \*q -This optional entry specifies the type of RAMDAC used on the graphics -board. -This is only used by a few of the drivers, and in most cases it is not -required because the drivers will probe the hardware to determine the -RAMDAC type where possible. -Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you -do. -.TP 7 -.BI "DacSpeed " speed -.TP 7 -.BI "DacSpeed " "speed\-8 speed\-16 speed\-24 speed\-32" -This optional entry specifies the RAMDAC speed rating (which is usually -printed on the RAMDAC chip). -The speed is in MHz. -When one value is given, it applies to all framebuffer pixel sizes. -When multiple values are given, they apply to the framebuffer pixel sizes -8, 16, 24 and 32 respectively. -This is not used by many drivers, and only needs to be specified when the -speed rating of the RAMDAC is different from the defaults built in to -driver, or when the driver can't auto-detect the correct defaults. -Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you -do. -.TP 7 -.BI "Clocks " "clock ..." -specifies the pixel that are on your graphics board. -The clocks are in MHz, and may be specified as a floating point number. -The value is stored internally to the nearest kHz. -The ordering of the clocks is important. -It must match the order in which they are selected on the graphics board. -Multiple -.B Clocks -lines may be specified, and each is concatenated to form the list. -Most drivers do not use this entry, and it is only required for some older -boards with non-programmable clocks. -Don't specify this entry unless the driver-specific documentation explicitly -recommends that you do. -.TP -.BI "ClockChip \*q" clockchip\-type \*q -This optional entry is used to specify the clock chip type on graphics -boards which have a programmable clock generator. -Only a few __xservername__ drivers support programmable clock chips. -For details, see the appropriate driver manual page. -.TP 7 -.BI "VideoRam " "mem" -This optional entry specifies the amount of video ram that is installed -on the graphics board. -This is measured in kBytes. -In most cases this is not required because the __xservername__ server probes -the graphics board to determine this quantity. -The driver-specific documentation should indicate when it might be needed. -.TP 7 -.BI "BiosBase " "baseaddress" -This optional entry specifies the base address of the video BIOS for -the VGA board. -This address is normally auto-detected, and should only be specified if the -driver-specific documentation recommends it. -.TP 7 -.BI "MemBase " "baseaddress" -This optional entry specifies the memory base address of a graphics -board's linear frame buffer. -This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if -the driver-specific documentation recommends it. -.TP 7 -.BI "IOBase " "baseaddress" -This optional entry specifies the IO base address. -This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if -the driver-specific documentation recommends it. -.TP 7 -.BI "ChipID " "id" -This optional entry specifies a numerical ID representing the chip type. -For PCI cards, it is usually the device ID. -This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done -when the driver-specific documentation recommends it. -.TP 7 -.BI "ChipRev " "rev" -This optional entry specifies the chip revision number. -This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done -when the driver-specific documentation recommends it. -.TP 7 -.BI "TextClockFreq " "freq" -This optional entry specifies the pixel clock frequency that is used -for the regular text mode. -The frequency is specified in MHz. -This is rarely used. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qModeDebug\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Enable printing of additional debugging information about modesetting to -the server log. -.ig -.TP 7 -This optional entry allows an IRQ number to be specified. -.. -.TP 7 -.B Options -Option flags may be specified in the -.B Device -sections. -These include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options. -The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation. -Some of the latter are described below in the section about the -.B Screen -section, and they may also be included here. - -.SH "VIDEOADAPTOR SECTION" -Nobody wants to say how this works. -Maybe nobody knows ... - -.SH "MONITOR SECTION" -The config file may have multiple -.B Monitor -sections. -There should normally be at least one, for the monitor being used, -but a default configuration will be created when one isn't specified. -.PP -.B Monitor -sections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qMonitor\*q" -.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q -.I " entries" -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The only mandatory entry in a -.B Monitor -section is the -.B Identifier -entry. -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry specifies the unique name for this monitor. -The -.B Monitor -section may be used to provide information about the specifications of the -monitor, monitor-specific -.BR Options , -and information about the video modes to use with the monitor. -.PP -With RandR 1.2-enabled drivers, monitor sections may be tied to specific -outputs of the video card. Using the name of the output defined by the video -driver plus the identifier of a monitor section, one associates a monitor -section with an output by adding an option to the Device section in the -following format: - -.B Option \*qMonitor-outputname\*q \*qmonitorsection\*q - -(for example, -.B Option \*qMonitor-VGA\*q \*qVGA monitor\*q -for a VGA output) -.PP -In the absence of specific association of monitor sections to outputs, if a -monitor section is present the server will associate it with an output to -preserve compatibility for previous single-head configurations. -.PP -Specifying video modes is optional because the server will use the DDC or other -information provided by the monitor to automatically configure the list of -modes available. -When modes are specified explicitly in the -.B Monitor -section (with the -.BR Modes , -.BR ModeLine , -or -.B UseModes -keywords), built-in modes with the same names are not included. -Built-in modes with different names are, however, still implicitly included, -when they meet the requirements of the monitor. -.PP -The entries that may be used in -.B Monitor -sections are described below. -.TP 7 -.BI "VendorName \*q" vendor \*q -This optional entry specifies the monitor's manufacturer. -.TP 7 -.BI "ModelName \*q" model \*q -This optional entry specifies the monitor's model. -.TP 7 -.BI "HorizSync " "horizsync\-range" -gives the range(s) of horizontal sync frequencies supported by the -monitor. -.I horizsync\-range -may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of -values. -A range of values is two values separated by a dash. -By default the values are in units of kHz. -They may be specified in MHz or Hz -if -.B MHz -or -.B Hz -is added to the end of the line. -The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video -modes are within the specifications of the monitor. -This information should be available in the monitor's handbook. -If this entry is omitted, a default range of 28\-33kHz is used. -.TP 7 -.BI "VertRefresh " "vertrefresh\-range" -gives the range(s) of vertical refresh frequencies supported by the -monitor. -.I vertrefresh\-range -may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of -values. -A range of values is two values separated by a dash. -By default the values are in units of Hz. -They may be specified in MHz or kHz -if -.B MHz -or -.B kHz -is added to the end of the line. -The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video -modes are within the specifications of the monitor. -This information should be available in the monitor's handbook. -If this entry is omitted, a default range of 43\-72Hz is used. -.TP 7 -.BI "DisplaySize " "width height" -This optional entry gives the width and height, in millimetres, of the -picture area of the monitor. -If given this is used to calculate the horizontal and vertical pitch (DPI) of -the screen. -.TP 7 -.BI "Gamma " "gamma\-value" -.TP 7 -.BI "Gamma " "red\-gamma green\-gamma blue\-gamma" -This is an optional entry that can be used to specify the gamma correction -for the monitor. -It may be specified as either a single value or as three separate RGB values. -The values should be in the range 0.1 to 10.0, and the default is 1.0. -Not all drivers are capable of using this information. -.TP 7 -.BI "UseModes \*q" modesection\-id \*q -Include the set of modes listed in the -.B Modes -section called -.IR modesection\-id. -This makes all of the modes defined in that section available for use by -this monitor. -.TP 7 -.BI "Mode \*q" name \*q -This is an optional multi-line entry that can be used to provide -definitions for video modes for the monitor. -In most cases this isn't necessary because the built-in set of VESA standard -modes will be sufficient. -The -.B Mode -keyword indicates the start of a multi-line video mode description. -The mode description is terminated with the -.B EndMode -keyword. -The mode description consists of the following entries: -.RS 7 -.TP 4 -.BI "DotClock " clock -is the dot (pixel) clock rate to be used for the mode. -.TP 4 -.BI "HTimings " "hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal" -specifies the horizontal timings for the mode. -.TP 4 -.BI "VTimings " "vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal" -specifies the vertical timings for the mode. -.TP 4 -.BI "Flags \*q" flag \*q " ..." -specifies an optional set of mode flags, each of which is a separate -string in double quotes. -.B \*qInterlace\*q -indicates that the mode is interlaced. -.B \*qDoubleScan\*q -indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled. -.B \*q+HSync\*q -and -.B \*q\-HSync\*q -can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal. -.B \*q+VSync\*q -and -.B \*q\-VSync\*q -can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal. -.B \*qComposite\*q -can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported. -Additionally, on some hardware, -.B \*q+CSync\*q -and -.B \*q\-CSync\*q -may be used to select the composite sync polarity. -.TP 4 -.BI "HSkew " hskew -specifies the number of pixels (towards the right edge of the screen) by -which the display enable signal is to be skewed. -Not all drivers use this information. -This option might become necessary to override the default value supplied -by the server (if any). -\(lqRoving\(rq horizontal lines indicate this value needs to be increased. -If the last few pixels on a scan line appear on the left of the screen, -this value should be decreased. -.TP 4 -.BI "VScan " vscan -specifies the number of times each scanline is painted on the screen. -Not all drivers use this information. -Values less than 1 are treated as 1, which is the default. -Generally, the -.B \*qDoubleScan\*q -.B Flag -mentioned above doubles this value. -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "ModeLine \*q" name \*q " mode\-description" -This entry is a more compact version of the -.B Mode -entry, and it also can be used to specify video modes for the monitor. -is a single line format for specifying video modes. -In most cases this isn't necessary because the built\-in set of VESA -standard modes will be sufficient. -.PP -.RS 7 -The -.I mode\-description -is in four sections, the first three of which are mandatory. -The first is the dot (pixel) clock. -This is a single number specifying the pixel clock rate for the mode in -MHz. -The second section is a list of four numbers specifying the horizontal -timings. -These numbers are the -.IR hdisp , -.IR hsyncstart , -.IR hsyncend , -and -.I htotal -values. -The third section is a list of four numbers specifying the vertical -timings. -These numbers are the -.IR vdisp , -.IR vsyncstart , -.IR vsyncend , -and -.I vtotal -values. -The final section is a list of flags specifying other characteristics of -the mode. -.B Interlace -indicates that the mode is interlaced. -.B DoubleScan -indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled. -.B +HSync -and -.B \-HSync -can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal. -.B +VSync -and -.B \-VSync -can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal. -.B Composite -can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported. -Additionally, on some hardware, -.B +CSync -and -.B \-CSync -may be used to select the composite sync polarity. -The -.B HSkew -and -.B VScan -options mentioned above in the -.B Modes -entry description can also be used here. -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qDPMS\*q " \*qbool\*q -This option controls whether the server should enable the DPMS extension -for power management for this screen. The default is to enable the -extension. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qSyncOnGreen\*q " \*qbool\*q -This option controls whether the video card should drive the sync signal -on the green color pin. Not all cards support this option, and most -monitors do not require it. The default is off. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qPrimary\*q " \*qbool\*q -This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be treated as the primary -monitor. (RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qPreferredMode\*q " \*qstring\*q -This optional entry specifies a mode to be marked as the preferred initial mode -of the monitor. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qPosition\*q " "\*qx y\*q" -This optional entry specifies the position of the monitor within the X -screen. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qLeftOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q -This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the -left of the output (not monitor) of the given name. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qRightOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q -This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the -right of the output (not monitor) of the given name. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qAbove\*q " \*qoutput\*q -This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned above the -output (not monitor) of the given name. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qBelow\*q " \*qoutput\*q -This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned below the -output (not monitor) of the given name. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qEnable\*q " \*qbool\*q -This optional entry specifies whether the monitor should be turned on -at startup. By default, the server will attempt to enable all connected -monitors. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qDefaultModes\*q " \*qbool\*q -This optional entry specifies whether the server should add supported default -modes to the list of modes offered on this monitor. By default, the server -will add default modes; you should only disable this if you can guarantee -that EDID will be available at all times, or if you have added custom modelines -which the server can use. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qMinClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q -This optional entry specifies the minimum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported -by the monitor. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qMaxClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q -This optional entry specifies the maximum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported -by the monitor. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qIgnore\*q " \*qbool\*q -This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be ignored entirely, -and not reported through RandR. This is useful if the hardware reports the -presence of outputs that don't exist. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) -.TP 7 -.BI "Option " "\*qRotate\*q " \*qrotation\*q -This optional entry specifies the initial rotation of the given monitor. -Valid values for rotation are \*qnormal\*q, \*qleft\*q, \*qright\*q, and -\*qinverted\*q. -(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only) - -.SH "MODES SECTION" -The config file may have multiple -.B Modes -sections, or none. -These sections provide a way of defining sets of video modes independently -of the -.B Monitor -sections. -.B Monitor -sections may include the definitions provided in these sections by -using the -.B UseModes -keyword. -In most cases the -.B Modes -sections are not necessary because the built\-in set of VESA standard modes -will be sufficient. -.PP -.B Modes -sections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qModes\*q" -.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q -.I " entries" -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry specifies the unique name for this set of mode descriptions. -The other entries permitted in -.B Modes -sections are the -.B Mode -and -.B ModeLine -entries that are described above in the -.B Monitor -section. -.SH "SCREEN SECTION" -The config file may have multiple -.B Screen -sections. -There must be at least one, for the \(lqscreen\(rq being used. -A \(lqscreen\(rq represents the binding of a graphics device -.RB ( Device -section) and a monitor -.RB ( Monitor -section). -A -.B Screen -section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by an active -.B ServerLayout -section or by the -.B \-screen -command line option. -If neither of those is present, the first -.B Screen -section found in the config file is considered the active one. -.PP -.B Screen -sections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qScreen\*q" -.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q -.BI " Device \*q" devid \*q -.BI " Monitor \*q" monid \*q -.I " entries" -.I " ..." -.BI " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q" -.I " entries" -.I " ... -.B " EndSubSection" -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.PP -The -.B Identifier -and -.B Device -entries are mandatory. -All others are optional. -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry specifies the unique name for this screen. -The -.B Screen -section provides information specific to the whole screen, including -screen\-specific -.BR Options . -In multi\-head configurations, there will be multiple active -.B Screen -sections, one for each head. -The entries available -for this section are: -.TP 7 -.BI "Device \*q" device\-id \*q -This mandatory entry specifies the -.B Device -section to be used for this screen. -This is what ties a specific graphics card to a screen. -The -.I device\-id -must match the -.B Identifier -of a -.B Device -section in the config file. -.TP 7 -.BI "Monitor \*q" monitor\-id \*q -specifies which monitor description is to be used for this screen. -If a -.B Monitor -name is not specified, a default configuration is used. -Currently the default configuration may not function as expected on all -platforms. -.TP 7 -.BI "VideoAdaptor \*q" xv\-id \*q -specifies an optional Xv video adaptor description to be used with this -screen. -.TP 7 -.BI "DefaultDepth " depth -specifies which color depth the server should use by default. -The -.B \-depth -command line option can be used to override this. -If neither is specified, the default depth is driver\-specific, but in most -cases is 8. -.TP 7 -.BI "DefaultFbBpp " bpp -specifies which framebuffer layout to use by default. -The -.B \-fbbpp -command line option can be used to override this. -In most cases the driver will chose the best default value for this. -The only case where there is even a choice in this value is for depth 24, -where some hardware supports both a packed 24 bit framebuffer layout and a -sparse 32 bit framebuffer layout. -.TP 7 -.B Options -Various -.B Option -flags may be specified in the -.B Screen -section. -Some are driver\-specific and are described in the driver documentation. -Others are driver\-independent, and will eventually be described here. -.\" XXX These should really be in an xaa man page. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qAccel\*q" -Enables XAA (X Acceleration Architecture), a mechanism that makes video cards' -2D hardware acceleration available to the __xservername__ server. -This option is on by default, but it may be necessary to turn it off if -there are bugs in the driver. -There are many options to disable specific accelerated operations, listed -below. -Note that disabling an operation will have no effect if the operation is -not accelerated (whether due to lack of support in the hardware or in the -driver). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qInitPrimary\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Use the Int10 module to initialize the primary graphics card. -Normally, only secondary cards are soft-booted using the Int10 module, as the -primary card has already been initialized by the BIOS at boot time. -Default: false. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qNoInt10\*q \*q" boolean \*q -Disables the Int10 module, a module that uses the int10 call to the BIOS -of the graphics card to initialize it. -Default: false. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qNoMTRR\*q" -Disables MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support, a feature of modern -processors which can improve video performance by a factor of up to 2.5. -Some hardware has buggy MTRR support, and some video drivers have been -known to exhibit problems when MTRR's are used. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q" -Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns -stored in system memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillRect\*q" -Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a full\-color -pattern. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillTrap\*q" -Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a full\-color -pattern. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedBresenhamLine\*q" -Disables accelerated dashed Bresenham line draws. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedTwoPointLine\*q" -Disables accelerated dashed line draws between two arbitrary points. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoImageWriteRect\*q" -Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from -system memory to video memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillRect\*q" -Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a monochrome -pattern. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillTrap\*q" -Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a monochrome -pattern. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoOffscreenPixmaps\*q" -Disables accelerated draws into pixmaps stored in offscreen video memory. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoPixmapCache\*q" -Disables caching of patterns in offscreen video memory. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q" -Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns -stored in system memory (one scan line at a time). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineImageWriteRect\*q" -Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from -system memory to video memory (one scan line at a time). -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenColorExpandFill\*q" -Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns -stored in offscreen video memory. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenCopy\*q" -Disables accelerated copies of rectangular regions from one part of -video memory to another part of video memory. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidBresenhamLine\*q" -Disables accelerated solid Bresenham line draws. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillRect\*q" -Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of rectangles. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillTrap\*q" -Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of Bresenham trapezoids. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidHorVertLine\*q" -Disables accelerated solid horizontal and vertical line draws. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidTwoPointLine\*q" -Disables accelerated solid line draws between two arbitrary points. -.PP -Each -.B Screen -section may optionally contain one or more -.B Display -subsections. -Those subsections provide depth/fbbpp specific configuration information, -and the one chosen depends on the depth and/or fbbpp that is being used for -the screen. -The -.B Display -subsection format is described in the section below. - -.SH "DISPLAY SUBSECTION" -Each -.B Screen -section may have multiple -.B Display -subsections. -The \(lqactive\(rq -.B Display -subsection is the first that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being -used, or failing that, the first that has neither a depth or fbbpp value -specified. -The -.B Display -subsections are optional. -When there isn't one that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being used, -all the parameters that can be specified here fall back to their defaults. -.PP -.B Display -subsections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q" -.BI " Depth " depth -.I " entries" -.I " ..." -.B " EndSubSection" -.fi -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "Depth " depth -This entry specifies what colour depth the -.B Display -subsection is to be used for. -This entry is usually specified, but it may be omitted to create a match\-all -.B Display -subsection or when wishing to match only against the -.B FbBpp -parameter. -The range of -.I depth -values that are allowed depends on the driver. -Most drivers support 8, 15, 16 and 24. -Some also support 1 and/or 4, and some may support other values (like 30). -Note: -.I depth -means the number of bits in a pixel that are actually used to determine -the pixel colour. -32 is not a valid -.I depth -value. -Most hardware that uses 32 bits per pixel only uses 24 of them to hold the -colour information, which means that the colour depth is 24, not 32. -.TP 7 -.BI "FbBpp " bpp -This entry specifies the framebuffer format this -.B Display -subsection is to be used for. -This entry is only needed when providing depth 24 configurations that allow -a choice between a 24 bpp packed framebuffer format and a 32bpp sparse -framebuffer format. -In most cases this entry should not be used. -.TP 7 -.BI "Weight " "red\-weight green\-weight blue\-weight" -This optional entry specifies the relative RGB weighting to be used -for a screen is being used at depth 16 for drivers that allow multiple -formats. -This may also be specified from the command line with the -.B \-weight -option (see -.BR __xservername__(__appmansuffix__)). -.TP 7 -.BI "Virtual " "xdim ydim" -This optional entry specifies the virtual screen resolution to be used. -.I xdim -must be a multiple of either 8 or 16 for most drivers, and a multiple -of 32 when running in monochrome mode. -The given value will be rounded down if this is not the case. -Video modes which are too large for the specified virtual size will be -rejected. -If this entry is not present, the virtual screen resolution will be set to -accommodate all the valid video modes given in the -.B Modes -entry. -Some drivers/hardware combinations do not support virtual screens. -Refer to the appropriate driver\-specific documentation for details. -.TP 7 -.BI "ViewPort " "x0 y0" -This optional entry sets the upper left corner of the initial display. -This is only relevant when the virtual screen resolution is different -from the resolution of the initial video mode. -If this entry is not given, then the initial display will be centered in -the virtual display area. -.TP 7 -.BI "Modes \*q" mode\-name \*q " ..." -This optional entry specifies the list of video modes to use. -Each -.I mode\-name -specified must be in double quotes. -They must correspond to those specified or referenced in the appropriate -.B Monitor -section (including implicitly referenced built\-in VESA standard modes). -The server will delete modes from this list which don't satisfy various -requirements. -The first valid mode in this list will be the default display mode for -startup. -The list of valid modes is converted internally into a circular list. -It is possible to switch to the next mode with -.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus -and to the previous mode with -.BR Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus . -When this entry is omitted, the valid modes referenced by the appropriate -.B Monitor -section will be used. If the -.B Monitor -section contains no modes, then the selection will be taken from the -built-in VESA standard modes. -.TP 7 -.BI "Visual \*q" visual\-name \*q -This optional entry sets the default root visual type. -This may also be specified from the command line (see the -.BR Xserver(__appmansuffix__) -man page). -The visual types available for depth 8 are (default is -.BR PseudoColor ): -.PP -.RS 11 -.nf -.B StaticGray -.B GrayScale -.B StaticColor -.B PseudoColor -.B TrueColor -.B DirectColor -.fi -.RE -.PP -.RS 7 -The visual type available for the depths 15, 16 and 24 are (default is -.BR TrueColor ): -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B TrueColor -.B DirectColor -.fi -.RE -.PP -Not all drivers support -.B DirectColor -at these depths. -.PP -The visual types available for the depth 4 are (default is -.BR StaticColor ): -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B StaticGray -.B GrayScale -.B StaticColor -.B PseudoColor -.fi -.RE -.PP -The visual type available for the depth 1 (monochrome) is -.BR StaticGray . -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "Black " "red green blue" -This optional entry allows the \(lqblack\(rq colour to be specified. -This is only supported at depth 1. -The default is black. -.TP 7 -.BI "White " "red green blue" -This optional entry allows the \(lqwhite\(rq colour to be specified. -This is only supported at depth 1. -The default is white. -.TP 7 -.B Options -Option flags may be specified in the -.B Display -subsections. -These may include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options. -The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation. -Some of the latter are described above in the section about the -.B Screen -section, and they may also be included here. -.SH "SERVERLAYOUT SECTION" -The config file may have multiple -.B ServerLayout -sections. -A \(lqserver layout\(rq represents the binding of one or more screens -.RB ( Screen -sections) and one or more input devices -.RB ( InputDevice -sections) to form a complete configuration. -In multi\-head configurations, it also specifies the relative layout of the -heads. -A -.B ServerLayout -section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by the -.B \-layout -command line option or by an -.B "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q" -entry in the -.B ServerFlags -section (the former takes precedence over the latter). -If those options are not used, the first -.B ServerLayout -section found in the config file is considered the active one. -If no -.B ServerLayout -sections are present, the single active screen and two active (core) -input devices are selected as described in the relevant sections above. -.PP -.B ServerLayout -sections have the following format: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q" -.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q -.BI " Screen \*q" screen\-id \*q -.I " ..." -.BI " InputDevice \*q" idev\-id \*q -.I " ..." -.I " options" -.I " ..." -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.PP -Each -.B ServerLayout -section must have an -.B Identifier -entry and at least one -.B Screen -entry. -.PP -The -.B Identifier -entry specifies the unique name for this server layout. -The -.B ServerLayout -section provides information specific to the whole session, including -session\-specific -.BR Options . -The -.B ServerFlags -options (described above) may be specified here, and ones given here -override those given in the -.B ServerFlags -section. -.PP -The entries that may be used in this section are described here. -.TP 7 -.BI "Screen " "screen\-num" " \*qscreen\-id\*q " "position\-information" -One of these entries must be given for each screen being used in -a session. -The -.I screen\-id -field is mandatory, and specifies the -.B Screen -section being referenced. -The -.I screen\-num -field is optional, and may be used to specify the screen number -in multi\-head configurations. -When this field is omitted, the screens will be numbered in the order that -they are listed in. -The numbering starts from 0, and must be consecutive. -The -.I position\-information -field describes the way multiple screens are positioned. -There are a number of different ways that this information can be provided: -.RS 7 -.TP 4 -.I "x y" -.TP 4 -.BI "Absolute " "x y" -These both specify that the upper left corner's coordinates are -.RI ( x , y ). -The -.B Absolute -keyword is optional. -Some older versions of XFree86 (4.2 and earlier) don't recognise the -.B Absolute -keyword, so it's safest to just specify the coordinates without it. -.TP 4 -.BI "RightOf \*q" screen\-id \*q -.TP 4 -.BI "LeftOf \*q" screen\-id \*q -.TP 4 -.BI "Above \*q" screen\-id \*q -.TP 4 -.BI "Below \*q" screen\-id \*q -.TP 4 -.BI "Relative \*q" screen\-id \*q " x y" -These give the screen's location relative to another screen. -The first four position the screen immediately to the right, left, above or -below the other screen. -When positioning to the right or left, the top edges are aligned. -When positioning above or below, the left edges are aligned. -The -.B Relative -form specifies the offset of the screen's origin (upper left corner) -relative to the origin of another screen. -.RE -.TP 7 -.BI "InputDevice \*q" idev\-id "\*q \*q" option \*q " ..." -One of these entries should be given for each input device being used in -a session. -Normally at least two are required, one each for the core pointer and -keyboard devices. -If either of those is missing, suitable -.B InputDevice -entries are searched for using the method described above in the -.B INPUTDEVICE -section. The -.I idev\-id -field is mandatory, and specifies the name of the -.B InputDevice -section being referenced. -Multiple -.I option -fields may be specified, each in double quotes. -The options permitted here are any that may also be given in the -.B InputDevice -sections. -Normally only session\-specific input device options would be used here. -The most commonly used options are: -.PP -.RS 11 -.nf -.B \*qCorePointer\*q -.B \*qCoreKeyboard\*q -.B \*qSendCoreEvents\*q -.fi -.RE -.PP -.RS 7 -and the first two should normally be used to indicate the core pointer -and core keyboard devices respectively. -.RE -.TP 7 -.B Options -In addition to the following, any option permitted in the -.B ServerFlags -section may also be specified here. -When the same option appears in both places, the value given here overrides -the one given in the -.B ServerFlags -section. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qIsolateDevice\*q \*q" bus\-id \*q -Restrict device resets to the specified -.IR bus\-id . -See the -.B BusID -option (described in -.BR "DEVICE SECTION" , -above) for the format of the -.I bus\-id -parameter. -This option overrides -.BR SingleCard , -if specified. -At present, only PCI devices can be isolated in this manner. -.TP 7 -.BI "Option \*qSingleCard\*q \*q" boolean \*q -As -.BR IsolateDevice , -except that the bus ID of the first device in the layout is used. -.PP -Here is an example of a -.B ServerLayout -section for a dual headed configuration with two mice: -.PP -.RS 4 -.nf -.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q" -.B " Identifier \*qLayout 1\*q" -.B " Screen \*qMGA 1\*q" -.B " Screen \*qMGA 2\*q RightOf \*qMGA 1\*q" -.B " InputDevice \*qKeyboard 1\*q \*qCoreKeyboard\*q" -.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 1\*q \*qCorePointer\*q" -.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 2\*q \*qSendCoreEvents\*q" -.B " Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q5\*q" -.B "EndSection" -.fi -.RE -.SH "DRI SECTION" -This optional section is used to provide some information for the -Direct Rendering Infrastructure. -Details about the format of this section can be found on-line at -.IR <http://dri.freedesktop.org/> . -.SH "VENDOR SECTION" -The optional -.B Vendor -section may be used to provide vendor\-specific configuration information. -Multiple -.B Vendor -sections may be present, and they may contain an -.B Identifier -entry and multiple -.B Option -flags. -The data therein is not used in this release. -.PP -.SH "SEE ALSO" -General: -.BR X (__miscmansuffix__), -.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__), -.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__), -.BR cvt (__appmansuffix__), -.BR gtf (__appmansuffix__). -.PP -.B "Not all modules or interfaces are available on all platforms." -.PP -Display drivers: -.BR apm (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR ati (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR chips (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR cirrus (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR cyrix (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR fbdev (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR glide (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR glint (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR i128 (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR i740 (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR imstt (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR intel (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR mga (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR neomagic (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR nv (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR openchrome (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR r128 (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR radeon (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR rendition (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR savage (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR s3virge (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR siliconmotion (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR sis (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR sisusb (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR sunbw2 (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR suncg14 (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR suncg3 (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR suncg6 (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR sunffb (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR sunleo (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR suntcx (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR tdfx (__drivermansuffix__), -.\" .BR tga (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR trident (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR tseng (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR vesa (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR vmware (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR voodoo (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR wsfb (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR xgi (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR xgixp (__drivermansuffix__). -.PP -Input drivers: -.BR acecad (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR citron (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR elographics (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR fpit (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR joystick (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR mutouch (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR penmount (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR synaptics (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR vmmouse (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR void (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR wacom (__drivermansuffix__). -.PP -Other modules and interfaces: -.BR exa (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR fbdevhw (__drivermansuffix__), -.\" .BR shadowfb (__drivermansuffix__), -.BR v4l (__drivermansuffix__). -.br -.SH AUTHORS -This manual page was largely rewritten by David Dawes -.IR <dawes@xfree86.org> . +.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere.
+.ds q \N'34'
+.TH __xconfigfile__ __filemansuffix__ __vendorversion__
+.SH NAME
+__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ \- configuration files for
+__xservername__ X server
+.SH INTRODUCTION
+.B __xservername__
+supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and
+run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the
+__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ configuration files, auto-detection,
+and fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more
+than one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of
+mechanisms is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not
+all parameters can be supplied via all methods. The available command
+line options and environment variables (and some defaults) are
+described in the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) and
+__xservername__(__appmansuffix__) manual pages. Most configuration file
+parameters, with their defaults, are described below. Driver and module
+specific configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver
+or module manual page.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B __xservername__
+uses a configuration file called
+.I __xconfigfile__
+and files ending in the suffix
+.I .conf
+from the directory
+.I __xconfigdir__
+for its initial setup.
+The
+.I __xconfigfile__
+configuration file is searched for in the following places when the
+server is started as a normal user:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
+.B \-config
+command line option,
+.B $XORGCONFIG
+is the relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified by that
+environment variable, and
+.I <hostname>
+is the machine's hostname as reported by
+.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
+.PP
+When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the config file
+search locations are as follows:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+<cmdline>
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.B $XORGCONFIG
+.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
+.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is the path specified with the
+.B \-config
+command line option (which may be absolute or relative),
+.B $XORGCONFIG
+is the path specified by that
+environment variable (absolute or relative),
+.B $HOME
+is the path specified by that environment variable (usually the home
+directory), and
+.I <hostname>
+is the machine's hostname as reported by
+.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
+.PP
+Additional configuration files are searched for in the following
+directories when the server is started as a normal user:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
+.B \-configdir
+command line option.
+.PP
+When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the
+config directory search locations are as follows:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+<cmdline>
+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
+.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <cmdline>
+is the path specified with the
+.B \-configdir
+command line option (which may be absolute or relative).
+.PP
+Finally, configuration files will also be searched for in directories
+reserved for system use. These are to separate configuration files from
+the vendor or 3rd party packages from those of local administration.
+These files are found in the following directories:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.I /usr/share/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.I __datadir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.I __xconfigfile__
+and
+.I __xconfigdir__
+files are composed of a number of sections which may be present in any order,
+or omitted to use default configuration values.
+Each section has the form:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BI "Section \*q" SectionName \*q
+.RI " " SectionEntry
+ ...
+.B EndSection
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The section names are:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Files " "File pathnames"
+.BR "ServerFlags " "Server flags"
+.BR "Module " "Dynamic module loading"
+.BR "Extensions " "Extension enabling"
+.BR "InputDevice " "Input device description"
+.BR "InputClass " "Input class description"
+.BR "Device " "Graphics device description"
+.BR "VideoAdaptor " "Xv video adaptor description"
+.BR "Monitor " "Monitor description"
+.BR "Modes " "Video modes descriptions"
+.BR "Screen " "Screen configuration"
+.BR "ServerLayout " "Overall layout"
+.BR "DRI " "DRI\-specific configuration"
+.BR "Vendor " "Vendor\-specific configuration"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The following obsolete section names are still recognised for compatibility
+purposes.
+In new config files, the
+.B InputDevice
+section should be used instead.
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Keyboard " "Keyboard configuration"
+.BR "Pointer " "Pointer/mouse configuration"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The old
+.B XInput
+section is no longer recognised.
+.PP
+The
+.B ServerLayout
+sections are at the highest level.
+They bind together the input and output devices that will be used in a session.
+The input devices are described in the
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+Output devices usually consist of multiple independent components (e.g.,
+a graphics board and a monitor).
+These multiple components are bound together in the
+.B Screen
+sections, and it is these that are referenced by the
+.B ServerLayout
+section.
+Each
+.B Screen
+section binds together a graphics board and a monitor.
+The graphics boards are described in the
+.B Device
+sections, and the monitors are described in the
+.B Monitor
+sections.
+.PP
+Config file keywords are case\-insensitive, and \(lq_\(rq characters are
+ignored.
+Most strings (including
+.B Option
+names) are also case-insensitive, and insensitive to white space and
+\(lq_\(rq characters.
+.PP
+Each config file entry usually takes up a single line in the file. They
+consist of a keyword, which is possibly followed by one or more arguments,
+with the number and types of the arguments depending on the keyword.
+The argument types are:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
+.BR "Real " "a floating point number"
+.BR "String " "a string enclosed in double quote marks (\*q)"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Note: hex integer values must be prefixed with \(lq0x\(rq, and octal values
+with \(lq0\(rq.
+.PP
+A special keyword called
+.B Option
+may be used to provide free\-form data to various components of the server.
+The
+.B Option
+keyword takes either one or two string arguments.
+The first is the option name, and the optional second argument is the
+option value.
+Some commonly used option value types include:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.BR "Integer " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
+.BR "Real " "a floating point number"
+.BR "String " "a sequence of characters"
+.BR "Boolean " "a boolean value (see below)"
+.BR "Frequency " "a frequency value (see below)"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Note that
+.I all
+.B Option
+values, not just strings, must be enclosed in quotes.
+.PP
+Boolean options may optionally have a value specified.
+When no value is specified, the option's value is
+.BR TRUE .
+The following boolean option values are recognised as
+.BR TRUE :
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.BR 1 ,
+.BR on ,
+.BR true ,
+.B yes
+.RE
+.PP
+and the following boolean option values are recognised as
+.BR FALSE :
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.BR 0 ,
+.BR off ,
+.BR false ,
+.B no
+.RE
+.PP
+If an option name is prefixed with
+.RB \*q No \*q,
+then the option value is negated.
+.PP
+Example: the following option entries are equivalent:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qOff\*q"
+.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q"
+.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q \*qOn\*q"
+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qfalse\*q"
+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q \*qno\*q"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Frequency option values consist of a real number that is optionally
+followed by one of the following frequency units:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.BR Hz ,
+.BR k ,
+.BR kHz ,
+.BR M ,
+.B MHz
+.RE
+.PP
+When the unit name is omitted, the correct units will be determined from
+the value and the expectations of the appropriate range of the value.
+It is recommended that the units always be specified when using frequency
+option values to avoid any errors in determining the value.
+.SH "FILES SECTION"
+The
+.B Files
+section is used to specify some path names required by the server.
+Some of these paths can also be set from the command line (see
+.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__)
+and
+.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__)).
+The command line settings override the values specified in the config
+file.
+The
+.B Files
+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may appear in it.
+.PP
+The entries that can appear in this section are:
+.TP 7
+.BI "FontPath \*q" path \*q
+sets the search path for fonts.
+This path is a comma separated list of font path elements which the __xservername__
+server searches for font databases.
+Multiple
+.B FontPath
+entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build up the
+fontpath used by the server. Font path elements can be absolute
+directory paths, catalogue directories or a font server identifier. The
+formats of the later two are explained below:
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Catalogue directories:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+Catalogue directories can be specified using the prefix \fBcatalogue:\fR
+before the directory name. The directory can then be populated with
+symlinks pointing to the real font directories, using the following
+syntax in the symlink name:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.IR <identifier> : [attribute]: pri= <priority>
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <identifier>
+is an alphanumeric identifier,
+.I [attribute]
+is an attribute which will be passed to the underlying FPE and
+.I <priority>
+is a number used to order the fontfile FPEs. Examples:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.I 75dpi:unscaled:pri=20 -> /usr/share/X11/fonts/75dpi
+.I gscript:pri=60 -> /usr/share/fonts/default/ghostscript
+.I misc:unscaled:pri=10 \-> /usr/share/X11/fonts/misc
+.fi
+.PP
+.RE .RE .RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Font server identifiers:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+Font server identifiers have the form:
+.RS 4
+.PP
+.IR <trans> / <hostname> : <port\-number>
+.RE
+.PP
+where
+.I <trans>
+is the transport type to use to connect to the font server (e.g.,
+.B unix
+for UNIX\-domain sockets or
+.B tcp
+for a TCP/IP connection),
+.I <hostname>
+is the hostname of the machine running the font server, and
+.I <port\-number>
+is the port number that the font server is listening on (usually 7100).
+.RE
+.PP
+When this entry is not specified in the config file, the server falls back
+to the compiled\-in default font path, which contains the following
+font path elements (which can be set inside a catalogue directory):
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/misc/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/TTF/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/OTF/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/Type1/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/100dpi/
+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/75dpi/
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Font path elements that are found to be invalid are removed from the
+font path when the server starts up.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "ModulePath \*q" path \*q
+sets the search path for loadable __xservername__ server modules.
+This path is a comma separated list of directories which the __xservername__ server
+searches for loadable modules loading in the order specified.
+Multiple
+.B ModulePath
+entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build the
+module search path used by the server. The default module path is
+.PP
+.RS 11
+__modulepath__
+.RE
+.\" The LogFile keyword is not currently implemented
+.ig
+.TP 7
+.BI "LogFile \*q" path \*q
+sets the name of the __xservername__ server log file.
+The default log file name is
+.PP
+.RS 11
+.RI __logdir__/__xservername__. <n> .log
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+where
+.I <n>
+is the display number for the __xservername__ server.
+..
+.TP 7
+.BI "XkbDir \*q" path \*q
+sets the base directory for keyboard layout files. The
+.B \-xkbdir
+command line option can be used to override this. The default directory is
+.PP
+.RS 11
+__xkbdir__
+.RE
+.SH "SERVERFLAGS SECTION"
+In addition to options specific to this section (described below), the
+.B ServerFlags
+section is used to specify some global
+__xservername__ server options.
+All of the entries in this section are
+.BR Options ,
+although for compatibility purposes some of the old style entries are
+still recognised.
+Those old style entries are not documented here, and using them is
+discouraged.
+The
+.B ServerFlags
+section is optional, as are the entries that may be specified in it.
+.PP
+.B Options
+specified in this section (with the exception of the
+.B \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q
+.BR Option )
+may be overridden by
+.B Options
+specified in the active
+.B ServerLayout
+section.
+Options with command line equivalents are overridden when their command
+line equivalent is used.
+The options recognised by this section are:
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q \*q" layout\-id \*q
+This specifies the default
+.B ServerLayout
+section to use in the absence of the
+.B \-layout
+command line option.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoTrapSignals\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This prevents the __xservername__ server from trapping a range of unexpected fatal
+signals and exiting cleanly.
+Instead, the __xservername__ server will die and drop core where the fault occurred.
+The default behaviour is for the __xservername__ server to exit cleanly, but still drop a
+core file.
+In general you never want to use this option unless you are debugging an __xservername__
+server problem and know how to deal with the consequences.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qUseSIGIO\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This controls whether the __xservername__ server requests that events from
+input devices be reported via a SIGIO signal handler (also known as SIGPOLL
+on some platforms), or only reported via the standard select(3) loop.
+The default behaviour is platform specific. In general you do not want to
+use this option unless you are debugging the __xservername__ server, or
+working around a specific bug until it is fixed, and understand the
+consequences.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDontVTSwitch\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disallows the use of the
+.BI Ctrl+Alt+F n
+sequence (where
+.RI F n
+refers to one of the numbered function keys).
+That sequence is normally used to switch to another \*qvirtual terminal\*q
+on operating systems that have this feature.
+When this option is enabled, that key sequence has no special meaning and
+is passed to clients.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDontZap\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disallows the use of the
+.B Terminate_Server
+XKB action (usually on Ctrl+Alt+Backspace, depending on XKB options).
+This action is normally used to terminate the __xservername__ server.
+When this option is enabled, the action has no effect.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDontZoom\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disallows the use of the
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
+and
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus
+sequences.
+These sequences allows you to switch between video modes.
+When this option is enabled, those key sequences have no special meaning
+and are passed to clients.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDisableVidModeExtension\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This disables the parts of the VidMode extension used by the xvidtune client
+that can be used to change the video modes.
+Default: the VidMode extension is enabled.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAllowNonLocalXvidtune\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This allows the xvidtune client (and other clients that use the VidMode
+extension) to connect from another host.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAllowMouseOpenFail\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This tells the mousedrv(__drivermansuffix__) and vmmouse(__drivermansuffix__)
+drivers to not report failure if the mouse device can't be opened/initialised.
+It has no effect on the evdev(__drivermansuffix__) or other drivers.
+Default: false.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qVTSysReq\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enables the SYSV\-style VT switch sequence for non\-SYSV systems
+which support VT switching.
+This sequence is
+.B Alt\-SysRq
+followed by a function key
+.RB ( Fn ).
+This prevents the __xservername__ server trapping the
+keys used for the default VT switch sequence, which means that clients can
+access them.
+Default: off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B blank
+phase of the screensaver.
+.I time
+is in minutes.
+This is equivalent to the __xservername__ server's
+.B \-s
+flag, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qStandbyTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B standby
+phase of DPMS mode.
+.I time
+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
+supported by all video drivers.
+It is only enabled for screens that have the
+.B \*qDPMS\*q
+option set (see the MONITOR section below).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qSuspendTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B suspend
+phase of DPMS mode.
+.I time
+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
+supported by all video drivers.
+It is only enabled for screens that have the
+.B \*qDPMS\*q
+option set (see the MONITOR section below).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qOffTime\*q \*q" time \*q
+sets the inactivity timeout for the
+.B off
+phase of DPMS mode.
+.I time
+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
+Default: 10 minutes.
+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
+supported by all video drivers.
+It is only enabled for screens that have the
+.B \*qDPMS\*q
+option set (see the MONITOR section below).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qPixmap\*q \*q" bpp \*q
+This sets the pixmap format to use for depth 24.
+Allowed values for
+.I bpp
+are 24 and 32.
+Default: 32 unless driver constraints don't allow this (which is rare).
+Note: some clients don't behave well when this value is set to 24.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qPC98\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Specify that the machine is a Japanese PC\-98 machine.
+This should not be enabled for anything other than the Japanese\-specific
+PC\-98 architecture.
+Default: auto\-detected.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoPM\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Disables something to do with power management events.
+Default: PM enabled on platforms that support it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXinerama\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enable or disable XINERAMA extension.
+Default is disabled.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAIGLX\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enable or disable AIGLX. AIGLX is enabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qDRI2\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+enable or disable DRI2. DRI2 is disabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qGlxVisuals\*q \*q" string \*q
+This option controls how many GLX visuals the GLX modules sets up.
+The default value is
+.BR "typical" ,
+which will setup up a typical subset of
+the GLXFBConfigs provided by the driver as GLX visuals. Other options are
+.BR "minimal" ,
+which will set up the minimal set allowed by the GLX specification and
+.BR "all"
+which will setup GLX visuals for all GLXFBConfigs.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qUseDefaultFontPath\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Include the default font path even if other paths are specified in
+xorg.conf. If enabled, other font paths are included as well. Enabled by
+default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qIgnoreABI\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Allow modules built for a different, potentially incompatible version of
+the X server to load. Disabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAutoAddDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+If this option is disabled, then no devices will be added from HAL events.
+Enabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAutoEnableDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+If this option is disabled, then the devices will be added (and the
+DevicePresenceNotify event sent), but not enabled, thus leaving policy up
+to the client.
+Enabled by default.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qLog\*q \*q" string \*q
+This option controls whether the log is flushed and/or synced to disk after
+each message.
+Possible values are
+.B flush
+or
+.BR sync .
+Unset by default.
+.SH "MODULE SECTION"
+The
+.B Module
+section is used to specify which __xservername__ server modules should be loaded.
+This section is ignored when the __xservername__ server is built in static form.
+The type of modules normally loaded in this section are __xservername__ server
+extension modules.
+Most other module types are loaded automatically when they are needed via
+other mechanisms.
+The
+.B Module
+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
+it.
+.PP
+Entries in this section may be in two forms.
+The first and most commonly used form is an entry that uses the
+.B Load
+keyword, as described here:
+.TP 7
+.BI "Load \*q" modulename \*q
+This instructs the server to load the module called
+.IR modulename .
+The module name given should be the module's standard name, not the
+module file name.
+The standard name is case\-sensitive, and does not include the \(lqlib\(rq
+prefix, or the \(lq.a\(rq, \(lq.o\(rq, or \(lq.so\(rq suffixes.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Example: the DRI extension module can be loaded with the following entry:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.B "Load \*qdri\*q"
+.RE
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Disable \*q" modulename \*q
+This instructs the server to not load the module called
+.IR modulename .
+Some modules are loaded by default in the server, and this overrides that
+default. If a
+.B Load
+instruction is given for the same module, it overrides the
+.B Disable
+instruction and the module is loaded. The module name given should be the
+module's standard name, not the module file name. As with the
+.B Load
+instruction, the standard name is case-sensitive, and does not include the
+"lib" prefix, or the ".a", ".o", or ".so" suffixes.
+.PP
+The second form of entry is a
+.BR SubSection,
+with the subsection name being the module name, and the contents of the
+.B SubSection
+being
+.B Options
+that are passed to the module when it is loaded.
+.PP
+Example: the extmod module (which contains a miscellaneous group of
+server extensions) can be loaded, with the XFree86\-DGA extension
+disabled by using the following entry:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "SubSection \*qextmod\*q"
+.B " Option \*qomit XFree86\-DGA\*q"
+.B EndSubSection
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Modules are searched for in each directory specified in the
+.B ModulePath
+search path, and in the drivers, extensions, input, internal, and
+multimedia subdirectories of each of those directories.
+In addition to this, operating system specific subdirectories of all
+the above are searched first if they exist.
+.PP
+To see what extension modules are available, check the extensions
+subdirectory under:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+__modulepath__
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The \(lqextmod\(rq, \(lqdbe\(rq, \(lqdri\(rq, \(lqdri2\(rq, \(lqglx\(rq,
+and \(lqrecord\(rq extension modules are loaded automatically, if they
+are present, unless disabled with \*qDisable\*q entries.
+It is recommended
+that at very least the \(lqextmod\(rq extension module be loaded.
+If it isn't, some commonly used server extensions (like the SHAPE
+extension) will not be available.
+.SH "EXTENSIONS SECTION"
+The
+.B Extensions
+section is used to specify which X11 protocol extensions should be enabled
+or disabled.
+The
+.B Extensions
+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
+it.
+.PP
+Entries in this section are listed as Option statements with the name of
+the extension as the first argument, and a boolean value as the second.
+The extension name is case\-sensitive, and matches the form shown in the output
+of \*qXorg -extension ?\*q.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+Example: the MIT-SHM extension can be disabled with the following entry:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qExtensions\*q"
+.B " Option \*qMIT-SHM\*q \*qDisable\*q"
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.RE
+.SH "INPUTDEVICE SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+Recent X servers employ HAL or udev backends for input device enumeration
+and input hotplugging. It is usually not
+necessary to provide
+.B InputDevice
+sections in the xorg.conf if hotplugging is in use. If hotplugging is
+enabled,
+.B InputDevice
+sections using the
+.B mouse, kbd
+and
+.B vmmouse
+driver will be ignored.
+.PP
+If hotplugging is disabled, there will normally
+be at least two: one for the core (primary) keyboard
+and one for the core pointer.
+If either of these two is missing, a default configuration for the missing
+ones will be used. In the absence of an explicitly specified core input
+device, the first
+.B InputDevice
+marked as
+.B CorePointer
+(or
+.BR CoreKeyboard )
+is used.
+If there is no match there, the first
+.B InputDevice
+that uses the \(lqmouse\(rq (or \(lqkbd\(rq) driver is used.
+The final fallback is to use built\-in default configurations.
+Currently the default configuration may not work as expected on all platforms.
+.PP
+.B InputDevice
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qInputDevice\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Driver \*q" inputdriver \*q
+.I " options"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+and
+.B Driver
+entries are required in all
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+All other entries are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this input device.
+The
+.B Driver
+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
+When using the loadable server, the input driver module
+.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
+will be loaded for each active
+.B InputDevice
+section.
+An
+.B InputDevice
+section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
+.B ServerLayout
+section, if it is referenced by the
+.B \-keyboard
+or
+.B \-pointer
+command line options, or if it is selected implicitly as the core pointer
+or keyboard device in the absence of such explicit references.
+The most commonly used input drivers are
+.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__)
+on Linux systems, and
+.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__)
+and
+.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__)
+on other platforms.
+.PP
+.PP
+.B InputDevice
+sections recognise some driver\-independent
+.BR Options ,
+which are described here.
+See the individual input driver manual pages for a description of the
+device\-specific options.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAutoServerLayout\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Always add the device to the ServerLayout section used by this instance of
+the server. This affects implied layouts as well as explicit layouts
+specified in the configuration and/or on the command line.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qCorePointer\*q"
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAlwaysCore\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qSendCoreEvents\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Deprecated, see
+.B Floating
+
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qFloating\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+When enabled, the input device is set up floating and does not
+report events through any master device or control a cursor. The device is
+only available to clients using the X Input Extension API. This option is
+disabled by default.
+The options
+.B CorePointer,
+.B CoreKeyboard,
+.B AlwaysCore,
+and
+.B SendCoreEvents,
+are the inverse of option
+.B Floating
+(i.e.
+.B SendCoreEvents \*qon\*q
+is equivalent to
+.B Floating \*qoff\*q
+).
+
+This option controls the startup behavior only, a device
+may be reattached or set floating at runtime.
+.PP
+For pointing devices, the following options control how the pointer
+is accelerated or decelerated with respect to physical device motion. Most of
+these can be adjusted at runtime, see the xinput(1) man page for details. Only
+the most important acceleration options are discussed here.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationProfile\*q \*q" integer \*q
+Select the profile. In layman's terms, the profile constitutes the "feeling" of
+the acceleration. More formally, it defines how the transfer function (actual
+acceleration as a function of current device velocity and acceleration controls)
+is constructed. This is mainly a matter of personal preference.
+.PP
+.RS 6
+.nf
+.B " 0 classic (mostly compatible)"
+.B "-1 none (only constant deceleration is applied)"
+.B " 1 device-dependent"
+.B " 2 polynomial (polynomial function)"
+.B " 3 smooth linear (soft knee, then linear)"
+.B " 4 simple (normal when slow, otherwise accelerated)"
+.B " 5 power (power function)"
+.B " 6 linear (more speed, more acceleration)"
+.B " 7 limited (like linear, but maxes out at threshold)"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qConstantDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q
+Makes the pointer go
+.B deceleration
+times slower than normal. Most useful for high-resolution devices.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAdaptiveDeceleration\*q \*q" real \*q
+Allows to actually decelerate the pointer when going slow. At most, it will be
+.B adaptive deceleration
+times slower. Enables precise pointer placement without sacrificing speed.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationScheme\*q \*q" string \*q
+Selects the scheme, which is the underlying algorithm.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+.nf
+.B "predictable default algorithm (behaving more predictable)"
+.B "lightweight old acceleration code (as specified in the X protocol spec)"
+.B "none no acceleration or deceleration"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationNumerator\*q \*q" integer \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationDenominator\*q \*q" integer \*q
+Set numerator and denominator of the acceleration factor. The acceleration
+factor is a rational which, together with threshold, can be used to tweak
+profiles to suit the users needs. The
+.B simple
+and
+.B limited
+profiles use it directly (i.e. they accelerate by the factor), for other
+profiles it should hold that a higher acceleration factor leads to a faster
+pointer. Typically, 1 is unaccelerated and values up to 5 are sensible.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationThreshold\*q \*q" integer \*q
+Set the threshold, which is roughly the velocity (usually device units per 10
+ms) required for acceleration to become effective. The precise effect varies
+with the profile however.
+
+.SH "INPUTCLASS SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B InputClass
+sections.
+These sections are optional and are used to provide configuration for a
+class of input devices as they are automatically added. An input device can
+match more than one
+.B InputClass
+section. Each class can override settings from a previous class, so it is
+best to arrange the sections with the most generic matches first.
+.PP
+.B InputClass
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.I " options"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry is required in all
+.B InputClass
+sections.
+All other entries are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this input class.
+The
+.B Driver
+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
+After all classes have been examined, the
+.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
+module from the first
+.B Driver
+entry will be enabled when using the loadable server.
+.PP
+When an input device is automatically added, its characteristics are
+checked against all
+.B InputClass
+sections. Each section can contain optional entries to narrow the match
+of the class. If none of the optional entries appear, the
+.B InputClass
+section is generic and will match any input device. If more than one of
+these entries appear, they all must match for the configuration to apply.
+.PP
+There are two types of match entries used in
+.B InputClass
+sections. The first allows various tokens to be matched against attributes
+of the device. An entry can be constructed to match attributes from different
+devices by separating arguments with a '|' character. Multiple entries of the
+same type may be supplied to add multiple matching conditions on the same
+attribute. For example:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
+.B " Identifier \*qMy Class\*q"
+.B " # product string must contain example and
+.B " # either gizmo or gadget
+.B " MatchProduct \*qexample\*q
+.B " MatchProduct \*qgizmo|gadget\*q
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchProduct \*q" matchproduct \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the substring
+.RI \*q matchproduct \*q
+occurs in the device's product name.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchVendor \*q" matchvendor \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the substring
+.RI \*q matchvendor \*q
+occurs in the device's vendor name.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchDevicePath \*q" matchdevice \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the device file matches the
+.RI \*q matchdevice \*q
+pathname pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchOS \*q" matchos \*q
+This entry can be used to check if the operating system matches the
+case-insensitive
+.RI \*q matchos \*q
+string. This entry is only supported on platforms providing the
+.BR uname (2)
+system call.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchPnPID \*q" matchpnp \*q
+The device's Plug and Play (PnP) ID can be checked against the
+.RI \*q matchpnp \*q
+shell wildcard pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchUSBID \*q" matchusb \*q
+The device's USB ID can be checked against the
+.RI \*q matchusb \*q
+shell wildcard pattern. The ID is constructed as lowercase hexadecimal numbers
+separated by a ':'. This is the same format as the
+.BR lsusb (8)
+program.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchDriver \*q" matchdriver \*q
+Check the case-sensitive string
+.RI \*q matchdriver \*q
+against the currently configured driver of the device. Ordering of sections
+using this entry is important since it will not match unless the driver has
+been set by the config backend or a previous
+.B InputClass
+section.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchTag \*q" matchtag \*q
+This entry can be used to check if tags assigned by the config backend
+matches the
+.RI \*q matchtag \*q
+pattern. A match is found if at least one of the tags given in
+.RI \*q matchtag \*q
+matches at least one of the tags assigned by the backend.
+.PP
+The second type of entry is used to match device types. These entries take a
+boolean argument similar to
+.B Option
+entries.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsKeyboard \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsPointer \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsJoystick \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsTablet \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsTouchpad \*q" bool \*q
+.TP 7
+.BI "MatchIsTouchscreen \*q" bool \*q
+.PP
+When an input device has been matched to the
+.B InputClass
+section, any
+.B Option
+entries are applied to the device. One
+.B InputClass
+specific
+.B Option
+is recognized. See the
+.B InputDevice
+section above for a description of the remaining
+.B Option
+entries.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qIgnore\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+This optional entry specifies that the device should be ignored entirely,
+and not added to the server. This can be useful when the device is handled
+by another program and no X events should be generated.
+.SH "DEVICE SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Device
+sections.
+There must be at least one, for the video card being used.
+.PP
+.B Device
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qDevice\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Driver \*q" driver \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+and
+.B Driver
+entries are required in all
+.B Device
+sections. All other entries are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this graphics device.
+The
+.B Driver
+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this graphics device.
+When using the loadable server, the driver module
+.RI \*q driver \*q
+will be loaded for each active
+.B Device
+section.
+A
+.B Device
+section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
+.B Screen
+section.
+.PP
+.B Device
+sections recognise some driver\-independent entries and
+.BR Options ,
+which are described here.
+Not all drivers make use of these
+driver\-independent entries, and many of those that do don't require them
+to be specified because the information is auto\-detected.
+See the individual graphics driver manual pages for further information
+about this, and for a description of the device\-specific options.
+Note that most of the
+.B Options
+listed here (but not the other entries) may be specified in the
+.B Screen
+section instead of here in the
+.B Device
+section.
+.TP 7
+.BI "BusID \*q" bus\-id \*q
+This specifies the bus location of the graphics card.
+For PCI/AGP cards,
+the
+.I bus\-id
+string has the form
+.BI PCI: bus : device : function
+(e.g., \(lqPCI:1:0:0\(rq might be appropriate for an AGP card).
+This field is usually optional in single-head configurations when using
+the primary graphics card.
+In multi-head configurations, or when using a secondary graphics card in a
+single-head configuration, this entry is mandatory.
+Its main purpose is to make an unambiguous connection between the device
+section and the hardware it is representing.
+This information can usually be found by running the pciaccess tool
+scanpci.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Screen " number
+This option is mandatory for cards where a single PCI entity can drive more
+than one display (i.e., multiple CRTCs sharing a single graphics accelerator
+and video memory).
+One
+.B Device
+section is required for each head, and this
+parameter determines which head each of the
+.B Device
+sections applies to.
+The legal values of
+.I number
+range from 0 to one less than the total number of heads per entity.
+Most drivers require that the primary screen (0) be present.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Chipset \*q" chipset \*q
+This usually optional entry specifies the chipset used on the graphics
+board.
+In most cases this entry is not required because the drivers will probe the
+hardware to determine the chipset type.
+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
+do.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Ramdac \*q" ramdac\-type \*q
+This optional entry specifies the type of RAMDAC used on the graphics
+board.
+This is only used by a few of the drivers, and in most cases it is not
+required because the drivers will probe the hardware to determine the
+RAMDAC type where possible.
+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
+do.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DacSpeed " speed
+.TP 7
+.BI "DacSpeed " "speed\-8 speed\-16 speed\-24 speed\-32"
+This optional entry specifies the RAMDAC speed rating (which is usually
+printed on the RAMDAC chip).
+The speed is in MHz.
+When one value is given, it applies to all framebuffer pixel sizes.
+When multiple values are given, they apply to the framebuffer pixel sizes
+8, 16, 24 and 32 respectively.
+This is not used by many drivers, and only needs to be specified when the
+speed rating of the RAMDAC is different from the defaults built in to
+driver, or when the driver can't auto-detect the correct defaults.
+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
+do.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Clocks " "clock ..."
+specifies the pixel that are on your graphics board.
+The clocks are in MHz, and may be specified as a floating point number.
+The value is stored internally to the nearest kHz.
+The ordering of the clocks is important.
+It must match the order in which they are selected on the graphics board.
+Multiple
+.B Clocks
+lines may be specified, and each is concatenated to form the list.
+Most drivers do not use this entry, and it is only required for some older
+boards with non-programmable clocks.
+Don't specify this entry unless the driver-specific documentation explicitly
+recommends that you do.
+.TP
+.BI "ClockChip \*q" clockchip\-type \*q
+This optional entry is used to specify the clock chip type on graphics
+boards which have a programmable clock generator.
+Only a few __xservername__ drivers support programmable clock chips.
+For details, see the appropriate driver manual page.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VideoRam " "mem"
+This optional entry specifies the amount of video ram that is installed
+on the graphics board.
+This is measured in kBytes.
+In most cases this is not required because the __xservername__ server probes
+the graphics board to determine this quantity.
+The driver-specific documentation should indicate when it might be needed.
+.TP 7
+.BI "BiosBase " "baseaddress"
+This optional entry specifies the base address of the video BIOS for
+the VGA board.
+This address is normally auto-detected, and should only be specified if the
+driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "MemBase " "baseaddress"
+This optional entry specifies the memory base address of a graphics
+board's linear frame buffer.
+This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
+the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "IOBase " "baseaddress"
+This optional entry specifies the IO base address.
+This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
+the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ChipID " "id"
+This optional entry specifies a numerical ID representing the chip type.
+For PCI cards, it is usually the device ID.
+This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
+when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ChipRev " "rev"
+This optional entry specifies the chip revision number.
+This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
+when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
+.TP 7
+.BI "TextClockFreq " "freq"
+This optional entry specifies the pixel clock frequency that is used
+for the regular text mode.
+The frequency is specified in MHz.
+This is rarely used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qModeDebug\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Enable printing of additional debugging information about modesetting to
+the server log.
+.ig
+.TP 7
+This optional entry allows an IRQ number to be specified.
+..
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+Option flags may be specified in the
+.B Device
+sections.
+These include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
+The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
+Some of the latter are described below in the section about the
+.B Screen
+section, and they may also be included here.
+
+.SH "VIDEOADAPTOR SECTION"
+Nobody wants to say how this works.
+Maybe nobody knows ...
+
+.SH "MONITOR SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Monitor
+sections.
+There should normally be at least one, for the monitor being used,
+but a default configuration will be created when one isn't specified.
+.PP
+.B Monitor
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qMonitor\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The only mandatory entry in a
+.B Monitor
+section is the
+.B Identifier
+entry.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this monitor.
+The
+.B Monitor
+section may be used to provide information about the specifications of the
+monitor, monitor-specific
+.BR Options ,
+and information about the video modes to use with the monitor.
+.PP
+With RandR 1.2-enabled drivers, monitor sections may be tied to specific
+outputs of the video card. Using the name of the output defined by the video
+driver plus the identifier of a monitor section, one associates a monitor
+section with an output by adding an option to the Device section in the
+following format:
+
+.B Option \*qMonitor-outputname\*q \*qmonitorsection\*q
+
+(for example,
+.B Option \*qMonitor-VGA\*q \*qVGA monitor\*q
+for a VGA output)
+.PP
+In the absence of specific association of monitor sections to outputs, if a
+monitor section is present the server will associate it with an output to
+preserve compatibility for previous single-head configurations.
+.PP
+Specifying video modes is optional because the server will use the DDC or other
+information provided by the monitor to automatically configure the list of
+modes available.
+When modes are specified explicitly in the
+.B Monitor
+section (with the
+.BR Modes ,
+.BR ModeLine ,
+or
+.B UseModes
+keywords), built-in modes with the same names are not included.
+Built-in modes with different names are, however, still implicitly included,
+when they meet the requirements of the monitor.
+.PP
+The entries that may be used in
+.B Monitor
+sections are described below.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VendorName \*q" vendor \*q
+This optional entry specifies the monitor's manufacturer.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ModelName \*q" model \*q
+This optional entry specifies the monitor's model.
+.TP 7
+.BI "HorizSync " "horizsync\-range"
+gives the range(s) of horizontal sync frequencies supported by the
+monitor.
+.I horizsync\-range
+may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
+values.
+A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
+By default the values are in units of kHz.
+They may be specified in MHz or Hz
+if
+.B MHz
+or
+.B Hz
+is added to the end of the line.
+The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
+modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
+This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
+If this entry is omitted, a default range of 28\-33kHz is used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VertRefresh " "vertrefresh\-range"
+gives the range(s) of vertical refresh frequencies supported by the
+monitor.
+.I vertrefresh\-range
+may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
+values.
+A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
+By default the values are in units of Hz.
+They may be specified in MHz or kHz
+if
+.B MHz
+or
+.B kHz
+is added to the end of the line.
+The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
+modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
+This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
+If this entry is omitted, a default range of 43\-72Hz is used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DisplaySize " "width height"
+This optional entry gives the width and height, in millimetres, of the
+picture area of the monitor.
+If given this is used to calculate the horizontal and vertical pitch (DPI) of
+the screen.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Gamma " "gamma\-value"
+.TP 7
+.BI "Gamma " "red\-gamma green\-gamma blue\-gamma"
+This is an optional entry that can be used to specify the gamma correction
+for the monitor.
+It may be specified as either a single value or as three separate RGB values.
+The values should be in the range 0.1 to 10.0, and the default is 1.0.
+Not all drivers are capable of using this information.
+.TP 7
+.BI "UseModes \*q" modesection\-id \*q
+Include the set of modes listed in the
+.B Modes
+section called
+.IR modesection\-id.
+This makes all of the modes defined in that section available for use by
+this monitor.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Mode \*q" name \*q
+This is an optional multi-line entry that can be used to provide
+definitions for video modes for the monitor.
+In most cases this isn't necessary because the built-in set of VESA standard
+modes will be sufficient.
+The
+.B Mode
+keyword indicates the start of a multi-line video mode description.
+The mode description is terminated with the
+.B EndMode
+keyword.
+The mode description consists of the following entries:
+.RS 7
+.TP 4
+.BI "DotClock " clock
+is the dot (pixel) clock rate to be used for the mode.
+.TP 4
+.BI "HTimings " "hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal"
+specifies the horizontal timings for the mode.
+.TP 4
+.BI "VTimings " "vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal"
+specifies the vertical timings for the mode.
+.TP 4
+.BI "Flags \*q" flag \*q " ..."
+specifies an optional set of mode flags, each of which is a separate
+string in double quotes.
+.B \*qInterlace\*q
+indicates that the mode is interlaced.
+.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
+indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
+.B \*q+HSync\*q
+and
+.B \*q\-HSync\*q
+can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
+.B \*q+VSync\*q
+and
+.B \*q\-VSync\*q
+can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
+.B \*qComposite\*q
+can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
+Additionally, on some hardware,
+.B \*q+CSync\*q
+and
+.B \*q\-CSync\*q
+may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
+.TP 4
+.BI "HSkew " hskew
+specifies the number of pixels (towards the right edge of the screen) by
+which the display enable signal is to be skewed.
+Not all drivers use this information.
+This option might become necessary to override the default value supplied
+by the server (if any).
+\(lqRoving\(rq horizontal lines indicate this value needs to be increased.
+If the last few pixels on a scan line appear on the left of the screen,
+this value should be decreased.
+.TP 4
+.BI "VScan " vscan
+specifies the number of times each scanline is painted on the screen.
+Not all drivers use this information.
+Values less than 1 are treated as 1, which is the default.
+Generally, the
+.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
+.B Flag
+mentioned above doubles this value.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "ModeLine \*q" name \*q " mode\-description"
+This entry is a more compact version of the
+.B Mode
+entry, and it also can be used to specify video modes for the monitor.
+is a single line format for specifying video modes.
+In most cases this isn't necessary because the built\-in set of VESA
+standard modes will be sufficient.
+.PP
+.RS 7
+The
+.I mode\-description
+is in four sections, the first three of which are mandatory.
+The first is the dot (pixel) clock.
+This is a single number specifying the pixel clock rate for the mode in
+MHz.
+The second section is a list of four numbers specifying the horizontal
+timings.
+These numbers are the
+.IR hdisp ,
+.IR hsyncstart ,
+.IR hsyncend ,
+and
+.I htotal
+values.
+The third section is a list of four numbers specifying the vertical
+timings.
+These numbers are the
+.IR vdisp ,
+.IR vsyncstart ,
+.IR vsyncend ,
+and
+.I vtotal
+values.
+The final section is a list of flags specifying other characteristics of
+the mode.
+.B Interlace
+indicates that the mode is interlaced.
+.B DoubleScan
+indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
+.B +HSync
+and
+.B \-HSync
+can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
+.B +VSync
+and
+.B \-VSync
+can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
+.B Composite
+can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
+Additionally, on some hardware,
+.B +CSync
+and
+.B \-CSync
+may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
+The
+.B HSkew
+and
+.B VScan
+options mentioned above in the
+.B Modes
+entry description can also be used here.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qDPMS\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This option controls whether the server should enable the DPMS extension
+for power management for this screen. The default is to enable the
+extension.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qSyncOnGreen\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This option controls whether the video card should drive the sync signal
+on the green color pin. Not all cards support this option, and most
+monitors do not require it. The default is off.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qPrimary\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be treated as the primary
+monitor. (RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qPreferredMode\*q " \*qstring\*q
+This optional entry specifies a mode to be marked as the preferred initial mode
+of the monitor.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qPosition\*q " "\*qx y\*q"
+This optional entry specifies the position of the monitor within the X
+screen.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qLeftOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
+left of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qRightOf\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
+right of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qAbove\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned above the
+output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qBelow\*q " \*qoutput\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned below the
+output (not monitor) of the given name.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qEnable\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies whether the monitor should be turned on
+at startup. By default, the server will attempt to enable all connected
+monitors.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qDefaultModes\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies whether the server should add supported default
+modes to the list of modes offered on this monitor. By default, the server
+will add default modes; you should only disable this if you can guarantee
+that EDID will be available at all times, or if you have added custom modelines
+which the server can use.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qMinClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q
+This optional entry specifies the minimum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
+by the monitor.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qMaxClock\*q " \*qfrequency\*q
+This optional entry specifies the maximum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
+by the monitor.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qIgnore\*q " \*qbool\*q
+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be ignored entirely,
+and not reported through RandR. This is useful if the hardware reports the
+presence of outputs that don't exist.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option " "\*qRotate\*q " \*qrotation\*q
+This optional entry specifies the initial rotation of the given monitor.
+Valid values for rotation are \*qnormal\*q, \*qleft\*q, \*qright\*q, and
+\*qinverted\*q.
+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
+
+.SH "MODES SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Modes
+sections, or none.
+These sections provide a way of defining sets of video modes independently
+of the
+.B Monitor
+sections.
+.B Monitor
+sections may include the definitions provided in these sections by
+using the
+.B UseModes
+keyword.
+In most cases the
+.B Modes
+sections are not necessary because the built\-in set of VESA standard modes
+will be sufficient.
+.PP
+.B Modes
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qModes\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this set of mode descriptions.
+The other entries permitted in
+.B Modes
+sections are the
+.B Mode
+and
+.B ModeLine
+entries that are described above in the
+.B Monitor
+section.
+.SH "SCREEN SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B Screen
+sections.
+There must be at least one, for the \(lqscreen\(rq being used.
+A \(lqscreen\(rq represents the binding of a graphics device
+.RB ( Device
+section) and a monitor
+.RB ( Monitor
+section).
+A
+.B Screen
+section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by an active
+.B ServerLayout
+section or by the
+.B \-screen
+command line option.
+If neither of those is present, the first
+.B Screen
+section found in the config file is considered the active one.
+.PP
+.B Screen
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qScreen\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Device \*q" devid \*q
+.BI " Monitor \*q" monid \*q
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.BI " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
+.I " entries"
+.I " ...
+.B " EndSubSection"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+and
+.B Device
+entries are mandatory.
+All others are optional.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this screen.
+The
+.B Screen
+section provides information specific to the whole screen, including
+screen\-specific
+.BR Options .
+In multi\-head configurations, there will be multiple active
+.B Screen
+sections, one for each head.
+The entries available
+for this section are:
+.TP 7
+.BI "Device \*q" device\-id \*q
+This mandatory entry specifies the
+.B Device
+section to be used for this screen.
+This is what ties a specific graphics card to a screen.
+The
+.I device\-id
+must match the
+.B Identifier
+of a
+.B Device
+section in the config file.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Monitor \*q" monitor\-id \*q
+specifies which monitor description is to be used for this screen.
+If a
+.B Monitor
+name is not specified, a default configuration is used.
+Currently the default configuration may not function as expected on all
+platforms.
+.TP 7
+.BI "VideoAdaptor \*q" xv\-id \*q
+specifies an optional Xv video adaptor description to be used with this
+screen.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DefaultDepth " depth
+specifies which color depth the server should use by default.
+The
+.B \-depth
+command line option can be used to override this.
+If neither is specified, the default depth is driver\-specific, but in most
+cases is 8.
+.TP 7
+.BI "DefaultFbBpp " bpp
+specifies which framebuffer layout to use by default.
+The
+.B \-fbbpp
+command line option can be used to override this.
+In most cases the driver will chose the best default value for this.
+The only case where there is even a choice in this value is for depth 24,
+where some hardware supports both a packed 24 bit framebuffer layout and a
+sparse 32 bit framebuffer layout.
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+Various
+.B Option
+flags may be specified in the
+.B Screen
+section.
+Some are driver\-specific and are described in the driver documentation.
+Others are driver\-independent, and will eventually be described here.
+.\" XXX These should really be in an xaa man page.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qAccel\*q"
+Enables XAA (X Acceleration Architecture), a mechanism that makes video cards'
+2D hardware acceleration available to the __xservername__ server.
+This option is on by default, but it may be necessary to turn it off if
+there are bugs in the driver.
+There are many options to disable specific accelerated operations, listed
+below.
+Note that disabling an operation will have no effect if the operation is
+not accelerated (whether due to lack of support in the hardware or in the
+driver).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qInitPrimary\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Use the Int10 module to initialize the primary graphics card.
+Normally, only secondary cards are soft-booted using the Int10 module, as the
+primary card has already been initialized by the BIOS at boot time.
+Default: false.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoInt10\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+Disables the Int10 module, a module that uses the int10 call to the BIOS
+of the graphics card to initialize it.
+Default: false.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qNoMTRR\*q"
+Disables MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support, a feature of modern
+processors which can improve video performance by a factor of up to 2.5.
+Some hardware has buggy MTRR support, and some video drivers have been
+known to exhibit problems when MTRR's are used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
+stored in system memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a full\-color
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a full\-color
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedBresenhamLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated dashed Bresenham line draws.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedTwoPointLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated dashed line draws between two arbitrary points.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoImageWriteRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
+system memory to video memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a monochrome
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
+Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a monochrome
+pattern.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoOffscreenPixmaps\*q"
+Disables accelerated draws into pixmaps stored in offscreen video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoPixmapCache\*q"
+Disables caching of patterns in offscreen video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
+stored in system memory (one scan line at a time).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineImageWriteRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
+system memory to video memory (one scan line at a time).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
+stored in offscreen video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenCopy\*q"
+Disables accelerated copies of rectangular regions from one part of
+video memory to another part of video memory.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidBresenhamLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid Bresenham line draws.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillRect\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of rectangles.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillTrap\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of Bresenham trapezoids.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidHorVertLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid horizontal and vertical line draws.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidTwoPointLine\*q"
+Disables accelerated solid line draws between two arbitrary points.
+.PP
+Each
+.B Screen
+section may optionally contain one or more
+.B Display
+subsections.
+Those subsections provide depth/fbbpp specific configuration information,
+and the one chosen depends on the depth and/or fbbpp that is being used for
+the screen.
+The
+.B Display
+subsection format is described in the section below.
+
+.SH "DISPLAY SUBSECTION"
+Each
+.B Screen
+section may have multiple
+.B Display
+subsections.
+The \(lqactive\(rq
+.B Display
+subsection is the first that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being
+used, or failing that, the first that has neither a depth or fbbpp value
+specified.
+The
+.B Display
+subsections are optional.
+When there isn't one that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being used,
+all the parameters that can be specified here fall back to their defaults.
+.PP
+.B Display
+subsections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B " SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
+.BI " Depth " depth
+.I " entries"
+.I " ..."
+.B " EndSubSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Depth " depth
+This entry specifies what colour depth the
+.B Display
+subsection is to be used for.
+This entry is usually specified, but it may be omitted to create a match\-all
+.B Display
+subsection or when wishing to match only against the
+.B FbBpp
+parameter.
+The range of
+.I depth
+values that are allowed depends on the driver.
+Most drivers support 8, 15, 16 and 24.
+Some also support 1 and/or 4, and some may support other values (like 30).
+Note:
+.I depth
+means the number of bits in a pixel that are actually used to determine
+the pixel colour.
+32 is not a valid
+.I depth
+value.
+Most hardware that uses 32 bits per pixel only uses 24 of them to hold the
+colour information, which means that the colour depth is 24, not 32.
+.TP 7
+.BI "FbBpp " bpp
+This entry specifies the framebuffer format this
+.B Display
+subsection is to be used for.
+This entry is only needed when providing depth 24 configurations that allow
+a choice between a 24 bpp packed framebuffer format and a 32bpp sparse
+framebuffer format.
+In most cases this entry should not be used.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Weight " "red\-weight green\-weight blue\-weight"
+This optional entry specifies the relative RGB weighting to be used
+for a screen is being used at depth 16 for drivers that allow multiple
+formats.
+This may also be specified from the command line with the
+.B \-weight
+option (see
+.BR __xservername__(__appmansuffix__)).
+.TP 7
+.BI "Virtual " "xdim ydim"
+This optional entry specifies the virtual screen resolution to be used.
+.I xdim
+must be a multiple of either 8 or 16 for most drivers, and a multiple
+of 32 when running in monochrome mode.
+The given value will be rounded down if this is not the case.
+Video modes which are too large for the specified virtual size will be
+rejected.
+If this entry is not present, the virtual screen resolution will be set to
+accommodate all the valid video modes given in the
+.B Modes
+entry.
+Some drivers/hardware combinations do not support virtual screens.
+Refer to the appropriate driver\-specific documentation for details.
+.TP 7
+.BI "ViewPort " "x0 y0"
+This optional entry sets the upper left corner of the initial display.
+This is only relevant when the virtual screen resolution is different
+from the resolution of the initial video mode.
+If this entry is not given, then the initial display will be centered in
+the virtual display area.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Modes \*q" mode\-name \*q " ..."
+This optional entry specifies the list of video modes to use.
+Each
+.I mode\-name
+specified must be in double quotes.
+They must correspond to those specified or referenced in the appropriate
+.B Monitor
+section (including implicitly referenced built\-in VESA standard modes).
+The server will delete modes from this list which don't satisfy various
+requirements.
+The first valid mode in this list will be the default display mode for
+startup.
+The list of valid modes is converted internally into a circular list.
+It is possible to switch to the next mode with
+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
+and to the previous mode with
+.BR Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus .
+When this entry is omitted, the valid modes referenced by the appropriate
+.B Monitor
+section will be used. If the
+.B Monitor
+section contains no modes, then the selection will be taken from the
+built-in VESA standard modes.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Visual \*q" visual\-name \*q
+This optional entry sets the default root visual type.
+This may also be specified from the command line (see the
+.BR Xserver(__appmansuffix__)
+man page).
+The visual types available for depth 8 are (default is
+.BR PseudoColor ):
+.PP
+.RS 11
+.nf
+.B StaticGray
+.B GrayScale
+.B StaticColor
+.B PseudoColor
+.B TrueColor
+.B DirectColor
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+The visual type available for the depths 15, 16 and 24 are (default is
+.BR TrueColor ):
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B TrueColor
+.B DirectColor
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Not all drivers support
+.B DirectColor
+at these depths.
+.PP
+The visual types available for the depth 4 are (default is
+.BR StaticColor ):
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B StaticGray
+.B GrayScale
+.B StaticColor
+.B PseudoColor
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The visual type available for the depth 1 (monochrome) is
+.BR StaticGray .
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "Black " "red green blue"
+This optional entry allows the \(lqblack\(rq colour to be specified.
+This is only supported at depth 1.
+The default is black.
+.TP 7
+.BI "White " "red green blue"
+This optional entry allows the \(lqwhite\(rq colour to be specified.
+This is only supported at depth 1.
+The default is white.
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+Option flags may be specified in the
+.B Display
+subsections.
+These may include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
+The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
+Some of the latter are described above in the section about the
+.B Screen
+section, and they may also be included here.
+.SH "SERVERLAYOUT SECTION"
+The config file may have multiple
+.B ServerLayout
+sections.
+A \(lqserver layout\(rq represents the binding of one or more screens
+.RB ( Screen
+sections) and one or more input devices
+.RB ( InputDevice
+sections) to form a complete configuration.
+In multi\-head configurations, it also specifies the relative layout of the
+heads.
+A
+.B ServerLayout
+section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by the
+.B \-layout
+command line option or by an
+.B "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q"
+entry in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section (the former takes precedence over the latter).
+If those options are not used, the first
+.B ServerLayout
+section found in the config file is considered the active one.
+If no
+.B ServerLayout
+sections are present, the single active screen and two active (core)
+input devices are selected as described in the relevant sections above.
+.PP
+.B ServerLayout
+sections have the following format:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
+.BI " Identifier \*q" name \*q
+.BI " Screen \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.I " ..."
+.BI " InputDevice \*q" idev\-id \*q
+.I " ..."
+.I " options"
+.I " ..."
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+Each
+.B ServerLayout
+section must have an
+.B Identifier
+entry and at least one
+.B Screen
+entry.
+.PP
+The
+.B Identifier
+entry specifies the unique name for this server layout.
+The
+.B ServerLayout
+section provides information specific to the whole session, including
+session\-specific
+.BR Options .
+The
+.B ServerFlags
+options (described above) may be specified here, and ones given here
+override those given in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section.
+.PP
+The entries that may be used in this section are described here.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Screen " "screen\-num" " \*qscreen\-id\*q " "position\-information"
+One of these entries must be given for each screen being used in
+a session.
+The
+.I screen\-id
+field is mandatory, and specifies the
+.B Screen
+section being referenced.
+The
+.I screen\-num
+field is optional, and may be used to specify the screen number
+in multi\-head configurations.
+When this field is omitted, the screens will be numbered in the order that
+they are listed in.
+The numbering starts from 0, and must be consecutive.
+The
+.I position\-information
+field describes the way multiple screens are positioned.
+There are a number of different ways that this information can be provided:
+.RS 7
+.TP 4
+.I "x y"
+.TP 4
+.BI "Absolute " "x y"
+These both specify that the upper left corner's coordinates are
+.RI ( x , y ).
+The
+.B Absolute
+keyword is optional.
+Some older versions of XFree86 (4.2 and earlier) don't recognise the
+.B Absolute
+keyword, so it's safest to just specify the coordinates without it.
+.TP 4
+.BI "RightOf \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "LeftOf \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "Above \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "Below \*q" screen\-id \*q
+.TP 4
+.BI "Relative \*q" screen\-id \*q " x y"
+These give the screen's location relative to another screen.
+The first four position the screen immediately to the right, left, above or
+below the other screen.
+When positioning to the right or left, the top edges are aligned.
+When positioning above or below, the left edges are aligned.
+The
+.B Relative
+form specifies the offset of the screen's origin (upper left corner)
+relative to the origin of another screen.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.BI "InputDevice \*q" idev\-id "\*q \*q" option \*q " ..."
+One of these entries should be given for each input device being used in
+a session.
+Normally at least two are required, one each for the core pointer and
+keyboard devices.
+If either of those is missing, suitable
+.B InputDevice
+entries are searched for using the method described above in the
+.B INPUTDEVICE
+section. The
+.I idev\-id
+field is mandatory, and specifies the name of the
+.B InputDevice
+section being referenced.
+Multiple
+.I option
+fields may be specified, each in double quotes.
+The options permitted here are any that may also be given in the
+.B InputDevice
+sections.
+Normally only session\-specific input device options would be used here.
+The most commonly used options are:
+.PP
+.RS 11
+.nf
+.B \*qCorePointer\*q
+.B \*qCoreKeyboard\*q
+.B \*qSendCoreEvents\*q
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS 7
+and the first two should normally be used to indicate the core pointer
+and core keyboard devices respectively.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.B Options
+In addition to the following, any option permitted in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section may also be specified here.
+When the same option appears in both places, the value given here overrides
+the one given in the
+.B ServerFlags
+section.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qIsolateDevice\*q \*q" bus\-id \*q
+Restrict device resets to the specified
+.IR bus\-id .
+See the
+.B BusID
+option (described in
+.BR "DEVICE SECTION" ,
+above) for the format of the
+.I bus\-id
+parameter.
+This option overrides
+.BR SingleCard ,
+if specified.
+At present, only PCI devices can be isolated in this manner.
+.TP 7
+.BI "Option \*qSingleCard\*q \*q" boolean \*q
+As
+.BR IsolateDevice ,
+except that the bus ID of the first device in the layout is used.
+.PP
+Here is an example of a
+.B ServerLayout
+section for a dual headed configuration with two mice:
+.PP
+.RS 4
+.nf
+.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
+.B " Identifier \*qLayout 1\*q"
+.B " Screen \*qMGA 1\*q"
+.B " Screen \*qMGA 2\*q RightOf \*qMGA 1\*q"
+.B " InputDevice \*qKeyboard 1\*q \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
+.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 1\*q \*qCorePointer\*q"
+.B " InputDevice \*qMouse 2\*q \*qSendCoreEvents\*q"
+.B " Option \*qBlankTime\*q \*q5\*q"
+.B "EndSection"
+.fi
+.RE
+.SH "DRI SECTION"
+This optional section is used to provide some information for the
+Direct Rendering Infrastructure.
+Details about the format of this section can be found on-line at
+.IR <http://dri.freedesktop.org/> .
+.SH "VENDOR SECTION"
+The optional
+.B Vendor
+section may be used to provide vendor\-specific configuration information.
+Multiple
+.B Vendor
+sections may be present, and they may contain an
+.B Identifier
+entry and multiple
+.B Option
+flags.
+The data therein is not used in this release.
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+General:
+.BR X (__miscmansuffix__),
+.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__),
+.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__),
+.BR cvt (__appmansuffix__),
+.BR gtf (__appmansuffix__).
+.PP
+.B "Not all modules or interfaces are available on all platforms."
+.PP
+Display drivers:
+.BR apm (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR ati (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR chips (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR cirrus (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR cyrix (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR fbdev (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR glide (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR glint (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR i128 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR i740 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR imstt (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR intel (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR mga (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR neomagic (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR nv (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR openchrome (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR r128 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR radeon (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR rendition (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR savage (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR s3virge (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR siliconmotion (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sis (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sisusb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sunbw2 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suncg14 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suncg3 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suncg6 (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sunffb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR sunleo (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR suntcx (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR tdfx (__drivermansuffix__),
+.\" .BR tga (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR trident (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR tseng (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR vesa (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR vmware (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR voodoo (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR wsfb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR xgi (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR xgixp (__drivermansuffix__).
+.PP
+Input drivers:
+.BR acecad (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR citron (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR elographics (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR fpit (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR joystick (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR mutouch (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR penmount (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR synaptics (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR vmmouse (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR void (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR wacom (__drivermansuffix__).
+.PP
+Other modules and interfaces:
+.BR exa (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR fbdevhw (__drivermansuffix__),
+.\" .BR shadowfb (__drivermansuffix__),
+.BR v4l (__drivermansuffix__).
+.br
+.SH AUTHORS
+This manual page was largely rewritten by David Dawes
+.IR <dawes@xfree86.org> .
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h index 68a968cc2..5dfcec280 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h @@ -1,972 +1,972 @@ -/* - * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and - * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or - * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, - * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations - * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as - * is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE. - */ -#ifndef _XF86CRTC_H_ -#define _XF86CRTC_H_ - -#include <edid.h> -#include "randrstr.h" -#if XF86_MODES_RENAME -#include "xf86Rename.h" -#endif -#include "xf86Modes.h" -#include "xf86Cursor.h" -#include "xf86i2c.h" -#include "damage.h" -#include "picturestr.h" - -/* Compat definitions for older X Servers. */ -#ifndef M_T_PREFERRED -#define M_T_PREFERRED 0x08 -#endif -#ifndef M_T_DRIVER -#define M_T_DRIVER 0x40 -#endif -#ifndef M_T_USERPREF -#define M_T_USERPREF 0x80 -#endif -#ifndef HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB -#define HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB 0x00004000 -#endif - -typedef struct _xf86Crtc xf86CrtcRec, *xf86CrtcPtr; -typedef struct _xf86Output xf86OutputRec, *xf86OutputPtr; - -/* define a standard for connector types */ -typedef enum _xf86ConnectorType { - XF86ConnectorNone, - XF86ConnectorVGA, - XF86ConnectorDVI_I, - XF86ConnectorDVI_D, - XF86ConnectorDVI_A, - XF86ConnectorComposite, - XF86ConnectorSvideo, - XF86ConnectorComponent, - XF86ConnectorLFP, - XF86ConnectorProprietary, - XF86ConnectorHDMI, - XF86ConnectorDisplayPort, -} xf86ConnectorType; - -typedef enum _xf86OutputStatus { - XF86OutputStatusConnected, - XF86OutputStatusDisconnected, - XF86OutputStatusUnknown -} xf86OutputStatus; - -typedef struct _xf86CrtcFuncs { - /** - * Turns the crtc on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available. - * - * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting. If the - * mode is DPMSModeOff, the crtc must be disabled sufficiently for it to - * be safe to call mode_set. - */ - void - (*dpms)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, - int mode); - - /** - * Saves the crtc's state for restoration on VT switch. - */ - void - (*save)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Restore's the crtc's state at VT switch. - */ - void - (*restore)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Lock CRTC prior to mode setting, mostly for DRI. - * Returns whether unlock is needed - */ - Bool - (*lock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Unlock CRTC after mode setting, mostly for DRI - */ - void - (*unlock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC. - * - * This allows a CRTC to adjust the clock or even the entire set of - * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for - * buses with clock limitations. - */ - Bool - (*mode_fixup)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, - DisplayModePtr mode, - DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode); - - /** - * Prepare CRTC for an upcoming mode set. - */ - void - (*prepare)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made. - */ - void - (*mode_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, - DisplayModePtr mode, - DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode, - int x, int y); - - /** - * Commit mode changes to a CRTC - */ - void - (*commit)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /* Set the color ramps for the CRTC to the given values. */ - void - (*gamma_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD16 *red, CARD16 *green, CARD16 *blue, - int size); - - /** - * Allocate the shadow area, delay the pixmap creation until needed - */ - void * - (*shadow_allocate) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int width, int height); - - /** - * Create shadow pixmap for rotation support - */ - PixmapPtr - (*shadow_create) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, void *data, int width, int height); - - /** - * Destroy shadow pixmap - */ - void - (*shadow_destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, PixmapPtr pPixmap, void *data); - - /** - * Set cursor colors - */ - void - (*set_cursor_colors) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int bg, int fg); - - /** - * Set cursor position - */ - void - (*set_cursor_position) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y); - - /** - * Show cursor - */ - void - (*show_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Hide cursor - */ - void - (*hide_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Load monochrome image - */ - void - (*load_cursor_image) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *image); - - /** - * Load ARGB image - */ - void - (*load_cursor_argb) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD32 *image); - - /** - * Clean up driver-specific bits of the crtc - */ - void - (*destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - /** - * Less fine-grained mode setting entry point for kernel modesetting - */ - Bool - (*set_mode_major)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, - Rotation rotation, int x, int y); - - /** - * Callback for panning. Doesn't change the mode. - * Added in ABI version 2 - */ - void - (*set_origin)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y); - -} xf86CrtcFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcFuncsPtr; - -#define XF86_CRTC_VERSION 3 - -struct _xf86Crtc { - /** - * ABI versioning - */ - int version; - - /** - * Associated ScrnInfo - */ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn; - - /** - * Desired state of this CRTC - * - * Set when this CRTC should be driving one or more outputs - */ - Bool enabled; - - /** - * Active mode - * - * This reflects the mode as set in the CRTC currently - * It will be cleared when the VT is not active or - * during server startup - */ - DisplayModeRec mode; - Rotation rotation; - PixmapPtr rotatedPixmap; - void *rotatedData; - - /** - * Position on screen - * - * Locates this CRTC within the frame buffer - */ - int x, y; - - /** - * Desired mode - * - * This is set to the requested mode, independent of - * whether the VT is active. In particular, it receives - * the startup configured mode and saves the active mode - * on VT switch. - */ - DisplayModeRec desiredMode; - Rotation desiredRotation; - int desiredX, desiredY; - - /** crtc-specific functions */ - const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs; - - /** - * Driver private - * - * Holds driver-private information - */ - void *driver_private; - -#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE - /** - * RandR crtc - * - * When RandR 1.2 is available, this - * points at the associated crtc object - */ - RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc; -#else - void *randr_crtc; -#endif - - /** - * Current cursor is ARGB - */ - Bool cursor_argb; - /** - * Track whether cursor is within CRTC range - */ - Bool cursor_in_range; - /** - * Track state of cursor associated with this CRTC - */ - Bool cursor_shown; - - /** - * Current transformation matrix - */ - PictTransform crtc_to_framebuffer; - /* framebuffer_to_crtc was removed in ABI 2 */ - struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_framebuffer; /* ABI 2 */ - struct pict_f_transform f_framebuffer_to_crtc; /* ABI 2 */ - PictFilterPtr filter; /* ABI 2 */ - xFixed *params; /* ABI 2 */ - int nparams; /* ABI 2 */ - int filter_width; /* ABI 2 */ - int filter_height; /* ABI 2 */ - Bool transform_in_use; - RRTransformRec transform; /* ABI 2 */ - Bool transformPresent; /* ABI 2 */ - RRTransformRec desiredTransform; /* ABI 2 */ - Bool desiredTransformPresent; /* ABI 2 */ - /** - * Bounding box in screen space - */ - BoxRec bounds; - /** - * Panning: - * TotalArea: total panning area, larger than CRTC's size - * TrackingArea: Area of the pointer for which the CRTC is panned - * border: Borders of the displayed CRTC area which induces panning if the pointer reaches them - * Added in ABI version 2 - */ - BoxRec panningTotalArea; - BoxRec panningTrackingArea; - INT16 panningBorder[4]; - - /** - * Current gamma, especially useful after initial config. - * Added in ABI version 3 - */ - CARD16 *gamma_red; - CARD16 *gamma_green; - CARD16 *gamma_blue; - int gamma_size; - - /** - * Actual state of this CRTC - * - * Set to TRUE after modesetting, set to FALSE if no outputs are connected - * Added in ABI version 3 - */ - Bool active; - /** - * Clear the shadow - */ - Bool shadowClear; -}; - -typedef struct _xf86OutputFuncs { - /** - * Called to allow the output a chance to create properties after the - * RandR objects have been created. - */ - void - (*create_resources)(xf86OutputPtr output); - - /** - * Turns the output on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available. - * - * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting. If the - * mode is DPMSModeOff, the output must be disabled, as the DPLL may be - * disabled afterwards. - */ - void - (*dpms)(xf86OutputPtr output, - int mode); - - /** - * Saves the output's state for restoration on VT switch. - */ - void - (*save)(xf86OutputPtr output); - - /** - * Restore's the output's state at VT switch. - */ - void - (*restore)(xf86OutputPtr output); - - /** - * Callback for testing a video mode for a given output. - * - * This function should only check for cases where a mode can't be supported - * on the output specifically, and not represent generic CRTC limitations. - * - * \return MODE_OK if the mode is valid, or another MODE_* otherwise. - */ - int - (*mode_valid)(xf86OutputPtr output, - DisplayModePtr pMode); - - /** - * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC. - * - * This allows an output to adjust the clock or even the entire set of - * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for - * buses with clock limitations. - */ - Bool - (*mode_fixup)(xf86OutputPtr output, - DisplayModePtr mode, - DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode); - - /** - * Callback for preparing mode changes on an output - */ - void - (*prepare)(xf86OutputPtr output); - - /** - * Callback for committing mode changes on an output - */ - void - (*commit)(xf86OutputPtr output); - - /** - * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made. - * - * This is only called while the output is disabled. The dpms callback - * must be all that's necessary for the output, to turn the output on - * after this function is called. - */ - void - (*mode_set)(xf86OutputPtr output, - DisplayModePtr mode, - DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode); - - /** - * Probe for a connected output, and return detect_status. - */ - xf86OutputStatus - (*detect)(xf86OutputPtr output); - - /** - * Query the device for the modes it provides. - * - * This function may also update MonInfo, mm_width, and mm_height. - * - * \return singly-linked list of modes or NULL if no modes found. - */ - DisplayModePtr - (*get_modes)(xf86OutputPtr output); - -#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE - /** - * Callback when an output's property has changed. - */ - Bool - (*set_property)(xf86OutputPtr output, - Atom property, - RRPropertyValuePtr value); -#endif -#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE - /** - * Callback to get an updated property value - */ - Bool - (*get_property)(xf86OutputPtr output, - Atom property); -#endif -#ifdef RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE - /** - * Callback to get current CRTC for a given output - */ - xf86CrtcPtr - (*get_crtc)(xf86OutputPtr output); -#endif - /** - * Clean up driver-specific bits of the output - */ - void - (*destroy) (xf86OutputPtr output); -} xf86OutputFuncsRec, *xf86OutputFuncsPtr; - - -#define XF86_OUTPUT_VERSION 2 - -struct _xf86Output { - /** - * ABI versioning - */ - int version; - - /** - * Associated ScrnInfo - */ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn; - - /** - * Currently connected crtc (if any) - * - * If this output is not in use, this field will be NULL. - */ - xf86CrtcPtr crtc; - - /** - * Possible CRTCs for this output as a mask of crtc indices - */ - CARD32 possible_crtcs; - - /** - * Possible outputs to share the same CRTC as a mask of output indices - */ - CARD32 possible_clones; - - /** - * Whether this output can support interlaced modes - */ - Bool interlaceAllowed; - - /** - * Whether this output can support double scan modes - */ - Bool doubleScanAllowed; - - /** - * List of available modes on this output. - * - * This should be the list from get_modes(), plus perhaps additional - * compatible modes added later. - */ - DisplayModePtr probed_modes; - - /** - * Options parsed from the related monitor section - */ - OptionInfoPtr options; - - /** - * Configured monitor section - */ - XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor; - - /** - * Desired initial position - */ - int initial_x, initial_y; - - /** - * Desired initial rotation - */ - Rotation initial_rotation; - - /** - * Current connection status - * - * This indicates whether a monitor is known to be connected - * to this output or not, or whether there is no way to tell - */ - xf86OutputStatus status; - - /** EDID monitor information */ - xf86MonPtr MonInfo; - - /** subpixel order */ - int subpixel_order; - - /** Physical size of the currently attached output device. */ - int mm_width, mm_height; - - /** Output name */ - char *name; - - /** output-specific functions */ - const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs; - - /** driver private information */ - void *driver_private; - - /** Whether to use the old per-screen Monitor config section */ - Bool use_screen_monitor; - -#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE - /** - * RandR 1.2 output structure. - * - * When RandR 1.2 is available, this points at the associated - * RandR output structure and is created when this output is created - */ - RROutputPtr randr_output; -#else - void *randr_output; -#endif - /** - * Desired initial panning - * Added in ABI version 2 - */ - BoxRec initialTotalArea; - BoxRec initialTrackingArea; - INT16 initialBorder[4]; -}; - -typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfigFuncs { - /** - * Requests that the driver resize the screen. - * - * The driver is responsible for updating scrn->virtualX and scrn->virtualY. - * If the requested size cannot be set, the driver should leave those values - * alone and return FALSE. - * - * A naive driver that cannot reallocate the screen may simply change - * virtual[XY]. A more advanced driver will want to also change the - * devPrivate.ptr and devKind of the screen pixmap, update any offscreen - * pixmaps it may have moved, and change pScrn->displayWidth. - */ - Bool - (*resize)(ScrnInfoPtr scrn, - int width, - int height); -} xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcConfigFuncsPtr; - -typedef void (*xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr) (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfig { - int num_output; - xf86OutputPtr *output; - /** - * compat_output is used whenever we deal - * with legacy code that only understands a single - * output. pScrn->modes will be loaded from this output, - * adjust frame will whack this output, etc. - */ - int compat_output; - - int num_crtc; - xf86CrtcPtr *crtc; - - int minWidth, minHeight; - int maxWidth, maxHeight; - - /* For crtc-based rotation */ - DamagePtr rotation_damage; - Bool rotation_damage_registered; - - /* DGA */ - unsigned int dga_flags; - unsigned long dga_address; - DGAModePtr dga_modes; - int dga_nmode; - int dga_width, dga_height, dga_stride; - DisplayModePtr dga_save_mode; - - const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs; - - CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr CreateScreenResources; - - CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen; - - /* Cursor information */ - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info; - CursorPtr cursor; - CARD8 *cursor_image; - Bool cursor_on; - CARD32 cursor_fg, cursor_bg; - - /** - * Options parsed from the related device section - */ - OptionInfoPtr options; - - Bool debug_modes; - - /* wrap screen BlockHandler for rotation */ - ScreenBlockHandlerProcPtr BlockHandler; - - /* callback when crtc configuration changes */ - xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr xf86_crtc_notify; - -} xf86CrtcConfigRec, *xf86CrtcConfigPtr; - -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex; - -#define XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(p) ((xf86CrtcConfigPtr) ((p)->privates[xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex].ptr)) - -static _X_INLINE xf86OutputPtr -xf86CompatOutput(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - return config->output[config->compat_output]; -} - -static _X_INLINE xf86CrtcPtr -xf86CompatCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - xf86OutputPtr compat_output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn); - if (!compat_output) - return NULL; - return compat_output->crtc; -} - -static _X_INLINE RRCrtcPtr -xf86CompatRRCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - xf86CrtcPtr compat_crtc = xf86CompatCrtc(pScrn); - if (!compat_crtc) - return NULL; - return compat_crtc->randr_crtc; -} - - -/* - * Initialize xf86CrtcConfig structure - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86CrtcConfigInit (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, - const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, - int minWidth, int minHeight, - int maxWidth, int maxHeight); - -/* - * Crtc functions - */ -extern _X_EXPORT xf86CrtcPtr -xf86CrtcCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, - const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86CrtcDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - - -/** - * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation, - RRTransformPtr transform, int x, int y); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86CrtcSetMode (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation, - int x, int y); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86CrtcSetOrigin (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y); - -/* - * Assign crtc rotation during mode set - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * Clean up any rotation data, used when a crtc is turned off - * as well as when rotation is disabled. - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * free shadow memory allocated for all crtcs - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn); - -/* - * Clean up rotation during CloseScreen - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/** - * Return whether any output is assigned to the crtc - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86CrtcInUse (xf86CrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * Output functions - */ -extern _X_EXPORT xf86OutputPtr -xf86OutputCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, - const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs, - const char *name); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86OutputUseScreenMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool use_screen_monitor); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86OutputRename (xf86OutputPtr output, const char *name); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86OutputDestroy (xf86OutputPtr output); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86ProbeOutputModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int maxX, int maxY); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86SetScrnInfoModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn); - -#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE -# define ScreenInitRetType int -#else -# define ScreenInitRetType Bool -#endif - -extern _X_EXPORT ScreenInitRetType -xf86CrtcScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86InitialConfiguration (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool canGrow); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86DPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int PowerManagementMode, int flags); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86SaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn); - -extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr -xf86OutputFindClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output, DisplayModePtr desired); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86SetSingleMode (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr desired, Rotation rotation); - -/** - * Set the EDID information for the specified output - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86OutputSetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, xf86MonPtr edid_mon); - -/** - * Return the list of modes supported by the EDID information - * stored in 'output' - */ -extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr -xf86OutputGetEDIDModes (xf86OutputPtr output); - -extern _X_EXPORT xf86MonPtr -xf86OutputGetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, I2CBusPtr pDDCBus); - -/** - * Initialize dga for this screen - */ - -#ifdef XFreeXDGA -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86DiDGAInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, unsigned long dga_address); - -/* this is the real function, used only internally */ -_X_INTERNAL Bool -_xf86_di_dga_init_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/** - * Re-initialize dga for this screen (as when the set of modes changes) - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86DiDGAReInit (ScreenPtr pScreen); -#endif - -/* This is the real function, used only internally */ -_X_INTERNAL Bool -_xf86_di_dga_reinit_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/* - * Set the subpixel order reported for the screen using - * the information from the outputs - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/* - * Get a standard string name for a connector type - */ -extern _X_EXPORT char * -xf86ConnectorGetName(xf86ConnectorType connector); - -/* - * Using the desired mode information in each crtc, set - * modes (used in EnterVT functions, or at server startup) - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86SetDesiredModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn); - -/** - * Initialize the CRTC-based cursor code. CRTC function vectors must - * contain relevant cursor setting functions. - * - * Driver should call this from ScreenInit function - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags); - -/** - * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured. - * - * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions. - * - * Driver should call this from crtc commit function. - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen); - -/** - * Called from EnterVT to turn the cursors back on - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn); - -/** - * Called by the driver to turn cursors off - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn); - -/** - * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code. Driver must call this at CloseScreen time. - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen); - -/* - * For overlay video, compute the relevant CRTC and - * clip video to that. - * wraps xf86XVClipVideoHelper() - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86_crtc_clip_video_helper(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - xf86CrtcPtr *crtc_ret, - xf86CrtcPtr desired_crtc, - BoxPtr dst, - INT32 *xa, - INT32 *xb, - INT32 *ya, - INT32 *yb, - RegionPtr reg, - INT32 width, - INT32 height); - -extern _X_EXPORT xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr -xf86_wrap_crtc_notify (ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr new); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -xf86_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/** - * Gamma - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn); - -#endif /* _XF86CRTC_H_ */ +/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef _XF86CRTC_H_
+#define _XF86CRTC_H_
+
+#include <edid.h>
+#include "randrstr.h"
+#if XF86_MODES_RENAME
+#include "xf86Rename.h"
+#endif
+#include "xf86Modes.h"
+#include "xf86Cursor.h"
+#include "xf86i2c.h"
+#include "damage.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+
+/* Compat definitions for older X Servers. */
+#ifndef M_T_PREFERRED
+#define M_T_PREFERRED 0x08
+#endif
+#ifndef M_T_DRIVER
+#define M_T_DRIVER 0x40
+#endif
+#ifndef M_T_USERPREF
+#define M_T_USERPREF 0x80
+#endif
+#ifndef HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB
+#define HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB 0x00004000
+#endif
+
+typedef struct _xf86Crtc xf86CrtcRec, *xf86CrtcPtr;
+typedef struct _xf86Output xf86OutputRec, *xf86OutputPtr;
+
+/* define a standard for connector types */
+typedef enum _xf86ConnectorType {
+ XF86ConnectorNone,
+ XF86ConnectorVGA,
+ XF86ConnectorDVI_I,
+ XF86ConnectorDVI_D,
+ XF86ConnectorDVI_A,
+ XF86ConnectorComposite,
+ XF86ConnectorSvideo,
+ XF86ConnectorComponent,
+ XF86ConnectorLFP,
+ XF86ConnectorProprietary,
+ XF86ConnectorHDMI,
+ XF86ConnectorDisplayPort,
+} xf86ConnectorType;
+
+typedef enum _xf86OutputStatus {
+ XF86OutputStatusConnected,
+ XF86OutputStatusDisconnected,
+ XF86OutputStatusUnknown
+} xf86OutputStatus;
+
+typedef struct _xf86CrtcFuncs {
+ /**
+ * Turns the crtc on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available.
+ *
+ * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting. If the
+ * mode is DPMSModeOff, the crtc must be disabled sufficiently for it to
+ * be safe to call mode_set.
+ */
+ void
+ (*dpms)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc,
+ int mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Saves the crtc's state for restoration on VT switch.
+ */
+ void
+ (*save)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Restore's the crtc's state at VT switch.
+ */
+ void
+ (*restore)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Lock CRTC prior to mode setting, mostly for DRI.
+ * Returns whether unlock is needed
+ */
+ Bool
+ (*lock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Unlock CRTC after mode setting, mostly for DRI
+ */
+ void
+ (*unlock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC.
+ *
+ * This allows a CRTC to adjust the clock or even the entire set of
+ * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for
+ * buses with clock limitations.
+ */
+ Bool
+ (*mode_fixup)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc,
+ DisplayModePtr mode,
+ DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Prepare CRTC for an upcoming mode set.
+ */
+ void
+ (*prepare)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made.
+ */
+ void
+ (*mode_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc,
+ DisplayModePtr mode,
+ DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode,
+ int x, int y);
+
+ /**
+ * Commit mode changes to a CRTC
+ */
+ void
+ (*commit)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /* Set the color ramps for the CRTC to the given values. */
+ void
+ (*gamma_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD16 *red, CARD16 *green, CARD16 *blue,
+ int size);
+
+ /**
+ * Allocate the shadow area, delay the pixmap creation until needed
+ */
+ void *
+ (*shadow_allocate) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int width, int height);
+
+ /**
+ * Create shadow pixmap for rotation support
+ */
+ PixmapPtr
+ (*shadow_create) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, void *data, int width, int height);
+
+ /**
+ * Destroy shadow pixmap
+ */
+ void
+ (*shadow_destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, PixmapPtr pPixmap, void *data);
+
+ /**
+ * Set cursor colors
+ */
+ void
+ (*set_cursor_colors) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int bg, int fg);
+
+ /**
+ * Set cursor position
+ */
+ void
+ (*set_cursor_position) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);
+
+ /**
+ * Show cursor
+ */
+ void
+ (*show_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Hide cursor
+ */
+ void
+ (*hide_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Load monochrome image
+ */
+ void
+ (*load_cursor_image) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *image);
+
+ /**
+ * Load ARGB image
+ */
+ void
+ (*load_cursor_argb) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD32 *image);
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up driver-specific bits of the crtc
+ */
+ void
+ (*destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+ /**
+ * Less fine-grained mode setting entry point for kernel modesetting
+ */
+ Bool
+ (*set_mode_major)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode,
+ Rotation rotation, int x, int y);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for panning. Doesn't change the mode.
+ * Added in ABI version 2
+ */
+ void
+ (*set_origin)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);
+
+} xf86CrtcFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcFuncsPtr;
+
+#define XF86_CRTC_VERSION 3
+
+struct _xf86Crtc {
+ /**
+ * ABI versioning
+ */
+ int version;
+
+ /**
+ * Associated ScrnInfo
+ */
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn;
+
+ /**
+ * Desired state of this CRTC
+ *
+ * Set when this CRTC should be driving one or more outputs
+ */
+ Bool enabled;
+
+ /**
+ * Active mode
+ *
+ * This reflects the mode as set in the CRTC currently
+ * It will be cleared when the VT is not active or
+ * during server startup
+ */
+ DisplayModeRec mode;
+ Rotation rotation;
+ PixmapPtr rotatedPixmap;
+ void *rotatedData;
+
+ /**
+ * Position on screen
+ *
+ * Locates this CRTC within the frame buffer
+ */
+ int x, y;
+
+ /**
+ * Desired mode
+ *
+ * This is set to the requested mode, independent of
+ * whether the VT is active. In particular, it receives
+ * the startup configured mode and saves the active mode
+ * on VT switch.
+ */
+ DisplayModeRec desiredMode;
+ Rotation desiredRotation;
+ int desiredX, desiredY;
+
+ /** crtc-specific functions */
+ const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs;
+
+ /**
+ * Driver private
+ *
+ * Holds driver-private information
+ */
+ void *driver_private;
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ /**
+ * RandR crtc
+ *
+ * When RandR 1.2 is available, this
+ * points at the associated crtc object
+ */
+ RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc;
+#else
+ void *randr_crtc;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Current cursor is ARGB
+ */
+ Bool cursor_argb;
+ /**
+ * Track whether cursor is within CRTC range
+ */
+ Bool cursor_in_range;
+ /**
+ * Track state of cursor associated with this CRTC
+ */
+ Bool cursor_shown;
+
+ /**
+ * Current transformation matrix
+ */
+ PictTransform crtc_to_framebuffer;
+ /* framebuffer_to_crtc was removed in ABI 2 */
+ struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_framebuffer; /* ABI 2 */
+ struct pict_f_transform f_framebuffer_to_crtc; /* ABI 2 */
+ PictFilterPtr filter; /* ABI 2 */
+ xFixed *params; /* ABI 2 */
+ int nparams; /* ABI 2 */
+ int filter_width; /* ABI 2 */
+ int filter_height; /* ABI 2 */
+ Bool transform_in_use;
+ RRTransformRec transform; /* ABI 2 */
+ Bool transformPresent; /* ABI 2 */
+ RRTransformRec desiredTransform; /* ABI 2 */
+ Bool desiredTransformPresent; /* ABI 2 */
+ /**
+ * Bounding box in screen space
+ */
+ BoxRec bounds;
+ /**
+ * Panning:
+ * TotalArea: total panning area, larger than CRTC's size
+ * TrackingArea: Area of the pointer for which the CRTC is panned
+ * border: Borders of the displayed CRTC area which induces panning if the pointer reaches them
+ * Added in ABI version 2
+ */
+ BoxRec panningTotalArea;
+ BoxRec panningTrackingArea;
+ INT16 panningBorder[4];
+
+ /**
+ * Current gamma, especially useful after initial config.
+ * Added in ABI version 3
+ */
+ CARD16 *gamma_red;
+ CARD16 *gamma_green;
+ CARD16 *gamma_blue;
+ int gamma_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Actual state of this CRTC
+ *
+ * Set to TRUE after modesetting, set to FALSE if no outputs are connected
+ * Added in ABI version 3
+ */
+ Bool active;
+ /**
+ * Clear the shadow
+ */
+ Bool shadowClear;
+};
+
+typedef struct _xf86OutputFuncs {
+ /**
+ * Called to allow the output a chance to create properties after the
+ * RandR objects have been created.
+ */
+ void
+ (*create_resources)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+ /**
+ * Turns the output on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available.
+ *
+ * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting. If the
+ * mode is DPMSModeOff, the output must be disabled, as the DPLL may be
+ * disabled afterwards.
+ */
+ void
+ (*dpms)(xf86OutputPtr output,
+ int mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Saves the output's state for restoration on VT switch.
+ */
+ void
+ (*save)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+ /**
+ * Restore's the output's state at VT switch.
+ */
+ void
+ (*restore)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for testing a video mode for a given output.
+ *
+ * This function should only check for cases where a mode can't be supported
+ * on the output specifically, and not represent generic CRTC limitations.
+ *
+ * \return MODE_OK if the mode is valid, or another MODE_* otherwise.
+ */
+ int
+ (*mode_valid)(xf86OutputPtr output,
+ DisplayModePtr pMode);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC.
+ *
+ * This allows an output to adjust the clock or even the entire set of
+ * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for
+ * buses with clock limitations.
+ */
+ Bool
+ (*mode_fixup)(xf86OutputPtr output,
+ DisplayModePtr mode,
+ DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for preparing mode changes on an output
+ */
+ void
+ (*prepare)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for committing mode changes on an output
+ */
+ void
+ (*commit)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made.
+ *
+ * This is only called while the output is disabled. The dpms callback
+ * must be all that's necessary for the output, to turn the output on
+ * after this function is called.
+ */
+ void
+ (*mode_set)(xf86OutputPtr output,
+ DisplayModePtr mode,
+ DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Probe for a connected output, and return detect_status.
+ */
+ xf86OutputStatus
+ (*detect)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+ /**
+ * Query the device for the modes it provides.
+ *
+ * This function may also update MonInfo, mm_width, and mm_height.
+ *
+ * \return singly-linked list of modes or NULL if no modes found.
+ */
+ DisplayModePtr
+ (*get_modes)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ /**
+ * Callback when an output's property has changed.
+ */
+ Bool
+ (*set_property)(xf86OutputPtr output,
+ Atom property,
+ RRPropertyValuePtr value);
+#endif
+#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+ /**
+ * Callback to get an updated property value
+ */
+ Bool
+ (*get_property)(xf86OutputPtr output,
+ Atom property);
+#endif
+#ifdef RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE
+ /**
+ * Callback to get current CRTC for a given output
+ */
+ xf86CrtcPtr
+ (*get_crtc)(xf86OutputPtr output);
+#endif
+ /**
+ * Clean up driver-specific bits of the output
+ */
+ void
+ (*destroy) (xf86OutputPtr output);
+} xf86OutputFuncsRec, *xf86OutputFuncsPtr;
+
+
+#define XF86_OUTPUT_VERSION 2
+
+struct _xf86Output {
+ /**
+ * ABI versioning
+ */
+ int version;
+
+ /**
+ * Associated ScrnInfo
+ */
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn;
+
+ /**
+ * Currently connected crtc (if any)
+ *
+ * If this output is not in use, this field will be NULL.
+ */
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc;
+
+ /**
+ * Possible CRTCs for this output as a mask of crtc indices
+ */
+ CARD32 possible_crtcs;
+
+ /**
+ * Possible outputs to share the same CRTC as a mask of output indices
+ */
+ CARD32 possible_clones;
+
+ /**
+ * Whether this output can support interlaced modes
+ */
+ Bool interlaceAllowed;
+
+ /**
+ * Whether this output can support double scan modes
+ */
+ Bool doubleScanAllowed;
+
+ /**
+ * List of available modes on this output.
+ *
+ * This should be the list from get_modes(), plus perhaps additional
+ * compatible modes added later.
+ */
+ DisplayModePtr probed_modes;
+
+ /**
+ * Options parsed from the related monitor section
+ */
+ OptionInfoPtr options;
+
+ /**
+ * Configured monitor section
+ */
+ XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor;
+
+ /**
+ * Desired initial position
+ */
+ int initial_x, initial_y;
+
+ /**
+ * Desired initial rotation
+ */
+ Rotation initial_rotation;
+
+ /**
+ * Current connection status
+ *
+ * This indicates whether a monitor is known to be connected
+ * to this output or not, or whether there is no way to tell
+ */
+ xf86OutputStatus status;
+
+ /** EDID monitor information */
+ xf86MonPtr MonInfo;
+
+ /** subpixel order */
+ int subpixel_order;
+
+ /** Physical size of the currently attached output device. */
+ int mm_width, mm_height;
+
+ /** Output name */
+ char *name;
+
+ /** output-specific functions */
+ const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs;
+
+ /** driver private information */
+ void *driver_private;
+
+ /** Whether to use the old per-screen Monitor config section */
+ Bool use_screen_monitor;
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ /**
+ * RandR 1.2 output structure.
+ *
+ * When RandR 1.2 is available, this points at the associated
+ * RandR output structure and is created when this output is created
+ */
+ RROutputPtr randr_output;
+#else
+ void *randr_output;
+#endif
+ /**
+ * Desired initial panning
+ * Added in ABI version 2
+ */
+ BoxRec initialTotalArea;
+ BoxRec initialTrackingArea;
+ INT16 initialBorder[4];
+};
+
+typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfigFuncs {
+ /**
+ * Requests that the driver resize the screen.
+ *
+ * The driver is responsible for updating scrn->virtualX and scrn->virtualY.
+ * If the requested size cannot be set, the driver should leave those values
+ * alone and return FALSE.
+ *
+ * A naive driver that cannot reallocate the screen may simply change
+ * virtual[XY]. A more advanced driver will want to also change the
+ * devPrivate.ptr and devKind of the screen pixmap, update any offscreen
+ * pixmaps it may have moved, and change pScrn->displayWidth.
+ */
+ Bool
+ (*resize)(ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ int width,
+ int height);
+} xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcConfigFuncsPtr;
+
+typedef void (*xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr) (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfig {
+ int num_output;
+ xf86OutputPtr *output;
+ /**
+ * compat_output is used whenever we deal
+ * with legacy code that only understands a single
+ * output. pScrn->modes will be loaded from this output,
+ * adjust frame will whack this output, etc.
+ */
+ int compat_output;
+
+ int num_crtc;
+ xf86CrtcPtr *crtc;
+
+ int minWidth, minHeight;
+ int maxWidth, maxHeight;
+
+ /* For crtc-based rotation */
+ DamagePtr rotation_damage;
+ Bool rotation_damage_registered;
+
+ /* DGA */
+ unsigned int dga_flags;
+ unsigned long dga_address;
+ DGAModePtr dga_modes;
+ int dga_nmode;
+ int dga_width, dga_height, dga_stride;
+ DisplayModePtr dga_save_mode;
+
+ const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs;
+
+ CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr CreateScreenResources;
+
+ CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+
+ /* Cursor information */
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info;
+ CursorPtr cursor;
+ CARD8 *cursor_image;
+ Bool cursor_on;
+ CARD32 cursor_fg, cursor_bg;
+
+ /**
+ * Options parsed from the related device section
+ */
+ OptionInfoPtr options;
+
+ Bool debug_modes;
+
+ /* wrap screen BlockHandler for rotation */
+ ScreenBlockHandlerProcPtr BlockHandler;
+
+ /* callback when crtc configuration changes */
+ xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr xf86_crtc_notify;
+
+} xf86CrtcConfigRec, *xf86CrtcConfigPtr;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex;
+
+#define XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(p) ((xf86CrtcConfigPtr) ((p)->privates[xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex].ptr))
+
+static _X_INLINE xf86OutputPtr
+xf86CompatOutput(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ return config->output[config->compat_output];
+}
+
+static _X_INLINE xf86CrtcPtr
+xf86CompatCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ xf86OutputPtr compat_output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn);
+ if (!compat_output)
+ return NULL;
+ return compat_output->crtc;
+}
+
+static _X_INLINE RRCrtcPtr
+xf86CompatRRCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcPtr compat_crtc = xf86CompatCrtc(pScrn);
+ if (!compat_crtc)
+ return NULL;
+ return compat_crtc->randr_crtc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Initialize xf86CrtcConfig structure
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86CrtcConfigInit (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ int minWidth, int minHeight,
+ int maxWidth, int maxHeight);
+
+/*
+ * Crtc functions
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT xf86CrtcPtr
+xf86CrtcCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86CrtcDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+
+/**
+ * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
+ RRTransformPtr transform, int x, int y);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86CrtcSetMode (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
+ int x, int y);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86CrtcSetOrigin (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);
+
+/*
+ * Assign crtc rotation during mode set
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Clean up any rotation data, used when a crtc is turned off
+ * as well as when rotation is disabled.
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * free shadow memory allocated for all crtcs
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
+
+/*
+ * Clean up rotation during CloseScreen
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/**
+ * Return whether any output is assigned to the crtc
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86CrtcInUse (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Output functions
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT xf86OutputPtr
+xf86OutputCreate (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs,
+ const char *name);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86OutputUseScreenMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool use_screen_monitor);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86OutputRename (xf86OutputPtr output, const char *name);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86OutputDestroy (xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86ProbeOutputModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int maxX, int maxY);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86SetScrnInfoModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
+
+#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+# define ScreenInitRetType int
+#else
+# define ScreenInitRetType Bool
+#endif
+
+extern _X_EXPORT ScreenInitRetType
+xf86CrtcScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86InitialConfiguration (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool canGrow);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86DPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int PowerManagementMode, int flags);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86SaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr
+xf86OutputFindClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output, DisplayModePtr desired);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86SetSingleMode (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr desired, Rotation rotation);
+
+/**
+ * Set the EDID information for the specified output
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86OutputSetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, xf86MonPtr edid_mon);
+
+/**
+ * Return the list of modes supported by the EDID information
+ * stored in 'output'
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr
+xf86OutputGetEDIDModes (xf86OutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT xf86MonPtr
+xf86OutputGetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, I2CBusPtr pDDCBus);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize dga for this screen
+ */
+
+#ifdef XFreeXDGA
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86DiDGAInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, unsigned long dga_address);
+
+/* this is the real function, used only internally */
+_X_INTERNAL Bool
+_xf86_di_dga_init_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/**
+ * Re-initialize dga for this screen (as when the set of modes changes)
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86DiDGAReInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+#endif
+
+/* This is the real function, used only internally */
+_X_INTERNAL Bool
+_xf86_di_dga_reinit_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * Set the subpixel order reported for the screen using
+ * the information from the outputs
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * Get a standard string name for a connector type
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT char *
+xf86ConnectorGetName(xf86ConnectorType connector);
+
+/*
+ * Using the desired mode information in each crtc, set
+ * modes (used in EnterVT functions, or at server startup)
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86SetDesiredModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the CRTC-based cursor code. CRTC function vectors must
+ * contain relevant cursor setting functions.
+ *
+ * Driver should call this from ScreenInit function
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured.
+ *
+ * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions.
+ *
+ * Driver should call this from crtc commit function.
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen);
+
+/**
+ * Called from EnterVT to turn the cursors back on
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn);
+
+/**
+ * Called by the driver to turn cursors off
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn);
+
+/**
+ * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code. Driver must call this at CloseScreen time.
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen);
+
+/*
+ * For overlay video, compute the relevant CRTC and
+ * clip video to that.
+ * wraps xf86XVClipVideoHelper()
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86_crtc_clip_video_helper(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ xf86CrtcPtr *crtc_ret,
+ xf86CrtcPtr desired_crtc,
+ BoxPtr dst,
+ INT32 *xa,
+ INT32 *xb,
+ INT32 *ya,
+ INT32 *yb,
+ RegionPtr reg,
+ INT32 width,
+ INT32 height);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr
+xf86_wrap_crtc_notify (ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr new);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+xf86_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/**
+ * Gamma
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
+
+#endif /* _XF86CRTC_H_ */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c index 066744744..5562f29cc 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c @@ -1,688 +1,688 @@ -/* - * Copyright © 2007 Keith Packard - * Copyright © 2010 Aaron Plattner - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and - * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or - * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, - * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations - * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as - * is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#else -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <stdio.h> - -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86DDC.h" -#include "xf86Crtc.h" -#include "xf86Modes.h" -#include "xf86RandR12.h" -#include "xf86CursorPriv.h" -#include "X11/extensions/render.h" -#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h" -#include "X11/Xatom.h" -#include "picturestr.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" -#include "inputstr.h" - -/* - * Given a screen coordinate, rotate back to a cursor source coordinate - */ -static void -xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (Rotation rotation, - int width, - int height, - int x_dst, - int y_dst, - int *x_src, - int *y_src) -{ - int t; - - switch (rotation & 0xf) { - case RR_Rotate_0: - break; - case RR_Rotate_90: - t = x_dst; - x_dst = height - y_dst - 1; - y_dst = t; - break; - case RR_Rotate_180: - x_dst = width - x_dst - 1; - y_dst = height - y_dst - 1; - break; - case RR_Rotate_270: - t = x_dst; - x_dst = y_dst; - y_dst = width - t - 1; - break; - } - if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X) - x_dst = width - x_dst - 1; - if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y) - y_dst = height - y_dst - 1; - *x_src = x_dst; - *y_src = y_dst; -} - -/* - * Given a cursor source coordinate, rotate to a screen coordinate - */ -static void -xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (Rotation rotation, - int width, - int height, - int x_dst, - int y_dst, - int *x_src, - int *y_src) -{ - int t; - - if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X) - x_dst = width - x_dst - 1; - if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y) - y_dst = height - y_dst - 1; - - switch (rotation & 0xf) { - case RR_Rotate_0: - break; - case RR_Rotate_90: - t = x_dst; - x_dst = y_dst; - y_dst = width - t - 1; - break; - case RR_Rotate_180: - x_dst = width - x_dst - 1; - y_dst = height - y_dst - 1; - break; - case RR_Rotate_270: - t = x_dst; - x_dst = height - y_dst - 1; - y_dst = t; - break; - } - *x_src = x_dst; - *y_src = y_dst; -} - -struct cursor_bit { - CARD8 *byte; - char bitpos; -}; - -/* - * Convert an x coordinate to a position within the cursor bitmap - */ -static struct cursor_bit -cursor_bitpos (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, - Bool mask) -{ - const int flags = cursor_info->Flags; - const Bool interleaved = - !!(flags & (HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1 | - HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8 | - HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16 | - HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32 | - HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64)); - const int width = cursor_info->MaxWidth; - const int height = cursor_info->MaxHeight; - const int stride = interleaved ? width / 4 : width / 8; - - struct cursor_bit ret; - - image += y * stride; - - if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SWAP_SOURCE_AND_MASK) - mask = !mask; - if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_NIBBLE_SWAPPED) - x = (x & ~3) | (3 - (x & 3)); - if (((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_BIT_ORDER_MSBFIRST) == 0) == - (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_BIG_ENDIAN)) - x = (x & ~7) | (7 - (x & 7)); - if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1) - x = (x << 1) + mask; - else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8) - x = ((x & ~7) << 1) | (mask << 3) | (x & 7); - else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16) - x = ((x & ~15) << 1) | (mask << 4) | (x & 15); - else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32) - x = ((x & ~31) << 1) | (mask << 5) | (x & 31); - else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64) - x = ((x & ~63) << 1) | (mask << 6) | (x & 63); - else if (mask) - image += stride * height; - - ret.byte = image + (x / 8); - ret.bitpos = x & 7; - - return ret; -} - -/* - * Fetch one bit from a cursor bitmap - */ -static CARD8 -get_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask) -{ - struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask); - return (*bit.byte >> bit.bitpos) & 1; -} - -/* - * Set one bit in a cursor bitmap - */ -static void -set_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask) -{ - struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask); - *bit.byte |= 1 << bit.bitpos; -} - -/* - * Load a two color cursor into a driver that supports only ARGB cursors - */ -static void -xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, unsigned char *src) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info; - CARD32 *cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image; - int x, y; - int xin, yin; - int flags = cursor_info->Flags; - CARD32 bits; - -#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR - crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE; -#endif - - for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++) - for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++) - { - xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation, - cursor_info->MaxWidth, - cursor_info->MaxHeight, - x, y, &xin, &yin); - if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE) == - ((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_INVERT_MASK) == 0)) - { - if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE)) - bits = xf86_config->cursor_fg; - else - bits = xf86_config->cursor_bg; - } - else - bits = 0; - cursor_image[y * cursor_info->MaxWidth + x] = bits; - } - crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image); -} - -/* - * Set the colors for a two-color cursor (ignore for ARGB cursors) - */ -static void -xf86_set_cursor_colors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int bg, int fg) -{ - ScreenPtr screen = scrn->pScreen; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - CursorPtr cursor = xf86_config->cursor; - int c; - CARD8 *bits = cursor ? - dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen)) - : NULL; - - /* Save ARGB versions of these colors */ - xf86_config->cursor_fg = (CARD32) fg | 0xff000000; - xf86_config->cursor_bg = (CARD32) bg | 0xff000000; - - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->enabled && !crtc->cursor_argb) - { - if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image) - crtc->funcs->set_cursor_colors (crtc, bg, fg); - else if (bits) - xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, bits); - } - } -} - -static void -xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc) -{ - if (crtc->cursor_shown) - { - crtc->funcs->hide_cursor (crtc); - crtc->cursor_shown = FALSE; - } -} - -void -xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn) -{ - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - int c; - - xf86_config->cursor_on = FALSE; - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->enabled) - xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc); - } -} - -static void -xf86_crtc_show_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc) -{ - if (!crtc->cursor_shown && crtc->cursor_in_range) - { - crtc->funcs->show_cursor (crtc); - crtc->cursor_shown = TRUE; - } -} - -void -xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn) -{ - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - int c; - - xf86_config->cursor_on = TRUE; - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->enabled) - xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc); - } -} - -static void -xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info; - DisplayModePtr mode = &crtc->mode; - Bool in_range; - int dx, dy; - - /* - * Transform position of cursor on screen - */ - if (crtc->transform_in_use) - { - ScreenPtr screen = scrn->pScreen; - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = - (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates, - xf86CursorScreenKey); - struct pict_f_vector v; - - v.v[0] = (x + ScreenPriv->HotX) + 0.5; - v.v[1] = (y + ScreenPriv->HotY) + 0.5; - v.v[2] = 1; - pixman_f_transform_point (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &v); - /* cursor will have 0.5 added to it already so floor is sufficent */ - x = floor (v.v[0]); - y = floor (v.v[1]); - /* - * Transform position of cursor upper left corner - */ - xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (crtc->rotation, - cursor_info->MaxWidth, - cursor_info->MaxHeight, - ScreenPriv->HotX, ScreenPriv->HotY, &dx, &dy); - x -= dx; - y -= dy; - } - else - { - x -= crtc->x; - y -= crtc->y; - } - - /* - * Disable the cursor when it is outside the viewport - */ - in_range = TRUE; - if (x >= mode->HDisplay || y >= mode->VDisplay || - x <= -cursor_info->MaxWidth || y <= -cursor_info->MaxHeight) - { - in_range = FALSE; - x = 0; - y = 0; - } - - crtc->cursor_in_range = in_range; - - if (in_range) - { - crtc->funcs->set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y); - xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc); - } - else - xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc); -} - -static void -xf86_set_cursor_position (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int x, int y) -{ - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - int c; - - /* undo what xf86HWCurs did to the coordinates */ - x += scrn->frameX0; - y += scrn->frameY0; - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->enabled) - xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y); - } -} - -/* - * Load a two-color cursor into a crtc, performing rotation as needed - */ -static void -xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *src) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info; - CARD8 *cursor_image; - -#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR - crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE; -#endif - - if (crtc->rotation == RR_Rotate_0) - cursor_image = src; - else - { - int x, y; - int xin, yin; - int stride = cursor_info->MaxWidth >> 2; - - cursor_image = xf86_config->cursor_image; - memset(cursor_image, 0, cursor_info->MaxHeight * stride); - - for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++) - for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++) - { - xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation, - cursor_info->MaxWidth, - cursor_info->MaxHeight, - x, y, &xin, &yin); - if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE)) - set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, FALSE); - if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE)) - set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, TRUE); - } - } - crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image (crtc, cursor_image); -} - -/* - * Load a cursor image into all active CRTCs - */ -static void -xf86_load_cursor_image (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, unsigned char *src) -{ - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - int c; - - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->enabled) - { - if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image) - xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (crtc, src); - else if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb) - xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, src); - } - } -} - -static Bool -xf86_use_hw_cursor (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info; - - ++cursor->refcnt; - if (xf86_config->cursor) - FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None); - xf86_config->cursor = cursor; - - if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth || - cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info; - - ++cursor->refcnt; - if (xf86_config->cursor) - FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None); - xf86_config->cursor = cursor; - - /* Make sure ARGB support is available */ - if ((cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB) == 0) - return FALSE; - - if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth || - cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -static void -xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CursorPtr cursor) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info; - CARD32 *cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image; - CARD32 *cursor_source = (CARD32 *) cursor->bits->argb; - int x, y; - int xin, yin; - CARD32 bits; - int source_width = cursor->bits->width; - int source_height = cursor->bits->height; - int image_width = cursor_info->MaxWidth; - int image_height = cursor_info->MaxHeight; - - for (y = 0; y < image_height; y++) - for (x = 0; x < image_width; x++) - { - xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation, image_width, image_height, - x, y, &xin, &yin); - if (xin < source_width && yin < source_height) - bits = cursor_source[yin * source_width + xin]; - else - bits = 0; - cursor_image[y * image_width + x] = bits; - } - - crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image); -} - -static void -xf86_load_cursor_argb (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, CursorPtr cursor) -{ - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - int c; - - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->enabled) - xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor); - } -} - -Bool -xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info; - - cursor_info = xf86CreateCursorInfoRec(); - if (!cursor_info) - return FALSE; - - xf86_config->cursor_image = malloc(max_width * max_height * 4); - - if (!xf86_config->cursor_image) - { - xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (cursor_info); - return FALSE; - } - - xf86_config->cursor_info = cursor_info; - - cursor_info->MaxWidth = max_width; - cursor_info->MaxHeight = max_height; - cursor_info->Flags = flags; - - cursor_info->SetCursorColors = xf86_set_cursor_colors; - cursor_info->SetCursorPosition = xf86_set_cursor_position; - cursor_info->LoadCursorImage = xf86_load_cursor_image; - cursor_info->HideCursor = xf86_hide_cursors; - cursor_info->ShowCursor = xf86_show_cursors; - cursor_info->UseHWCursor = xf86_use_hw_cursor; -#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR - if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB) - { - cursor_info->UseHWCursorARGB = xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb; - cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB = xf86_load_cursor_argb; - } -#endif - - xf86_config->cursor = NULL; - xf86_hide_cursors (scrn); - - return xf86InitCursor (screen, cursor_info); -} - -/** - * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured. - * - * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions - */ - -void -xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config; - xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info; - CursorPtr cursor; - int x, y; - xf86CursorScreenPtr cursor_screen_priv; - - /* initial mode setting will not have set a screen yet. - May be called before the devices are initialised. - */ - if (!screen || !inputInfo.pointer) - return; - cursor_screen_priv = dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates, - xf86CursorScreenKey); - /* return if HW cursor is inactive, to avoid displaying two cursors */ - if (!cursor_screen_priv || !cursor_screen_priv->isUp) - return; - - scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum]; - xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - - /* make sure the cursor code has been initialized */ - cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info; - if (!cursor_info) - return; - - cursor = xf86_config->cursor; - GetSpritePosition (inputInfo.pointer, &x, &y); - if (!(cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_UPDATE_UNHIDDEN)) - (*cursor_info->HideCursor)(scrn); - - if (cursor) - { - void *src = dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen)); -#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR - if (cursor->bits->argb && cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB) - (*cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB) (scrn, cursor); - else if (src) -#endif - (*cursor_info->LoadCursorImage)(scrn, src); - - x += scrn->frameX0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotX; - y += scrn->frameY0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotY; - (*cursor_info->SetCursorPosition)(scrn, x, y); - } -} - -/** - * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code - */ -void -xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - - if (xf86_config->cursor_info) - { - xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (xf86_config->cursor_info); - xf86_config->cursor_info = NULL; - } - free(xf86_config->cursor_image); - xf86_config->cursor_image = NULL; - if (xf86_config->cursor) - { - FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None); - xf86_config->cursor = NULL; - } -} +/*
+ * Copyright © 2007 Keith Packard
+ * Copyright © 2010 Aaron Plattner
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+#include "xf86Modes.h"
+#include "xf86RandR12.h"
+#include "xf86CursorPriv.h"
+#include "X11/extensions/render.h"
+#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"
+#include "X11/Xatom.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+
+/*
+ * Given a screen coordinate, rotate back to a cursor source coordinate
+ */
+static void
+xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (Rotation rotation,
+ int width,
+ int height,
+ int x_dst,
+ int y_dst,
+ int *x_src,
+ int *y_src)
+{
+ int t;
+
+ switch (rotation & 0xf) {
+ case RR_Rotate_0:
+ break;
+ case RR_Rotate_90:
+ t = x_dst;
+ x_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
+ y_dst = t;
+ break;
+ case RR_Rotate_180:
+ x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
+ y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
+ break;
+ case RR_Rotate_270:
+ t = x_dst;
+ x_dst = y_dst;
+ y_dst = width - t - 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X)
+ x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
+ if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y)
+ y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
+ *x_src = x_dst;
+ *y_src = y_dst;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Given a cursor source coordinate, rotate to a screen coordinate
+ */
+static void
+xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (Rotation rotation,
+ int width,
+ int height,
+ int x_dst,
+ int y_dst,
+ int *x_src,
+ int *y_src)
+{
+ int t;
+
+ if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X)
+ x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
+ if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y)
+ y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
+
+ switch (rotation & 0xf) {
+ case RR_Rotate_0:
+ break;
+ case RR_Rotate_90:
+ t = x_dst;
+ x_dst = y_dst;
+ y_dst = width - t - 1;
+ break;
+ case RR_Rotate_180:
+ x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
+ y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
+ break;
+ case RR_Rotate_270:
+ t = x_dst;
+ x_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
+ y_dst = t;
+ break;
+ }
+ *x_src = x_dst;
+ *y_src = y_dst;
+}
+
+struct cursor_bit {
+ CARD8 *byte;
+ char bitpos;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Convert an x coordinate to a position within the cursor bitmap
+ */
+static struct cursor_bit
+cursor_bitpos (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y,
+ Bool mask)
+{
+ const int flags = cursor_info->Flags;
+ const Bool interleaved =
+ !!(flags & (HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1 |
+ HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8 |
+ HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16 |
+ HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32 |
+ HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64));
+ const int width = cursor_info->MaxWidth;
+ const int height = cursor_info->MaxHeight;
+ const int stride = interleaved ? width / 4 : width / 8;
+
+ struct cursor_bit ret;
+
+ image += y * stride;
+
+ if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SWAP_SOURCE_AND_MASK)
+ mask = !mask;
+ if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_NIBBLE_SWAPPED)
+ x = (x & ~3) | (3 - (x & 3));
+ if (((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_BIT_ORDER_MSBFIRST) == 0) ==
+ (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_BIG_ENDIAN))
+ x = (x & ~7) | (7 - (x & 7));
+ if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1)
+ x = (x << 1) + mask;
+ else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8)
+ x = ((x & ~7) << 1) | (mask << 3) | (x & 7);
+ else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16)
+ x = ((x & ~15) << 1) | (mask << 4) | (x & 15);
+ else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32)
+ x = ((x & ~31) << 1) | (mask << 5) | (x & 31);
+ else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64)
+ x = ((x & ~63) << 1) | (mask << 6) | (x & 63);
+ else if (mask)
+ image += stride * height;
+
+ ret.byte = image + (x / 8);
+ ret.bitpos = x & 7;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fetch one bit from a cursor bitmap
+ */
+static CARD8
+get_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask)
+{
+ struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask);
+ return (*bit.byte >> bit.bitpos) & 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set one bit in a cursor bitmap
+ */
+static void
+set_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask)
+{
+ struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask);
+ *bit.byte |= 1 << bit.bitpos;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Load a two color cursor into a driver that supports only ARGB cursors
+ */
+static void
+xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, unsigned char *src)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
+ CARD32 *cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image;
+ int x, y;
+ int xin, yin;
+ int flags = cursor_info->Flags;
+ CARD32 bits;
+
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++)
+ for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++)
+ {
+ xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation,
+ cursor_info->MaxWidth,
+ cursor_info->MaxHeight,
+ x, y, &xin, &yin);
+ if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE) ==
+ ((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_INVERT_MASK) == 0))
+ {
+ if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE))
+ bits = xf86_config->cursor_fg;
+ else
+ bits = xf86_config->cursor_bg;
+ }
+ else
+ bits = 0;
+ cursor_image[y * cursor_info->MaxWidth + x] = bits;
+ }
+ crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the colors for a two-color cursor (ignore for ARGB cursors)
+ */
+static void
+xf86_set_cursor_colors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int bg, int fg)
+{
+ ScreenPtr screen = scrn->pScreen;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ CursorPtr cursor = xf86_config->cursor;
+ int c;
+ CARD8 *bits = cursor ?
+ dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen))
+ : NULL;
+
+ /* Save ARGB versions of these colors */
+ xf86_config->cursor_fg = (CARD32) fg | 0xff000000;
+ xf86_config->cursor_bg = (CARD32) bg | 0xff000000;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->enabled && !crtc->cursor_argb)
+ {
+ if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image)
+ crtc->funcs->set_cursor_colors (crtc, bg, fg);
+ else if (bits)
+ xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, bits);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ if (crtc->cursor_shown)
+ {
+ crtc->funcs->hide_cursor (crtc);
+ crtc->cursor_shown = FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ xf86_config->cursor_on = FALSE;
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->enabled)
+ xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+xf86_crtc_show_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ if (!crtc->cursor_shown && crtc->cursor_in_range)
+ {
+ crtc->funcs->show_cursor (crtc);
+ crtc->cursor_shown = TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ xf86_config->cursor_on = TRUE;
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->enabled)
+ xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
+ DisplayModePtr mode = &crtc->mode;
+ Bool in_range;
+ int dx, dy;
+
+ /*
+ * Transform position of cursor on screen
+ */
+ if (crtc->transform_in_use)
+ {
+ ScreenPtr screen = scrn->pScreen;
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv =
+ (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates,
+ xf86CursorScreenKey);
+ struct pict_f_vector v;
+
+ v.v[0] = (x + ScreenPriv->HotX) + 0.5;
+ v.v[1] = (y + ScreenPriv->HotY) + 0.5;
+ v.v[2] = 1;
+ pixman_f_transform_point (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &v);
+ /* cursor will have 0.5 added to it already so floor is sufficent */
+ x = floor (v.v[0]);
+ y = floor (v.v[1]);
+ /*
+ * Transform position of cursor upper left corner
+ */
+ xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (crtc->rotation,
+ cursor_info->MaxWidth,
+ cursor_info->MaxHeight,
+ ScreenPriv->HotX, ScreenPriv->HotY, &dx, &dy);
+ x -= dx;
+ y -= dy;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ x -= crtc->x;
+ y -= crtc->y;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Disable the cursor when it is outside the viewport
+ */
+ in_range = TRUE;
+ if (x >= mode->HDisplay || y >= mode->VDisplay ||
+ x <= -cursor_info->MaxWidth || y <= -cursor_info->MaxHeight)
+ {
+ in_range = FALSE;
+ x = 0;
+ y = 0;
+ }
+
+ crtc->cursor_in_range = in_range;
+
+ if (in_range)
+ {
+ crtc->funcs->set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y);
+ xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc);
+ }
+ else
+ xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86_set_cursor_position (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int x, int y)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ /* undo what xf86HWCurs did to the coordinates */
+ x += scrn->frameX0;
+ y += scrn->frameY0;
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->enabled)
+ xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Load a two-color cursor into a crtc, performing rotation as needed
+ */
+static void
+xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *src)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
+ CARD8 *cursor_image;
+
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ if (crtc->rotation == RR_Rotate_0)
+ cursor_image = src;
+ else
+ {
+ int x, y;
+ int xin, yin;
+ int stride = cursor_info->MaxWidth >> 2;
+
+ cursor_image = xf86_config->cursor_image;
+ memset(cursor_image, 0, cursor_info->MaxHeight * stride);
+
+ for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++)
+ for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++)
+ {
+ xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation,
+ cursor_info->MaxWidth,
+ cursor_info->MaxHeight,
+ x, y, &xin, &yin);
+ if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE))
+ set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, FALSE);
+ if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE))
+ set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image (crtc, cursor_image);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Load a cursor image into all active CRTCs
+ */
+static void
+xf86_load_cursor_image (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, unsigned char *src)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->enabled)
+ {
+ if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image)
+ xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (crtc, src);
+ else if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb)
+ xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, src);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86_use_hw_cursor (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
+
+ ++cursor->refcnt;
+ if (xf86_config->cursor)
+ FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);
+ xf86_config->cursor = cursor;
+
+ if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth ||
+ cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
+
+ ++cursor->refcnt;
+ if (xf86_config->cursor)
+ FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);
+ xf86_config->cursor = cursor;
+
+ /* Make sure ARGB support is available */
+ if ((cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB) == 0)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth ||
+ cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CursorPtr cursor)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
+ CARD32 *cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image;
+ CARD32 *cursor_source = (CARD32 *) cursor->bits->argb;
+ int x, y;
+ int xin, yin;
+ CARD32 bits;
+ int source_width = cursor->bits->width;
+ int source_height = cursor->bits->height;
+ int image_width = cursor_info->MaxWidth;
+ int image_height = cursor_info->MaxHeight;
+
+ for (y = 0; y < image_height; y++)
+ for (x = 0; x < image_width; x++)
+ {
+ xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation, image_width, image_height,
+ x, y, &xin, &yin);
+ if (xin < source_width && yin < source_height)
+ bits = cursor_source[yin * source_width + xin];
+ else
+ bits = 0;
+ cursor_image[y * image_width + x] = bits;
+ }
+
+ crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86_load_cursor_argb (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, CursorPtr cursor)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->enabled)
+ xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor);
+ }
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info;
+
+ cursor_info = xf86CreateCursorInfoRec();
+ if (!cursor_info)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ xf86_config->cursor_image = malloc(max_width * max_height * 4);
+
+ if (!xf86_config->cursor_image)
+ {
+ xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (cursor_info);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ xf86_config->cursor_info = cursor_info;
+
+ cursor_info->MaxWidth = max_width;
+ cursor_info->MaxHeight = max_height;
+ cursor_info->Flags = flags;
+
+ cursor_info->SetCursorColors = xf86_set_cursor_colors;
+ cursor_info->SetCursorPosition = xf86_set_cursor_position;
+ cursor_info->LoadCursorImage = xf86_load_cursor_image;
+ cursor_info->HideCursor = xf86_hide_cursors;
+ cursor_info->ShowCursor = xf86_show_cursors;
+ cursor_info->UseHWCursor = xf86_use_hw_cursor;
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB)
+ {
+ cursor_info->UseHWCursorARGB = xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb;
+ cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB = xf86_load_cursor_argb;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ xf86_config->cursor = NULL;
+ xf86_hide_cursors (scrn);
+
+ return xf86InitCursor (screen, cursor_info);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured.
+ *
+ * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions
+ */
+
+void
+xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config;
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info;
+ CursorPtr cursor;
+ int x, y;
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr cursor_screen_priv;
+
+ /* initial mode setting will not have set a screen yet.
+ May be called before the devices are initialised.
+ */
+ if (!screen || !inputInfo.pointer)
+ return;
+ cursor_screen_priv = dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates,
+ xf86CursorScreenKey);
+ /* return if HW cursor is inactive, to avoid displaying two cursors */
+ if (!cursor_screen_priv || !cursor_screen_priv->isUp)
+ return;
+
+ scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+
+ /* make sure the cursor code has been initialized */
+ cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
+ if (!cursor_info)
+ return;
+
+ cursor = xf86_config->cursor;
+ GetSpritePosition (inputInfo.pointer, &x, &y);
+ if (!(cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_UPDATE_UNHIDDEN))
+ (*cursor_info->HideCursor)(scrn);
+
+ if (cursor)
+ {
+ void *src = dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen));
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ if (cursor->bits->argb && cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB)
+ (*cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB) (scrn, cursor);
+ else if (src)
+#endif
+ (*cursor_info->LoadCursorImage)(scrn, src);
+
+ x += scrn->frameX0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotX;
+ y += scrn->frameY0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotY;
+ (*cursor_info->SetCursorPosition)(scrn, x, y);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code
+ */
+void
+xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+
+ if (xf86_config->cursor_info)
+ {
+ xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (xf86_config->cursor_info);
+ xf86_config->cursor_info = NULL;
+ }
+ free(xf86_config->cursor_image);
+ xf86_config->cursor_image = NULL;
+ if (xf86_config->cursor)
+ {
+ FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);
+ xf86_config->cursor = NULL;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86RandR12.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86RandR12.c index 744a03abe..7880a41af 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86RandR12.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86RandR12.c @@ -1,1824 +1,1824 @@ -/* - * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and - * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or - * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, - * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations - * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as - * is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#else -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif -#endif - -#include "xf86.h" -#include "os.h" -#include "globals.h" -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86DDC.h" -#include "mipointer.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "inputstr.h" -#include <randrstr.h> -#include <X11/extensions/render.h> - -#include "xf86Crtc.h" -#include "xf86RandR12.h" - -typedef struct _xf86RandR12Info { - int virtualX; - int virtualY; - int mmWidth; - int mmHeight; - int maxX; - int maxY; - int pointerX; - int pointerY; - Rotation rotation; /* current mode */ - Rotation supported_rotations; /* driver supported */ - - /* Used to wrap EnterVT so we can re-probe the outputs when a laptop unsuspends - * (actually, any time that we switch back into our VT). - * - * See https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21554 - */ - xf86EnterVTProc *orig_EnterVT; -} XF86RandRInfoRec, *XF86RandRInfoPtr; - -#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE -static Bool xf86RandR12Init12 (ScreenPtr pScreen); -static Bool xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources12 (ScreenPtr pScreen); -#endif - -static int xf86RandR12Generation; - -static DevPrivateKeyRec xf86RandR12KeyRec; -static DevPrivateKey xf86RandR12Key; -#define XF86RANDRINFO(p) ((XF86RandRInfoPtr) \ - dixLookupPrivate(&(p)->devPrivates, xf86RandR12Key)) - - -static int -xf86RandR12ModeRefresh (DisplayModePtr mode) -{ - if (mode->VRefresh) - return (int) (mode->VRefresh + 0.5); - else - return (int) (mode->Clock * 1000.0 / mode->HTotal / mode->VTotal + 0.5); -} - -/* Adapt panning area; return TRUE if panning area was valid without adaption */ -static int -xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int screenWidth, int screenHeight) -{ - int ret = TRUE; - - if (crtc->version < 2) - return FALSE; - - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) { - /* Panning in X is disabled */ - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 || crtc->panningTotalArea.x2) - /* Illegal configuration -> fail/disable */ - ret = FALSE; - crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 = 0; - crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1 = crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 = 0; - crtc->panningBorder[0] = crtc->panningBorder[2] = 0; - } else { - /* Panning in X is enabled */ - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 < 0) { - /* Panning region outside screen -> move inside */ - crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.x1; - crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 = 0; - ret = FALSE; - } - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 < crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 + crtc->mode.HDisplay) { - /* Panning region smaller than displayed area -> crop to displayed area */ - crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 = crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 + crtc->mode.HDisplay; - ret = FALSE; - } - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > screenWidth) { - /* Panning region larger than screen -> move inside, then crop to screen */ - crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - screenWidth; - crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 = screenWidth; - ret = FALSE; - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 < 0) - crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 = 0; - } - if (crtc->panningBorder[0] + crtc->panningBorder[2] > crtc->mode.HDisplay) { - /* Borders too large -> set to 0 */ - crtc->panningBorder[0] = crtc->panningBorder[2] = 0; - ret = FALSE; - } - } - - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) { - /* Panning in Y is disabled */ - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 || crtc->panningTotalArea.y2) - /* Illegal configuration -> fail/disable */ - ret = FALSE; - crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 = 0; - crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1 = crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 = 0; - crtc->panningBorder[1] = crtc->panningBorder[3] = 0; - } else { - /* Panning in Y is enabled */ - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 < 0) { - /* Panning region outside screen -> move inside */ - crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.y1; - crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 = 0; - ret = FALSE; - } - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 < crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 + crtc->mode.VDisplay) { - /* Panning region smaller than displayed area -> crop to displayed area */ - crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 = crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 + crtc->mode.VDisplay; - ret = FALSE; - } - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > screenHeight) { - /* Panning region larger than screen -> move inside, then crop to screen */ - crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - screenHeight; - crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 = screenHeight; - ret = FALSE; - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 < 0) - crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 = 0; - } - if (crtc->panningBorder[1] + crtc->panningBorder[3] > crtc->mode.VDisplay) { - /* Borders too large -> set to 0 */ - crtc->panningBorder[1] = crtc->panningBorder[3] = 0; - ret = FALSE; - } - } - - return ret; -} - -/* - * The heart of the panning operation: - * - * Given a frame buffer position (fb_x, fb_y), - * and a crtc position (crtc_x, crtc_y), - * and a transform matrix which maps frame buffer to crtc, - * compute a panning position (pan_x, pan_y) that - * makes the resulting transform line those two up - */ - -static void -xf86ComputeCrtcPan (Bool transform_in_use, - struct pixman_f_transform *m, - double screen_x, double screen_y, - double crtc_x, double crtc_y, - int old_pan_x, int old_pan_y, - int *new_pan_x, int *new_pan_y) -{ - if (transform_in_use) { - /* - * Given the current transform, M, the current position - * on the Screen, S, and the desired position on the CRTC, - * C, compute a translation, T, such that: - * - * M T S = C - * - * where T is of the form - * - * | 1 0 dx | - * | 0 1 dy | - * | 0 0 1 | - * - * M T S = - * | M00 Sx + M01 Sy + M00 dx + M01 dy + M02 | | Cx F | - * | M10 Sx + M11 Sy + M10 dx + M11 dy + M12 | = | Cy F | - * | M20 Sx + M21 Sy + M20 dx + M21 dy + M22 | | F | - * - * R = M S - * - * Cx F = M00 dx + M01 dy + R0 - * Cy F = M10 dx + M11 dy + R1 - * F = M20 dx + M21 dy + R2 - * - * Zero out dx, then dy - * - * F (Cx M10 - Cy M00) = - * (M10 M01 - M00 M11) dy + M10 R0 - M00 R1 - * F (M10 - Cy M20) = - * (M10 M21 - M20 M11) dy + M10 R2 - M20 R1 - * - * F (Cx M11 - Cy M01) = - * (M11 M00 - M01 M10) dx + M11 R0 - M01 R1 - * F (M11 - Cy M21) = - * (M11 M20 - M21 M10) dx + M11 R2 - M21 R1 - * - * Make some temporaries - * - * T = | Cx M10 - Cy M00 | - * | Cx M11 - Cy M01 | - * - * U = | M10 M01 - M00 M11 | - * | M11 M00 - M01 M10 | - * - * Q = | M10 R0 - M00 R1 | - * | M11 R0 - M01 R1 | - * - * P = | M10 - Cy M20 | - * | M11 - Cy M21 | - * - * W = | M10 M21 - M20 M11 | - * | M11 M20 - M21 M10 | - * - * V = | M10 R2 - M20 R1 | - * | M11 R2 - M21 R1 | - * - * Rewrite: - * - * F T0 = U0 dy + Q0 - * F P0 = W0 dy + V0 - * F T1 = U1 dx + Q1 - * F P1 = W1 dx + V1 - * - * Solve for F (two ways) - * - * F (W0 T0 - U0 P0) = W0 Q0 - U0 V0 - * - * W0 Q0 - U0 V0 - * F = ------------- - * W0 T0 - U0 P0 - * - * F (W1 T1 - U1 P1) = W1 Q1 - U1 V1 - * - * W1 Q1 - U1 V1 - * F = ------------- - * W1 T1 - U1 P1 - * - * We'll use which ever solution works (denominator != 0) - * - * Finally, solve for dx and dy: - * - * dx = (F T1 - Q1) / U1 - * dx = (F P1 - V1) / W1 - * - * dy = (F T0 - Q0) / U0 - * dy = (F P0 - V0) / W0 - */ - double r[3]; - double q[2], u[2], t[2], v[2], w[2], p[2]; - double f; - struct pict_f_vector d; - int i; - - /* Get the un-normalized crtc coordinates again */ - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - r[i] = m->m[i][0] * screen_x + m->m[i][1] * screen_y + m->m[i][2]; - - /* Combine values into temporaries */ - for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) { - q[i] = m->m[1][i] * r[0] - m->m[0][i] * r[1]; - u[i] = m->m[1][i] * m->m[0][1-i] - m->m[0][i] * m->m[1][1-i]; - t[i] = m->m[1][i] * crtc_x - m->m[0][i] * crtc_y; - - v[i] = m->m[1][i] * r[2] - m->m[2][i] * r[1]; - w[i] = m->m[1][i] * m->m[2][1-i] - m->m[2][i] * m->m[1][1-i]; - p[i] = m->m[1][i] - m->m[2][i] * crtc_y; - } - - /* Find a way to compute f */ - f = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) { - double a = w[i] * q[i] - u[i] * v[i]; - double b = w[i] * t[i] - u[i] * p[i]; - if (b != 0) { - f = a/b; - break; - } - } - - /* Solve for the resulting transform vector */ - for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) { - if (u[i]) - d.v[1-i] = (t[i] * f - q[i]) / u[i]; - else if (w[1]) - d.v[1-i] = (p[i] * f - v[i]) / w[i]; - else - d.v[1-i] = 0; - } - *new_pan_x = old_pan_x - floor (d.v[0] + 0.5); - *new_pan_y = old_pan_y - floor (d.v[1] + 0.5); - } else { - *new_pan_x = screen_x - crtc_x; - *new_pan_y = screen_y - crtc_y; - } -} - -static void -xf86RandR13Pan (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y) -{ - int newX, newY; - int width, height; - Bool panned = FALSE; - - if (crtc->version < 2) - return; - - if (! crtc->enabled || - (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 && - crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.y1)) - return; - - newX = crtc->x; - newY = crtc->y; - width = crtc->mode.HDisplay; - height = crtc->mode.VDisplay; - - if ((crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 <= crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1 || - (x >= crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1 && x < crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2)) && - (crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 <= crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1 || - (y >= crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1 && y < crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2))) - { - struct pict_f_vector c; - - /* - * Pre-clip the mouse position to the panning area so that we don't - * push the crtc outside. This doesn't deal with changes to the - * panning values, only mouse position changes. - */ - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) - { - if (x < crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) - x = crtc->panningTotalArea.x1; - if (x >= crtc->panningTotalArea.x2) - x = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - 1; - } - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) - { - if (y < crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) - y = crtc->panningTotalArea.y1; - if (y >= crtc->panningTotalArea.y2) - y = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - 1; - } - - c.v[0] = x; - c.v[1] = y; - c.v[2] = 1.0; - if (crtc->transform_in_use) { - pixman_f_transform_point(&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &c); - } else { - c.v[0] -= crtc->x; - c.v[1] -= crtc->y; - } - - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) { - if (c.v[0] < crtc->panningBorder[0]) { - c.v[0] = crtc->panningBorder[0]; - panned = TRUE; - } - if (c.v[0] >= width - crtc->panningBorder[2]) { - c.v[0] = width - crtc->panningBorder[2] - 1; - panned = TRUE; - } - } - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) { - if (c.v[1] < crtc->panningBorder[1]) { - c.v[1] = crtc->panningBorder[1]; - panned = TRUE; - } - if (c.v[1] >= height - crtc->panningBorder[3]) { - c.v[1] = height - crtc->panningBorder[3] - 1; - panned = TRUE; - } - } - if (panned) - xf86ComputeCrtcPan (crtc->transform_in_use, - &crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, - x, y, c.v[0], c.v[1], - newX, newY, &newX, &newY); - } - - /* - * Ensure that the crtc is within the panning region. - * - * XXX This computation only works when we do not have a transform - * in use. - */ - if (!crtc->transform_in_use) - { - /* Validate against [xy]1 after [xy]2, to be sure that results are > 0 for [xy]1 > 0 */ - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) { - if (newX > crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - width) - newX = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - width; - if (newX < crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) - newX = crtc->panningTotalArea.x1; - } - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) { - if (newY > crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - height) - newY = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - height; - if (newY < crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) - newY = crtc->panningTotalArea.y1; - } - } - if (newX != crtc->x || newY != crtc->y) - xf86CrtcSetOrigin (crtc, newX, newY); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12GetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations) -{ - RRScreenSizePtr pSize; - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - DisplayModePtr mode; - int refresh0 = 60; - int maxX = 0, maxY = 0; - - *rotations = randrp->supported_rotations; - - if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1) - { - randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX; - randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY; - } - - /* Re-probe the outputs for new monitors or modes */ - if (scrp->vtSema) - { - xf86ProbeOutputModes (scrp, 0, 0); - xf86SetScrnInfoModes (scrp); - } - - for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next) - { - int refresh = xf86RandR12ModeRefresh (mode); - if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0) - { - if (maxX < mode->HDisplay) - maxX = mode->HDisplay; - if (maxY < mode->VDisplay) - maxY = mode->VDisplay; - } - if (mode == scrp->modes) - refresh0 = refresh; - pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen, - mode->HDisplay, mode->VDisplay, - randrp->mmWidth, randrp->mmHeight); - if (!pSize) - return FALSE; - RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh); - - if (xf86ModesEqual(mode, scrp->currentMode)) - { - RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh, pSize); - } - if (mode->next == scrp->modes) - break; - } - - if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0) - { - randrp->maxX = maxX; - randrp->maxY = maxY; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12SetMode (ScreenPtr pScreen, - DisplayModePtr mode, - Bool useVirtual, - int mmWidth, - int mmHeight) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - int oldWidth = pScreen->width; - int oldHeight = pScreen->height; - int oldmmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth; - int oldmmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight; - WindowPtr pRoot = pScreen->root; - DisplayModePtr currentMode = NULL; - Bool ret = TRUE; - - if (pRoot) - (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE); - if (useVirtual) - { - scrp->virtualX = randrp->virtualX; - scrp->virtualY = randrp->virtualY; - } - else - { - scrp->virtualX = mode->HDisplay; - scrp->virtualY = mode->VDisplay; - } - - if(randrp->rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270)) - { - /* If the screen is rotated 90 or 270 degrees, swap the sizes. */ - pScreen->width = scrp->virtualY; - pScreen->height = scrp->virtualX; - pScreen->mmWidth = mmHeight; - pScreen->mmHeight = mmWidth; - } - else - { - pScreen->width = scrp->virtualX; - pScreen->height = scrp->virtualY; - pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth; - pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight; - } - if (scrp->currentMode == mode) { - /* Save current mode */ - currentMode = scrp->currentMode; - /* Reset, just so we ensure the drivers SwitchMode is called */ - scrp->currentMode = NULL; - } - /* - * We know that if the driver failed to SwitchMode to the rotated - * version, then it should revert back to it's prior mode. - */ - if (!xf86SwitchMode (pScreen, mode)) - { - ret = FALSE; - scrp->virtualX = pScreen->width = oldWidth; - scrp->virtualY = pScreen->height = oldHeight; - pScreen->mmWidth = oldmmWidth; - pScreen->mmHeight = oldmmHeight; - scrp->currentMode = currentMode; - } - - /* - * Make sure the layout is correct - */ - xf86ReconfigureLayout(); - - /* - * Make sure the whole screen is visible - */ - xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width, pScreen->height); - xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0); - if (pRoot) - (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE); - return ret; -} - -Bool -xf86RandR12SetConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen, - Rotation rotation, - int rate, - RRScreenSizePtr pSize) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - DisplayModePtr mode; - int pos[MAXDEVICES][2]; - Bool useVirtual = FALSE; - int maxX = 0, maxY = 0; - Rotation oldRotation = randrp->rotation; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - Bool view_adjusted = FALSE; - - randrp->rotation = rotation; - - if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1) - { - randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX; - randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY; - } - - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) - continue; - - miPointerGetPosition(dev, &pos[dev->id][0], &pos[dev->id][1]); - } - - for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next) - { - if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0) - { - if (maxX < mode->HDisplay) - maxX = mode->HDisplay; - if (maxY < mode->VDisplay) - maxY = mode->VDisplay; - } - if (mode->HDisplay == pSize->width && - mode->VDisplay == pSize->height && - (rate == 0 || xf86RandR12ModeRefresh (mode) == rate)) - break; - if (mode->next == scrp->modes) - { - if (pSize->width == randrp->virtualX && - pSize->height == randrp->virtualY) - { - mode = scrp->modes; - useVirtual = TRUE; - break; - } - if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0) - { - randrp->maxX = maxX; - randrp->maxY = maxY; - } - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0) - { - randrp->maxX = maxX; - randrp->maxY = maxY; - } - - if (!xf86RandR12SetMode (pScreen, mode, useVirtual, pSize->mmWidth, - pSize->mmHeight)) { - randrp->rotation = oldRotation; - return FALSE; - } - - /* - * Move the cursor back where it belongs; SwitchMode repositions it - * FIXME: duplicated code, see modes/xf86RandR12.c - */ - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) - continue; - - if (pScreen == miPointerGetScreen(dev)) { - int px = pos[dev->id][0]; - int py = pos[dev->id][1]; - - px = (px >= pScreen->width ? (pScreen->width - 1) : px); - py = (py >= pScreen->height ? (pScreen->height - 1) : py); - - /* Setting the viewpoint makes only sense on one device */ - if (!view_adjusted && IsMaster(dev)) { - xf86SetViewport(pScreen, px, py); - view_adjusted = TRUE; - } - - (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (dev, pScreen, px, py, FALSE); - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12ScreenSetSize (ScreenPtr pScreen, - CARD16 width, - CARD16 height, - CARD32 mmWidth, - CARD32 mmHeight) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - WindowPtr pRoot = pScreen->root; - PixmapPtr pScrnPix; - Bool ret = FALSE; - int c; - - if (xf86RandR12Key) { - if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1) - { - randrp->virtualX = pScrn->virtualX; - randrp->virtualY = pScrn->virtualY; - } - } - if (pRoot && pScrn->vtSema) - (*pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE); - - /* Let the driver update virtualX and virtualY */ - if (!(*config->funcs->resize)(pScrn, width, height)) - goto finish; - - ret = TRUE; - /* Update panning information */ - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c]; - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 || - crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) { - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1) - crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 += width - pScreen->width; - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1) - crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 += height - pScreen->height; - if (crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1) - crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 += width - pScreen->width; - if (crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1) - crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 += height - pScreen->height; - xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (crtc, width, height); - xf86RandR13Pan (crtc, randrp->pointerX, randrp->pointerY); - } - } - - pScrnPix = (*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen); - pScreen->width = pScrnPix->drawable.width = width; - pScreen->height = pScrnPix->drawable.height = height; - randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth; - randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight; - - xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width-1, pScreen->height-1); - xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0); - -finish: - if (pRoot && pScrn->vtSema) - (*pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE); -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - if (xf86RandR12Key && pScreen->root && ret) - RRScreenSizeNotify (pScreen); -#endif - return ret; -} - -Rotation -xf86RandR12GetRotation(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - - return randrp->rotation; -} - -Bool -xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config; - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp; - int c; - int width, height; - int mmWidth, mmHeight; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */ - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - return TRUE; -#endif - - config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - /* - * Compute size of screen - */ - width = 0; height = 0; - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c]; - int crtc_width = crtc->x + xf86ModeWidth (&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation); - int crtc_height = crtc->y + xf86ModeHeight (&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation); - - if (crtc->enabled) { - if (crtc_width > width) - width = crtc_width; - if (crtc_height > height) - height = crtc_height; - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > width) - width = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2; - if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > height) - height = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2; - } - } - - if (width && height) - { - /* - * Compute physical size of screen - */ - if (monitorResolution) - { - mmWidth = width * 25.4 / monitorResolution; - mmHeight = height * 25.4 / monitorResolution; - } - else - { - xf86OutputPtr output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn); - - if (output && - output->conf_monitor && - (output->conf_monitor->mon_width > 0 && - output->conf_monitor->mon_height > 0)) - { - /* - * Prefer user configured DisplaySize - */ - mmWidth = output->conf_monitor->mon_width; - mmHeight = output->conf_monitor->mon_height; - } - else - { - /* - * Otherwise, just set the screen to DEFAULT_DPI - */ - mmWidth = width * 25.4 / DEFAULT_DPI; - mmHeight = height * 25.4 / DEFAULT_DPI; - } - } - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO, - "Setting screen physical size to %d x %d\n", - mmWidth, mmHeight); - /* - * This is the initial setting of the screen size. - * We have to pre-set it here, otherwise panning would be adapted - * to the new screen size. - */ - pScreen->width = width; - pScreen->height = height; - xf86RandR12ScreenSetSize (pScreen, - width, - height, - mmWidth, - mmHeight); - } - - if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL) - return TRUE; - - if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1) - { - randrp->virtualX = pScrn->virtualX; - randrp->virtualY = pScrn->virtualY; - } - xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (pScreen); -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - if (xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources12 (pScreen)) - return TRUE; -#endif - return TRUE; -} - - -Bool -xf86RandR12Init (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - rrScrPrivPtr rp; - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */ - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - { - if (xf86NumScreens == 1) - noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE; - else - return TRUE; - } -#endif - - if (xf86RandR12Generation != serverGeneration) - xf86RandR12Generation = serverGeneration; - - xf86RandR12Key = &xf86RandR12KeyRec; - if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86RandR12KeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0)) - return FALSE; - - randrp = malloc(sizeof (XF86RandRInfoRec)); - if (!randrp) - return FALSE; - - if (!RRScreenInit(pScreen)) - { - free(randrp); - return FALSE; - } - rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen); - rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandR12GetInfo; - rp->rrSetConfig = xf86RandR12SetConfig; - - randrp->virtualX = -1; - randrp->virtualY = -1; - randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth; - randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight; - - randrp->rotation = RR_Rotate_0; /* initial rotated mode */ - - randrp->supported_rotations = RR_Rotate_0; - - randrp->maxX = randrp->maxY = 0; - - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandR12Key, randrp); - -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - if (!xf86RandR12Init12 (pScreen)) - return FALSE; -#endif - return TRUE; -} - -void -xf86RandR12CloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp; - - if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL) - return; - - randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]->EnterVT = randrp->orig_EnterVT; -#endif - - free(randrp); -} - -void -xf86RandR12SetRotations (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation rotations) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp; -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - int c; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); -#endif - - if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL) - return; - - randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c]; - - RRCrtcSetRotations (crtc->randr_crtc, rotations); - } -#endif - randrp->supported_rotations = rotations; -} - -void -xf86RandR12SetTransformSupport (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool transforms) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp; -#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - int c; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); -#endif - - if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL) - return; - - randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); -#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c]; - - RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (crtc->randr_crtc, transforms); - } -#endif -} - -void -xf86RandR12GetOriginalVirtualSize(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int *x, int *y) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[pScrn->scrnIndex]; - - if (xf86RandR12Generation != serverGeneration || - XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen)->virtualX == -1) - { - *x = pScrn->virtualX; - *y = pScrn->virtualY; - } else { - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - - *x = randrp->virtualX; - *y = randrp->virtualY; - } -} - -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - -#define FLAG_BITS (RR_HSyncPositive | \ - RR_HSyncNegative | \ - RR_VSyncPositive | \ - RR_VSyncNegative | \ - RR_Interlace | \ - RR_DoubleScan | \ - RR_CSync | \ - RR_CSyncPositive | \ - RR_CSyncNegative | \ - RR_HSkewPresent | \ - RR_BCast | \ - RR_PixelMultiplex | \ - RR_DoubleClock | \ - RR_ClockDivideBy2) - -static Bool -xf86RandRModeMatches (RRModePtr randr_mode, - DisplayModePtr mode) -{ -#if 0 - if (match_name) - { - /* check for same name */ - int len = strlen (mode->name); - if (randr_mode->mode.nameLength != len) return FALSE; - if (memcmp (randr_mode->name, mode->name, len) != 0) return FALSE; - } -#endif - - /* check for same timings */ - if (randr_mode->mode.dotClock / 1000 != mode->Clock) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.width != mode->HDisplay) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.hSyncStart != mode->HSyncStart) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.hSyncEnd != mode->HSyncEnd) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.hTotal != mode->HTotal) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.hSkew != mode->HSkew) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.height != mode->VDisplay) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.vSyncStart != mode->VSyncStart) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.vSyncEnd != mode->VSyncEnd) return FALSE; - if (randr_mode->mode.vTotal != mode->VTotal) return FALSE; - - /* check for same flags (using only the XF86 valid flag bits) */ - if ((randr_mode->mode.modeFlags & FLAG_BITS) != (mode->Flags & FLAG_BITS)) - return FALSE; - - /* everything matches */ - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = randr_crtc->pScreen; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - RRModePtr randr_mode = NULL; - int x; - int y; - Rotation rotation; - int numOutputs; - RROutputPtr *randr_outputs; - RROutputPtr randr_output; - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate; - xf86OutputPtr output; - int i, j; - DisplayModePtr mode = &crtc->mode; - Bool ret; - - randr_outputs = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (RROutputPtr)); - if (!randr_outputs) - return FALSE; - x = crtc->x; - y = crtc->y; - rotation = crtc->rotation; - numOutputs = 0; - randr_mode = NULL; - for (i = 0; i < config->num_output; i++) - { - output = config->output[i]; - if (output->crtc == crtc) - { - randr_output = output->randr_output; - randr_outputs[numOutputs++] = randr_output; - /* - * We make copies of modes, so pointer equality - * isn't sufficient - */ - for (j = 0; j < randr_output->numModes + randr_output->numUserModes; j++) - { - RRModePtr m = (j < randr_output->numModes ? - randr_output->modes[j] : - randr_output->userModes[j-randr_output->numModes]); - - if (xf86RandRModeMatches (m, mode)) - { - randr_mode = m; - break; - } - } - } - } - ret = RRCrtcNotify (randr_crtc, randr_mode, x, y, - rotation, - crtc->transformPresent ? &crtc->transform : NULL, - numOutputs, randr_outputs); - free(randr_outputs); - return ret; -} - -/* - * Convert a RandR mode to a DisplayMode - */ -static void -xf86RandRModeConvert (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, - RRModePtr randr_mode, - DisplayModePtr mode) -{ - memset(mode, 0, sizeof(DisplayModeRec)); - mode->status = MODE_OK; - - mode->Clock = randr_mode->mode.dotClock / 1000; - - mode->HDisplay = randr_mode->mode.width; - mode->HSyncStart = randr_mode->mode.hSyncStart; - mode->HSyncEnd = randr_mode->mode.hSyncEnd; - mode->HTotal = randr_mode->mode.hTotal; - mode->HSkew = randr_mode->mode.hSkew; - - mode->VDisplay = randr_mode->mode.height; - mode->VSyncStart = randr_mode->mode.vSyncStart; - mode->VSyncEnd = randr_mode->mode.vSyncEnd; - mode->VTotal = randr_mode->mode.vTotal; - mode->VScan = 0; - - mode->Flags = randr_mode->mode.modeFlags & FLAG_BITS; - - xf86SetModeCrtc (mode, scrn->adjustFlags); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12CrtcSet (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc, - RRModePtr randr_mode, - int x, - int y, - Rotation rotation, - int num_randr_outputs, - RROutputPtr *randr_outputs) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate; - RRTransformPtr transform; - Bool changed = FALSE; - int o, ro; - xf86CrtcPtr *save_crtcs; - Bool save_enabled = crtc->enabled; - - if (!crtc->scrn->vtSema) - return FALSE; - - save_crtcs = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr)); - if ((randr_mode != NULL) != crtc->enabled) - changed = TRUE; - else if (randr_mode && !xf86RandRModeMatches (randr_mode, &crtc->mode)) - changed = TRUE; - - if (rotation != crtc->rotation) - changed = TRUE; - - transform = RRCrtcGetTransform (randr_crtc); - if ((transform != NULL) != crtc->transformPresent) - changed = TRUE; - else if (transform && memcmp (&transform->transform, &crtc->transform.transform, - sizeof (transform->transform)) != 0) - changed = TRUE; - - if (x != crtc->x || y != crtc->y) - changed = TRUE; - for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) - { - xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o]; - xf86CrtcPtr new_crtc; - - save_crtcs[o] = output->crtc; - - if (output->crtc == crtc) - new_crtc = NULL; - else - new_crtc = output->crtc; - for (ro = 0; ro < num_randr_outputs; ro++) - if (output->randr_output == randr_outputs[ro]) - { - new_crtc = crtc; - break; - } - if (new_crtc != output->crtc) - { - changed = TRUE; - output->crtc = new_crtc; - } - } - for (ro = 0; ro < num_randr_outputs; ro++) - if (randr_outputs[ro]->pendingProperties) - changed = TRUE; - - /* XXX need device-independent mode setting code through an API */ - if (changed) - { - crtc->enabled = randr_mode != NULL; - - if (randr_mode) - { - DisplayModeRec mode; - RRTransformPtr transform = RRCrtcGetTransform (randr_crtc); - - xf86RandRModeConvert (pScrn, randr_mode, &mode); - if (!xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, &mode, rotation, transform, x, y)) - { - crtc->enabled = save_enabled; - for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) - { - xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o]; - output->crtc = save_crtcs[o]; - } - free(save_crtcs); - return FALSE; - } - xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (crtc, pScreen->width, pScreen->height); - xf86RandR13Pan (crtc, randrp->pointerX, randrp->pointerY); - /* - * Save the last successful setting for EnterVT - */ - crtc->desiredMode = mode; - crtc->desiredRotation = rotation; - if (transform) { - crtc->desiredTransform = *transform; - crtc->desiredTransformPresent = TRUE; - } else - crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE; - - crtc->desiredX = x; - crtc->desiredY = y; - } - xf86DisableUnusedFunctions (pScrn); - } - free(save_crtcs); - return xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (randr_crtc); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12CrtcSetGamma (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc) -{ - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate; - - if (crtc->funcs->gamma_set == NULL) - return FALSE; - - if (!crtc->scrn->vtSema) - return TRUE; - - /* Realloc local gamma if needed. */ - if (randr_crtc->gammaSize != crtc->gamma_size) { - CARD16 *tmp_ptr; - tmp_ptr = realloc(crtc->gamma_red, 3 * crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - if (!tmp_ptr) - return FALSE; - crtc->gamma_red = tmp_ptr; - crtc->gamma_green = crtc->gamma_red + crtc->gamma_size; - crtc->gamma_blue = crtc->gamma_green + crtc->gamma_size; - } - - crtc->gamma_size = randr_crtc->gammaSize; - memcpy (crtc->gamma_red, randr_crtc->gammaRed, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - memcpy (crtc->gamma_green, randr_crtc->gammaGreen, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - memcpy (crtc->gamma_blue, randr_crtc->gammaBlue, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - - /* Only set it when the crtc is actually running. - * Otherwise it will be set when it's activated. - */ - if (crtc->active) - crtc->funcs->gamma_set(crtc, crtc->gamma_red, crtc->gamma_green, - crtc->gamma_blue, crtc->gamma_size); - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12CrtcGetGamma (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc) -{ - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate; - - if (!crtc->gamma_size) - return FALSE; - - if (!crtc->gamma_red || !crtc->gamma_green || !crtc->gamma_blue) - return FALSE; - - /* Realloc randr gamma if needed. */ - if (randr_crtc->gammaSize != crtc->gamma_size) { - CARD16 *tmp_ptr; - tmp_ptr = realloc(randr_crtc->gammaRed, 3 * crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - if (!tmp_ptr) - return FALSE; - randr_crtc->gammaRed = tmp_ptr; - randr_crtc->gammaGreen = randr_crtc->gammaRed + crtc->gamma_size; - randr_crtc->gammaBlue = randr_crtc->gammaGreen + crtc->gamma_size; - } - randr_crtc->gammaSize = crtc->gamma_size; - memcpy (randr_crtc->gammaRed, crtc->gamma_red, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - memcpy (randr_crtc->gammaGreen, crtc->gamma_green, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - memcpy (randr_crtc->gammaBlue, crtc->gamma_blue, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16)); - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12OutputSetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr randr_output, - Atom property, - RRPropertyValuePtr value) -{ - xf86OutputPtr output = randr_output->devPrivate; - - /* If we don't have any property handler, then we don't care what the - * user is setting properties to. - */ - if (output->funcs->set_property == NULL) - return TRUE; - - /* - * This function gets called even when vtSema is FALSE, as - * drivers will need to remember the correct value to apply - * when the VT switch occurs - */ - return output->funcs->set_property(output, property, value); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR13OutputGetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr randr_output, - Atom property) -{ - xf86OutputPtr output = randr_output->devPrivate; - - if (output->funcs->get_property == NULL) - return TRUE; - - /* Should be safe even w/o vtSema */ - return output->funcs->get_property(output, property); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12OutputValidateMode (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr randr_output, - RRModePtr randr_mode) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86OutputPtr output = randr_output->devPrivate; - DisplayModeRec mode; - - xf86RandRModeConvert (pScrn, randr_mode, &mode); - /* - * This function may be called when vtSema is FALSE, so - * the underlying function must either avoid touching the hardware - * or return FALSE when vtSema is FALSE - */ - if (output->funcs->mode_valid (output, &mode) != MODE_OK) - return FALSE; - return TRUE; -} - -static void -xf86RandR12ModeDestroy (ScreenPtr pScreen, RRModePtr randr_mode) -{ -} - -/** - * Given a list of xf86 modes and a RandR Output object, construct - * RandR modes and assign them to the output - */ -static Bool -xf86RROutputSetModes (RROutputPtr randr_output, DisplayModePtr modes) -{ - DisplayModePtr mode; - RRModePtr *rrmodes = NULL; - int nmode = 0; - int npreferred = 0; - Bool ret = TRUE; - int pref; - - for (mode = modes; mode; mode = mode->next) - nmode++; - - if (nmode) { - rrmodes = malloc(nmode * sizeof (RRModePtr)); - - if (!rrmodes) - return FALSE; - nmode = 0; - - for (pref = 1; pref >= 0; pref--) { - for (mode = modes; mode; mode = mode->next) { - if ((pref != 0) == ((mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0)) { - xRRModeInfo modeInfo; - RRModePtr rrmode; - - modeInfo.nameLength = strlen (mode->name); - modeInfo.width = mode->HDisplay; - modeInfo.dotClock = mode->Clock * 1000; - modeInfo.hSyncStart = mode->HSyncStart; - modeInfo.hSyncEnd = mode->HSyncEnd; - modeInfo.hTotal = mode->HTotal; - modeInfo.hSkew = mode->HSkew; - - modeInfo.height = mode->VDisplay; - modeInfo.vSyncStart = mode->VSyncStart; - modeInfo.vSyncEnd = mode->VSyncEnd; - modeInfo.vTotal = mode->VTotal; - modeInfo.modeFlags = mode->Flags; - - rrmode = RRModeGet (&modeInfo, mode->name); - if (rrmode) { - rrmodes[nmode++] = rrmode; - npreferred += pref; - } - } - } - } - } - - ret = RROutputSetModes (randr_output, rrmodes, nmode, npreferred); - free(rrmodes); - return ret; -} - -/* - * Mirror the current mode configuration to RandR - */ -static Bool -xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - RROutputPtr *clones; - RRCrtcPtr *crtcs; - int ncrtc; - int o, c, l; - RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc; - int nclone; - - clones = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (RROutputPtr)); - crtcs = malloc(config->num_crtc * sizeof (RRCrtcPtr)); - for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) - { - xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o]; - - ncrtc = 0; - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) - if (output->possible_crtcs & (1 << c)) - crtcs[ncrtc++] = config->crtc[c]->randr_crtc; - - if (output->crtc) - randr_crtc = output->crtc->randr_crtc; - else - randr_crtc = NULL; - - if (!RROutputSetCrtcs (output->randr_output, crtcs, ncrtc)) - { - free(crtcs); - free(clones); - return FALSE; - } - - RROutputSetPhysicalSize(output->randr_output, - output->mm_width, - output->mm_height); - xf86RROutputSetModes (output->randr_output, output->probed_modes); - - switch (output->status) { - case XF86OutputStatusConnected: - RROutputSetConnection (output->randr_output, RR_Connected); - break; - case XF86OutputStatusDisconnected: - RROutputSetConnection (output->randr_output, RR_Disconnected); - break; - case XF86OutputStatusUnknown: - RROutputSetConnection (output->randr_output, RR_UnknownConnection); - break; - } - - RROutputSetSubpixelOrder (output->randr_output, output->subpixel_order); - - /* - * Valid clones - */ - nclone = 0; - for (l = 0; l < config->num_output; l++) - { - xf86OutputPtr clone = config->output[l]; - - if (l != o && (output->possible_clones & (1 << l))) - clones[nclone++] = clone->randr_output; - } - if (!RROutputSetClones (output->randr_output, clones, nclone)) - { - free(crtcs); - free(clones); - return FALSE; - } - } - free(crtcs); - free(clones); - return TRUE; -} - - - -/* - * Query the hardware for the current state, then mirror - * that to RandR - */ -static Bool -xf86RandR12GetInfo12 (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - - if (!pScrn->vtSema) - return TRUE; - xf86ProbeOutputModes (pScrn, 0, 0); - xf86SetScrnInfoModes (pScrn); - return xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (pScreen); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12CreateObjects12 (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - int c; - int o; - - if (!RRInit ()) - return FALSE; - - /* - * Configure crtcs - */ - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c]; - - crtc->randr_crtc = RRCrtcCreate (pScreen, crtc); - RRCrtcGammaSetSize (crtc->randr_crtc, 256); - } - /* - * Configure outputs - */ - for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++) - { - xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o]; - - output->randr_output = RROutputCreate (pScreen, output->name, - strlen (output->name), - output); - - if (output->funcs->create_resources != NULL) - output->funcs->create_resources(output); - RRPostPendingProperties (output->randr_output); - } - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources12 (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - int c; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - - if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL) - return TRUE; - - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) - xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (config->crtc[c]->randr_crtc); - - RRScreenSetSizeRange (pScreen, config->minWidth, config->minHeight, - config->maxWidth, config->maxHeight); - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * Something happened within the screen configuration due - * to DGA, VidMode or hot key. Tell RandR - */ - -void -xf86RandR12TellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - int c; - - if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL) - return; - - xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (pScreen); - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) - xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (config->crtc[c]->randr_crtc); - - RRTellChanged (pScreen); -} - -static void -xf86RandR12PointerMoved (int scrnIndex, int x, int y) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnIndex]; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen); - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - int c; - - randrp->pointerX = x; - randrp->pointerY = y; - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) - xf86RandR13Pan (config->crtc[c], x, y); -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR13GetPanning (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc, - BoxPtr totalArea, - BoxPtr trackingArea, - INT16 *border) -{ - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate; - - if (crtc->version < 2) - return FALSE; - if (totalArea) - memcpy (totalArea, &crtc->panningTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - if (trackingArea) - memcpy (trackingArea, &crtc->panningTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - if (border) - memcpy (border, crtc->panningBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16)); - - return TRUE; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR13SetPanning (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc, - BoxPtr totalArea, - BoxPtr trackingArea, - INT16 *border) -{ - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate; - BoxRec oldTotalArea; - BoxRec oldTrackingArea; - INT16 oldBorder[4]; - - - if (crtc->version < 2) - return FALSE; - - memcpy (&oldTotalArea, &crtc->panningTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - memcpy (&oldTrackingArea, &crtc->panningTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - memcpy (oldBorder, crtc->panningBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16)); - - if (totalArea) - memcpy (&crtc->panningTotalArea, totalArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - if (trackingArea) - memcpy (&crtc->panningTrackingArea, trackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - if (border) - memcpy (crtc->panningBorder, border, 4*sizeof(INT16)); - - if (xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (crtc, pScreen->width, pScreen->height)) { - xf86RandR13Pan (crtc, randrp->pointerX, randrp->pointerY); - return TRUE; - } else { - /* Restore old settings */ - memcpy (&crtc->panningTotalArea, &oldTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - memcpy (&crtc->panningTrackingArea, &oldTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec)); - memcpy (crtc->panningBorder, oldBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16)); - return FALSE; - } -} - -/* - * Compatibility with XF86VidMode's gamma changer. This necessarily clobbers - * any per-crtc setup. You asked for it... - */ - -static void -gamma_to_ramp(float gamma, CARD16 *ramp, int size) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < size; i++) { - if (gamma == 1.0) - ramp[i] = i << 8; - else - ramp[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i / (double)(size - 1), 1. / gamma) - * (double)(size - 1) * 256); - } -} - -static int -xf86RandR12ChangeGamma(int scrnIndex, Gamma gamma) -{ - CARD16 *points, *red, *green, *blue; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - RRCrtcPtr crtc = xf86CompatRRCrtc(pScrn); - int size; - - if (!crtc) - return Success; - - size = max(0, crtc->gammaSize); - if (!size) - return Success; - - points = calloc(size, 3 * sizeof(CARD16)); - if (!points) - return BadAlloc; - - red = points; - green = points + size; - blue = points + 2 * size; - - gamma_to_ramp(gamma.red, red, size); - gamma_to_ramp(gamma.green, green, size); - gamma_to_ramp(gamma.blue, blue, size); - RRCrtcGammaSet(crtc, red, green, blue); - - free(points); - - pScrn->gamma = gamma; - - return Success; -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12EnterVT (int screen_index, int flags) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen_index]; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[screen_index]; - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - rrScrPrivPtr rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen); - Bool ret; - - if (randrp->orig_EnterVT) { - pScrn->EnterVT = randrp->orig_EnterVT; - ret = pScrn->EnterVT (screen_index, flags); - randrp->orig_EnterVT = pScrn->EnterVT; - pScrn->EnterVT = xf86RandR12EnterVT; - if (!ret) - return FALSE; - } - - /* reload gamma */ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < rp->numCrtcs; i++) - xf86RandR12CrtcSetGamma(pScreen, rp->crtcs[i]); - - return RRGetInfo (pScreen, TRUE); /* force a re-probe of outputs and notify clients about changes */ -} - -static Bool -xf86RandR12Init12 (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - rrScrPrivPtr rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen); - XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen); - int i; - - rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandR12GetInfo12; - rp->rrScreenSetSize = xf86RandR12ScreenSetSize; - rp->rrCrtcSet = xf86RandR12CrtcSet; - rp->rrCrtcSetGamma = xf86RandR12CrtcSetGamma; - rp->rrCrtcGetGamma = xf86RandR12CrtcGetGamma; - rp->rrOutputSetProperty = xf86RandR12OutputSetProperty; - rp->rrOutputValidateMode = xf86RandR12OutputValidateMode; -#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE - rp->rrOutputGetProperty = xf86RandR13OutputGetProperty; - rp->rrGetPanning = xf86RandR13GetPanning; - rp->rrSetPanning = xf86RandR13SetPanning; -#endif - rp->rrModeDestroy = xf86RandR12ModeDestroy; - rp->rrSetConfig = NULL; - pScrn->PointerMoved = xf86RandR12PointerMoved; - pScrn->ChangeGamma = xf86RandR12ChangeGamma; - - randrp->orig_EnterVT = pScrn->EnterVT; - pScrn->EnterVT = xf86RandR12EnterVT; - - if (!xf86RandR12CreateObjects12 (pScreen)) - return FALSE; - - /* - * Configure output modes - */ - if (!xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (pScreen)) - return FALSE; - for (i = 0; i < rp->numCrtcs; i++) { - xf86RandR12CrtcGetGamma(pScreen, rp->crtcs[i]); - } - return TRUE; -} - -#endif - -Bool -xf86RandR12PreInit (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - return TRUE; -} +/*
+ * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include <randrstr.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/render.h>
+
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+#include "xf86RandR12.h"
+
+typedef struct _xf86RandR12Info {
+ int virtualX;
+ int virtualY;
+ int mmWidth;
+ int mmHeight;
+ int maxX;
+ int maxY;
+ int pointerX;
+ int pointerY;
+ Rotation rotation; /* current mode */
+ Rotation supported_rotations; /* driver supported */
+
+ /* Used to wrap EnterVT so we can re-probe the outputs when a laptop unsuspends
+ * (actually, any time that we switch back into our VT).
+ *
+ * See https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21554
+ */
+ xf86EnterVTProc *orig_EnterVT;
+} XF86RandRInfoRec, *XF86RandRInfoPtr;
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+static Bool xf86RandR12Init12 (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static Bool xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources12 (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+#endif
+
+static int xf86RandR12Generation;
+
+static DevPrivateKeyRec xf86RandR12KeyRec;
+static DevPrivateKey xf86RandR12Key;
+#define XF86RANDRINFO(p) ((XF86RandRInfoPtr) \
+ dixLookupPrivate(&(p)->devPrivates, xf86RandR12Key))
+
+
+static int
+xf86RandR12ModeRefresh (DisplayModePtr mode)
+{
+ if (mode->VRefresh)
+ return (int) (mode->VRefresh + 0.5);
+ else
+ return (int) (mode->Clock * 1000.0 / mode->HTotal / mode->VTotal + 0.5);
+}
+
+/* Adapt panning area; return TRUE if panning area was valid without adaption */
+static int
+xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int screenWidth, int screenHeight)
+{
+ int ret = TRUE;
+
+ if (crtc->version < 2)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) {
+ /* Panning in X is disabled */
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 || crtc->panningTotalArea.x2)
+ /* Illegal configuration -> fail/disable */
+ ret = FALSE;
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 = 0;
+ crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1 = crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 = 0;
+ crtc->panningBorder[0] = crtc->panningBorder[2] = 0;
+ } else {
+ /* Panning in X is enabled */
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 < 0) {
+ /* Panning region outside screen -> move inside */
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.x1;
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 = 0;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 < crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 + crtc->mode.HDisplay) {
+ /* Panning region smaller than displayed area -> crop to displayed area */
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 = crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 + crtc->mode.HDisplay;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > screenWidth) {
+ /* Panning region larger than screen -> move inside, then crop to screen */
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - screenWidth;
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 = screenWidth;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 < 0)
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 = 0;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningBorder[0] + crtc->panningBorder[2] > crtc->mode.HDisplay) {
+ /* Borders too large -> set to 0 */
+ crtc->panningBorder[0] = crtc->panningBorder[2] = 0;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) {
+ /* Panning in Y is disabled */
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 || crtc->panningTotalArea.y2)
+ /* Illegal configuration -> fail/disable */
+ ret = FALSE;
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 = 0;
+ crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1 = crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 = 0;
+ crtc->panningBorder[1] = crtc->panningBorder[3] = 0;
+ } else {
+ /* Panning in Y is enabled */
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 < 0) {
+ /* Panning region outside screen -> move inside */
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.y1;
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 = 0;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 < crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 + crtc->mode.VDisplay) {
+ /* Panning region smaller than displayed area -> crop to displayed area */
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 = crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 + crtc->mode.VDisplay;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > screenHeight) {
+ /* Panning region larger than screen -> move inside, then crop to screen */
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 -= crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - screenHeight;
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 = screenHeight;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 < 0)
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y1 = 0;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningBorder[1] + crtc->panningBorder[3] > crtc->mode.VDisplay) {
+ /* Borders too large -> set to 0 */
+ crtc->panningBorder[1] = crtc->panningBorder[3] = 0;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The heart of the panning operation:
+ *
+ * Given a frame buffer position (fb_x, fb_y),
+ * and a crtc position (crtc_x, crtc_y),
+ * and a transform matrix which maps frame buffer to crtc,
+ * compute a panning position (pan_x, pan_y) that
+ * makes the resulting transform line those two up
+ */
+
+static void
+xf86ComputeCrtcPan (Bool transform_in_use,
+ struct pixman_f_transform *m,
+ double screen_x, double screen_y,
+ double crtc_x, double crtc_y,
+ int old_pan_x, int old_pan_y,
+ int *new_pan_x, int *new_pan_y)
+{
+ if (transform_in_use) {
+ /*
+ * Given the current transform, M, the current position
+ * on the Screen, S, and the desired position on the CRTC,
+ * C, compute a translation, T, such that:
+ *
+ * M T S = C
+ *
+ * where T is of the form
+ *
+ * | 1 0 dx |
+ * | 0 1 dy |
+ * | 0 0 1 |
+ *
+ * M T S =
+ * | M00 Sx + M01 Sy + M00 dx + M01 dy + M02 | | Cx F |
+ * | M10 Sx + M11 Sy + M10 dx + M11 dy + M12 | = | Cy F |
+ * | M20 Sx + M21 Sy + M20 dx + M21 dy + M22 | | F |
+ *
+ * R = M S
+ *
+ * Cx F = M00 dx + M01 dy + R0
+ * Cy F = M10 dx + M11 dy + R1
+ * F = M20 dx + M21 dy + R2
+ *
+ * Zero out dx, then dy
+ *
+ * F (Cx M10 - Cy M00) =
+ * (M10 M01 - M00 M11) dy + M10 R0 - M00 R1
+ * F (M10 - Cy M20) =
+ * (M10 M21 - M20 M11) dy + M10 R2 - M20 R1
+ *
+ * F (Cx M11 - Cy M01) =
+ * (M11 M00 - M01 M10) dx + M11 R0 - M01 R1
+ * F (M11 - Cy M21) =
+ * (M11 M20 - M21 M10) dx + M11 R2 - M21 R1
+ *
+ * Make some temporaries
+ *
+ * T = | Cx M10 - Cy M00 |
+ * | Cx M11 - Cy M01 |
+ *
+ * U = | M10 M01 - M00 M11 |
+ * | M11 M00 - M01 M10 |
+ *
+ * Q = | M10 R0 - M00 R1 |
+ * | M11 R0 - M01 R1 |
+ *
+ * P = | M10 - Cy M20 |
+ * | M11 - Cy M21 |
+ *
+ * W = | M10 M21 - M20 M11 |
+ * | M11 M20 - M21 M10 |
+ *
+ * V = | M10 R2 - M20 R1 |
+ * | M11 R2 - M21 R1 |
+ *
+ * Rewrite:
+ *
+ * F T0 = U0 dy + Q0
+ * F P0 = W0 dy + V0
+ * F T1 = U1 dx + Q1
+ * F P1 = W1 dx + V1
+ *
+ * Solve for F (two ways)
+ *
+ * F (W0 T0 - U0 P0) = W0 Q0 - U0 V0
+ *
+ * W0 Q0 - U0 V0
+ * F = -------------
+ * W0 T0 - U0 P0
+ *
+ * F (W1 T1 - U1 P1) = W1 Q1 - U1 V1
+ *
+ * W1 Q1 - U1 V1
+ * F = -------------
+ * W1 T1 - U1 P1
+ *
+ * We'll use which ever solution works (denominator != 0)
+ *
+ * Finally, solve for dx and dy:
+ *
+ * dx = (F T1 - Q1) / U1
+ * dx = (F P1 - V1) / W1
+ *
+ * dy = (F T0 - Q0) / U0
+ * dy = (F P0 - V0) / W0
+ */
+ double r[3];
+ double q[2], u[2], t[2], v[2], w[2], p[2];
+ double f;
+ struct pict_f_vector d;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Get the un-normalized crtc coordinates again */
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ r[i] = m->m[i][0] * screen_x + m->m[i][1] * screen_y + m->m[i][2];
+
+ /* Combine values into temporaries */
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ q[i] = m->m[1][i] * r[0] - m->m[0][i] * r[1];
+ u[i] = m->m[1][i] * m->m[0][1-i] - m->m[0][i] * m->m[1][1-i];
+ t[i] = m->m[1][i] * crtc_x - m->m[0][i] * crtc_y;
+
+ v[i] = m->m[1][i] * r[2] - m->m[2][i] * r[1];
+ w[i] = m->m[1][i] * m->m[2][1-i] - m->m[2][i] * m->m[1][1-i];
+ p[i] = m->m[1][i] - m->m[2][i] * crtc_y;
+ }
+
+ /* Find a way to compute f */
+ f = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ double a = w[i] * q[i] - u[i] * v[i];
+ double b = w[i] * t[i] - u[i] * p[i];
+ if (b != 0) {
+ f = a/b;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Solve for the resulting transform vector */
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ if (u[i])
+ d.v[1-i] = (t[i] * f - q[i]) / u[i];
+ else if (w[1])
+ d.v[1-i] = (p[i] * f - v[i]) / w[i];
+ else
+ d.v[1-i] = 0;
+ }
+ *new_pan_x = old_pan_x - floor (d.v[0] + 0.5);
+ *new_pan_y = old_pan_y - floor (d.v[1] + 0.5);
+ } else {
+ *new_pan_x = screen_x - crtc_x;
+ *new_pan_y = screen_y - crtc_y;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+xf86RandR13Pan (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y)
+{
+ int newX, newY;
+ int width, height;
+ Bool panned = FALSE;
+
+ if (crtc->version < 2)
+ return;
+
+ if (! crtc->enabled ||
+ (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 &&
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 <= crtc->panningTotalArea.y1))
+ return;
+
+ newX = crtc->x;
+ newY = crtc->y;
+ width = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
+ height = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
+
+ if ((crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 <= crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1 ||
+ (x >= crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1 && x < crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2)) &&
+ (crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 <= crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1 ||
+ (y >= crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1 && y < crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2)))
+ {
+ struct pict_f_vector c;
+
+ /*
+ * Pre-clip the mouse position to the panning area so that we don't
+ * push the crtc outside. This doesn't deal with changes to the
+ * panning values, only mouse position changes.
+ */
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1)
+ {
+ if (x < crtc->panningTotalArea.x1)
+ x = crtc->panningTotalArea.x1;
+ if (x >= crtc->panningTotalArea.x2)
+ x = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - 1;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1)
+ {
+ if (y < crtc->panningTotalArea.y1)
+ y = crtc->panningTotalArea.y1;
+ if (y >= crtc->panningTotalArea.y2)
+ y = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - 1;
+ }
+
+ c.v[0] = x;
+ c.v[1] = y;
+ c.v[2] = 1.0;
+ if (crtc->transform_in_use) {
+ pixman_f_transform_point(&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &c);
+ } else {
+ c.v[0] -= crtc->x;
+ c.v[1] -= crtc->y;
+ }
+
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) {
+ if (c.v[0] < crtc->panningBorder[0]) {
+ c.v[0] = crtc->panningBorder[0];
+ panned = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (c.v[0] >= width - crtc->panningBorder[2]) {
+ c.v[0] = width - crtc->panningBorder[2] - 1;
+ panned = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) {
+ if (c.v[1] < crtc->panningBorder[1]) {
+ c.v[1] = crtc->panningBorder[1];
+ panned = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (c.v[1] >= height - crtc->panningBorder[3]) {
+ c.v[1] = height - crtc->panningBorder[3] - 1;
+ panned = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (panned)
+ xf86ComputeCrtcPan (crtc->transform_in_use,
+ &crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc,
+ x, y, c.v[0], c.v[1],
+ newX, newY, &newX, &newY);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Ensure that the crtc is within the panning region.
+ *
+ * XXX This computation only works when we do not have a transform
+ * in use.
+ */
+ if (!crtc->transform_in_use)
+ {
+ /* Validate against [xy]1 after [xy]2, to be sure that results are > 0 for [xy]1 > 0 */
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1) {
+ if (newX > crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - width)
+ newX = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 - width;
+ if (newX < crtc->panningTotalArea.x1)
+ newX = crtc->panningTotalArea.x1;
+ }
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) {
+ if (newY > crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - height)
+ newY = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 - height;
+ if (newY < crtc->panningTotalArea.y1)
+ newY = crtc->panningTotalArea.y1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (newX != crtc->x || newY != crtc->y)
+ xf86CrtcSetOrigin (crtc, newX, newY);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12GetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations)
+{
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize;
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ int refresh0 = 60;
+ int maxX = 0, maxY = 0;
+
+ *rotations = randrp->supported_rotations;
+
+ if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1)
+ {
+ randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX;
+ randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY;
+ }
+
+ /* Re-probe the outputs for new monitors or modes */
+ if (scrp->vtSema)
+ {
+ xf86ProbeOutputModes (scrp, 0, 0);
+ xf86SetScrnInfoModes (scrp);
+ }
+
+ for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ int refresh = xf86RandR12ModeRefresh (mode);
+ if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0)
+ {
+ if (maxX < mode->HDisplay)
+ maxX = mode->HDisplay;
+ if (maxY < mode->VDisplay)
+ maxY = mode->VDisplay;
+ }
+ if (mode == scrp->modes)
+ refresh0 = refresh;
+ pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen,
+ mode->HDisplay, mode->VDisplay,
+ randrp->mmWidth, randrp->mmHeight);
+ if (!pSize)
+ return FALSE;
+ RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh);
+
+ if (xf86ModesEqual(mode, scrp->currentMode))
+ {
+ RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh, pSize);
+ }
+ if (mode->next == scrp->modes)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0)
+ {
+ randrp->maxX = maxX;
+ randrp->maxY = maxY;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12SetMode (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ DisplayModePtr mode,
+ Bool useVirtual,
+ int mmWidth,
+ int mmHeight)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ int oldWidth = pScreen->width;
+ int oldHeight = pScreen->height;
+ int oldmmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+ int oldmmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+ WindowPtr pRoot = pScreen->root;
+ DisplayModePtr currentMode = NULL;
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+
+ if (pRoot)
+ (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE);
+ if (useVirtual)
+ {
+ scrp->virtualX = randrp->virtualX;
+ scrp->virtualY = randrp->virtualY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ scrp->virtualX = mode->HDisplay;
+ scrp->virtualY = mode->VDisplay;
+ }
+
+ if(randrp->rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270))
+ {
+ /* If the screen is rotated 90 or 270 degrees, swap the sizes. */
+ pScreen->width = scrp->virtualY;
+ pScreen->height = scrp->virtualX;
+ pScreen->mmWidth = mmHeight;
+ pScreen->mmHeight = mmWidth;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pScreen->width = scrp->virtualX;
+ pScreen->height = scrp->virtualY;
+ pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth;
+ pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight;
+ }
+ if (scrp->currentMode == mode) {
+ /* Save current mode */
+ currentMode = scrp->currentMode;
+ /* Reset, just so we ensure the drivers SwitchMode is called */
+ scrp->currentMode = NULL;
+ }
+ /*
+ * We know that if the driver failed to SwitchMode to the rotated
+ * version, then it should revert back to it's prior mode.
+ */
+ if (!xf86SwitchMode (pScreen, mode))
+ {
+ ret = FALSE;
+ scrp->virtualX = pScreen->width = oldWidth;
+ scrp->virtualY = pScreen->height = oldHeight;
+ pScreen->mmWidth = oldmmWidth;
+ pScreen->mmHeight = oldmmHeight;
+ scrp->currentMode = currentMode;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure the layout is correct
+ */
+ xf86ReconfigureLayout();
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure the whole screen is visible
+ */
+ xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width, pScreen->height);
+ xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0);
+ if (pRoot)
+ (*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86RandR12SetConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int rate,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ int pos[MAXDEVICES][2];
+ Bool useVirtual = FALSE;
+ int maxX = 0, maxY = 0;
+ Rotation oldRotation = randrp->rotation;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Bool view_adjusted = FALSE;
+
+ randrp->rotation = rotation;
+
+ if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1)
+ {
+ randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX;
+ randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY;
+ }
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ continue;
+
+ miPointerGetPosition(dev, &pos[dev->id][0], &pos[dev->id][1]);
+ }
+
+ for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next)
+ {
+ if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0)
+ {
+ if (maxX < mode->HDisplay)
+ maxX = mode->HDisplay;
+ if (maxY < mode->VDisplay)
+ maxY = mode->VDisplay;
+ }
+ if (mode->HDisplay == pSize->width &&
+ mode->VDisplay == pSize->height &&
+ (rate == 0 || xf86RandR12ModeRefresh (mode) == rate))
+ break;
+ if (mode->next == scrp->modes)
+ {
+ if (pSize->width == randrp->virtualX &&
+ pSize->height == randrp->virtualY)
+ {
+ mode = scrp->modes;
+ useVirtual = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0)
+ {
+ randrp->maxX = maxX;
+ randrp->maxY = maxY;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (randrp->maxX == 0 || randrp->maxY == 0)
+ {
+ randrp->maxX = maxX;
+ randrp->maxY = maxY;
+ }
+
+ if (!xf86RandR12SetMode (pScreen, mode, useVirtual, pSize->mmWidth,
+ pSize->mmHeight)) {
+ randrp->rotation = oldRotation;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Move the cursor back where it belongs; SwitchMode repositions it
+ * FIXME: duplicated code, see modes/xf86RandR12.c
+ */
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ continue;
+
+ if (pScreen == miPointerGetScreen(dev)) {
+ int px = pos[dev->id][0];
+ int py = pos[dev->id][1];
+
+ px = (px >= pScreen->width ? (pScreen->width - 1) : px);
+ py = (py >= pScreen->height ? (pScreen->height - 1) : py);
+
+ /* Setting the viewpoint makes only sense on one device */
+ if (!view_adjusted && IsMaster(dev)) {
+ xf86SetViewport(pScreen, px, py);
+ view_adjusted = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (dev, pScreen, px, py, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12ScreenSetSize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height,
+ CARD32 mmWidth,
+ CARD32 mmHeight)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ WindowPtr pRoot = pScreen->root;
+ PixmapPtr pScrnPix;
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+ int c;
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Key) {
+ if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1)
+ {
+ randrp->virtualX = pScrn->virtualX;
+ randrp->virtualY = pScrn->virtualY;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pRoot && pScrn->vtSema)
+ (*pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE);
+
+ /* Let the driver update virtualX and virtualY */
+ if (!(*config->funcs->resize)(pScrn, width, height))
+ goto finish;
+
+ ret = TRUE;
+ /* Update panning information */
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.x1 ||
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTotalArea.y1) {
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1)
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 += width - pScreen->width;
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1)
+ crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 += height - pScreen->height;
+ if (crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.x1)
+ crtc->panningTrackingArea.x2 += width - pScreen->width;
+ if (crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 > crtc->panningTrackingArea.y1)
+ crtc->panningTrackingArea.y2 += height - pScreen->height;
+ xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (crtc, width, height);
+ xf86RandR13Pan (crtc, randrp->pointerX, randrp->pointerY);
+ }
+ }
+
+ pScrnPix = (*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen);
+ pScreen->width = pScrnPix->drawable.width = width;
+ pScreen->height = pScrnPix->drawable.height = height;
+ randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth;
+ randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight;
+
+ xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width-1, pScreen->height-1);
+ xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0);
+
+finish:
+ if (pRoot && pScrn->vtSema)
+ (*pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE);
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ if (xf86RandR12Key && pScreen->root && ret)
+ RRScreenSizeNotify (pScreen);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+Rotation
+xf86RandR12GetRotation(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+
+ return randrp->rotation;
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config;
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
+ int c;
+ int width, height;
+ int mmWidth, mmHeight;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ return TRUE;
+#endif
+
+ config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ /*
+ * Compute size of screen
+ */
+ width = 0; height = 0;
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+ int crtc_width = crtc->x + xf86ModeWidth (&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation);
+ int crtc_height = crtc->y + xf86ModeHeight (&crtc->mode, crtc->rotation);
+
+ if (crtc->enabled) {
+ if (crtc_width > width)
+ width = crtc_width;
+ if (crtc_height > height)
+ height = crtc_height;
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.x2 > width)
+ width = crtc->panningTotalArea.x2;
+ if (crtc->panningTotalArea.y2 > height)
+ height = crtc->panningTotalArea.y2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (width && height)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Compute physical size of screen
+ */
+ if (monitorResolution)
+ {
+ mmWidth = width * 25.4 / monitorResolution;
+ mmHeight = height * 25.4 / monitorResolution;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn);
+
+ if (output &&
+ output->conf_monitor &&
+ (output->conf_monitor->mon_width > 0 &&
+ output->conf_monitor->mon_height > 0))
+ {
+ /*
+ * Prefer user configured DisplaySize
+ */
+ mmWidth = output->conf_monitor->mon_width;
+ mmHeight = output->conf_monitor->mon_height;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * Otherwise, just set the screen to DEFAULT_DPI
+ */
+ mmWidth = width * 25.4 / DEFAULT_DPI;
+ mmHeight = height * 25.4 / DEFAULT_DPI;
+ }
+ }
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+ "Setting screen physical size to %d x %d\n",
+ mmWidth, mmHeight);
+ /*
+ * This is the initial setting of the screen size.
+ * We have to pre-set it here, otherwise panning would be adapted
+ * to the new screen size.
+ */
+ pScreen->width = width;
+ pScreen->height = height;
+ xf86RandR12ScreenSetSize (pScreen,
+ width,
+ height,
+ mmWidth,
+ mmHeight);
+ }
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (randrp->virtualX == -1 || randrp->virtualY == -1)
+ {
+ randrp->virtualX = pScrn->virtualX;
+ randrp->virtualY = pScrn->virtualY;
+ }
+ xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (pScreen);
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ if (xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources12 (pScreen))
+ return TRUE;
+#endif
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+xf86RandR12Init (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ rrScrPrivPtr rp;
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ if (xf86NumScreens == 1)
+ noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE;
+ else
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Generation != serverGeneration)
+ xf86RandR12Generation = serverGeneration;
+
+ xf86RandR12Key = &xf86RandR12KeyRec;
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86RandR12KeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ randrp = malloc(sizeof (XF86RandRInfoRec));
+ if (!randrp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!RRScreenInit(pScreen))
+ {
+ free(randrp);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+ rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandR12GetInfo;
+ rp->rrSetConfig = xf86RandR12SetConfig;
+
+ randrp->virtualX = -1;
+ randrp->virtualY = -1;
+ randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+ randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+
+ randrp->rotation = RR_Rotate_0; /* initial rotated mode */
+
+ randrp->supported_rotations = RR_Rotate_0;
+
+ randrp->maxX = randrp->maxY = 0;
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandR12Key, randrp);
+
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ if (!xf86RandR12Init12 (pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+#endif
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+xf86RandR12CloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]->EnterVT = randrp->orig_EnterVT;
+#endif
+
+ free(randrp);
+}
+
+void
+xf86RandR12SetRotations (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation rotations)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ int c;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+#endif
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ RRCrtcSetRotations (crtc->randr_crtc, rotations);
+ }
+#endif
+ randrp->supported_rotations = rotations;
+}
+
+void
+xf86RandR12SetTransformSupport (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool transforms)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
+#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ int c;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+#endif
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (crtc->randr_crtc, transforms);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+xf86RandR12GetOriginalVirtualSize(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int *x, int *y)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[pScrn->scrnIndex];
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Generation != serverGeneration ||
+ XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen)->virtualX == -1)
+ {
+ *x = pScrn->virtualX;
+ *y = pScrn->virtualY;
+ } else {
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+
+ *x = randrp->virtualX;
+ *y = randrp->virtualY;
+ }
+}
+
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+
+#define FLAG_BITS (RR_HSyncPositive | \
+ RR_HSyncNegative | \
+ RR_VSyncPositive | \
+ RR_VSyncNegative | \
+ RR_Interlace | \
+ RR_DoubleScan | \
+ RR_CSync | \
+ RR_CSyncPositive | \
+ RR_CSyncNegative | \
+ RR_HSkewPresent | \
+ RR_BCast | \
+ RR_PixelMultiplex | \
+ RR_DoubleClock | \
+ RR_ClockDivideBy2)
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandRModeMatches (RRModePtr randr_mode,
+ DisplayModePtr mode)
+{
+#if 0
+ if (match_name)
+ {
+ /* check for same name */
+ int len = strlen (mode->name);
+ if (randr_mode->mode.nameLength != len) return FALSE;
+ if (memcmp (randr_mode->name, mode->name, len) != 0) return FALSE;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* check for same timings */
+ if (randr_mode->mode.dotClock / 1000 != mode->Clock) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.width != mode->HDisplay) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.hSyncStart != mode->HSyncStart) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.hSyncEnd != mode->HSyncEnd) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.hTotal != mode->HTotal) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.hSkew != mode->HSkew) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.height != mode->VDisplay) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.vSyncStart != mode->VSyncStart) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.vSyncEnd != mode->VSyncEnd) return FALSE;
+ if (randr_mode->mode.vTotal != mode->VTotal) return FALSE;
+
+ /* check for same flags (using only the XF86 valid flag bits) */
+ if ((randr_mode->mode.modeFlags & FLAG_BITS) != (mode->Flags & FLAG_BITS))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* everything matches */
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = randr_crtc->pScreen;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ RRModePtr randr_mode = NULL;
+ int x;
+ int y;
+ Rotation rotation;
+ int numOutputs;
+ RROutputPtr *randr_outputs;
+ RROutputPtr randr_output;
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate;
+ xf86OutputPtr output;
+ int i, j;
+ DisplayModePtr mode = &crtc->mode;
+ Bool ret;
+
+ randr_outputs = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
+ if (!randr_outputs)
+ return FALSE;
+ x = crtc->x;
+ y = crtc->y;
+ rotation = crtc->rotation;
+ numOutputs = 0;
+ randr_mode = NULL;
+ for (i = 0; i < config->num_output; i++)
+ {
+ output = config->output[i];
+ if (output->crtc == crtc)
+ {
+ randr_output = output->randr_output;
+ randr_outputs[numOutputs++] = randr_output;
+ /*
+ * We make copies of modes, so pointer equality
+ * isn't sufficient
+ */
+ for (j = 0; j < randr_output->numModes + randr_output->numUserModes; j++)
+ {
+ RRModePtr m = (j < randr_output->numModes ?
+ randr_output->modes[j] :
+ randr_output->userModes[j-randr_output->numModes]);
+
+ if (xf86RandRModeMatches (m, mode))
+ {
+ randr_mode = m;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ ret = RRCrtcNotify (randr_crtc, randr_mode, x, y,
+ rotation,
+ crtc->transformPresent ? &crtc->transform : NULL,
+ numOutputs, randr_outputs);
+ free(randr_outputs);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert a RandR mode to a DisplayMode
+ */
+static void
+xf86RandRModeConvert (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
+ RRModePtr randr_mode,
+ DisplayModePtr mode)
+{
+ memset(mode, 0, sizeof(DisplayModeRec));
+ mode->status = MODE_OK;
+
+ mode->Clock = randr_mode->mode.dotClock / 1000;
+
+ mode->HDisplay = randr_mode->mode.width;
+ mode->HSyncStart = randr_mode->mode.hSyncStart;
+ mode->HSyncEnd = randr_mode->mode.hSyncEnd;
+ mode->HTotal = randr_mode->mode.hTotal;
+ mode->HSkew = randr_mode->mode.hSkew;
+
+ mode->VDisplay = randr_mode->mode.height;
+ mode->VSyncStart = randr_mode->mode.vSyncStart;
+ mode->VSyncEnd = randr_mode->mode.vSyncEnd;
+ mode->VTotal = randr_mode->mode.vTotal;
+ mode->VScan = 0;
+
+ mode->Flags = randr_mode->mode.modeFlags & FLAG_BITS;
+
+ xf86SetModeCrtc (mode, scrn->adjustFlags);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12CrtcSet (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc,
+ RRModePtr randr_mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int num_randr_outputs,
+ RROutputPtr *randr_outputs)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate;
+ RRTransformPtr transform;
+ Bool changed = FALSE;
+ int o, ro;
+ xf86CrtcPtr *save_crtcs;
+ Bool save_enabled = crtc->enabled;
+
+ if (!crtc->scrn->vtSema)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ save_crtcs = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (xf86CrtcPtr));
+ if ((randr_mode != NULL) != crtc->enabled)
+ changed = TRUE;
+ else if (randr_mode && !xf86RandRModeMatches (randr_mode, &crtc->mode))
+ changed = TRUE;
+
+ if (rotation != crtc->rotation)
+ changed = TRUE;
+
+ transform = RRCrtcGetTransform (randr_crtc);
+ if ((transform != NULL) != crtc->transformPresent)
+ changed = TRUE;
+ else if (transform && memcmp (&transform->transform, &crtc->transform.transform,
+ sizeof (transform->transform)) != 0)
+ changed = TRUE;
+
+ if (x != crtc->x || y != crtc->y)
+ changed = TRUE;
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ xf86CrtcPtr new_crtc;
+
+ save_crtcs[o] = output->crtc;
+
+ if (output->crtc == crtc)
+ new_crtc = NULL;
+ else
+ new_crtc = output->crtc;
+ for (ro = 0; ro < num_randr_outputs; ro++)
+ if (output->randr_output == randr_outputs[ro])
+ {
+ new_crtc = crtc;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (new_crtc != output->crtc)
+ {
+ changed = TRUE;
+ output->crtc = new_crtc;
+ }
+ }
+ for (ro = 0; ro < num_randr_outputs; ro++)
+ if (randr_outputs[ro]->pendingProperties)
+ changed = TRUE;
+
+ /* XXX need device-independent mode setting code through an API */
+ if (changed)
+ {
+ crtc->enabled = randr_mode != NULL;
+
+ if (randr_mode)
+ {
+ DisplayModeRec mode;
+ RRTransformPtr transform = RRCrtcGetTransform (randr_crtc);
+
+ xf86RandRModeConvert (pScrn, randr_mode, &mode);
+ if (!xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (crtc, &mode, rotation, transform, x, y))
+ {
+ crtc->enabled = save_enabled;
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+ output->crtc = save_crtcs[o];
+ }
+ free(save_crtcs);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (crtc, pScreen->width, pScreen->height);
+ xf86RandR13Pan (crtc, randrp->pointerX, randrp->pointerY);
+ /*
+ * Save the last successful setting for EnterVT
+ */
+ crtc->desiredMode = mode;
+ crtc->desiredRotation = rotation;
+ if (transform) {
+ crtc->desiredTransform = *transform;
+ crtc->desiredTransformPresent = TRUE;
+ } else
+ crtc->desiredTransformPresent = FALSE;
+
+ crtc->desiredX = x;
+ crtc->desiredY = y;
+ }
+ xf86DisableUnusedFunctions (pScrn);
+ }
+ free(save_crtcs);
+ return xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (randr_crtc);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12CrtcSetGamma (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc)
+{
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate;
+
+ if (crtc->funcs->gamma_set == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!crtc->scrn->vtSema)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* Realloc local gamma if needed. */
+ if (randr_crtc->gammaSize != crtc->gamma_size) {
+ CARD16 *tmp_ptr;
+ tmp_ptr = realloc(crtc->gamma_red, 3 * crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ if (!tmp_ptr)
+ return FALSE;
+ crtc->gamma_red = tmp_ptr;
+ crtc->gamma_green = crtc->gamma_red + crtc->gamma_size;
+ crtc->gamma_blue = crtc->gamma_green + crtc->gamma_size;
+ }
+
+ crtc->gamma_size = randr_crtc->gammaSize;
+ memcpy (crtc->gamma_red, randr_crtc->gammaRed, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (crtc->gamma_green, randr_crtc->gammaGreen, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (crtc->gamma_blue, randr_crtc->gammaBlue, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+
+ /* Only set it when the crtc is actually running.
+ * Otherwise it will be set when it's activated.
+ */
+ if (crtc->active)
+ crtc->funcs->gamma_set(crtc, crtc->gamma_red, crtc->gamma_green,
+ crtc->gamma_blue, crtc->gamma_size);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12CrtcGetGamma (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc)
+{
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate;
+
+ if (!crtc->gamma_size)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!crtc->gamma_red || !crtc->gamma_green || !crtc->gamma_blue)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Realloc randr gamma if needed. */
+ if (randr_crtc->gammaSize != crtc->gamma_size) {
+ CARD16 *tmp_ptr;
+ tmp_ptr = realloc(randr_crtc->gammaRed, 3 * crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ if (!tmp_ptr)
+ return FALSE;
+ randr_crtc->gammaRed = tmp_ptr;
+ randr_crtc->gammaGreen = randr_crtc->gammaRed + crtc->gamma_size;
+ randr_crtc->gammaBlue = randr_crtc->gammaGreen + crtc->gamma_size;
+ }
+ randr_crtc->gammaSize = crtc->gamma_size;
+ memcpy (randr_crtc->gammaRed, crtc->gamma_red, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (randr_crtc->gammaGreen, crtc->gamma_green, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+ memcpy (randr_crtc->gammaBlue, crtc->gamma_blue, crtc->gamma_size * sizeof (CARD16));
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12OutputSetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr randr_output,
+ Atom property,
+ RRPropertyValuePtr value)
+{
+ xf86OutputPtr output = randr_output->devPrivate;
+
+ /* If we don't have any property handler, then we don't care what the
+ * user is setting properties to.
+ */
+ if (output->funcs->set_property == NULL)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /*
+ * This function gets called even when vtSema is FALSE, as
+ * drivers will need to remember the correct value to apply
+ * when the VT switch occurs
+ */
+ return output->funcs->set_property(output, property, value);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR13OutputGetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr randr_output,
+ Atom property)
+{
+ xf86OutputPtr output = randr_output->devPrivate;
+
+ if (output->funcs->get_property == NULL)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* Should be safe even w/o vtSema */
+ return output->funcs->get_property(output, property);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12OutputValidateMode (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr randr_output,
+ RRModePtr randr_mode)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86OutputPtr output = randr_output->devPrivate;
+ DisplayModeRec mode;
+
+ xf86RandRModeConvert (pScrn, randr_mode, &mode);
+ /*
+ * This function may be called when vtSema is FALSE, so
+ * the underlying function must either avoid touching the hardware
+ * or return FALSE when vtSema is FALSE
+ */
+ if (output->funcs->mode_valid (output, &mode) != MODE_OK)
+ return FALSE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+xf86RandR12ModeDestroy (ScreenPtr pScreen, RRModePtr randr_mode)
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * Given a list of xf86 modes and a RandR Output object, construct
+ * RandR modes and assign them to the output
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86RROutputSetModes (RROutputPtr randr_output, DisplayModePtr modes)
+{
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ RRModePtr *rrmodes = NULL;
+ int nmode = 0;
+ int npreferred = 0;
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+ int pref;
+
+ for (mode = modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+ nmode++;
+
+ if (nmode) {
+ rrmodes = malloc(nmode * sizeof (RRModePtr));
+
+ if (!rrmodes)
+ return FALSE;
+ nmode = 0;
+
+ for (pref = 1; pref >= 0; pref--) {
+ for (mode = modes; mode; mode = mode->next) {
+ if ((pref != 0) == ((mode->type & M_T_PREFERRED) != 0)) {
+ xRRModeInfo modeInfo;
+ RRModePtr rrmode;
+
+ modeInfo.nameLength = strlen (mode->name);
+ modeInfo.width = mode->HDisplay;
+ modeInfo.dotClock = mode->Clock * 1000;
+ modeInfo.hSyncStart = mode->HSyncStart;
+ modeInfo.hSyncEnd = mode->HSyncEnd;
+ modeInfo.hTotal = mode->HTotal;
+ modeInfo.hSkew = mode->HSkew;
+
+ modeInfo.height = mode->VDisplay;
+ modeInfo.vSyncStart = mode->VSyncStart;
+ modeInfo.vSyncEnd = mode->VSyncEnd;
+ modeInfo.vTotal = mode->VTotal;
+ modeInfo.modeFlags = mode->Flags;
+
+ rrmode = RRModeGet (&modeInfo, mode->name);
+ if (rrmode) {
+ rrmodes[nmode++] = rrmode;
+ npreferred += pref;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ret = RROutputSetModes (randr_output, rrmodes, nmode, npreferred);
+ free(rrmodes);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Mirror the current mode configuration to RandR
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ RROutputPtr *clones;
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
+ int ncrtc;
+ int o, c, l;
+ RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc;
+ int nclone;
+
+ clones = malloc(config->num_output * sizeof (RROutputPtr));
+ crtcs = malloc(config->num_crtc * sizeof (RRCrtcPtr));
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+
+ ncrtc = 0;
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ if (output->possible_crtcs & (1 << c))
+ crtcs[ncrtc++] = config->crtc[c]->randr_crtc;
+
+ if (output->crtc)
+ randr_crtc = output->crtc->randr_crtc;
+ else
+ randr_crtc = NULL;
+
+ if (!RROutputSetCrtcs (output->randr_output, crtcs, ncrtc))
+ {
+ free(crtcs);
+ free(clones);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ RROutputSetPhysicalSize(output->randr_output,
+ output->mm_width,
+ output->mm_height);
+ xf86RROutputSetModes (output->randr_output, output->probed_modes);
+
+ switch (output->status) {
+ case XF86OutputStatusConnected:
+ RROutputSetConnection (output->randr_output, RR_Connected);
+ break;
+ case XF86OutputStatusDisconnected:
+ RROutputSetConnection (output->randr_output, RR_Disconnected);
+ break;
+ case XF86OutputStatusUnknown:
+ RROutputSetConnection (output->randr_output, RR_UnknownConnection);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ RROutputSetSubpixelOrder (output->randr_output, output->subpixel_order);
+
+ /*
+ * Valid clones
+ */
+ nclone = 0;
+ for (l = 0; l < config->num_output; l++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr clone = config->output[l];
+
+ if (l != o && (output->possible_clones & (1 << l)))
+ clones[nclone++] = clone->randr_output;
+ }
+ if (!RROutputSetClones (output->randr_output, clones, nclone))
+ {
+ free(crtcs);
+ free(clones);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ free(crtcs);
+ free(clones);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Query the hardware for the current state, then mirror
+ * that to RandR
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12GetInfo12 (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ if (!pScrn->vtSema)
+ return TRUE;
+ xf86ProbeOutputModes (pScrn, 0, 0);
+ xf86SetScrnInfoModes (pScrn);
+ return xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (pScreen);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12CreateObjects12 (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ int c;
+ int o;
+
+ if (!RRInit ())
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Configure crtcs
+ */
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ crtc->randr_crtc = RRCrtcCreate (pScreen, crtc);
+ RRCrtcGammaSetSize (crtc->randr_crtc, 256);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Configure outputs
+ */
+ for (o = 0; o < config->num_output; o++)
+ {
+ xf86OutputPtr output = config->output[o];
+
+ output->randr_output = RROutputCreate (pScreen, output->name,
+ strlen (output->name),
+ output);
+
+ if (output->funcs->create_resources != NULL)
+ output->funcs->create_resources(output);
+ RRPostPendingProperties (output->randr_output);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12CreateScreenResources12 (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ int c;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (config->crtc[c]->randr_crtc);
+
+ RRScreenSetSizeRange (pScreen, config->minWidth, config->minHeight,
+ config->maxWidth, config->maxHeight);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Something happened within the screen configuration due
+ * to DGA, VidMode or hot key. Tell RandR
+ */
+
+void
+xf86RandR12TellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ int c;
+
+ if (xf86RandR12Key == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (pScreen);
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ xf86RandR12CrtcNotify (config->crtc[c]->randr_crtc);
+
+ RRTellChanged (pScreen);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86RandR12PointerMoved (int scrnIndex, int x, int y)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnIndex];
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ int c;
+
+ randrp->pointerX = x;
+ randrp->pointerY = y;
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++)
+ xf86RandR13Pan (config->crtc[c], x, y);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR13GetPanning (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc,
+ BoxPtr totalArea,
+ BoxPtr trackingArea,
+ INT16 *border)
+{
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate;
+
+ if (crtc->version < 2)
+ return FALSE;
+ if (totalArea)
+ memcpy (totalArea, &crtc->panningTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ if (trackingArea)
+ memcpy (trackingArea, &crtc->panningTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ if (border)
+ memcpy (border, crtc->panningBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16));
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR13SetPanning (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr randr_crtc,
+ BoxPtr totalArea,
+ BoxPtr trackingArea,
+ INT16 *border)
+{
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = randr_crtc->devPrivate;
+ BoxRec oldTotalArea;
+ BoxRec oldTrackingArea;
+ INT16 oldBorder[4];
+
+
+ if (crtc->version < 2)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ memcpy (&oldTotalArea, &crtc->panningTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memcpy (&oldTrackingArea, &crtc->panningTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memcpy (oldBorder, crtc->panningBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16));
+
+ if (totalArea)
+ memcpy (&crtc->panningTotalArea, totalArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ if (trackingArea)
+ memcpy (&crtc->panningTrackingArea, trackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ if (border)
+ memcpy (crtc->panningBorder, border, 4*sizeof(INT16));
+
+ if (xf86RandR13VerifyPanningArea (crtc, pScreen->width, pScreen->height)) {
+ xf86RandR13Pan (crtc, randrp->pointerX, randrp->pointerY);
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ /* Restore old settings */
+ memcpy (&crtc->panningTotalArea, &oldTotalArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memcpy (&crtc->panningTrackingArea, &oldTrackingArea, sizeof(BoxRec));
+ memcpy (crtc->panningBorder, oldBorder, 4*sizeof(INT16));
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compatibility with XF86VidMode's gamma changer. This necessarily clobbers
+ * any per-crtc setup. You asked for it...
+ */
+
+static void
+gamma_to_ramp(float gamma, CARD16 *ramp, int size)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+ if (gamma == 1.0)
+ ramp[i] = i << 8;
+ else
+ ramp[i] = (CARD16)(pow((double)i / (double)(size - 1), 1. / gamma)
+ * (double)(size - 1) * 256);
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+xf86RandR12ChangeGamma(int scrnIndex, Gamma gamma)
+{
+ CARD16 *points, *red, *green, *blue;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc = xf86CompatRRCrtc(pScrn);
+ int size;
+
+ if (!crtc)
+ return Success;
+
+ size = max(0, crtc->gammaSize);
+ if (!size)
+ return Success;
+
+ points = calloc(size, 3 * sizeof(CARD16));
+ if (!points)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ red = points;
+ green = points + size;
+ blue = points + 2 * size;
+
+ gamma_to_ramp(gamma.red, red, size);
+ gamma_to_ramp(gamma.green, green, size);
+ gamma_to_ramp(gamma.blue, blue, size);
+ RRCrtcGammaSet(crtc, red, green, blue);
+
+ free(points);
+
+ pScrn->gamma = gamma;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12EnterVT (int screen_index, int flags)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen_index];
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[screen_index];
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ rrScrPrivPtr rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+ Bool ret;
+
+ if (randrp->orig_EnterVT) {
+ pScrn->EnterVT = randrp->orig_EnterVT;
+ ret = pScrn->EnterVT (screen_index, flags);
+ randrp->orig_EnterVT = pScrn->EnterVT;
+ pScrn->EnterVT = xf86RandR12EnterVT;
+ if (!ret)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* reload gamma */
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < rp->numCrtcs; i++)
+ xf86RandR12CrtcSetGamma(pScreen, rp->crtcs[i]);
+
+ return RRGetInfo (pScreen, TRUE); /* force a re-probe of outputs and notify clients about changes */
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RandR12Init12 (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ rrScrPrivPtr rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+ XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
+ int i;
+
+ rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandR12GetInfo12;
+ rp->rrScreenSetSize = xf86RandR12ScreenSetSize;
+ rp->rrCrtcSet = xf86RandR12CrtcSet;
+ rp->rrCrtcSetGamma = xf86RandR12CrtcSetGamma;
+ rp->rrCrtcGetGamma = xf86RandR12CrtcGetGamma;
+ rp->rrOutputSetProperty = xf86RandR12OutputSetProperty;
+ rp->rrOutputValidateMode = xf86RandR12OutputValidateMode;
+#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+ rp->rrOutputGetProperty = xf86RandR13OutputGetProperty;
+ rp->rrGetPanning = xf86RandR13GetPanning;
+ rp->rrSetPanning = xf86RandR13SetPanning;
+#endif
+ rp->rrModeDestroy = xf86RandR12ModeDestroy;
+ rp->rrSetConfig = NULL;
+ pScrn->PointerMoved = xf86RandR12PointerMoved;
+ pScrn->ChangeGamma = xf86RandR12ChangeGamma;
+
+ randrp->orig_EnterVT = pScrn->EnterVT;
+ pScrn->EnterVT = xf86RandR12EnterVT;
+
+ if (!xf86RandR12CreateObjects12 (pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Configure output modes
+ */
+ if (!xf86RandR12SetInfo12 (pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+ for (i = 0; i < rp->numCrtcs; i++) {
+ xf86RandR12CrtcGetGamma(pScreen, rp->crtcs[i]);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+Bool
+xf86RandR12PreInit (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c index 57c3499ac..655857597 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c @@ -1,525 +1,525 @@ -/* - * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and - * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or - * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, - * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations - * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as - * is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#else -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <stdio.h> - -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86DDC.h" -#include "fb.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "xf86Crtc.h" -#include "xf86Modes.h" -#include "xf86RandR12.h" -#include "X11/extensions/render.h" -#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h" -#include "X11/Xatom.h" - -/* borrowed from composite extension, move to Render and publish? */ - -static VisualPtr -compGetWindowVisual (WindowPtr pWin) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - VisualID vid = wVisual (pWin); - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++) - if (pScreen->visuals[i].vid == vid) - return &pScreen->visuals[i]; - return 0; -} - -static PictFormatPtr -compWindowFormat (WindowPtr pWin) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - - return PictureMatchVisual (pScreen, pWin->drawable.depth, - compGetWindowVisual (pWin)); -} - -#define F(x) IntToxFixed(x) - -#define toF(x) ((float) (x) / 65536.0f) - -static void -xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, RegionPtr region) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn; - ScreenPtr screen = scrn->pScreen; - WindowPtr root = screen->root; - PixmapPtr dst_pixmap = crtc->rotatedPixmap; - PictFormatPtr format = compWindowFormat (screen->root); - int error; - PicturePtr src, dst; - int n = RegionNumRects(region); - BoxPtr b = RegionRects(region); - XID include_inferiors = IncludeInferiors; - - src = CreatePicture (None, - &root->drawable, - format, - CPSubwindowMode, - &include_inferiors, - serverClient, - &error); - if (!src) - return; - - dst = CreatePicture (None, - &dst_pixmap->drawable, - format, - 0L, - NULL, - serverClient, - &error); - if (!dst) - return; - - error = SetPictureTransform (src, &crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer); - if (error) - return; - if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->filter) - SetPicturePictFilter (src, crtc->filter, - crtc->params, crtc->nparams); - - if (crtc->shadowClear) - { - CompositePicture (PictOpSrc, - src, NULL, dst, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay); - crtc->shadowClear = FALSE; - } - else - { - while (n--) - { - BoxRec dst_box; - - dst_box = *b; - dst_box.x1 -= crtc->filter_width >> 1; - dst_box.x2 += crtc->filter_width >> 1; - dst_box.y1 -= crtc->filter_height >> 1; - dst_box.y2 += crtc->filter_height >> 1; - pixman_f_transform_bounds (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &dst_box); - CompositePicture (PictOpSrc, - src, NULL, dst, - dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1, 0, 0, dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1, - dst_box.x2 - dst_box.x1, - dst_box.y2 - dst_box.y1); - b++; - } - } - FreePicture (src, None); - FreePicture (dst, None); -} - -static void -xf86CrtcDamageShadow (xf86CrtcPtr crtc) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn; - BoxRec damage_box; - RegionRec damage_region; - ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrn->pScreen; - - damage_box.x1 = 0; - damage_box.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay; - damage_box.y1 = 0; - damage_box.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay; - if (!pixman_transform_bounds (&crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer, &damage_box)) - { - damage_box.x1 = 0; - damage_box.y1 = 0; - damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width; - damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height; - } - if (damage_box.x1 < 0) damage_box.x1 = 0; - if (damage_box.y1 < 0) damage_box.y1 = 0; - if (damage_box.x2 > pScreen->width) damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width; - if (damage_box.y2 > pScreen->height) damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height; - RegionInit(&damage_region, &damage_box, 1); - DamageDamageRegion (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable, - &damage_region); - RegionUninit(&damage_region); - crtc->shadowClear = TRUE; -} - -static void -xf86RotatePrepare (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - int c; - - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->rotatedData && !crtc->rotatedPixmap) - { - crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc, - crtc->rotatedData, - crtc->mode.HDisplay, - crtc->mode.VDisplay); - if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered) - { - /* Hook damage to screen pixmap */ - DamageRegister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable, - xf86_config->rotation_damage); - xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = TRUE; - EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency(); - } - - xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc); - } - } -} - -static Bool -xf86RotateRedisplay(ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - DamagePtr damage = xf86_config->rotation_damage; - RegionPtr region; - - if (!damage) - return FALSE; - xf86RotatePrepare (pScreen); - region = DamageRegion(damage); - if (RegionNotEmpty(region)) - { - int c; - SourceValidateProcPtr SourceValidate; - - /* - * SourceValidate is used by the software cursor code - * to pull the cursor off of the screen when reading - * bits from the frame buffer. Bypassing this function - * leaves the software cursor in place - */ - SourceValidate = pScreen->SourceValidate; - pScreen->SourceValidate = NULL; - - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->enabled) - { - RegionRec crtc_damage; - - /* compute portion of damage that overlaps crtc */ - RegionInit(&crtc_damage, &crtc->bounds, 1); - RegionIntersect(&crtc_damage, &crtc_damage, region); - - /* update damaged region */ - if (RegionNotEmpty(&crtc_damage)) - xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (crtc, &crtc_damage); - - RegionUninit(&crtc_damage); - } - } - pScreen->SourceValidate = SourceValidate; - DamageEmpty(damage); - } - return TRUE; -} - -static void -xf86RotateBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData, - pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum]; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[screenNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - Bool rotation_active; - - rotation_active = xf86RotateRedisplay(pScreen); - pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86_config->BlockHandler; - (*pScreen->BlockHandler) (screenNum, blockData, pTimeout, pReadmask); - /* cannot avoid re-wrapping until all wrapping is audited */ - xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler; - pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler; -} - -void -xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn; - ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrn->pScreen; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - int c; - - /* Free memory from rotation */ - if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData) - { - crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap, crtc->rotatedData); - crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL; - crtc->rotatedData = NULL; - } - - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - if (xf86_config->crtc[c]->transform_in_use) - return; - - /* - * Clean up damage structures when no crtcs are rotated - */ - if (xf86_config->rotation_damage) - { - /* Free damage structure */ - if (xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered) - { - DamageUnregister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable, - xf86_config->rotation_damage); - xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = FALSE; - DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency(); - } - DamageDestroy (xf86_config->rotation_damage); - xf86_config->rotation_damage = NULL; - } -} - -void -xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - int c; - - for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) { - xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c]; - - if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData) { - crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy(crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap, - crtc->rotatedData); - crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL; - crtc->rotatedData = NULL; - } - } -} - -void -xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr screen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum]; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn); - int c; - - for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++) - xf86RotateDestroy (xf86_config->crtc[c]); -} - -static Bool -xf86CrtcFitsScreen (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, struct pict_f_transform *crtc_to_fb) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn; - BoxRec b; - - /* When called before PreInit, the driver is - * presumably doing load detect - */ - if (pScrn->virtualX == 0 || pScrn->virtualY == 0) - return TRUE; - - b.x1 = 0; - b.y1 = 0; - b.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay; - b.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay; - if (crtc_to_fb) - pixman_f_transform_bounds (crtc_to_fb, &b); - else { - b.x1 += crtc->x; - b.y1 += crtc->y; - b.x2 += crtc->x; - b.y2 += crtc->y; - } - - return (0 <= b.x1 && b.x2 <= pScrn->virtualX && - 0 <= b.y1 && b.y2 <= pScrn->virtualY); -} - -Bool -xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn; - xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn); - /* if this is called during ScreenInit() we don't have pScrn->pScreen yet */ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[pScrn->scrnIndex]; - PictTransform crtc_to_fb; - struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_fb, f_fb_to_crtc; - xFixed *new_params = NULL; - int new_nparams = 0; - PictFilterPtr new_filter = NULL; - int new_width = 0; - int new_height = 0; - RRTransformPtr transform = NULL; - Bool damage = FALSE; - - if (crtc->transformPresent) - transform = &crtc->transform; - - if (!RRTransformCompute (crtc->x, crtc->y, - crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay, - crtc->rotation, - transform, - - &crtc_to_fb, - &f_crtc_to_fb, - &f_fb_to_crtc) && - xf86CrtcFitsScreen (crtc, &f_crtc_to_fb)) - { - /* - * If the untranslated transformation is the identity, - * disable the shadow buffer - */ - xf86RotateDestroy (crtc); - crtc->transform_in_use = FALSE; - free(new_params); - new_params = NULL; - new_nparams = 0; - new_filter = NULL; - new_width = 0; - new_height = 0; - } - else - { - /* - * these are the size of the shadow pixmap, which - * matches the mode, not the pre-rotated copy in the - * frame buffer - */ - int width = crtc->mode.HDisplay; - int height = crtc->mode.VDisplay; - void *shadowData = crtc->rotatedData; - PixmapPtr shadow = crtc->rotatedPixmap; - int old_width = shadow ? shadow->drawable.width : 0; - int old_height = shadow ? shadow->drawable.height : 0; - - /* Allocate memory for rotation */ - if (old_width != width || old_height != height) - { - if (shadow || shadowData) - { - crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData); - crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL; - crtc->rotatedData = NULL; - } - shadowData = crtc->funcs->shadow_allocate (crtc, width, height); - if (!shadowData) - goto bail1; - crtc->rotatedData = shadowData; - /* shadow will be damaged in xf86RotatePrepare */ - } - else - { - /* mark shadowed area as damaged so it will be repainted */ - damage = TRUE; - } - - if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage) - { - /* Create damage structure */ - xf86_config->rotation_damage = DamageCreate (NULL, NULL, - DamageReportNone, - TRUE, pScreen, pScreen); - if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage) - goto bail2; - - /* Wrap block handler */ - if (!xf86_config->BlockHandler) { - xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler; - pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler; - } - } -#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE - if (transform) - { - if (transform->nparams) { - new_params = malloc(transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed)); - if (new_params) { - memcpy (new_params, transform->params, - transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed)); - new_nparams = transform->nparams; - new_filter = transform->filter; - } - } else - new_filter = transform->filter; - if (new_filter) - { - new_width = new_filter->width; - new_height = new_filter->height; - } - } -#endif - - if (0) - { - bail2: - if (shadow || shadowData) - { - crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData); - crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL; - crtc->rotatedData = NULL; - } - bail1: - if (old_width && old_height) - crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc, - NULL, - old_width, - old_height); - return FALSE; - } - crtc->transform_in_use = TRUE; - } - crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer = crtc_to_fb; - crtc->f_crtc_to_framebuffer = f_crtc_to_fb; - crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc = f_fb_to_crtc; - free(crtc->params); - crtc->params = new_params; - crtc->nparams = new_nparams; - crtc->filter = new_filter; - crtc->filter_width = new_width; - crtc->filter_height = new_height; - crtc->bounds.x1 = 0; - crtc->bounds.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay; - crtc->bounds.y1 = 0; - crtc->bounds.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay; - pixman_f_transform_bounds (&f_crtc_to_fb, &crtc->bounds); - - if (damage) - xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc); - - /* All done */ - return TRUE; -} +/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include "fb.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+#include "xf86Modes.h"
+#include "xf86RandR12.h"
+#include "X11/extensions/render.h"
+#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"
+#include "X11/Xatom.h"
+
+/* borrowed from composite extension, move to Render and publish? */
+
+static VisualPtr
+compGetWindowVisual (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ VisualID vid = wVisual (pWin);
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++)
+ if (pScreen->visuals[i].vid == vid)
+ return &pScreen->visuals[i];
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static PictFormatPtr
+compWindowFormat (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ return PictureMatchVisual (pScreen, pWin->drawable.depth,
+ compGetWindowVisual (pWin));
+}
+
+#define F(x) IntToxFixed(x)
+
+#define toF(x) ((float) (x) / 65536.0f)
+
+static void
+xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, RegionPtr region)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = crtc->scrn;
+ ScreenPtr screen = scrn->pScreen;
+ WindowPtr root = screen->root;
+ PixmapPtr dst_pixmap = crtc->rotatedPixmap;
+ PictFormatPtr format = compWindowFormat (screen->root);
+ int error;
+ PicturePtr src, dst;
+ int n = RegionNumRects(region);
+ BoxPtr b = RegionRects(region);
+ XID include_inferiors = IncludeInferiors;
+
+ src = CreatePicture (None,
+ &root->drawable,
+ format,
+ CPSubwindowMode,
+ &include_inferiors,
+ serverClient,
+ &error);
+ if (!src)
+ return;
+
+ dst = CreatePicture (None,
+ &dst_pixmap->drawable,
+ format,
+ 0L,
+ NULL,
+ serverClient,
+ &error);
+ if (!dst)
+ return;
+
+ error = SetPictureTransform (src, &crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer);
+ if (error)
+ return;
+ if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->filter)
+ SetPicturePictFilter (src, crtc->filter,
+ crtc->params, crtc->nparams);
+
+ if (crtc->shadowClear)
+ {
+ CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,
+ src, NULL, dst,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay);
+ crtc->shadowClear = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (n--)
+ {
+ BoxRec dst_box;
+
+ dst_box = *b;
+ dst_box.x1 -= crtc->filter_width >> 1;
+ dst_box.x2 += crtc->filter_width >> 1;
+ dst_box.y1 -= crtc->filter_height >> 1;
+ dst_box.y2 += crtc->filter_height >> 1;
+ pixman_f_transform_bounds (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &dst_box);
+ CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,
+ src, NULL, dst,
+ dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1, 0, 0, dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1,
+ dst_box.x2 - dst_box.x1,
+ dst_box.y2 - dst_box.y1);
+ b++;
+ }
+ }
+ FreePicture (src, None);
+ FreePicture (dst, None);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86CrtcDamageShadow (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn;
+ BoxRec damage_box;
+ RegionRec damage_region;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrn->pScreen;
+
+ damage_box.x1 = 0;
+ damage_box.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
+ damage_box.y1 = 0;
+ damage_box.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
+ if (!pixman_transform_bounds (&crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer, &damage_box))
+ {
+ damage_box.x1 = 0;
+ damage_box.y1 = 0;
+ damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ }
+ if (damage_box.x1 < 0) damage_box.x1 = 0;
+ if (damage_box.y1 < 0) damage_box.y1 = 0;
+ if (damage_box.x2 > pScreen->width) damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ if (damage_box.y2 > pScreen->height) damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ RegionInit(&damage_region, &damage_box, 1);
+ DamageDamageRegion (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,
+ &damage_region);
+ RegionUninit(&damage_region);
+ crtc->shadowClear = TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+xf86RotatePrepare (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ int c;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->rotatedData && !crtc->rotatedPixmap)
+ {
+ crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc,
+ crtc->rotatedData,
+ crtc->mode.HDisplay,
+ crtc->mode.VDisplay);
+ if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered)
+ {
+ /* Hook damage to screen pixmap */
+ DamageRegister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,
+ xf86_config->rotation_damage);
+ xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = TRUE;
+ EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency();
+ }
+
+ xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86RotateRedisplay(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ DamagePtr damage = xf86_config->rotation_damage;
+ RegionPtr region;
+
+ if (!damage)
+ return FALSE;
+ xf86RotatePrepare (pScreen);
+ region = DamageRegion(damage);
+ if (RegionNotEmpty(region))
+ {
+ int c;
+ SourceValidateProcPtr SourceValidate;
+
+ /*
+ * SourceValidate is used by the software cursor code
+ * to pull the cursor off of the screen when reading
+ * bits from the frame buffer. Bypassing this function
+ * leaves the software cursor in place
+ */
+ SourceValidate = pScreen->SourceValidate;
+ pScreen->SourceValidate = NULL;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->enabled)
+ {
+ RegionRec crtc_damage;
+
+ /* compute portion of damage that overlaps crtc */
+ RegionInit(&crtc_damage, &crtc->bounds, 1);
+ RegionIntersect(&crtc_damage, &crtc_damage, region);
+
+ /* update damaged region */
+ if (RegionNotEmpty(&crtc_damage))
+ xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (crtc, &crtc_damage);
+
+ RegionUninit(&crtc_damage);
+ }
+ }
+ pScreen->SourceValidate = SourceValidate;
+ DamageEmpty(damage);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+xf86RotateBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData,
+ pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[screenNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ Bool rotation_active;
+
+ rotation_active = xf86RotateRedisplay(pScreen);
+ pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86_config->BlockHandler;
+ (*pScreen->BlockHandler) (screenNum, blockData, pTimeout, pReadmask);
+ /* cannot avoid re-wrapping until all wrapping is audited */
+ xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;
+ pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler;
+}
+
+void
+xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrn->pScreen;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ int c;
+
+ /* Free memory from rotation */
+ if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData)
+ {
+ crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap, crtc->rotatedData);
+ crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
+ crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
+ }
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ if (xf86_config->crtc[c]->transform_in_use)
+ return;
+
+ /*
+ * Clean up damage structures when no crtcs are rotated
+ */
+ if (xf86_config->rotation_damage)
+ {
+ /* Free damage structure */
+ if (xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered)
+ {
+ DamageUnregister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,
+ xf86_config->rotation_damage);
+ xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = FALSE;
+ DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency();
+ }
+ DamageDestroy (xf86_config->rotation_damage);
+ xf86_config->rotation_damage = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ int c;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {
+ xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
+
+ if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData) {
+ crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy(crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap,
+ crtc->rotatedData);
+ crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
+ crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr screen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
+ int c;
+
+ for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
+ xf86RotateDestroy (xf86_config->crtc[c]);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86CrtcFitsScreen (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, struct pict_f_transform *crtc_to_fb)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn;
+ BoxRec b;
+
+ /* When called before PreInit, the driver is
+ * presumably doing load detect
+ */
+ if (pScrn->virtualX == 0 || pScrn->virtualY == 0)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ b.x1 = 0;
+ b.y1 = 0;
+ b.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
+ b.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
+ if (crtc_to_fb)
+ pixman_f_transform_bounds (crtc_to_fb, &b);
+ else {
+ b.x1 += crtc->x;
+ b.y1 += crtc->y;
+ b.x2 += crtc->x;
+ b.y2 += crtc->y;
+ }
+
+ return (0 <= b.x1 && b.x2 <= pScrn->virtualX &&
+ 0 <= b.y1 && b.y2 <= pScrn->virtualY);
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = crtc->scrn;
+ xf86CrtcConfigPtr xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
+ /* if this is called during ScreenInit() we don't have pScrn->pScreen yet */
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[pScrn->scrnIndex];
+ PictTransform crtc_to_fb;
+ struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_fb, f_fb_to_crtc;
+ xFixed *new_params = NULL;
+ int new_nparams = 0;
+ PictFilterPtr new_filter = NULL;
+ int new_width = 0;
+ int new_height = 0;
+ RRTransformPtr transform = NULL;
+ Bool damage = FALSE;
+
+ if (crtc->transformPresent)
+ transform = &crtc->transform;
+
+ if (!RRTransformCompute (crtc->x, crtc->y,
+ crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay,
+ crtc->rotation,
+ transform,
+
+ &crtc_to_fb,
+ &f_crtc_to_fb,
+ &f_fb_to_crtc) &&
+ xf86CrtcFitsScreen (crtc, &f_crtc_to_fb))
+ {
+ /*
+ * If the untranslated transformation is the identity,
+ * disable the shadow buffer
+ */
+ xf86RotateDestroy (crtc);
+ crtc->transform_in_use = FALSE;
+ free(new_params);
+ new_params = NULL;
+ new_nparams = 0;
+ new_filter = NULL;
+ new_width = 0;
+ new_height = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * these are the size of the shadow pixmap, which
+ * matches the mode, not the pre-rotated copy in the
+ * frame buffer
+ */
+ int width = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
+ int height = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
+ void *shadowData = crtc->rotatedData;
+ PixmapPtr shadow = crtc->rotatedPixmap;
+ int old_width = shadow ? shadow->drawable.width : 0;
+ int old_height = shadow ? shadow->drawable.height : 0;
+
+ /* Allocate memory for rotation */
+ if (old_width != width || old_height != height)
+ {
+ if (shadow || shadowData)
+ {
+ crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData);
+ crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
+ crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
+ }
+ shadowData = crtc->funcs->shadow_allocate (crtc, width, height);
+ if (!shadowData)
+ goto bail1;
+ crtc->rotatedData = shadowData;
+ /* shadow will be damaged in xf86RotatePrepare */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* mark shadowed area as damaged so it will be repainted */
+ damage = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage)
+ {
+ /* Create damage structure */
+ xf86_config->rotation_damage = DamageCreate (NULL, NULL,
+ DamageReportNone,
+ TRUE, pScreen, pScreen);
+ if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage)
+ goto bail2;
+
+ /* Wrap block handler */
+ if (!xf86_config->BlockHandler) {
+ xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;
+ pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ if (transform)
+ {
+ if (transform->nparams) {
+ new_params = malloc(transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
+ if (new_params) {
+ memcpy (new_params, transform->params,
+ transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
+ new_nparams = transform->nparams;
+ new_filter = transform->filter;
+ }
+ } else
+ new_filter = transform->filter;
+ if (new_filter)
+ {
+ new_width = new_filter->width;
+ new_height = new_filter->height;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (0)
+ {
+ bail2:
+ if (shadow || shadowData)
+ {
+ crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData);
+ crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
+ crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
+ }
+ bail1:
+ if (old_width && old_height)
+ crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc,
+ NULL,
+ old_width,
+ old_height);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ crtc->transform_in_use = TRUE;
+ }
+ crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer = crtc_to_fb;
+ crtc->f_crtc_to_framebuffer = f_crtc_to_fb;
+ crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc = f_fb_to_crtc;
+ free(crtc->params);
+ crtc->params = new_params;
+ crtc->nparams = new_nparams;
+ crtc->filter = new_filter;
+ crtc->filter_width = new_width;
+ crtc->filter_height = new_height;
+ crtc->bounds.x1 = 0;
+ crtc->bounds.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
+ crtc->bounds.y1 = 0;
+ crtc->bounds.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
+ pixman_f_transform_bounds (&f_crtc_to_fb, &crtc->bounds);
+
+ if (damage)
+ xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc);
+
+ /* All done */
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c index 123eb17d1..7775e5dff 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c @@ -1,756 +1,756 @@ -/* - * Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <Rich@Rice.edu> - * Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <dwex@goblin.org> - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that - * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting - * documentation, and that the names of Rich Murphey and David Wexelblat - * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of - * the software without specific, written prior permission. Rich Murphey and - * David Wexelblat make no representations about the suitability of this - * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or - * implied warranty. - * - * RICH MURPHEY AND DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO - * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND - * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL RICH MURPHEY OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR - * ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER - * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF - * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - * - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> - -#include "compiler.h" - -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86Priv.h" -#include "xf86_OSlib.h" - -#include <sys/utsname.h> -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> - -static Bool KeepTty = FALSE; -static int devConsoleFd = -1; -#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT) -static int VTnum = -1; -static int initialVT = -1; -static Bool ShareVTs = FALSE; -#endif - -#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT -/* Stock 0.1 386bsd pccons console driver interface */ -#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0" -#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga" -#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY -#endif - -#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT -/* The FreeBSD 1.1 version syscons driver uses /dev/ttyv0 */ -#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0" -#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga" -#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY -#endif - -#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT -/* Hellmuth Michaelis' pcvt driver */ -#ifndef __OpenBSD__ -# define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyv0" -#else -# define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyC0" -#endif -#define PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY -#endif - -#if defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT) && defined(__NetBSD__) -/* NetBSD's new console driver */ -#define WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyE0" -#endif - -#ifdef __GLIBC__ -#define setpgrp setpgid -#endif - -#define CHECK_DRIVER_MSG \ - "Check your kernel's console driver configuration and /dev entries" - -static char *supported_drivers[] = { -#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT - "pccons (with X support)", -#endif -#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT - "syscons", -#endif -#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT - "pcvt", -#endif -#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT - "wscons", -#endif -}; - - -/* - * Functions to probe for the existance of a supported console driver. - * Any function returns either a valid file descriptor (driver probed - * succesfully), -1 (driver not found), or uses FatalError() if the - * driver was found but proved to not support the required mode to run - * an X server. - */ - -typedef int (*xf86ConsOpen_t)(void); - -#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT -static int xf86OpenPccons(void); -#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */ - -#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT -static int xf86OpenSyscons(void); -#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */ - -#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT -static int xf86OpenPcvt(void); -#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */ - -#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT -static int xf86OpenWScons(void); -#endif - -/* - * The sequence of the driver probes is important; start with the - * driver that is best distinguishable, and end with the most generic - * driver. (Otherwise, pcvt would also probe as syscons, and either - * pcvt or syscons might succesfully probe as pccons.) - */ -static xf86ConsOpen_t xf86ConsTab[] = { -#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT - xf86OpenPcvt, -#endif -#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT - xf86OpenSyscons, -#endif -#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT - xf86OpenPccons, -#endif -#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT - xf86OpenWScons, -#endif - (xf86ConsOpen_t)NULL -}; - - -void -xf86OpenConsole() -{ - int i, fd = -1; - xf86ConsOpen_t *driver; -#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT) - int result; -#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) - struct utsname uts; -#endif - vtmode_t vtmode; -#endif - - if (serverGeneration == 1) - { - /* check if we are run with euid==0 */ - if (geteuid() != 0) - { - FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: Server must be suid root"); - } - - if (!KeepTty) - { - /* - * detaching the controlling tty solves problems of kbd character - * loss. This is not interesting for CO driver, because it is - * exclusive. - */ - setpgrp(0, getpid()); - if ((i = open("/dev/tty",O_RDWR)) >= 0) - { - ioctl(i,TIOCNOTTY,(char *)0); - close(i); - } - } - - /* detect which driver we are running on */ - for (driver = xf86ConsTab; *driver; driver++) - { - if ((fd = (*driver)()) >= 0) - break; - } - - /* Check that a supported console driver was found */ - if (fd < 0) - { - char cons_drivers[80] = {0, }; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof(supported_drivers) / sizeof(char *); i++) - { - if (i) - { - strcat(cons_drivers, ", "); - } - strcat(cons_drivers, supported_drivers[i]); - } - FatalError( - "%s: No console driver found\n\tSupported drivers: %s\n\t%s", - "xf86OpenConsole", cons_drivers, CHECK_DRIVER_MSG); - } -#if 0 /* stdin is already closed in OsInit() */ - fclose(stdin); -#endif - xf86Info.consoleFd = fd; - xf86Info.screenFd = fd; - - switch (xf86Info.consType) - { -#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT - case PCCONS: - if (ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON, 0) < 0) - { - FatalError("%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON failed (%s)\n%s", - "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno), - CHECK_DRIVER_MSG); - } - /* - * Hack to prevent keyboard hanging when syslogd closes - * /dev/console - */ - if ((devConsoleFd = open("/dev/console", O_WRONLY,0)) < 0) - { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, - "xf86OpenConsole: couldn't open /dev/console (%s)\n", - strerror(errno)); - } - break; -#endif -#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT) - case SYSCONS: - /* as of FreeBSD 2.2.8, syscons driver does not need the #1 vt - * switching anymore. Here we check for FreeBSD 3.1 and up. - * Add cases for other *BSD that behave the same. - */ -#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) - uname (&uts); - i = atof(uts.release) * 100; - if (i >= 310) goto acquire_vt; -#endif - /* otherwise fall through */ - case PCVT: -#if !(defined(__NetBSD__) && (__NetBSD_Version__ >= 200000000)) - /* - * First activate the #1 VT. This is a hack to allow a server - * to be started while another one is active. There should be - * a better way. - */ - if (initialVT != 1) { - - if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, 1) != 0) - { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, - "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n"); - } - sleep(1); - } -#endif -acquire_vt: - if (!ShareVTs) { - /* - * now get the VT - */ - SYSCALL(result = - ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno)); - if (result != 0) - { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n"); - } - SYSCALL(result = - ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_WAITACTIVE, xf86Info.vtno)); - if (result != 0) - { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n"); - } - - signal(SIGUSR1, xf86VTRequest); - - vtmode.mode = VT_PROCESS; - vtmode.relsig = SIGUSR1; - vtmode.acqsig = SIGUSR1; - vtmode.frsig = SIGUSR1; - if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &vtmode) < 0) - { - FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed"); - } - #if !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL) - if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDENABIO, 0) < 0) - { - FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDENABIO failed (%s)", - strerror(errno)); - } - #endif - if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS) < 0) - { - FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDSETMODE KD_GRAPHICS failed"); - } - } else { /* ShareVTs */ - close(xf86Info.consoleFd); - } - break; -#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */ -#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT - case WSCONS: - /* Nothing to do */ - break; -#endif - } - } - else - { - /* serverGeneration != 1 */ -#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT) - if (!ShareVTs) if (xf86Info.consType == SYSCONS || xf86Info.consType == PCVT) - { - if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno) != 0) - { - xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n"); - } - } -#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */ - } - return; -} - - -#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT - -static int -xf86OpenPccons() -{ - int fd = -1; - - if ((fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) - >= 0 || - (fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) - >= 0) - { - if (ioctl(fd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0) < 0) - { - FatalError( - "%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF failed (%s)\n%s\n%s", - "xf86OpenPccons", - strerror(errno), - "Was expecting pccons driver with X support", - CHECK_DRIVER_MSG); - } - xf86Info.consType = PCCONS; - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pccons driver with X support\n"); - } - return fd; -} - -#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */ - -#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT - -static int -xf86OpenSyscons() -{ - int fd = -1; - vtmode_t vtmode; - char vtname[12]; - struct stat status; - long syscons_version; - MessageType from; - - /* Check for syscons */ - if ((fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0 - || (fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0) - { - if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0) - { - /* Get syscons version */ - if (ioctl(fd, CONS_GETVERS, &syscons_version) < 0) - { - syscons_version = 0; - } - - xf86Info.vtno = VTnum; - from = X_CMDLINE; - -#ifdef VT_GETACTIVE - if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0) - initialVT = -1; -#endif - if (ShareVTs) - xf86Info.vtno = initialVT; - - if (xf86Info.vtno == -1) - { - /* - * For old syscons versions (<0x100), VT_OPENQRY returns - * the current VT rather than the next free VT. In this - * case, the server gets started on the current VT instead - * of the next free VT. - */ - -#if 0 - /* check for the fixed VT_OPENQRY */ - if (syscons_version >= 0x100) - { -#endif - if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0) - { - /* No free VTs */ - xf86Info.vtno = -1; - } -#if 0 - } -#endif - - if (xf86Info.vtno == -1) - { - /* - * All VTs are in use. If initialVT was found, use it. - * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one. - * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work. - */ - if (initialVT != -1) - { - xf86Info.vtno = initialVT; - } - else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0) - && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode) - && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0)) - { - /* stdin is a VT */ - xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1; - } - else - { - if (syscons_version >= 0x100) - { - FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT", - "xf86OpenSyscons"); - } - /* Should no longer reach here */ - FatalError("%s: %s %s\n\t%s %s", - "xf86OpenSyscons", - "syscons versions prior to 1.0 require", - "either the", - "server's stdin be a VT", - "or the use of the vtxx server option"); - } - } - from = X_PROBED; - } - - close(fd); -#ifndef __OpenBSD__ - sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyv%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1); -#else - sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyC%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1); -#endif - if ((fd = open(vtname, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0) - { - FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: Cannot open %s (%s)", - vtname, strerror(errno)); - } - if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0) - { - FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: VT_GETMODE failed"); - } - xf86Info.consType = SYSCONS; - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using syscons driver with X support"); - if (syscons_version >= 0x100) - { - xf86ErrorF(" (version %ld.%ld)\n", syscons_version >> 8, - syscons_version & 0xFF); - } - else - { - xf86ErrorF(" (version 0.x)\n"); - } - xf86Msg(from, "using VT number %d\n\n", xf86Info.vtno); - } - else - { - /* VT_GETMODE failed, probably not syscons */ - close(fd); - fd = -1; - } - } - return fd; -} - -#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */ - - -#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT - -static int -xf86OpenPcvt() -{ - /* This looks much like syscons, since pcvt is API compatible */ - int fd = -1; - vtmode_t vtmode; - char vtname[12], *vtprefix; - struct stat status; - struct pcvtid pcvt_version; - -#ifndef __OpenBSD__ - vtprefix = "/dev/ttyv"; -#else - vtprefix = "/dev/ttyC"; -#endif - - fd = open(PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0); -#ifdef WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV - if (fd < 0) - { - fd = open(WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0); - vtprefix = "/dev/ttyE"; - } -#endif - if (fd >= 0) - { - if (ioctl(fd, VGAPCVTID, &pcvt_version) >= 0) - { - if(ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0) - { - FatalError("%s: VT_GETMODE failed\n%s%s\n%s", - "xf86OpenPcvt", - "Found pcvt driver but X11 seems to be", - " not supported.", CHECK_DRIVER_MSG); - } - - xf86Info.vtno = VTnum; - - if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0) - initialVT = -1; - - if (xf86Info.vtno == -1) - { - if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0) - { - /* No free VTs */ - xf86Info.vtno = -1; - } - - if (xf86Info.vtno == -1) - { - /* - * All VTs are in use. If initialVT was found, use it. - * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one. - * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work. - */ - if (initialVT != -1) - { - xf86Info.vtno = initialVT; - } - else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0) - && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode) - && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0)) - { - /* stdin is a VT */ - xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1; - } - else - { - FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT", - "xf86OpenPcvt"); - } - } - } - - close(fd); - sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1); - if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0) - { - ErrorF("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)", - vtname, strerror(errno)); - xf86Info.vtno = initialVT; - sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1); - if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0) { - FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)", - vtname, strerror(errno)); - } - } - if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0) - { - FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: VT_GETMODE failed"); - } - xf86Info.consType = PCVT; -#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, - "Using wscons driver on %s in pcvt compatibility mode " - "(version %d.%d)\n", vtname, - pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor); -#else - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pcvt driver (version %d.%d)\n", - pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor); -#endif - } - else - { - /* Not pcvt */ - close(fd); - fd = -1; - } - } - return fd; -} - -#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */ - -#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT - -static int -xf86OpenWScons() -{ - int fd = -1; - int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED; - int i; - char ttyname[16]; - - /* XXX Is this ok? */ - for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { -#if defined(__NetBSD__) - sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyE%d", i); -#elif defined(__OpenBSD__) - sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyC%x", i); -#endif - if ((fd = open(ttyname, 2)) != -1) - break; - } - if (fd != -1) { - if (ioctl(fd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode) < 0) { - FatalError("%s: WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED failed (%s)\n%s", - "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno), - CHECK_DRIVER_MSG); - } - xf86Info.consType = WSCONS; - xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using wscons driver\n"); - } - return fd; -} - -#endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */ - -void -xf86CloseConsole() -{ -#if defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined(PCVT_SUPPORT) - struct vt_mode VT; -#endif - - if (ShareVTs) return; - - switch (xf86Info.consType) - { -#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT - case PCCONS: - ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0); - break; -#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */ -#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT) - case SYSCONS: - case PCVT: - ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT); /* Back to text mode */ - if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1) - { - VT.mode = VT_AUTO; - ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &VT); /* dflt vt handling */ - } -#if !defined(OpenBSD) && !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL) - if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDDISABIO, 0) < 0) - { - xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: KDDISABIO failed (%s)", - strerror(errno)); - } -#endif - if (initialVT != -1) - ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, initialVT); - break; -#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */ -#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT - case WSCONS: - { - int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_EMUL; - ioctl(xf86Info.screenFd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode); - break; - } -#endif - } - - if (xf86Info.screenFd != xf86Info.consoleFd) - { - close(xf86Info.screenFd); - close(xf86Info.consoleFd); - if ((xf86Info.consoleFd = open("/dev/console",O_RDONLY,0)) <0) - { - xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: Cannot open /dev/console (%s)", - strerror(errno)); - } - } - close(xf86Info.consoleFd); - if (devConsoleFd >= 0) - close(devConsoleFd); - return; -} - -int -xf86ProcessArgument(int argc, char *argv[], int i) -{ - /* - * Keep server from detaching from controlling tty. This is useful - * when debugging (so the server can receive keyboard signals. - */ - if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-keeptty")) - { - KeepTty = TRUE; - return 1; - } -#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT) - if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-sharevts")) - { - ShareVTs = TRUE; - return 1; - } - if ((argv[i][0] == 'v') && (argv[i][1] == 't')) - { - if (sscanf(argv[i], "vt%2d", &VTnum) == 0 || - VTnum < 1 || VTnum > 12) - { - UseMsg(); - VTnum = -1; - return 0; - } - return 1; - } -#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */ - return 0; -} - -void -xf86UseMsg() -{ -#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT) - ErrorF("vtXX use the specified VT number (1-12)\n"); - ErrorF("-sharevts share VTs with another X server\n"); -#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */ - ErrorF("-keeptty "); - ErrorF("don't detach controlling tty (for debugging only)\n"); - return; -} +/*
+ * Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <Rich@Rice.edu>
+ * Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <dwex@goblin.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the names of Rich Murphey and David Wexelblat
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. Rich Murphey and
+ * David Wexelblat make no representations about the suitability of this
+ * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
+ * implied warranty.
+ *
+ * RICH MURPHEY AND DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL RICH MURPHEY OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
+
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+static Bool KeepTty = FALSE;
+static int devConsoleFd = -1;
+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
+static int VTnum = -1;
+static int initialVT = -1;
+static Bool ShareVTs = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
+/* Stock 0.1 386bsd pccons console driver interface */
+#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0"
+#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga"
+#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
+/* The FreeBSD 1.1 version syscons driver uses /dev/ttyv0 */
+#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0"
+#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga"
+#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
+/* Hellmuth Michaelis' pcvt driver */
+#ifndef __OpenBSD__
+# define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyv0"
+#else
+# define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyC0"
+#endif
+#define PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY
+#endif
+
+#if defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT) && defined(__NetBSD__)
+/* NetBSD's new console driver */
+#define WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyE0"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GLIBC__
+#define setpgrp setpgid
+#endif
+
+#define CHECK_DRIVER_MSG \
+ "Check your kernel's console driver configuration and /dev entries"
+
+static char *supported_drivers[] = {
+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
+ "pccons (with X support)",
+#endif
+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
+ "syscons",
+#endif
+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
+ "pcvt",
+#endif
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+ "wscons",
+#endif
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Functions to probe for the existance of a supported console driver.
+ * Any function returns either a valid file descriptor (driver probed
+ * succesfully), -1 (driver not found), or uses FatalError() if the
+ * driver was found but proved to not support the required mode to run
+ * an X server.
+ */
+
+typedef int (*xf86ConsOpen_t)(void);
+
+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
+static int xf86OpenPccons(void);
+#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */
+
+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
+static int xf86OpenSyscons(void);
+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
+
+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
+static int xf86OpenPcvt(void);
+#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */
+
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+static int xf86OpenWScons(void);
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The sequence of the driver probes is important; start with the
+ * driver that is best distinguishable, and end with the most generic
+ * driver. (Otherwise, pcvt would also probe as syscons, and either
+ * pcvt or syscons might succesfully probe as pccons.)
+ */
+static xf86ConsOpen_t xf86ConsTab[] = {
+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
+ xf86OpenPcvt,
+#endif
+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
+ xf86OpenSyscons,
+#endif
+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
+ xf86OpenPccons,
+#endif
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+ xf86OpenWScons,
+#endif
+ (xf86ConsOpen_t)NULL
+};
+
+
+void
+xf86OpenConsole()
+{
+ int i, fd = -1;
+ xf86ConsOpen_t *driver;
+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
+ int result;
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)
+ struct utsname uts;
+#endif
+ vtmode_t vtmode;
+#endif
+
+ if (serverGeneration == 1)
+ {
+ /* check if we are run with euid==0 */
+ if (geteuid() != 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: Server must be suid root");
+ }
+
+ if (!KeepTty)
+ {
+ /*
+ * detaching the controlling tty solves problems of kbd character
+ * loss. This is not interesting for CO driver, because it is
+ * exclusive.
+ */
+ setpgrp(0, getpid());
+ if ((i = open("/dev/tty",O_RDWR)) >= 0)
+ {
+ ioctl(i,TIOCNOTTY,(char *)0);
+ close(i);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* detect which driver we are running on */
+ for (driver = xf86ConsTab; *driver; driver++)
+ {
+ if ((fd = (*driver)()) >= 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that a supported console driver was found */
+ if (fd < 0)
+ {
+ char cons_drivers[80] = {0, };
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(supported_drivers) / sizeof(char *); i++)
+ {
+ if (i)
+ {
+ strcat(cons_drivers, ", ");
+ }
+ strcat(cons_drivers, supported_drivers[i]);
+ }
+ FatalError(
+ "%s: No console driver found\n\tSupported drivers: %s\n\t%s",
+ "xf86OpenConsole", cons_drivers, CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
+ }
+#if 0 /* stdin is already closed in OsInit() */
+ fclose(stdin);
+#endif
+ xf86Info.consoleFd = fd;
+ xf86Info.screenFd = fd;
+
+ switch (xf86Info.consType)
+ {
+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
+ case PCCONS:
+ if (ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON, 0) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON failed (%s)\n%s",
+ "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno),
+ CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Hack to prevent keyboard hanging when syslogd closes
+ * /dev/console
+ */
+ if ((devConsoleFd = open("/dev/console", O_WRONLY,0)) < 0)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING,
+ "xf86OpenConsole: couldn't open /dev/console (%s)\n",
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
+ case SYSCONS:
+ /* as of FreeBSD 2.2.8, syscons driver does not need the #1 vt
+ * switching anymore. Here we check for FreeBSD 3.1 and up.
+ * Add cases for other *BSD that behave the same.
+ */
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)
+ uname (&uts);
+ i = atof(uts.release) * 100;
+ if (i >= 310) goto acquire_vt;
+#endif
+ /* otherwise fall through */
+ case PCVT:
+#if !(defined(__NetBSD__) && (__NetBSD_Version__ >= 200000000))
+ /*
+ * First activate the #1 VT. This is a hack to allow a server
+ * to be started while another one is active. There should be
+ * a better way.
+ */
+ if (initialVT != 1) {
+
+ if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, 1) != 0)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING,
+ "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
+ }
+ sleep(1);
+ }
+#endif
+acquire_vt:
+ if (!ShareVTs) {
+ /*
+ * now get the VT
+ */
+ SYSCALL(result =
+ ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno));
+ if (result != 0)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
+ }
+ SYSCALL(result =
+ ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_WAITACTIVE, xf86Info.vtno));
+ if (result != 0)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");
+ }
+
+ signal(SIGUSR1, xf86VTRequest);
+
+ vtmode.mode = VT_PROCESS;
+ vtmode.relsig = SIGUSR1;
+ vtmode.acqsig = SIGUSR1;
+ vtmode.frsig = SIGUSR1;
+ if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed");
+ }
+ #if !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL)
+ if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDENABIO, 0) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDENABIO failed (%s)",
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+ #endif
+ if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDSETMODE KD_GRAPHICS failed");
+ }
+ } else { /* ShareVTs */
+ close(xf86Info.consoleFd);
+ }
+ break;
+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+ case WSCONS:
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* serverGeneration != 1 */
+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
+ if (!ShareVTs) if (xf86Info.consType == SYSCONS || xf86Info.consType == PCVT)
+ {
+ if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno) != 0)
+ {
+ xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
+
+static int
+xf86OpenPccons()
+{
+ int fd = -1;
+
+ if ((fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0))
+ >= 0 ||
+ (fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0))
+ >= 0)
+ {
+ if (ioctl(fd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError(
+ "%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF failed (%s)\n%s\n%s",
+ "xf86OpenPccons",
+ strerror(errno),
+ "Was expecting pccons driver with X support",
+ CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
+ }
+ xf86Info.consType = PCCONS;
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pccons driver with X support\n");
+ }
+ return fd;
+}
+
+#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */
+
+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
+
+static int
+xf86OpenSyscons()
+{
+ int fd = -1;
+ vtmode_t vtmode;
+ char vtname[12];
+ struct stat status;
+ long syscons_version;
+ MessageType from;
+
+ /* Check for syscons */
+ if ((fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0
+ || (fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0)
+ {
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Get syscons version */
+ if (ioctl(fd, CONS_GETVERS, &syscons_version) < 0)
+ {
+ syscons_version = 0;
+ }
+
+ xf86Info.vtno = VTnum;
+ from = X_CMDLINE;
+
+#ifdef VT_GETACTIVE
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0)
+ initialVT = -1;
+#endif
+ if (ShareVTs)
+ xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
+
+ if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
+ {
+ /*
+ * For old syscons versions (<0x100), VT_OPENQRY returns
+ * the current VT rather than the next free VT. In this
+ * case, the server gets started on the current VT instead
+ * of the next free VT.
+ */
+
+#if 0
+ /* check for the fixed VT_OPENQRY */
+ if (syscons_version >= 0x100)
+ {
+#endif
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0)
+ {
+ /* No free VTs */
+ xf86Info.vtno = -1;
+ }
+#if 0
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
+ {
+ /*
+ * All VTs are in use. If initialVT was found, use it.
+ * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one.
+ * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work.
+ */
+ if (initialVT != -1)
+ {
+ xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
+ }
+ else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0)
+ && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode)
+ && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0))
+ {
+ /* stdin is a VT */
+ xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (syscons_version >= 0x100)
+ {
+ FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT",
+ "xf86OpenSyscons");
+ }
+ /* Should no longer reach here */
+ FatalError("%s: %s %s\n\t%s %s",
+ "xf86OpenSyscons",
+ "syscons versions prior to 1.0 require",
+ "either the",
+ "server's stdin be a VT",
+ "or the use of the vtxx server option");
+ }
+ }
+ from = X_PROBED;
+ }
+
+ close(fd);
+#ifndef __OpenBSD__
+ sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyv%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1);
+#else
+ sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyC%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1);
+#endif
+ if ((fd = open(vtname, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: Cannot open %s (%s)",
+ vtname, strerror(errno));
+ }
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: VT_GETMODE failed");
+ }
+ xf86Info.consType = SYSCONS;
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using syscons driver with X support");
+ if (syscons_version >= 0x100)
+ {
+ xf86ErrorF(" (version %ld.%ld)\n", syscons_version >> 8,
+ syscons_version & 0xFF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xf86ErrorF(" (version 0.x)\n");
+ }
+ xf86Msg(from, "using VT number %d\n\n", xf86Info.vtno);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* VT_GETMODE failed, probably not syscons */
+ close(fd);
+ fd = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ return fd;
+}
+
+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
+
+
+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
+
+static int
+xf86OpenPcvt()
+{
+ /* This looks much like syscons, since pcvt is API compatible */
+ int fd = -1;
+ vtmode_t vtmode;
+ char vtname[12], *vtprefix;
+ struct stat status;
+ struct pcvtid pcvt_version;
+
+#ifndef __OpenBSD__
+ vtprefix = "/dev/ttyv";
+#else
+ vtprefix = "/dev/ttyC";
+#endif
+
+ fd = open(PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0);
+#ifdef WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV
+ if (fd < 0)
+ {
+ fd = open(WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0);
+ vtprefix = "/dev/ttyE";
+ }
+#endif
+ if (fd >= 0)
+ {
+ if (ioctl(fd, VGAPCVTID, &pcvt_version) >= 0)
+ {
+ if(ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("%s: VT_GETMODE failed\n%s%s\n%s",
+ "xf86OpenPcvt",
+ "Found pcvt driver but X11 seems to be",
+ " not supported.", CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
+ }
+
+ xf86Info.vtno = VTnum;
+
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0)
+ initialVT = -1;
+
+ if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
+ {
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0)
+ {
+ /* No free VTs */
+ xf86Info.vtno = -1;
+ }
+
+ if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
+ {
+ /*
+ * All VTs are in use. If initialVT was found, use it.
+ * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one.
+ * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work.
+ */
+ if (initialVT != -1)
+ {
+ xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
+ }
+ else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0)
+ && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode)
+ && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0))
+ {
+ /* stdin is a VT */
+ xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT",
+ "xf86OpenPcvt");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ close(fd);
+ sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1);
+ if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0)
+ {
+ ErrorF("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)",
+ vtname, strerror(errno));
+ xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
+ sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1);
+ if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0) {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)",
+ vtname, strerror(errno));
+ }
+ }
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)
+ {
+ FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: VT_GETMODE failed");
+ }
+ xf86Info.consType = PCVT;
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED,
+ "Using wscons driver on %s in pcvt compatibility mode "
+ "(version %d.%d)\n", vtname,
+ pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor);
+#else
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pcvt driver (version %d.%d)\n",
+ pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Not pcvt */
+ close(fd);
+ fd = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ return fd;
+}
+
+#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */
+
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+
+static int
+xf86OpenWScons()
+{
+ int fd = -1;
+ int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED;
+ int i;
+ char ttyname[16];
+
+ /* XXX Is this ok? */
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+#if defined(__NetBSD__)
+ sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyE%d", i);
+#elif defined(__OpenBSD__)
+ sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyC%x", i);
+#endif
+ if ((fd = open(ttyname, 2)) != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (fd != -1) {
+ if (ioctl(fd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode) < 0) {
+ FatalError("%s: WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED failed (%s)\n%s",
+ "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno),
+ CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
+ }
+ xf86Info.consType = WSCONS;
+ xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using wscons driver\n");
+ }
+ return fd;
+}
+
+#endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */
+
+void
+xf86CloseConsole()
+{
+#if defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined(PCVT_SUPPORT)
+ struct vt_mode VT;
+#endif
+
+ if (ShareVTs) return;
+
+ switch (xf86Info.consType)
+ {
+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
+ case PCCONS:
+ ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0);
+ break;
+#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */
+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
+ case SYSCONS:
+ case PCVT:
+ ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT); /* Back to text mode */
+ if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1)
+ {
+ VT.mode = VT_AUTO;
+ ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &VT); /* dflt vt handling */
+ }
+#if !defined(OpenBSD) && !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL)
+ if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDDISABIO, 0) < 0)
+ {
+ xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: KDDISABIO failed (%s)",
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+#endif
+ if (initialVT != -1)
+ ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, initialVT);
+ break;
+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
+ case WSCONS:
+ {
+ int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_EMUL;
+ ioctl(xf86Info.screenFd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (xf86Info.screenFd != xf86Info.consoleFd)
+ {
+ close(xf86Info.screenFd);
+ close(xf86Info.consoleFd);
+ if ((xf86Info.consoleFd = open("/dev/console",O_RDONLY,0)) <0)
+ {
+ xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: Cannot open /dev/console (%s)",
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+ }
+ close(xf86Info.consoleFd);
+ if (devConsoleFd >= 0)
+ close(devConsoleFd);
+ return;
+}
+
+int
+xf86ProcessArgument(int argc, char *argv[], int i)
+{
+ /*
+ * Keep server from detaching from controlling tty. This is useful
+ * when debugging (so the server can receive keyboard signals.
+ */
+ if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-keeptty"))
+ {
+ KeepTty = TRUE;
+ return 1;
+ }
+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
+ if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-sharevts"))
+ {
+ ShareVTs = TRUE;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if ((argv[i][0] == 'v') && (argv[i][1] == 't'))
+ {
+ if (sscanf(argv[i], "vt%2d", &VTnum) == 0 ||
+ VTnum < 1 || VTnum > 12)
+ {
+ UseMsg();
+ VTnum = -1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }
+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void
+xf86UseMsg()
+{
+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
+ ErrorF("vtXX use the specified VT number (1-12)\n");
+ ErrorF("-sharevts share VTs with another X server\n");
+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
+ ErrorF("-keeptty ");
+ ErrorF("don't detach controlling tty (for debugging only)\n");
+ return;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c index 24c91cc37..6eab1a3dd 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c @@ -1,475 +1,475 @@ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include "xf86.h" -#include "xf86CursorPriv.h" -#include "colormapst.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" - -/* FIXME: This was added with the ABI change of the miPointerSpriteFuncs for - * MPX. - * inputInfo is needed to pass the core pointer as the default argument into - * the cursor functions. - * - * Externing inputInfo is not the nice way to do it but it works. - */ -#include "inputstr.h" -extern InputInfo inputInfo; - -DevPrivateKeyRec xf86CursorScreenKeyRec; - -/* sprite functions */ - -static Bool xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr); -static Bool xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr); -static void xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, int, int); -static void xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, int, int); -static Bool xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr); -static void xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr); - -static miPointerSpriteFuncRec xf86CursorSpriteFuncs = { - xf86CursorRealizeCursor, - xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor, - xf86CursorSetCursor, - xf86CursorMoveCursor, - xf86DeviceCursorInitialize, - xf86DeviceCursorCleanup -}; - -/* Screen functions */ - -static void xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr); -static void xf86CursorRecolorCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, Bool); -static Bool xf86CursorCloseScreen(int, ScreenPtr); -static void xf86CursorQueryBestSize(int, unsigned short*, unsigned short*, - ScreenPtr); - -/* ScrnInfoRec functions */ - -static void xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess(int, Bool); -static Bool xf86CursorSwitchMode(int, DisplayModePtr,int); - -Bool -xf86InitCursor( - ScreenPtr pScreen, - xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr -) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv; - miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv; - - if (!xf86InitHardwareCursor(pScreen, infoPtr)) - return FALSE; - - if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86CursorScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0)) - return FALSE; - - ScreenPriv = calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorScreenRec)); - if (!ScreenPriv) - return FALSE; - - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey, ScreenPriv); - - ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE; - ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE; - ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NULL; - ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr = infoPtr; - ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = FALSE; - ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = NULL; - - ScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen; - pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86CursorCloseScreen; - ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize = pScreen->QueryBestSize; - pScreen->QueryBestSize = xf86CursorQueryBestSize; - ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor = pScreen->RecolorCursor; - pScreen->RecolorCursor = xf86CursorRecolorCursor; - - if ((infoPtr->pScrn->bitsPerPixel == 8) && - !(infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_TRUECOLOR_AT_8BPP)) { - ScreenPriv->InstallColormap = pScreen->InstallColormap; - pScreen->InstallColormap = xf86CursorInstallColormap; - ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = TRUE; - } - - PointPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey); - - ScreenPriv->showTransparent = PointPriv->showTransparent; - if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT) - PointPriv->showTransparent = TRUE; - else - PointPriv->showTransparent = FALSE; - ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs = PointPriv->spriteFuncs; - PointPriv->spriteFuncs = &xf86CursorSpriteFuncs; - - ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess = pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess; - ScreenPriv->SwitchMode = pScrn->SwitchMode; - - ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount = 0; - ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE; - - pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess; - if (pScrn->SwitchMode) - pScrn->SwitchMode = xf86CursorSwitchMode; - - return TRUE; -} - -/***** Screen functions *****/ - -static Bool -xf86CursorCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv = (miPointerScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey); - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (ScreenPriv->isUp && pScrn->vtSema) - xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y); - - if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor) - FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None); - - pScreen->CloseScreen = ScreenPriv->CloseScreen; - pScreen->QueryBestSize = ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize; - pScreen->RecolorCursor = ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor; - if (ScreenPriv->InstallColormap) - pScreen->InstallColormap = ScreenPriv->InstallColormap; - - PointPriv->spriteFuncs = ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs; - PointPriv->showTransparent = ScreenPriv->showTransparent; - - pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess; - pScrn->SwitchMode = ScreenPriv->SwitchMode; - - free(ScreenPriv->transparentData); - free(ScreenPriv); - - return (*pScreen->CloseScreen)(i, pScreen); -} - -static void -xf86CursorQueryBestSize( - int class, - unsigned short *width, - unsigned short *height, - ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (class == CursorShape) { - if(*width > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth) - *width = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth; - if(*height > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight) - *height = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight; - } else - (*ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize)(class, width, height, pScreen); -} - -static void -xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pMap) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pMap->pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = pMap; - - (*ScreenPriv->InstallColormap)(pMap); -} - -static void -xf86CursorRecolorCursor( - DeviceIntPtr pDev, - ScreenPtr pScreen, - CursorPtr pCurs, - Bool displayed) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (!displayed) - return; - - if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor) - (*ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, displayed); - else - xf86RecolorCursor(pScreen, pCurs, displayed); -} - -/***** ScrnInfoRec functions *********/ - -static void -xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess( - int index, - Bool enable) -{ - DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer; - - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index]; - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (!enable && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor != NullCursor) { - CursorPtr currentCursor = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor; - xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, - ScreenPriv->y); - ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE; - ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE; - ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = currentCursor; - } - - if (ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess) - (*ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess)(index, enable); - - if (enable && ScreenPriv->SavedCursor) - { - /* - * Re-set current cursor so drivers can react to FB access having been - * temporarily disabled. - */ - xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->SavedCursor, - ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y); - ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = NULL; - } -} - -static Bool -xf86CursorSwitchMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags) -{ - Bool ret; - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index]; - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (ScreenPriv->isUp) { - xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y); - ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE; - } - - ret = (*ScreenPriv->SwitchMode)(index, mode, flags); - - /* - * Cannot restore cursor here because the new frame[XY][01] haven't been - * calculated yet. However, because the hardware cursor was removed above, - * ensure the cursor is repainted by miPointerWarpCursor(). - */ - ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor; - miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, FALSE); /* Force cursor repaint */ - - return ret; -} - -/****** miPointerSpriteFunctions *******/ - -static Bool -xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1) - dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL); - - return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs); -} - -static Bool -xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, - CursorPtr pCurs) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1) { - free(dixLookupPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen))); - dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL); - } - - return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs); -} - -static void -xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs, - int x, int y) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr; - - if (pCurs == NullCursor) { /* means we're supposed to remove the cursor */ - if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor || - !(GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer)) - (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y); - else if (ScreenPriv->isUp) { - xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y); - ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE; - } - if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor) - FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None); - ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NullCursor; - return; - } - - /* only update for VCP, otherwise we get cursor jumps when removing a - sprite. The second cursor is never HW rendered anyway. */ - if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer) - { - pCurs->refcnt++; - if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor) - FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None); - ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = pCurs; - ScreenPriv->x = x; - ScreenPriv->y = y; - ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = NULL; - ScreenPriv->HotX = pCurs->bits->xhot; - ScreenPriv->HotY = pCurs->bits->yhot; - - if (!infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema) - ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = pCurs; - - if (infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema && (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount || (( -#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR - pCurs->bits->argb && infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB && - (*infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB) (pScreen, pCurs) ) || ( - pCurs->bits->argb == 0 && -#endif - (pCurs->bits->height <= infoPtr->MaxHeight) && - (pCurs->bits->width <= infoPtr->MaxWidth) && - (!infoPtr->UseHWCursor || (*infoPtr->UseHWCursor)(pScreen, pCurs)))))) - { - - if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor) /* remove the SW cursor */ - (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y); - - xf86SetCursor(pScreen, pCurs, x, y); - ScreenPriv->SWCursor = FALSE; - ScreenPriv->isUp = TRUE; - - miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, !infoPtr->pScrn->silkenMouse); - return; - } - - miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, TRUE); - - if (ScreenPriv->isUp) { - /* Remove the HW cursor, or make it transparent */ - if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT) { - xf86SetTransparentCursor(pScreen); - } else { - xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y); - ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE; - } - } - - if (!ScreenPriv->SWCursor) - ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE; - - } - - if (pCurs->bits->emptyMask && !ScreenPriv->showTransparent) - pCurs = NullCursor; - - (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, x, y); -} - -static void -xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - /* only update coordinate state for first sprite, otherwise we get jumps - when removing a sprite. The second sprite is never HW rendered anyway */ - if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer) - { - ScreenPriv->x = x; - ScreenPriv->y = y; - - if (ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore) - xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore, x, y); - else if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor) - (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y); - else if (ScreenPriv->isUp) - xf86MoveCursor(pScreen, x, y); - } else - (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y); -} - -void -xf86ForceHWCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool on) -{ - DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer; - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - if (on) - { - if (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount++ == 0) - { - if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor) - { - ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = TRUE; - xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, - ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y); - } - else - ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE; - } - } - else - { - if (--ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount == 0) - { - if (ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor) - xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, - ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y); - } - } -} - -xf86CursorInfoPtr -xf86CreateCursorInfoRec(void) -{ - return calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorInfoRec)); -} - -void -xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec(xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr) -{ - free(infoPtr); -} - -/** - * New cursor has been created. Do your initalizations here. - */ -static Bool -xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - int ret; - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - /* Init SW cursor */ - ret = (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorInitialize)(pDev, pScreen); - - return ret; -} - -/** - * Cursor has been removed. Clean up after yourself. - */ -static void -xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate( - &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey); - - /* Clean up SW cursor */ - (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorCleanup)(pDev, pScreen); -} - +
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86CursorPriv.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+
+/* FIXME: This was added with the ABI change of the miPointerSpriteFuncs for
+ * MPX.
+ * inputInfo is needed to pass the core pointer as the default argument into
+ * the cursor functions.
+ *
+ * Externing inputInfo is not the nice way to do it but it works.
+ */
+#include "inputstr.h"
+extern InputInfo inputInfo;
+
+DevPrivateKeyRec xf86CursorScreenKeyRec;
+
+/* sprite functions */
+
+static Bool xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr);
+static Bool xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr);
+static void xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, int, int);
+static void xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, int, int);
+static Bool xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr);
+static void xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr);
+
+static miPointerSpriteFuncRec xf86CursorSpriteFuncs = {
+ xf86CursorRealizeCursor,
+ xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor,
+ xf86CursorSetCursor,
+ xf86CursorMoveCursor,
+ xf86DeviceCursorInitialize,
+ xf86DeviceCursorCleanup
+};
+
+/* Screen functions */
+
+static void xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr);
+static void xf86CursorRecolorCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, Bool);
+static Bool xf86CursorCloseScreen(int, ScreenPtr);
+static void xf86CursorQueryBestSize(int, unsigned short*, unsigned short*,
+ ScreenPtr);
+
+/* ScrnInfoRec functions */
+
+static void xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess(int, Bool);
+static Bool xf86CursorSwitchMode(int, DisplayModePtr,int);
+
+Bool
+xf86InitCursor(
+ ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr
+)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv;
+ miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv;
+
+ if (!xf86InitHardwareCursor(pScreen, infoPtr))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86CursorScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ ScreenPriv = calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorScreenRec));
+ if (!ScreenPriv)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey, ScreenPriv);
+
+ ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;
+ ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
+ ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NULL;
+ ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr = infoPtr;
+ ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = FALSE;
+ ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = NULL;
+
+ ScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86CursorCloseScreen;
+ ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize = pScreen->QueryBestSize;
+ pScreen->QueryBestSize = xf86CursorQueryBestSize;
+ ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor = pScreen->RecolorCursor;
+ pScreen->RecolorCursor = xf86CursorRecolorCursor;
+
+ if ((infoPtr->pScrn->bitsPerPixel == 8) &&
+ !(infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_TRUECOLOR_AT_8BPP)) {
+ ScreenPriv->InstallColormap = pScreen->InstallColormap;
+ pScreen->InstallColormap = xf86CursorInstallColormap;
+ ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ PointPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey);
+
+ ScreenPriv->showTransparent = PointPriv->showTransparent;
+ if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT)
+ PointPriv->showTransparent = TRUE;
+ else
+ PointPriv->showTransparent = FALSE;
+ ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs = PointPriv->spriteFuncs;
+ PointPriv->spriteFuncs = &xf86CursorSpriteFuncs;
+
+ ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess = pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess;
+ ScreenPriv->SwitchMode = pScrn->SwitchMode;
+
+ ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount = 0;
+ ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE;
+
+ pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess;
+ if (pScrn->SwitchMode)
+ pScrn->SwitchMode = xf86CursorSwitchMode;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/***** Screen functions *****/
+
+static Bool
+xf86CursorCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+ miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv = (miPointerScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey);
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->isUp && pScrn->vtSema)
+ xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
+ FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);
+
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = ScreenPriv->CloseScreen;
+ pScreen->QueryBestSize = ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize;
+ pScreen->RecolorCursor = ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor;
+ if (ScreenPriv->InstallColormap)
+ pScreen->InstallColormap = ScreenPriv->InstallColormap;
+
+ PointPriv->spriteFuncs = ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs;
+ PointPriv->showTransparent = ScreenPriv->showTransparent;
+
+ pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess;
+ pScrn->SwitchMode = ScreenPriv->SwitchMode;
+
+ free(ScreenPriv->transparentData);
+ free(ScreenPriv);
+
+ return (*pScreen->CloseScreen)(i, pScreen);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86CursorQueryBestSize(
+ int class,
+ unsigned short *width,
+ unsigned short *height,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (class == CursorShape) {
+ if(*width > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth)
+ *width = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth;
+ if(*height > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight)
+ *height = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight;
+ } else
+ (*ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize)(class, width, height, pScreen);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pMap)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pMap->pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = pMap;
+
+ (*ScreenPriv->InstallColormap)(pMap);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86CursorRecolorCursor(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCurs,
+ Bool displayed)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (!displayed)
+ return;
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)
+ (*ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, displayed);
+ else
+ xf86RecolorCursor(pScreen, pCurs, displayed);
+}
+
+/***** ScrnInfoRec functions *********/
+
+static void
+xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess(
+ int index,
+ Bool enable)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer;
+
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index];
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (!enable && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor != NullCursor) {
+ CursorPtr currentCursor = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor;
+ xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x,
+ ScreenPriv->y);
+ ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
+ ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;
+ ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = currentCursor;
+ }
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess)
+ (*ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess)(index, enable);
+
+ if (enable && ScreenPriv->SavedCursor)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Re-set current cursor so drivers can react to FB access having been
+ * temporarily disabled.
+ */
+ xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->SavedCursor,
+ ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
+ ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86CursorSwitchMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags)
+{
+ Bool ret;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index];
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {
+ xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
+ ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ ret = (*ScreenPriv->SwitchMode)(index, mode, flags);
+
+ /*
+ * Cannot restore cursor here because the new frame[XY][01] haven't been
+ * calculated yet. However, because the hardware cursor was removed above,
+ * ensure the cursor is repainted by miPointerWarpCursor().
+ */
+ ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor;
+ miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, FALSE); /* Force cursor repaint */
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/****** miPointerSpriteFunctions *******/
+
+static Bool
+xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1)
+ dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL);
+
+ return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs);
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCurs)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1) {
+ free(dixLookupPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen)));
+ dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL);
+ }
+
+ return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs,
+ int x, int y)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+ xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr;
+
+ if (pCurs == NullCursor) { /* means we're supposed to remove the cursor */
+ if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor ||
+ !(GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer))
+ (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
+ else if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {
+ xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
+ ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
+ FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);
+ ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NullCursor;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* only update for VCP, otherwise we get cursor jumps when removing a
+ sprite. The second cursor is never HW rendered anyway. */
+ if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer)
+ {
+ pCurs->refcnt++;
+ if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
+ FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);
+ ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = pCurs;
+ ScreenPriv->x = x;
+ ScreenPriv->y = y;
+ ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = NULL;
+ ScreenPriv->HotX = pCurs->bits->xhot;
+ ScreenPriv->HotY = pCurs->bits->yhot;
+
+ if (!infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema)
+ ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = pCurs;
+
+ if (infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema && (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount || ((
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ pCurs->bits->argb && infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB &&
+ (*infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB) (pScreen, pCurs) ) || (
+ pCurs->bits->argb == 0 &&
+#endif
+ (pCurs->bits->height <= infoPtr->MaxHeight) &&
+ (pCurs->bits->width <= infoPtr->MaxWidth) &&
+ (!infoPtr->UseHWCursor || (*infoPtr->UseHWCursor)(pScreen, pCurs))))))
+ {
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor) /* remove the SW cursor */
+ (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
+
+ xf86SetCursor(pScreen, pCurs, x, y);
+ ScreenPriv->SWCursor = FALSE;
+ ScreenPriv->isUp = TRUE;
+
+ miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, !infoPtr->pScrn->silkenMouse);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, TRUE);
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {
+ /* Remove the HW cursor, or make it transparent */
+ if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT) {
+ xf86SetTransparentCursor(pScreen);
+ } else {
+ xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
+ ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!ScreenPriv->SWCursor)
+ ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;
+
+ }
+
+ if (pCurs->bits->emptyMask && !ScreenPriv->showTransparent)
+ pCurs = NullCursor;
+
+ (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, x, y);
+}
+
+static void
+xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ /* only update coordinate state for first sprite, otherwise we get jumps
+ when removing a sprite. The second sprite is never HW rendered anyway */
+ if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer)
+ {
+ ScreenPriv->x = x;
+ ScreenPriv->y = y;
+
+ if (ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore)
+ xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore, x, y);
+ else if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)
+ (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+ else if (ScreenPriv->isUp)
+ xf86MoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
+ } else
+ (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+}
+
+void
+xf86ForceHWCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool on)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer;
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ if (on)
+ {
+ if (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount++ == 0)
+ {
+ if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
+ {
+ ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = TRUE;
+ xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor,
+ ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
+ }
+ else
+ ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (--ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount == 0)
+ {
+ if (ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
+ xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor,
+ ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+xf86CursorInfoPtr
+xf86CreateCursorInfoRec(void)
+{
+ return calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorInfoRec));
+}
+
+void
+xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec(xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr)
+{
+ free(infoPtr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * New cursor has been created. Do your initalizations here.
+ */
+static Bool
+xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ int ret;
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ /* Init SW cursor */
+ ret = (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorInitialize)(pDev, pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Cursor has been removed. Clean up after yourself.
+ */
+static void
+xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
+ &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
+
+ /* Clean up SW cursor */
+ (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorCleanup)(pDev, pScreen);
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c index 04132d956..082cfae4f 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c @@ -1,1089 +1,1089 @@ - -/* - * XFree86 vbe module - * Copyright 2000 Egbert Eich - * - * The mode query/save/set/restore functions from the vesa driver - * have been moved here. - * Copyright (c) 2000 by Conectiva S.A. (http://www.conectiva.com) - * Authors: Paulo César Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@conectiva.com.br> - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#include <string.h> - -#include "xf86.h" -#include "vbe.h" -#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h> - -#define VERSION(x) VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(x),VBE_VERSION_MINOR(x) - -#if X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN -#define B_O16(x) (x) -#define B_O32(x) (x) -#else -#define B_O16(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) & 0xff) >> 8)) -#define B_O32(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) | (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) \ - | (((x) & 0xff0000) >> 8) | (((x) & 0xff000000) >> 24)) -#endif -#define L_ADD(x) (B_O32(x) & 0xffff) + ((B_O32(x) >> 12) & 0xffff00) - -#define FARP(p) (((unsigned)(p & 0xffff0000) >> 12) | (p & 0xffff)) -#define R16(v) ((v) & 0xffff) - -static unsigned char * vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe); -static Bool vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe); - -static const char vbeVersionString[] = "VBE2"; - -vbeInfoPtr -VBEInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex) -{ - return VBEExtendedInit(pInt, entityIndex, 0); -} - -vbeInfoPtr -VBEExtendedInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex, int Flags) -{ - int RealOff; - pointer page = NULL; - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(entityIndex); - vbeControllerInfoPtr vbe = NULL; - Bool init_int10 = FALSE; - vbeInfoPtr vip = NULL; - int screen; - - if (!pScrn) return NULL; - screen = pScrn->scrnIndex; - - if (!pInt) { - if (!xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "int10")) - goto error; - - xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"initializing int10\n"); - pInt = xf86ExtendedInitInt10(entityIndex,Flags); - if (!pInt) - goto error; - init_int10 = TRUE; - } - - page = xf86Int10AllocPages(pInt,1,&RealOff); - if (!page) goto error; - vbe = (vbeControllerInfoPtr) page; - memcpy(vbe->VbeSignature,vbeVersionString,4); - - pInt->ax = 0x4F00; - pInt->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff); - pInt->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff); - pInt->num = 0x10; - - xf86ExecX86int10(pInt); - - if ((pInt->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) { - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA BIOS not detected\n"); - goto error; - } - - switch (pInt->ax & 0xff00) { - case 0: - xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS detected\n"); - break; - case 0x100: - xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS function failed\n"); - goto error; - case 0x200: - xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported\n"); - goto error; - case 0x300: - xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported in current mode\n"); - goto error; - default: - xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"Invalid\n"); - goto error; - } - - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen, X_INFO, 4, - "VbeVersion is %d, OemStringPtr is 0x%08lx,\n" - "\tOemVendorNamePtr is 0x%08lx, OemProductNamePtr is 0x%08lx,\n" - "\tOemProductRevPtr is 0x%08lx\n", - vbe->VbeVersion, (unsigned long)vbe->OemStringPtr, - (unsigned long)vbe->OemVendorNamePtr, - (unsigned long)vbe->OemProductNamePtr, - (unsigned long)vbe->OemProductRevPtr); - - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Version %i.%i\n", - VERSION(vbe->VbeVersion)); - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Total Mem: %i kB\n", - vbe->TotalMem * 64); - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM: %s\n", - (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemStringPtr))); - - if (B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion) >= 0x200) { - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Software Rev: %i.%i\n", - VERSION(vbe->OemSoftwareRev)); - if (vbe->OemVendorNamePtr) - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Vendor: %s\n", - (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemVendorNamePtr))); - if (vbe->OemProductNamePtr) - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product: %s\n", - (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductNamePtr))); - if (vbe->OemProductRevPtr) - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product Rev: %s\n", - (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductRevPtr))); - } - vip = (vbeInfoPtr)xnfalloc(sizeof(vbeInfoRec)); - vip->version = B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion); - vip->pInt10 = pInt; - vip->ddc = DDC_UNCHECKED; - vip->memory = page; - vip->real_mode_base = RealOff; - vip->num_pages = 1; - vip->init_int10 = init_int10; - - return vip; - - error: - if (page) - xf86Int10FreePages(pInt, page, 1); - if (init_int10) - xf86FreeInt10(pInt); - return NULL; -} - -void -vbeFree(vbeInfoPtr pVbe) -{ - if (!pVbe) - return; - - xf86Int10FreePages(pVbe->pInt10,pVbe->memory,pVbe->num_pages); - /* If we have initalized int10 we ought to free it, too */ - if (pVbe->init_int10) - xf86FreeInt10(pVbe->pInt10); - free(pVbe); - return; -} - -static Bool -vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe) -{ - char *ddc_level; - int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex; - - if (pVbe->ddc == DDC_NONE) - return FALSE; - if (pVbe->ddc != DDC_UNCHECKED) - return TRUE; - - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->es = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->di = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) { - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC not supported\n"); - pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE; - return FALSE; - } - - switch ((pVbe->pInt10->ax >> 8) & 0xff) { - case 0: - xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA VBE DDC supported\n"); - switch (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x3) { - case 0: - ddc_level = " none"; - pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE; - break; - case 1: - ddc_level = " 1"; - pVbe->ddc = DDC_1; - break; - case 2: - ddc_level = " 2"; - pVbe->ddc = DDC_2; - break; - case 3: - ddc_level = " 1 + 2"; - pVbe->ddc = DDC_1_2; - break; - default: - ddc_level = ""; - pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE; - break; - } - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Level%s\n",ddc_level); - if (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x4) { - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Screen blanked" - "for data transfer\n"); - pVbe->ddc_blank = TRUE; - } else - pVbe->ddc_blank = FALSE; - - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3, - "VESA VBE DDC transfer in appr. %x sec.\n", - (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0xff); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -typedef enum { - VBEOPT_NOVBE, - VBEOPT_NODDC -} VBEOpts; - -static const OptionInfoRec VBEOptions[] = { - { VBEOPT_NOVBE, "NoVBE", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE }, - { VBEOPT_NODDC, "NoDDC", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE }, - { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE }, -}; - -static unsigned char * -vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe) -{ - int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base; - pointer page = pVbe->memory; - unsigned char *tmp = NULL; - Bool novbe = FALSE; - Bool noddc = FALSE; - int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex; - OptionInfoPtr options; - - if (!page) return NULL; - - options = xnfalloc(sizeof(VBEOptions)); - (void)memcpy(options, VBEOptions, sizeof(VBEOptions)); - xf86ProcessOptions(screen, xf86Screens[screen]->options, options); - xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NOVBE, &novbe); - xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NODDC, &noddc); - free(options); - if (novbe || noddc) return NULL; - - if (!vbeProbeDDC(pVbe)) goto error; - - memset(page,0,sizeof(vbeInfoPtr)); - strcpy(page,vbeVersionString); - - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff); - pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff); - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) { - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC invalid\n"); - goto error; - } - switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) { - case 0x0: - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read successfully\n"); - tmp = (unsigned char *)xnfalloc(128); - memcpy(tmp,page,128); - break; - case 0x100: - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read failed\n"); - break; - default: - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC unkown failure %i\n", - pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00); - break; - } - - error: - return tmp; -} - -xf86MonPtr -vbeDoEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, pointer pDDCModule) -{ - xf86MonPtr pMonitor; - pointer pModule; - unsigned char *DDC_data = NULL; - - if (!pVbe) return NULL; - if (pVbe->version < 0x200) - return NULL; - - if (!(pModule = pDDCModule)) { - pModule = - xf86LoadSubModule(xf86Screens[pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex], "ddc"); - if (!pModule) - return NULL; - } - - DDC_data = vbeReadEDID(pVbe); - - if (!DDC_data) - return NULL; - - pMonitor = xf86InterpretEDID(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, DDC_data); - - if (!pDDCModule) - xf86UnloadSubModule(pModule); - return pMonitor; -} - -#define GET_UNALIGNED2(x) \ - ((*(CARD16*)(x)) | (*(((CARD16*)(x) + 1))) << 16) - -VbeInfoBlock * -VBEGetVBEInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe) -{ - VbeInfoBlock *block = NULL; - int i, pStr, pModes; - char *str; - CARD16 major, *modes; - - memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeInfoBlock)); - - /* - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 00h Return Super VGA information - ES:DI := Pointer to buffer - - Output: - AX := status - (All other registers are preserved) - */ - - ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0] = 'V'; - ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1] = 'B'; - ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2] = 'E'; - ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3] = '2'; - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f00; - pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base); - pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base); - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return NULL; - - block = calloc(sizeof(VbeInfoBlock), 1); - block->VESASignature[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0]; - block->VESASignature[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1]; - block->VESASignature[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2]; - block->VESASignature[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3]; - - block->VESAVersion = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 4); - major = (unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8; - - pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 6)); - str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr)); - block->OEMStringPtr = strdup(str); - - block->Capabilities[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[10]; - block->Capabilities[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[11]; - block->Capabilities[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[12]; - block->Capabilities[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[13]; - - pModes = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 14)); - modes = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pModes)); - i = 0; - while (modes[i] != 0xffff) - i++; - block->VideoModePtr = malloc(sizeof(CARD16) * (i + 1)); - memcpy(block->VideoModePtr, modes, sizeof(CARD16) * i); - block->VideoModePtr[i] = 0xffff; - - block->TotalMemory = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 18); - - if (major < 2) - memcpy(&block->OemSoftwareRev, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20, 236); - else { - block->OemSoftwareRev = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20); - pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 22)); - str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr)); - block->OemVendorNamePtr = strdup(str); - pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 26)); - str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr)); - block->OemProductNamePtr = strdup(str); - pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 30)); - str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr)); - block->OemProductRevPtr = strdup(str); - memcpy(&block->Reserved, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 34, 222); - memcpy(&block->OemData, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 256, 256); - } - - return block; -} - -void -VBEFreeVBEInfo(VbeInfoBlock *block) -{ - free(block->OEMStringPtr); - free(block->VideoModePtr); - if (((unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8) >= 2) { - free(block->OemVendorNamePtr); - free(block->OemProductNamePtr); - free(block->OemProductRevPtr); - } - free(block); -} - -Bool -VBESetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, VbeCRTCInfoBlock *block) -{ - /* - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 02h Set Super VGA video mode - BX := Video mode - D0-D8 := Mode number - D9-D10 := Reserved (must be 0) - D11 := 0 Use current default refresh rate - := 1 Use user specified CRTC values for refresh rate - D12-13 Reserved for VBE/AF (must be 0) - D14 := 0 Use windowed frame buffer model - := 1 Use linear/flat frame buffer model - D15 := 0 Clear video memory - := 1 Don't clear video memory - ES:DI := Pointer to VbeCRTCInfoBlock structure - - Output: AX = Status - (All other registers are preserved) - */ - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f02; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = mode; - if (block) { - pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 1 << 11; - memcpy(pVbe->memory, block, sizeof(VbeCRTCInfoBlock)); - pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base); - pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base); - } else - pVbe->pInt10->bx &= ~(1 << 11); - - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f); -} - -Bool -VBEGetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *mode) -{ - /* - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 03h Return current video mode - - Output: - AX := Status - BX := Current video mode - (All other registers are preserved) - */ - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f03; - - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f) { - *mode = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx); - - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -VbeModeInfoBlock * -VBEGetModeInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode) -{ - VbeModeInfoBlock *block = NULL; - - memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock)); - - /* - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 01h Return Super VGA mode information - CX := Super VGA video mode - (mode number must be one of those returned by Function 0) - ES:DI := Pointer to buffer - - Output: - AX := status - (All other registers are preserved) - */ - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f01; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = mode; - pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base); - pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base); - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return NULL; - - block = malloc(sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock)); - if (block) - memcpy(block, pVbe->memory, sizeof(*block)); - - return block; -} - -void -VBEFreeModeInfo(VbeModeInfoBlock *block) -{ - free(block); -} - -Bool -VBESaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestoreFunction function, - pointer *memory, int *size, int *real_mode_pages) -{ - /* - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 04h Save/restore Super VGA video state - DL := 00h Return save/restore state buffer size - CX := Requested states - D0 = Save/restore video hardware state - D1 = Save/restore video BIOS data state - D2 = Save/restore video DAC state - D3 = Save/restore Super VGA state - - Output: - AX = Status - BX = Number of 64-byte blocks to hold the state buffer - (All other registers are preserved) - - - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 04h Save/restore Super VGA video state - DL := 01h Save Super VGA video state - CX := Requested states (see above) - ES:BX := Pointer to buffer - - Output: - AX := Status - (All other registers are preserved) - - - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 04h Save/restore Super VGA video state - DL := 02h Restore Super VGA video state - CX := Requested states (see above) - ES:BX := Pointer to buffer - - Output: - AX := Status - (All other registers are preserved) - */ - - if ((pVbe->version & 0xff00) > 0x100) { - int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex; - if (function == MODE_QUERY || - (function == MODE_SAVE && !*memory)) { - /* Query amount of memory to save state */ - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04; - pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return FALSE; - - if (function == MODE_SAVE) { - int npages = (R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx) * 64) / 4096 + 1; - if ((*memory = xf86Int10AllocPages(pVbe->pInt10, npages, - real_mode_pages)) == NULL) { - xf86DrvMsg(screen, X_ERROR, - "Cannot allocate memory to save SVGA state.\n"); - return FALSE; - } - } - *size = pVbe->pInt10->bx * 64; - } - - /* Save/Restore Super VGA state */ - if (function != MODE_QUERY) { - - if (!*memory) return FALSE; - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04; - switch (function) { - case MODE_SAVE: - pVbe->pInt10->dx = 1; - break; - case MODE_RESTORE: - pVbe->pInt10->dx = 2; - break; - case MODE_QUERY: - return FALSE; - } - pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f; - - pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(*real_mode_pages); - pVbe->pInt10->bx = SEG_OFF(*real_mode_pages); - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f); - - } - } - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -VBEBankSwitch(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, unsigned int iBank, int window) -{ - /* - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 05h - - Output: - */ - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f05; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = window; - pVbe->pInt10->dx = iBank; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -VBESetGetLogicalScanlineLength(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeScanwidthCommand command, - int width, int *pixels, int *bytes, int *max) -{ - if (command < SCANWID_SET || command > SCANWID_GET_MAX) - return FALSE; - - /* - Input: - AX := 4F06h VBE Set/Get Logical Scan Line Length - BL := 00h Set Scan Line Length in Pixels - := 01h Get Scan Line Length - := 02h Set Scan Line Length in Bytes - := 03h Get Maximum Scan Line Length - CX := If BL=00h Desired Width in Pixels - If BL=02h Desired Width in Bytes - (Ignored for Get Functions) - - Output: - AX := VBE Return Status - BX := Bytes Per Scan Line - CX := Actual Pixels Per Scan Line - (truncated to nearest complete pixel) - DX := Maximum Number of Scan Lines - */ - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f06; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = command; - if (command == SCANWID_SET || command == SCANWID_SET_BYTES) - pVbe->pInt10->cx = width; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return FALSE; - - if (command == SCANWID_GET || command == SCANWID_GET_MAX) { - if (pixels) - *pixels = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx); - if (bytes) - *bytes = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx); - if (max) - *max = R16(pVbe->pInt10->dx); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -VBESetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int x, int y, Bool wait_retrace) -{ - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = wait_retrace ? 0x80 : 0x00; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = x; - pVbe->pInt10->dx = y; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -VBEGetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *x, int *y) -{ - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return FALSE; - - *x = pVbe->pInt10->cx; - *y = pVbe->pInt10->dx; - - return TRUE; -} - -int -VBESetGetDACPaletteFormat(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int bits) -{ - /* - Input: - AX := 4F08h VBE Set/Get Palette Format - BL := 00h Set DAC Palette Format - := 01h Get DAC Palette Format - BH := Desired bits of color per primary - (Set DAC Palette Format only) - - Output: - AX := VBE Return Status - BH := Current number of bits of color per primary - */ - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f08; - if (!bits) - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01; - else - pVbe->pInt10->bx = (bits & 0x00ff) << 8; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return 0; - - return (bits != 0 ? bits : (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0x00ff); -} - -CARD32 * -VBESetGetPaletteData(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, Bool set, int first, int num, - CARD32 *data, Bool secondary, Bool wait_retrace) -{ - /* - Input: - (16-bit) - AX := 4F09h VBE Load/Unload Palette Data - BL := 00h Set Palette Data - := 01h Get Palette Data - := 02h Set Secondary Palette Data - := 03h Get Secondary Palette Data - := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace - CX := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256) - DX := First of the palette registers to update (start) - ES:DI := Table of palette values (see below for format) - - Output: - AX := VBE Return Status - - - Input: - (32-bit) - BL := 00h Set Palette Data - := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace - CX := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256) - DX := First of the palette registers to update (start) - ES:EDI := Table of palette values (see below for format) - DS := Selector for memory mapped registers - */ - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f09; - if (!secondary) - pVbe->pInt10->bx = set && wait_retrace ? 0x80 : set ? 0 : 1; - else - pVbe->pInt10->bx = set ? 2 : 3; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = num; - pVbe->pInt10->dx = first; - pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base); - pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base); - if (set) - memcpy(pVbe->memory, data, num * sizeof(CARD32)); - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return NULL; - - if (set) - return data; - - data = malloc(num * sizeof(CARD32)); - memcpy(data, pVbe->memory, num * sizeof(CARD32)); - - return data; -} - -VBEpmi * -VBEGetVBEpmi(vbeInfoPtr pVbe) -{ - VBEpmi *pmi; - - /* - Input: - AH := 4Fh Super VGA support - AL := 0Ah Protected Mode Interface - BL := 00h Return Protected Mode Table - - Output: - AX := Status - ES := Real Mode Segment of Table - DI := Offset of Table - CX := Lenght of Table including protected mode code in bytes (for copying purposes) - (All other registers are preserved) - */ - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0a; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->di = 0; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return NULL; - - pmi = malloc(sizeof(VBEpmi)); - pmi->seg_tbl = R16(pVbe->pInt10->es); - pmi->tbl_off = R16(pVbe->pInt10->di); - pmi->tbl_len = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx); - - return pmi; -} - -#if 0 -vbeModeInfoPtr -VBEBuildVbeModeList(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, VbeInfoBlock *vbe) -{ - vbeModeInfoPtr ModeList = NULL; - - int i = 0; - while (vbe->VideoModePtr[i] != 0xffff) { - vbeModeInfoPtr m; - VbeModeInfoBlock *mode; - int id = vbe->VideoModePtr[i++]; - int bpp; - - if ((mode = VBEGetModeInfo(pVbe, id)) == NULL) - continue; - - bpp = mode->BitsPerPixel; - - m = xnfcalloc(sizeof(vbeModeInfoRec),1); - m->width = mode->XResolution; - m->height = mode->YResolution; - m->bpp = bpp; - m->n = id; - m->next = ModeList; - - xf86DrvMsgVerb(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, X_PROBED, 3, - "BIOS reported VESA mode 0x%x: x:%i y:%i bpp:%i\n", - m->n, m->width, m->height, m->bpp); - - ModeList = m; - - VBEFreeModeInfo(mode); - } - return ModeList; -} - -unsigned short -VBECalcVbeModeIndex(vbeModeInfoPtr m, DisplayModePtr mode, int bpp) -{ - while (m) { - if (bpp == m->bpp - && mode->HDisplay == m->width - && mode->VDisplay == m->height) - return m->n; - m = m->next; - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -void -VBEVesaSaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestorePtr vbe_sr, - vbeSaveRestoreFunction function) -{ - Bool SaveSucc = FALSE; - - if (VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(pVbe->version) > 1 - && (function == MODE_SAVE || vbe_sr->pstate)) { - if (function == MODE_RESTORE) - memcpy(vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->stateSize); - ErrorF("VBESaveRestore\n"); - if ((VBESaveRestore(pVbe,function, - (pointer)&vbe_sr->state, - &vbe_sr->stateSize,&vbe_sr->statePage))) { - if (function == MODE_SAVE) { - SaveSucc = TRUE; - vbe_sr->stateMode = -1; /* invalidate */ - /* don't rely on the memory not being touched */ - if (vbe_sr->pstate == NULL) - vbe_sr->pstate = malloc(vbe_sr->stateSize); - memcpy(vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->stateSize); - } - ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done with success\n"); - return; - } - ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done\n"); - } - - if (function == MODE_SAVE && !SaveSucc) - (void)VBEGetVBEMode(pVbe, &vbe_sr->stateMode); - - if (function == MODE_RESTORE && vbe_sr->stateMode != -1) - VBESetVBEMode(pVbe, vbe_sr->stateMode, NULL); - -} - -int -VBEGetPixelClock(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, int clock) -{ - /* - Input: - AX := 4F0Bh VBE Get Pixel Clock - BL := 00h Get Pixel Clock - ECX := pixel clock in units of Hz - DX := mode number - - Output: - AX := VBE Return Status - ECX := Closest pixel clock - */ - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0b; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x00; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = clock; - pVbe->pInt10->dx = mode; - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f) - return 0; - - return pVbe->pInt10->cx; -} - -Bool -VBEDPMSSet(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode) -{ - /* - Input: - AX := 4F10h DPMS - BL := 01h Set Display Power State - BH := requested power state - - Output: - AX := VBE Return Status - */ - - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f10; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01; - switch (mode) { - case DPMSModeOn: - break; - case DPMSModeStandby: - pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x100; - break; - case DPMSModeSuspend: - pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x200; - break; - case DPMSModeOff: - pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x400; - break; - } - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f); -} - -void -VBEInterpretPanelID(int scrnIndex, struct vbePanelID *data) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - DisplayModePtr mode; - const float PANEL_HZ = 60.0; - - if (!data) - return; - - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "PanelID returned panel resolution %dx%d\n", - data->hsize, data->vsize); - - if (pScrn->monitor->nHsync || pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh) - return; - - if (data->hsize < 320 || data->vsize < 240) { - xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "...which I refuse to believe\n"); - return; - } - - mode = xf86CVTMode(data->hsize, data->vsize, PANEL_HZ, 1, 0); - - pScrn->monitor->nHsync = 1; - pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].lo = 31.5; - pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].hi = (float)mode->Clock / (float)mode->HTotal; - pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh = 1; - pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = 56.0; - pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].hi = - (float)mode->Clock*1000.0 / (float)mode->HTotal / (float)mode->VTotal; - - free(mode); -} - -struct vbePanelID * -VBEReadPanelID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe) -{ - int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base; - pointer page = pVbe->memory; - void *tmp = NULL; - int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex; - - pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F11; - pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01; - pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0; - pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff); - pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff); - pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10; - - xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10); - - if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) { - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID invalid\n"); - goto error; - } - - switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) { - case 0x0: - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read successfully\n"); - tmp = xnfalloc(32); - memcpy(tmp, page, 32); - break; - case 0x100: - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read failed\n"); - break; - default: - xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID unknown failure %i\n", - pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00); - break; - } - -error: - return tmp; -} +
+/*
+ * XFree86 vbe module
+ * Copyright 2000 Egbert Eich
+ *
+ * The mode query/save/set/restore functions from the vesa driver
+ * have been moved here.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 by Conectiva S.A. (http://www.conectiva.com)
+ * Authors: Paulo César Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@conectiva.com.br>
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "vbe.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>
+
+#define VERSION(x) VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(x),VBE_VERSION_MINOR(x)
+
+#if X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define B_O16(x) (x)
+#define B_O32(x) (x)
+#else
+#define B_O16(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) & 0xff) >> 8))
+#define B_O32(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) | (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) \
+ | (((x) & 0xff0000) >> 8) | (((x) & 0xff000000) >> 24))
+#endif
+#define L_ADD(x) (B_O32(x) & 0xffff) + ((B_O32(x) >> 12) & 0xffff00)
+
+#define FARP(p) (((unsigned)(p & 0xffff0000) >> 12) | (p & 0xffff))
+#define R16(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
+
+static unsigned char * vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe);
+static Bool vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe);
+
+static const char vbeVersionString[] = "VBE2";
+
+vbeInfoPtr
+VBEInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex)
+{
+ return VBEExtendedInit(pInt, entityIndex, 0);
+}
+
+vbeInfoPtr
+VBEExtendedInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex, int Flags)
+{
+ int RealOff;
+ pointer page = NULL;
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(entityIndex);
+ vbeControllerInfoPtr vbe = NULL;
+ Bool init_int10 = FALSE;
+ vbeInfoPtr vip = NULL;
+ int screen;
+
+ if (!pScrn) return NULL;
+ screen = pScrn->scrnIndex;
+
+ if (!pInt) {
+ if (!xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "int10"))
+ goto error;
+
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"initializing int10\n");
+ pInt = xf86ExtendedInitInt10(entityIndex,Flags);
+ if (!pInt)
+ goto error;
+ init_int10 = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ page = xf86Int10AllocPages(pInt,1,&RealOff);
+ if (!page) goto error;
+ vbe = (vbeControllerInfoPtr) page;
+ memcpy(vbe->VbeSignature,vbeVersionString,4);
+
+ pInt->ax = 0x4F00;
+ pInt->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);
+ pInt->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);
+ pInt->num = 0x10;
+
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pInt);
+
+ if ((pInt->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA BIOS not detected\n");
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ switch (pInt->ax & 0xff00) {
+ case 0:
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS detected\n");
+ break;
+ case 0x100:
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS function failed\n");
+ goto error;
+ case 0x200:
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported\n");
+ goto error;
+ case 0x300:
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported in current mode\n");
+ goto error;
+ default:
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"Invalid\n");
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen, X_INFO, 4,
+ "VbeVersion is %d, OemStringPtr is 0x%08lx,\n"
+ "\tOemVendorNamePtr is 0x%08lx, OemProductNamePtr is 0x%08lx,\n"
+ "\tOemProductRevPtr is 0x%08lx\n",
+ vbe->VbeVersion, (unsigned long)vbe->OemStringPtr,
+ (unsigned long)vbe->OemVendorNamePtr,
+ (unsigned long)vbe->OemProductNamePtr,
+ (unsigned long)vbe->OemProductRevPtr);
+
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Version %i.%i\n",
+ VERSION(vbe->VbeVersion));
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Total Mem: %i kB\n",
+ vbe->TotalMem * 64);
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM: %s\n",
+ (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemStringPtr)));
+
+ if (B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion) >= 0x200) {
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Software Rev: %i.%i\n",
+ VERSION(vbe->OemSoftwareRev));
+ if (vbe->OemVendorNamePtr)
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Vendor: %s\n",
+ (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemVendorNamePtr)));
+ if (vbe->OemProductNamePtr)
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product: %s\n",
+ (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductNamePtr)));
+ if (vbe->OemProductRevPtr)
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product Rev: %s\n",
+ (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductRevPtr)));
+ }
+ vip = (vbeInfoPtr)xnfalloc(sizeof(vbeInfoRec));
+ vip->version = B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion);
+ vip->pInt10 = pInt;
+ vip->ddc = DDC_UNCHECKED;
+ vip->memory = page;
+ vip->real_mode_base = RealOff;
+ vip->num_pages = 1;
+ vip->init_int10 = init_int10;
+
+ return vip;
+
+ error:
+ if (page)
+ xf86Int10FreePages(pInt, page, 1);
+ if (init_int10)
+ xf86FreeInt10(pInt);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+vbeFree(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
+{
+ if (!pVbe)
+ return;
+
+ xf86Int10FreePages(pVbe->pInt10,pVbe->memory,pVbe->num_pages);
+ /* If we have initalized int10 we ought to free it, too */
+ if (pVbe->init_int10)
+ xf86FreeInt10(pVbe->pInt10);
+ free(pVbe);
+ return;
+}
+
+static Bool
+vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
+{
+ char *ddc_level;
+ int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
+
+ if (pVbe->ddc == DDC_NONE)
+ return FALSE;
+ if (pVbe->ddc != DDC_UNCHECKED)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC not supported\n");
+ pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ switch ((pVbe->pInt10->ax >> 8) & 0xff) {
+ case 0:
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA VBE DDC supported\n");
+ switch (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x3) {
+ case 0:
+ ddc_level = " none";
+ pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ ddc_level = " 1";
+ pVbe->ddc = DDC_1;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ ddc_level = " 2";
+ pVbe->ddc = DDC_2;
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ ddc_level = " 1 + 2";
+ pVbe->ddc = DDC_1_2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ddc_level = "";
+ pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;
+ break;
+ }
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Level%s\n",ddc_level);
+ if (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x4) {
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Screen blanked"
+ "for data transfer\n");
+ pVbe->ddc_blank = TRUE;
+ } else
+ pVbe->ddc_blank = FALSE;
+
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,
+ "VESA VBE DDC transfer in appr. %x sec.\n",
+ (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0xff);
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+typedef enum {
+ VBEOPT_NOVBE,
+ VBEOPT_NODDC
+} VBEOpts;
+
+static const OptionInfoRec VBEOptions[] = {
+ { VBEOPT_NOVBE, "NoVBE", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ { VBEOPT_NODDC, "NoDDC", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE },
+};
+
+static unsigned char *
+vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
+{
+ int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base;
+ pointer page = pVbe->memory;
+ unsigned char *tmp = NULL;
+ Bool novbe = FALSE;
+ Bool noddc = FALSE;
+ int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
+ OptionInfoPtr options;
+
+ if (!page) return NULL;
+
+ options = xnfalloc(sizeof(VBEOptions));
+ (void)memcpy(options, VBEOptions, sizeof(VBEOptions));
+ xf86ProcessOptions(screen, xf86Screens[screen]->options, options);
+ xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NOVBE, &novbe);
+ xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NODDC, &noddc);
+ free(options);
+ if (novbe || noddc) return NULL;
+
+ if (!vbeProbeDDC(pVbe)) goto error;
+
+ memset(page,0,sizeof(vbeInfoPtr));
+ strcpy(page,vbeVersionString);
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC invalid\n");
+ goto error;
+ }
+ switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) {
+ case 0x0:
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read successfully\n");
+ tmp = (unsigned char *)xnfalloc(128);
+ memcpy(tmp,page,128);
+ break;
+ case 0x100:
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read failed\n");
+ break;
+ default:
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC unkown failure %i\n",
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ error:
+ return tmp;
+}
+
+xf86MonPtr
+vbeDoEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, pointer pDDCModule)
+{
+ xf86MonPtr pMonitor;
+ pointer pModule;
+ unsigned char *DDC_data = NULL;
+
+ if (!pVbe) return NULL;
+ if (pVbe->version < 0x200)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (!(pModule = pDDCModule)) {
+ pModule =
+ xf86LoadSubModule(xf86Screens[pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex], "ddc");
+ if (!pModule)
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ DDC_data = vbeReadEDID(pVbe);
+
+ if (!DDC_data)
+ return NULL;
+
+ pMonitor = xf86InterpretEDID(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, DDC_data);
+
+ if (!pDDCModule)
+ xf86UnloadSubModule(pModule);
+ return pMonitor;
+}
+
+#define GET_UNALIGNED2(x) \
+ ((*(CARD16*)(x)) | (*(((CARD16*)(x) + 1))) << 16)
+
+VbeInfoBlock *
+VBEGetVBEInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
+{
+ VbeInfoBlock *block = NULL;
+ int i, pStr, pModes;
+ char *str;
+ CARD16 major, *modes;
+
+ memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeInfoBlock));
+
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 00h Return Super VGA information
+ ES:DI := Pointer to buffer
+
+ Output:
+ AX := status
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+ */
+
+ ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0] = 'V';
+ ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1] = 'B';
+ ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2] = 'E';
+ ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3] = '2';
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f00;
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return NULL;
+
+ block = calloc(sizeof(VbeInfoBlock), 1);
+ block->VESASignature[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0];
+ block->VESASignature[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1];
+ block->VESASignature[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2];
+ block->VESASignature[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3];
+
+ block->VESAVersion = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 4);
+ major = (unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8;
+
+ pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 6));
+ str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
+ block->OEMStringPtr = strdup(str);
+
+ block->Capabilities[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[10];
+ block->Capabilities[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[11];
+ block->Capabilities[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[12];
+ block->Capabilities[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[13];
+
+ pModes = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 14));
+ modes = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pModes));
+ i = 0;
+ while (modes[i] != 0xffff)
+ i++;
+ block->VideoModePtr = malloc(sizeof(CARD16) * (i + 1));
+ memcpy(block->VideoModePtr, modes, sizeof(CARD16) * i);
+ block->VideoModePtr[i] = 0xffff;
+
+ block->TotalMemory = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 18);
+
+ if (major < 2)
+ memcpy(&block->OemSoftwareRev, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20, 236);
+ else {
+ block->OemSoftwareRev = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20);
+ pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 22));
+ str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
+ block->OemVendorNamePtr = strdup(str);
+ pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 26));
+ str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
+ block->OemProductNamePtr = strdup(str);
+ pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 30));
+ str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
+ block->OemProductRevPtr = strdup(str);
+ memcpy(&block->Reserved, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 34, 222);
+ memcpy(&block->OemData, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 256, 256);
+ }
+
+ return block;
+}
+
+void
+VBEFreeVBEInfo(VbeInfoBlock *block)
+{
+ free(block->OEMStringPtr);
+ free(block->VideoModePtr);
+ if (((unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8) >= 2) {
+ free(block->OemVendorNamePtr);
+ free(block->OemProductNamePtr);
+ free(block->OemProductRevPtr);
+ }
+ free(block);
+}
+
+Bool
+VBESetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, VbeCRTCInfoBlock *block)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 02h Set Super VGA video mode
+ BX := Video mode
+ D0-D8 := Mode number
+ D9-D10 := Reserved (must be 0)
+ D11 := 0 Use current default refresh rate
+ := 1 Use user specified CRTC values for refresh rate
+ D12-13 Reserved for VBE/AF (must be 0)
+ D14 := 0 Use windowed frame buffer model
+ := 1 Use linear/flat frame buffer model
+ D15 := 0 Clear video memory
+ := 1 Don't clear video memory
+ ES:DI := Pointer to VbeCRTCInfoBlock structure
+
+ Output: AX = Status
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+ */
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f02;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = mode;
+ if (block) {
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 1 << 11;
+ memcpy(pVbe->memory, block, sizeof(VbeCRTCInfoBlock));
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ } else
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx &= ~(1 << 11);
+
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);
+}
+
+Bool
+VBEGetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *mode)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 03h Return current video mode
+
+ Output:
+ AX := Status
+ BX := Current video mode
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+ */
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f03;
+
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f) {
+ *mode = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+VbeModeInfoBlock *
+VBEGetModeInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode)
+{
+ VbeModeInfoBlock *block = NULL;
+
+ memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock));
+
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 01h Return Super VGA mode information
+ CX := Super VGA video mode
+ (mode number must be one of those returned by Function 0)
+ ES:DI := Pointer to buffer
+
+ Output:
+ AX := status
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+ */
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f01;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = mode;
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return NULL;
+
+ block = malloc(sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock));
+ if (block)
+ memcpy(block, pVbe->memory, sizeof(*block));
+
+ return block;
+}
+
+void
+VBEFreeModeInfo(VbeModeInfoBlock *block)
+{
+ free(block);
+}
+
+Bool
+VBESaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestoreFunction function,
+ pointer *memory, int *size, int *real_mode_pages)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 04h Save/restore Super VGA video state
+ DL := 00h Return save/restore state buffer size
+ CX := Requested states
+ D0 = Save/restore video hardware state
+ D1 = Save/restore video BIOS data state
+ D2 = Save/restore video DAC state
+ D3 = Save/restore Super VGA state
+
+ Output:
+ AX = Status
+ BX = Number of 64-byte blocks to hold the state buffer
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+
+
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 04h Save/restore Super VGA video state
+ DL := 01h Save Super VGA video state
+ CX := Requested states (see above)
+ ES:BX := Pointer to buffer
+
+ Output:
+ AX := Status
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+
+
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 04h Save/restore Super VGA video state
+ DL := 02h Restore Super VGA video state
+ CX := Requested states (see above)
+ ES:BX := Pointer to buffer
+
+ Output:
+ AX := Status
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+ */
+
+ if ((pVbe->version & 0xff00) > 0x100) {
+ int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
+ if (function == MODE_QUERY ||
+ (function == MODE_SAVE && !*memory)) {
+ /* Query amount of memory to save state */
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04;
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (function == MODE_SAVE) {
+ int npages = (R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx) * 64) / 4096 + 1;
+ if ((*memory = xf86Int10AllocPages(pVbe->pInt10, npages,
+ real_mode_pages)) == NULL) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(screen, X_ERROR,
+ "Cannot allocate memory to save SVGA state.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ *size = pVbe->pInt10->bx * 64;
+ }
+
+ /* Save/Restore Super VGA state */
+ if (function != MODE_QUERY) {
+
+ if (!*memory) return FALSE;
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04;
+ switch (function) {
+ case MODE_SAVE:
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = 1;
+ break;
+ case MODE_RESTORE:
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = 2;
+ break;
+ case MODE_QUERY:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f;
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(*real_mode_pages);
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = SEG_OFF(*real_mode_pages);
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+ return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);
+
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+VBEBankSwitch(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, unsigned int iBank, int window)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 05h
+
+ Output:
+ */
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f05;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = window;
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = iBank;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+VBESetGetLogicalScanlineLength(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeScanwidthCommand command,
+ int width, int *pixels, int *bytes, int *max)
+{
+ if (command < SCANWID_SET || command > SCANWID_GET_MAX)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AX := 4F06h VBE Set/Get Logical Scan Line Length
+ BL := 00h Set Scan Line Length in Pixels
+ := 01h Get Scan Line Length
+ := 02h Set Scan Line Length in Bytes
+ := 03h Get Maximum Scan Line Length
+ CX := If BL=00h Desired Width in Pixels
+ If BL=02h Desired Width in Bytes
+ (Ignored for Get Functions)
+
+ Output:
+ AX := VBE Return Status
+ BX := Bytes Per Scan Line
+ CX := Actual Pixels Per Scan Line
+ (truncated to nearest complete pixel)
+ DX := Maximum Number of Scan Lines
+ */
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f06;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = command;
+ if (command == SCANWID_SET || command == SCANWID_SET_BYTES)
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = width;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (command == SCANWID_GET || command == SCANWID_GET_MAX) {
+ if (pixels)
+ *pixels = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx);
+ if (bytes)
+ *bytes = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx);
+ if (max)
+ *max = R16(pVbe->pInt10->dx);
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+VBESetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int x, int y, Bool wait_retrace)
+{
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = wait_retrace ? 0x80 : 0x00;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = x;
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = y;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+VBEGetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *x, int *y)
+{
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ *x = pVbe->pInt10->cx;
+ *y = pVbe->pInt10->dx;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+VBESetGetDACPaletteFormat(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int bits)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AX := 4F08h VBE Set/Get Palette Format
+ BL := 00h Set DAC Palette Format
+ := 01h Get DAC Palette Format
+ BH := Desired bits of color per primary
+ (Set DAC Palette Format only)
+
+ Output:
+ AX := VBE Return Status
+ BH := Current number of bits of color per primary
+ */
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f08;
+ if (!bits)
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
+ else
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = (bits & 0x00ff) << 8;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return 0;
+
+ return (bits != 0 ? bits : (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0x00ff);
+}
+
+CARD32 *
+VBESetGetPaletteData(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, Bool set, int first, int num,
+ CARD32 *data, Bool secondary, Bool wait_retrace)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ (16-bit)
+ AX := 4F09h VBE Load/Unload Palette Data
+ BL := 00h Set Palette Data
+ := 01h Get Palette Data
+ := 02h Set Secondary Palette Data
+ := 03h Get Secondary Palette Data
+ := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace
+ CX := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256)
+ DX := First of the palette registers to update (start)
+ ES:DI := Table of palette values (see below for format)
+
+ Output:
+ AX := VBE Return Status
+
+
+ Input:
+ (32-bit)
+ BL := 00h Set Palette Data
+ := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace
+ CX := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256)
+ DX := First of the palette registers to update (start)
+ ES:EDI := Table of palette values (see below for format)
+ DS := Selector for memory mapped registers
+ */
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f09;
+ if (!secondary)
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = set && wait_retrace ? 0x80 : set ? 0 : 1;
+ else
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = set ? 2 : 3;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = num;
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = first;
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
+ if (set)
+ memcpy(pVbe->memory, data, num * sizeof(CARD32));
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (set)
+ return data;
+
+ data = malloc(num * sizeof(CARD32));
+ memcpy(data, pVbe->memory, num * sizeof(CARD32));
+
+ return data;
+}
+
+VBEpmi *
+VBEGetVBEpmi(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
+{
+ VBEpmi *pmi;
+
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AH := 4Fh Super VGA support
+ AL := 0Ah Protected Mode Interface
+ BL := 00h Return Protected Mode Table
+
+ Output:
+ AX := Status
+ ES := Real Mode Segment of Table
+ DI := Offset of Table
+ CX := Lenght of Table including protected mode code in bytes (for copying purposes)
+ (All other registers are preserved)
+ */
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0a;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = 0;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return NULL;
+
+ pmi = malloc(sizeof(VBEpmi));
+ pmi->seg_tbl = R16(pVbe->pInt10->es);
+ pmi->tbl_off = R16(pVbe->pInt10->di);
+ pmi->tbl_len = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx);
+
+ return pmi;
+}
+
+#if 0
+vbeModeInfoPtr
+VBEBuildVbeModeList(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, VbeInfoBlock *vbe)
+{
+ vbeModeInfoPtr ModeList = NULL;
+
+ int i = 0;
+ while (vbe->VideoModePtr[i] != 0xffff) {
+ vbeModeInfoPtr m;
+ VbeModeInfoBlock *mode;
+ int id = vbe->VideoModePtr[i++];
+ int bpp;
+
+ if ((mode = VBEGetModeInfo(pVbe, id)) == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ bpp = mode->BitsPerPixel;
+
+ m = xnfcalloc(sizeof(vbeModeInfoRec),1);
+ m->width = mode->XResolution;
+ m->height = mode->YResolution;
+ m->bpp = bpp;
+ m->n = id;
+ m->next = ModeList;
+
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, X_PROBED, 3,
+ "BIOS reported VESA mode 0x%x: x:%i y:%i bpp:%i\n",
+ m->n, m->width, m->height, m->bpp);
+
+ ModeList = m;
+
+ VBEFreeModeInfo(mode);
+ }
+ return ModeList;
+}
+
+unsigned short
+VBECalcVbeModeIndex(vbeModeInfoPtr m, DisplayModePtr mode, int bpp)
+{
+ while (m) {
+ if (bpp == m->bpp
+ && mode->HDisplay == m->width
+ && mode->VDisplay == m->height)
+ return m->n;
+ m = m->next;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+VBEVesaSaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestorePtr vbe_sr,
+ vbeSaveRestoreFunction function)
+{
+ Bool SaveSucc = FALSE;
+
+ if (VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(pVbe->version) > 1
+ && (function == MODE_SAVE || vbe_sr->pstate)) {
+ if (function == MODE_RESTORE)
+ memcpy(vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->stateSize);
+ ErrorF("VBESaveRestore\n");
+ if ((VBESaveRestore(pVbe,function,
+ (pointer)&vbe_sr->state,
+ &vbe_sr->stateSize,&vbe_sr->statePage))) {
+ if (function == MODE_SAVE) {
+ SaveSucc = TRUE;
+ vbe_sr->stateMode = -1; /* invalidate */
+ /* don't rely on the memory not being touched */
+ if (vbe_sr->pstate == NULL)
+ vbe_sr->pstate = malloc(vbe_sr->stateSize);
+ memcpy(vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->stateSize);
+ }
+ ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done with success\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done\n");
+ }
+
+ if (function == MODE_SAVE && !SaveSucc)
+ (void)VBEGetVBEMode(pVbe, &vbe_sr->stateMode);
+
+ if (function == MODE_RESTORE && vbe_sr->stateMode != -1)
+ VBESetVBEMode(pVbe, vbe_sr->stateMode, NULL);
+
+}
+
+int
+VBEGetPixelClock(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, int clock)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AX := 4F0Bh VBE Get Pixel Clock
+ BL := 00h Get Pixel Clock
+ ECX := pixel clock in units of Hz
+ DX := mode number
+
+ Output:
+ AX := VBE Return Status
+ ECX := Closest pixel clock
+ */
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0b;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x00;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = clock;
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = mode;
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
+ return 0;
+
+ return pVbe->pInt10->cx;
+}
+
+Bool
+VBEDPMSSet(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode)
+{
+ /*
+ Input:
+ AX := 4F10h DPMS
+ BL := 01h Set Display Power State
+ BH := requested power state
+
+ Output:
+ AX := VBE Return Status
+ */
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f10;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
+ switch (mode) {
+ case DPMSModeOn:
+ break;
+ case DPMSModeStandby:
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x100;
+ break;
+ case DPMSModeSuspend:
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x200;
+ break;
+ case DPMSModeOff:
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x400;
+ break;
+ }
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+ return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);
+}
+
+void
+VBEInterpretPanelID(int scrnIndex, struct vbePanelID *data)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ const float PANEL_HZ = 60.0;
+
+ if (!data)
+ return;
+
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "PanelID returned panel resolution %dx%d\n",
+ data->hsize, data->vsize);
+
+ if (pScrn->monitor->nHsync || pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh)
+ return;
+
+ if (data->hsize < 320 || data->vsize < 240) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "...which I refuse to believe\n");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ mode = xf86CVTMode(data->hsize, data->vsize, PANEL_HZ, 1, 0);
+
+ pScrn->monitor->nHsync = 1;
+ pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].lo = 31.5;
+ pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].hi = (float)mode->Clock / (float)mode->HTotal;
+ pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh = 1;
+ pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = 56.0;
+ pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].hi =
+ (float)mode->Clock*1000.0 / (float)mode->HTotal / (float)mode->VTotal;
+
+ free(mode);
+}
+
+struct vbePanelID *
+VBEReadPanelID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
+{
+ int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base;
+ pointer page = pVbe->memory;
+ void *tmp = NULL;
+ int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
+
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F11;
+ pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
+ pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;
+ pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);
+ pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);
+ pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
+
+ xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
+
+ if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID invalid\n");
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) {
+ case 0x0:
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read successfully\n");
+ tmp = xnfalloc(32);
+ memcpy(tmp, page, 32);
+ break;
+ case 0x100:
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read failed\n");
+ break;
+ default:
+ xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID unknown failure %i\n",
+ pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00);
+ break;
+ }
+
+error:
+ return tmp;
+}
|